9ROXPH SS 9ROXPH SS 9ROXPH3DJHV
Ż3UHYLRXVYROLVV1H[WYROLVV...
26 downloads
692 Views
3MB Size
Report
This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
Report copyright / DMCA form
9ROXPH SS 9ROXPH SS 9ROXPH3DJHV
Ż3UHYLRXVYROLVV1H[WYROLVVŹ
(GLWHGE\)UHGHULFN:$OW ,6%1
$UWLFOH/LVW)XOO $EVWUDFWV
DUWLFOHV
&RQWULEXWRUV 3DJHL[ 3'). _9LHZ5HODWHG$UWLFOHV ,QWHUDFWLRQV%HWZHHQ1.&HOOVDQG%/\PSKRF\WHV 3DJHV 'RURWK\<XDQ 6XPPDU\3OXV_)XOO7H[W/LQNV_3'). _9LHZ5HODWHG$UWLFOHV 0XOWLWDVNLQJRI+HOL[/RRS+HOL[3URWHLQVLQ/\PSKRSRLHVLV 3DJHV ;LDR+RQJ6XQ 6XPPDU\3OXV_)XOO7H[W/LQNV_3'). _9LHZ5HODWHG$UWLFOHV &XVWRPL]HG$QWLJHQVIRU'HVHQVLWL]LQJ$OOHUJLF3DWLHQWV 3DJHV )iWLPD)HUUHLUD0LFKDHO:DOOQHUDQG-RVHI7KDOKDPHU 6XPPDU\3OXV_)XOO7H[W/LQNV_3'). _9LHZ5HODWHG$UWLFOHV ,PPXQH5HVSRQVH$JDLQVW'\LQJ7XPRU&HOOV 3DJHV /DXUHQFH=LWYRJHO1RHOLD&DVDUHV0DULH23pTXLJQRW1DWKDOLH&KDSXW0DWWKHZ/$OEHUWDQG*XLGR .URHPHU 6XPPDU\3OXV_)XOO7H[W/LQNV_3'). _9LHZ5HODWHG$UWLFOHV +0*%LQWKH,PPXQRORJ\RI6HSVLV1RW6HSWLF6KRFN DQG$UWKULWLV 3DJHV &KULVWRSKHU-&]XUD+XDQ
%URZVH +RPH
6HDUFK
0\6HWWLQJV
$OHUWV
+HOS
$ERXW6FLHQFH'LUHFW_&RQWDFW8V_7HUPV &RQGLWLRQV_3ULYDF\3ROLF\ &RS\ULJKW(OVHYLHU%9$OOULJKWVUHVHUYHG6FLHQFH'LUHFWLVDUHJLVWHUHGWUDGHPDUNRI(OVHYLHU% 9
CONTRIBUTORS
Numbers in parenthesis indicated the pages on which the authors’ contributions begin.
Matthew L. Albert (131), Institut Pasteur, Paris F-75724, France Carol Ann Amella (181), Laboratory of Biomedical Science, Manhasset, New York 11030 Harald von Boehmer (201), Harvard Medical School, Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Boston, Massachusetts 02115 Noelia Casares (131), Institut Gustave Roussy, Villejuif F-94805, France Nathalie Chaput (131), Institut Gustave Roussy, Villejuif F-94805, France Christopher J. Czura (181), Laboratory of Biomedical Science, North Shore-LIJ Research Institute, Manhasset, New York 11030 Fa´tima Ferreira (79), University of Salzburg, Salzburg A-5020, Austria Guido Kroemer (131), Institut Gustave Roussy, Villejuif F-94805, France Marie O. Pe´quignot (131), Institut Gustave Roussy, Villejuif F-94805, France Nora Sarvetnick (239), Department of Immunology, The Scripps Research Institute, La Jolla, California 92037 Michelle Solomon (239), Department of Immunology, The Scripps Research Institute, La Jolla, California 92037 Xiao-Hong Sun (43), Immunobiology and Cancer Program, Oklahoma Medical Research Foundation, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73104 Jevin J. Tracey (181), Laboratory of Biomedical Science, Manhasset, New York 11030 Josef Thalhamer (79), University of Salzburg, Salzburg A-5020, Austria Michael Wallner (79), University of Salzburg, Salzburg A-5020, Austria Dorothy Yuan (1), Laboratory of Molecular Pathology, Department of Pathology, UT Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, Texas 75390 Laurence Zitvogel (131), Institut Gustave Roussy, Villejuif F-94805, France Huan Yang (181), Laboratory of Biomedical Science, Manhasset, New York 11030 ix
advances in immunology, vol. 84
Interactions Between NK Cells and B Lymphocytes DOROTHY YUAN Laboratory of Molecular Pathology, Department of Pathology, UT Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, Texas 75390
I. Introduction
Innate immunity is evolutionarily older than antigen-specific immunity and is crucial for its effector function. Natural Killer (NK) cells constitute one of the key components of the innate immune system in that they can be rapidly activated without the need for expansion of antigen-specific clones. They were initially perceived as serving as a first line of defense against tumors or virus-infected cells because of their ability to kill these targets; however, there is increasing awareness of their role in modulation of the immune system via their ability to produce a number of cytokines as well as via nonlytic interaction with target cells. B lymphocytes, by contrast, are important constituents of the specific immune system because of the presence of clonally distributed antigen receptors and the persistence of the progeny of specific clones that can continue to produce the relevant antibodies. An understanding of the interactions between these two cell types would provide important insights into the influence of the rapid but transient innate response to pathogens on the specific immune response that takes longer to initiate but is long lasting. In addition, detailed dissection of the interactions between these cell types and their regulatory loops may provide further clues for a number of pathogenic conditions that are attributed to immune system dysfunction. A critical analysis of the experiments performed to investigate the interaction between NK and B cells requires some understanding of their characteristics. Thus, in this chapter, the functional capabilities of each cell type is first described briefly followed by a review of the evidence for interactions between these two cells types provided by in vitro and in vivo experiments. Finally, the available data regarding the possible role of these interactions in the development of autoimmunity and in microbial infections are summarized. This exercise should serve to reconcile some of the apparently inconsistent data and point to the direction for further experimental approaches. II. B Lymphocytes
B lymphocytes are distinguished from other cell types by the presence of specific antigen receptors [BCR] on each cell. The BCR has two interrelated functions. The first is to initiate signal cascades that result in the transcription 1 Copyright 2004, Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. 0065-2776/04 $35.00
2
DOROTHY YUAN
of a variety of genes associated with B-cell activation, leading eventually to secretion of antibodies specific for the initiating antigen. The second is the uptake and targeting of antigen to the major histocompatibility complex (MHC) class II antigen processing and presentation pathway. In comparison to other antigen-presenting cells (APCs) the pathway is particularly important for the activation of T cells under conditions of low antigen concentration. A. T-Cell–Dependent Pathways of B-Cell Activation Signaling through the BCR alone is insufficient for full activation of B cells. Response to most antigens requires additional signals from antigen-specific helper T cells. These antigens are categorized as ‘‘T dependent’’ (TD). Other antigens can stimulate antibody production in the absence of MHC class II– restricted T-cell help and are classified as ‘‘T-cell–independent’’ (TI) antigens. The primary response to a TD antigen is initiated by the uptake of antigen by either nonspecific APCs or by B cells with specific receptors for the antigen. The APCs process antigen and migrate to the T zones of secondary lymphoid tissues. Cognate interaction between primed T cells and B cells first takes place in the outer T zone of secondary lymphoid organs (Liu et al., 1991). As a result of this interaction, antigen-specific B cells start to proliferate and differentiate both in follicles and in extrafollicular foci. This priming process usually takes 2–4 days in vivo, a period that is shortened in secondary antibody responses (Liu et al., 1991). Extrafollicular B blasts do not mutate their immunoglobulin V-region genes (Jacob and Kelsoe, 1992; McHeyzer-Williams et al., 1992) and they differentiate in situ into short-lived cells that produce low-affinity antibodies (Ho et al., 1986). In mice, this extrafollicular proliferation and differentiation occurs in the red pulp of the spleen adjacent to the T zone (Jacob et al., 1991) and in the medullary cord in lymph nodes (Kosco et al., 1989). B-cell proliferation in the follicles gives rise to germinal centers where the B blasts activate an immunoregion–directed hypermutation mechanism (MacLennan and Gray, 1986; McHeyzer-Williams et al., 1993). These cells are then subjected to a selection process, with the selected cells giving rise to long-lived antibody-producing cells (Tew et al., 1992) or memory cells (Luther et al., 1997). In addition to the genetic alteration of B cells by somatic hypermutation, class switch recombination can occur both in the germinal center and outside the follicles (Toellner et al., 1996). Recently a putative RNA editing enzyme activation-induced deaminase (AID) has been shown to regulate both class switch recombination and somatic hypermutation in mice and humans (Honjo et al., 2002). Class switch recombination replaces the immunoglobulin CH gene to be expressed from Cm to Cg, Ce, or Ca resulting in switching of immunoglobulin isotype from immunoglobulin M (IgM) to either immunoglobulin G (IgG), immunoglobulin E (IgE), or immunoglobulin A (IgA), respectively, without changing the antigenic specificity. The functional characteristics that
NK–B-CELL INTERACTIONS
3
distinguish each isotype determine the manner in which captured antigens are eliminated or the location where the antibody is delivered and accumulated. The activation of naive T cells requires two signals provided by APCs. The first signal is delivered through the T-cell receptor (TCR) upon engagement of MHC molecules loaded with the appropriate peptide. The second signal involves cross-linking of CD28 and other receptors on the T cell by costimulatory molecules expressed by APCs (Lenschow et al., 1996; Mondino et al., 1996). Many of the peptides recognized by CD4þ T cells in the context of MHC class II molecules derive from protein antigens internalized and degraded in the endocytic compartment of APCs (Cresswell, 1994; Germain, 1994). It has generally been assumed that the degradation of proteins and conversion to MHC class II–bound peptides occur constitutively, allowing presentation of any antigen that gains access to the endosomes of APCs. These might include selfproteins and antigens from infectious organisms. Although APCs are unable to discriminate between peptide sources, B-cell antigen presentation differs from that by other APCs in a number of ways. First, the presence of antigen-specific receptors allows them to process low concentrations of antigen that is perceived as nonself. Second, the stimuli that activate costimulatory molecules on B cells may differ from those of other APCs. In particular, dendritic cells that have been activated by and encounter with microbial antigens in the periphery and subsequently migrate to the lymphoid organs (Banchereau and Steinman, 1998) are able to present antigens more efficiently than APCs located in situ (Manickasingham and Reis e Sousa, 2000). In addition, proximity with T-cell ligands and perhaps other cell types together with their products may also differentially alter the extent of expression of costimulatory molecules on each cell type. Thus, signals that activate various APCs may differ depending on the site and type of antigen encounter. Whereas it is difficult to determine the relative role played by each type of APC for each antigenic response, it is clear that antigen-pulsed dendritic cells are powerful APCs that can significantly alter immune responses. However, a number of studies have also shown that antigen presentation is compromised in animals depleted of B cells (Ron and Sprent, 1987) or genetically engineered for B-cell deficiency (Linton et al., 2000; Macaulay et al., 1998; Rivera et al., 2001). B. T-Independent Pathways of B-Cell Activation In contrast to TD antigens, stimulation of B cells via TI antigens does not require antigen presentation by class II molecules. TI antigens are classified into two classes. TI-1 antigens require the mitogenic activity of some moieties, such as lipopolysaccharide (LPS) present on gram-negative bacteria, for effective stimulation of B cells. The receptor for LPS consists of several components including the toll-like receptor (TLR) TLR4 (or TLR2 in human cells) with an associated molecule MD-2, as well as RP105, the expression of which
4
DOROTHY YUAN
requires another extracellular molecule MD-1. Mutations of either the TLR4 or the RP105 gene result in LPS hyporesponsiveness (Nagai et al., 2002). Because TLR4 and RP105 are expressed on B cells and macrophages (Miyake et al., 1995), bacterial LPS can activate B cells directly and can induce macrophage cytokine production that would indirectly affect B cell responses. Antigens expressed by some viruses, such as the hepatitis B core antigen (Fehr et al., 1998), may have similar activity for TLRs expressed on B cells. TI-2 antigens are characterized by the repetitive polysaccharides present on encapsulated bacteria and the polysaccharide epitopes on the cell wall of nonencapsulated bacteria such as those present on bacteria such as Streptococcus pneumoniae and Haemophilus influenzae. These multiple repeating antigenic epitopes, which are also present on some viruses (Bachmann and Zinkernagel, 1996; Fehr et al., 1998) can mediate extensive cross-linking of antigen receptor and thereby activate B cells without the necessity for class II– mediated antigen presentation to elicit T-cell help. A significant fraction of TI-2 immune responses are mediated by marginal zone (MZ) B cells. Thus, mice deficient in the tyrosine kinase Pyk-2 and lack splenic MZ B cells have defective antibody responses to the TI-2 antigen TNP-Ficoll (Guinamard et al., 2000). Anatomically, the MZ lies between the white and red pulp of the spleen and is composed of B cells, macrophages, and dendritic cells (DCs) (Fagarasan and Honjo, 2000). The proximity of MZ B cells to the marginal sinuses allows them to be among the first cell population to be encountered by bloodborne antigens. Because Pyk-2 has been linked to migration and adhesion processes, this defect is likely partly responsible for the loss of MZ B cells in Pyk2–deficient mice. Interestingly, the resident macrophage of the MZ and metallophillic macrophages were present and correctly localized in the mice, suggesting that deficient response to TI-2 antigens is not due to reduced abilities of these macrophages to help in the response, as has been previously suggested (Sinha et al., 1987). Using a transgenic model consisting of B cells expressing BCR specific for TI-2 antigens, Balazs et al. (2002) demonstrated that a bloodborne circulating CD11clo DC population captures and transports bacterial antigens to the spleen to activate, clonally expand, and differentiate MZ B cells into plasmablasts. It is noteworthy however, that despite the depressed IgG3 and IgG2a responses to TNP-Ficoll in the Pyk-2–deficient mice, the relatively low IgG1 response was not compromised, suggesting that in addition to MZ B cells, other types of B cells can respond to TI-2 antigens. For example, B1 B cells, characterized mainly by their expression of CD5, have also been shown to have a preferential ability to respond to TI-2 antigens (Martin et al., 2001). Locally, peritoneal macrophages play a similar role to DCs for B1 B-cell plasmablast differentiation. Using an in vitro TI-2 model antigen consisting of monoclonal anti-IgD antibodies coupled to a high-molecular-weight dextran polysaccharide carrier
NK–B-CELL INTERACTIONS
5
molecule (ad-dex), Vos et al. (2000) have shed significant light on the nature of the B-cell response to TI-2 antigens. They analyzed the signaling pathways resulting from the unique nature of B-cell activation by TI-2 antigens due to their capacity for multivalent binding of the BCR, as well as the second signals that are required for full activation. These second signals can be derived from microbial products and a number of cytokines, including IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-10, interferon-g (IFN-g), and granulocyte–macrophage colonystimulating factor (GM-CSF). Clearly these cytokines can originate from a number of cell types. Despite the usefulness of the ad-dex model, there are some differences that are not easily reconciled with in vivo findings. Mainly, in vitro ad-dex is much less efficient in stimulation of MZ than germinal center B cells (Vos et al., 2000). A possible difference may involve the ability of TI-2 antigens to activate the C0 system in vivo (Fagarasan and Honjo, 2000) resulting in the association of the C0 receptor, CD21, and CD19 to the BCR, thus lowering the threshold of activation. Both C3 and complement receptor (CR1/ 2)–deficient mice were unable to localize TI-2 antigens to MZ B cells, although localization of the MZ macrophages was unaffected. A dependence on complement has been documented also for TI-2 antigens expressed by viruses (Ochsenbein et al., 2000). In addition to the factors that affect homing of pathogens displaying TI-2 antigens to the MZ, there is strong evidence that a receptor on B cells, transmembrane activator interactor (TACI) (Mackay et al., 2003) is important for survival of MZ B cells (Balazs et al., 2002). TACI-deficient mice display normal to slightly elevated TD B-cell responses, but responses to TI-2 antigens are largely absent (Rivera et al., 2001; von Bulow et al., 2001). The tumor necrosis factor (TNF) homolog, B-cell activating factor (BAFF; also known as BlyS, TALL-1, THANK, or zTNF4) has been identified as a TACI ligand. BAFF is expressed on macrophages, monocytes, and DCs and is known to modulate Bcell development, survival, and activation (Mackay et al., 2003). Therefore, it is not surprising that other closely related TNF family members are important for the survivial of other B-cell subpopulations. Thus, BAFF is closely related to APRIL, a proliferation-inducing ligand that can bind to TACI and another member of this family, B-cell maturation antigen (BCMA), which is also constitutively expressed on mature B cells. Studies indicate that interactions between BCMA and BAFF are important, not for the initiation, but for the integrity of the germinal center environment (Vora et al., 2003). Only a cursory description of the wealth of information that is available regarding B-cell differentiation is included in this chapter; however, it should serve the purpose of showing that some understanding of the site of B-cell activation and the role of B cells in antigen presentation is crucial for the dissection of how NK cells can affect antigen-specific B-cell responses in vivo. In resting animals, NK cells generally reside in the red pulp of the spleen
6
DOROTHY YUAN
(Andrews et al., 2001) and are present in very low numbers in lymph nodes (Cavanaugh et al., 2003). However, after virus infection they have been shown to home to the MZ (Andrews et al., 2001; Salazar-Mather et al., 1996) where they have the potential to directly interact with B cells. Furthermore, because B-cell switch recombination in response to both TI and TD antigen can occur ouside the follicules, they can be targeted by NK cells at these sites as well. III. NK Cells
A. NK Cell Receptors NK cells are an integral component of innate immunity, both in the production of cytokines that can stimulate other cells of the immune system and in the direct destruction of infected or transformed cells. The actions of NK cells are modulated by the integration of inhibitory and activating signals sent by cell surface receptors upon binding to ligands. Inhibitory receptors on NK cells have specificity for epitopes on various MHC class I molecules and can discriminate target cells either by lack of identity to self or by reduced expression of these ligands on allogeneic or infected cells. In addition to class I molecules, activating receptors recognize additional ligands that are expressed on some tumors, stressed, or infected cells. MHC class I–specific NK cell receptors comprise two very different families of molecules, one made of immunoglobulin superfamily domains and the other resembling C-type lectins. Presently 14 killer immunoglobulin-like receptor (KIR) genes in humans have been identified. These KIRs differ from each other by the number of immunoglobulin domains and by the length of their cytoplasmic tails. The long tails contain immunoreceptor tyrosine-based inhibition motifs (ITIMs), which recruit the phosphatase SHP-1 upon receptor engagement and induce inhibitory signals. The KIRs with short cytoplasmic tails lack ITIMs and send activating signals to NK cells by association with the adaptor signaling molecule DAP12 via a charged amino acid in the transmembrane region. Rodents lack KIRs and instead use structurally distinct Ly49 C-type lectin receptors to bind MHC class I molecules on target cells. Members of the Ly49 gene family (Ly49a–w) are located in the NK cell gene complex (NKC) on mouse chromosome 6 or rat chromosome 4. The Ly49 family also includes both inhibitory and activating receptors. Both types of receptors can have specificity for mouse MHC class I antigens (McQueen and Parham, 2002). Within an individual organism, NK cells express different combinations of KIR or Ly49 molecules. Each cell must express at least one inhibitory receptor with specificity for self MHC class I, and the signal from the inhibitory receptor generally dominates the activating receptor. The dominance of the inhibitory receptor signal can explain many of the aspects of the phenomenon of ‘‘hybrid resistance’’ (Bennett, 1987). This refers to the situation where an
NK–B-CELL INTERACTIONS
7
(A B) F1 host, in defiance of conventional transplantation laws, rejects A or B grafts of parental origin (A and B referring to MHC genotypes). The missing-self hypothesis (Karre, 2002) proposes that NK cells could sense the presence of a complete set of MHC class I molecules in autologous grafts, which would prevent rejection. Conversely, the absence of some MHC class I genes in a parental to F1 graft would lead to rejection by NK cells. The differential expression levels of inhibitory versus activating receptors may also come into play (George et al., 1999). In addition, some non-MHC ligands also play an important role in overcoming these inhibitory signals. NKG2D receptors are expressed on most NK cells and on certain T-cell subsets (Vivier et al., 2002). Murine NKG2D recognizes retinoic acid early transcript (Rae-1) and antigen 60 (H60) molecules that are only distantly related to MHC class I (Diefenbach et al., 2000) and are induced by stress. NK cells can reject tumor cells expressing Rae-1 in the presence of a normal complement of conventional MHC class I (Cerwenka et al., 2000; Diefenbach et al., 2000). Human NKG2D was found to bind the polymorphic stress-inducible MICA and B (Bauer et al., 1999) and the human cytomegalovirus gpUL16-binding proteins ULBP1, 2, and 3 (Cosman et al., 2001). MICA and B molecules are normally expressed on only some restricted tissues, but can be induced on other cells by malignant transformation or virus infection (Groh et al., 1999). One explanation for the maintenance of tolerance despite the presence of these activating receptors may be based on the differential time course of appearance of the ligands during ontogeny. For example, H60 and Rae-1 in mice are generally expressed early in embryonic life (Cerwenka et al., 2000) before NK cells are even generated. However, by the time NKG2D-expressing NK cells appear, the ligands are no longer expressed, unless a pathological situation arises, such as infection or tumor transformation. This explanation is, however, more difficult to reconcile with the regulation of signaling from other activating receptors that recognize ligands that are not developmentally regulated (Lanier, 2000). The ligand for CD16 (Lanier et al., 1988) is the Fc portion of IgG and serves the important function of mediating antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC) by NK cells. The ligands for CD244 (Garni-Wagner et al., 1993) and CD2 (Siliciano et al., 1985), expressed on both NK and subsets of T cells, are CD48 and CD58, which are expressed on a number of cell types. Although the ligand for NKR-P1 (Karlhofer and Yokoyama, 1991) is unknown, the receptor is expressed on all NK cells from a number of mouse strains. Except for CD244, these receptors function by association with adapter molecules, which contain ITAM motifs. These include CD3z and FcRIg, both present on NK cells. The activating receptor CD244 uses a signaling pathway involving the cytoplasmic tyrosine phosphatase SHP-2 and the Src homology 2 (SH2)–containing intracellular adaptor protein SAP (Tangye
8
DOROTHY YUAN
et al., 1999). Other co-receptors expressed on T cells that have ligands expressed by B cells and other APCs have also been shown to be present on NK cells. Transfectants expressing either CD86 or CD40 can be lysed by NK cells in vitro, suggesting that activation of either CD28 or CD40L can overcome the presence of inhibitory receptors; however, how these receptors are triggered in vivo is not clear because the transfected cells are also killed in CD28/ or CD40L/ mice, respectively (Martin-Fontecha et al., 1999). Clearly the presence of more than one activating receptor on NK cells indicates that additive or synergistic interactions between multiple receptors may be necessary to stimulate cytotoxicity and cytokine production. There is mounting evidence supporting this idea (Martin-Fontecha and Carbone, 2001). There are three additional activating receptors expressed only on NK cells that are non–MHC class I specific (NKp46, NKp44, and NKp30 [Pende et al., 1999; Pessino et al., 1998; Vitale et al., 1998]). They recognize unknown determinants expressed by tumor cells and are activated via binding to different adaptor molecules, including CD3z, FcRe, FcRIg, and DAP12. NKp46 and NKp30 are conserved in mice (Biassoni et al., 1999). NKp44 and NKp46 have been shown to be specifically activated by hemagglutinins encoded by influenza- and Sendai-virus (Mandelboim et al., 2001). In contrast, some nonclassical MHC class I molecules are recognized by NK inhibitory receptors that appear earlier in differentiation than the Ly49 receptors. These receptors may also function to maintain tolerance. Mouse CD94– NKG2A, C, and E molecules interact with complexes consisting of nonclassical MHC molecule Qa-1b bound to a peptide derived from the leader sequence of a classical MHC class I protein (Salcedo et al., 1998). In humans, CD94– NKG2A and C receptors function in a similar manner by interacting with the complexes consisting of the nonclassical Human Leukocyte Antigen E (HLA-E) molecule (Braud et al., 1998; Lee et al., 1998). The Ly49D activating receptor of mice recognizes H2-Dd but also has the ability to recognize diverse ligands such as xenogeneic MHC-encoded ligands on rat lymphoblasts (Nakamura et al., 1999) and Chinese hamster ovary cells (Idris et al., 1999; Nakamura et al., 1999). Ly49H has been shown to have specificity for a murine cytomegalovirus (MCMV)-encoded MHC class I–like protein, m157 (Arase et al., 2002; Smith et al., 2002) and is directly responsible for clearance of experimental MCMV infection (Daniels et al., 2001; Lee et al., 2003). So far Ly49H has not been found to have specificity for a conventional class I epitope. Another MHC class I–like molecule CD1d is recognized by a subset of T lymphocytes in both mice and humans that coexpress the NK receptor NK1.1/NKRP1A (CD161). NK T cells are a heterogeneous subset of T lymphocytes, which display a CD4þ or CD4 CD8 double-negative phenotype, and coexpress a semi-invariant TCR, encoded in mice and humans by Va14-Ja281 and Va24-JaQ rearrangements, respectively (Bendelac et al.,
NK–B-CELL INTERACTIONS
9
1997; Kronenberg and Gapin, 2002). Although natural antigens presented by CD1d to NK T cells are still unknown, a-galactosylceramide (a-GalCer), a glycosphingolipid isolated from marine sponges, specifically binds CD1d and activates NK T cells (Brossay et al., 1998; Kawano et al., 1997). The major characteristic of NK T cells that dictates their function is their ability to promptly secrete large amounts of diverse cytokines upon TCR engagement, leading in turn to a plethora of reported effects on the immune system, which may be attributed to their ability to activate NK (Carnaud et al., 1999) and B cells (Galli et al., 2003; Schofield et al., 1999). In most studies NK T cells are regulated via activation of the TCR and the role of NK receptors on these cells has not been extensively explored. A recent report, however, provides evidence that NK complex-dictated genes regulate the ability of NK T cells to determine the differential susceptibility of C57BL6 and BALB/c mice to the P. berghei cerebral malaria syndrome (Hansen et al., 2003). B. Regulation of NK Cell–Cytokine Secretion Although NK cell activation by a number of ligands generally results in the induction of both cytoxicity and cytokine secretion, there are examples that suggest that these two functions can be controlled by different biochemical pathways. B lymphocytes, at certain activation states, can induce NK cells to secrete IFN-g but are not killed by the activated NK cells (Michael et al., 1989). A number of B-cell tumors can also increase IFN-g secretion by NK cells and some of these are not killed by NK cells (Yuan et al., 1995). Further experiments show that the elevation of NK cell IFN-g messenger RNA (mRNA) abundance by B cells or a B-cell tumor results from signals that induce stabilization of preexisting IFN-g mRNA (Cheung et al., 1999; Wilder and Yuan, 1995). Thus, the mechanism differs significantly from induction of increased transcription of the gene that results from activation of NK cells by cytokines such as IFN-a/b or IL-12 (Chan et al., 1992; Cheung et al., 1999; Hodge et al., 2002). Interestingly, ligands that can stimulate other receptors such as CD28 and FcgRIII also increase mRNA levels by the mechanism of stabilization of the message and these effects synergize with those of IL-12 (Cheung et al., 1999). IFN-g mRNA contains several putative regulatory AUUUA pentameric repeats in its 30 UTR. These elements, which are important regulators of mRNA stability (Chen and Shyu, 1995), can be targeted by proteins that either enhance degradation (AUF1 [Laroia and Schneider, 2002]) or inhibit degradation (HuR [Gallouzi et al., 2000]). Thus, rapid changes in mRNA abundance is regulated by the relative levels of these proteins, which are determined by nuclear–cytoplasmic distribution (Atasoy et al., 1998). The signaling pathways involved in activation of the nuclear–cytoplasmic shuttling is not known, although findings dissociating NK cell cytotoxicity from cytokine secretion indicate that distinct pathways do indeed regulate the two effector
10
DOROTHY YUAN
functions. After stimulation of the human NK cell line YT by antibodies against CD244, an activating receptor, the resultant cytotoxicity is dependent on Erk1 and Erk2 and p38, whereas IFN-g production is p38 dependent but is Erk1/2 independent (Chuang et al., 2001). Further evidence is provided by the finding that Vav1 is involved in the induction of IFN-g production but not in cytotoxicity (Colucci et al., 2001). Finally, freshly isolated CD56hi human NK cells proliferate in response to IL-2 or IL-15 and are potent producers of both type 1 (IFN-g) and type 2 (IL-5 and IL-13) cytokines compared with the CD56lo NK cell subset, which does not readily proliferate, produces low levels of cytokines, and yet shows enhanced natural cytotoxicity (Cooper et al., 2001; Lanier et al., 1986). There is also evidence in cultured human NK cells for the existence of non-overlapping subsets of NK cells that can be differentiated by their ability to produce type 1, type 2, or type 0 cytokines (Loza and Perussia, 2001; Loza et al., 2002). There is no evidence for functionally distinct subsets of NK cells in mice with selective cytokine production. However, bulk cultures of mouse splenic NK cells produce different cytokines when propagated in the presence of different cytokines. IL-2–propagated NK cells produce low levels of IFN-g and IL-13 (Hoshino et al., 1999; Lauwerys et al., 2000). The levels of these cytokines, as well as others, such as IL-10, can be further elevated by the inclusion of IL-12 or IL-18 in the culture. Even IL-4 can enhance IFN-g production (Jay et al., 2003). However, whether the elevation of cytokine production reflects the general induction of increased NK cell activity in vitro is not clear because IL-12/IL-18 NK cells also exhibit greater cytotoxic activity (Lauwerys et al., 2000). Interestingly, although IL-15 is a potent growth factor for NK cells, it does not enhance cytokine production by NK cells (Lauwerys et al., 2000). Of all the possible cytokines that can be produced by NK cells, IFN-g may play the most prominent role in the regulation of in vivo responses.
IV. NK–B-Cell Interactions In Vitro
A. NK Cell Activation of B Lymphocytes in the Absence of Specific B Cell Activators The most direct way of demonstrating that NK and B cells can interact is to isolate purified populations of each cell type, coculture them, and determine the effect of these interactions on parameters of cellular activation such as induction of activation markers, proliferation, cytokine production, and in the case of B lymphocytes, immunoglobulin secretion and isotype switching. Freshly isolated B cells from peripheral lymphoid organs consist of a mixture of resting and partially activated lymphocytes. The more homogeneous resting
NK–B-CELL INTERACTIONS
11
B cells can be isolated from the heterogeneous collection of activated B cells by fractionation on Percoll density gradients. These cells are not actively dividing, express low levels of class II molecules, and costimulatory ligand such as CD80, CD86, and class II molecules, as well as other activation markers such as CD69. Whereas most of them are double positive for IgM and IgD, the population can also contain a low number of memory cells that express IgG. The lowdensity B cells separated by the same Percoll gradient are much more heterogeneous in terms of surface marker expression, but in general they express higher levels of CD69 and CD86 and exhibit some spontaneous proliferation when placed in culture. The percentage of high-versus low-density B cells present in the mouse spleen varies greatly depending on the strain, the age, and the cleanliness of the housing conditions. The low-density B cells most likely represent cells that have been arrested at various stages of differentiation. Thus, although markers are available to distinguish subpopulations of B cells such as B1 versus B2 B cells and germinal center versus MZ B cells, these subpopulations may also be segregated into different fractions by density (Yuan and Dang, unpublished observations, 1999). The low-density B cells can respond more rapidly to polyclonal activators such as LPS and anti-BCR reagents (Snapper et al., 1993; Weiss et al., 1989). Their ability to present antigen also differs dramatically from that of resting B cells (Evans et al., 2000; Snyder et al., 2002). Therefore, to analyze the effects of NK cells on B-cell differentiation, we should examine each population separately. Thus, resting B cells can be shown to respond to NK cells in a number of ways. First, freshly isolated highly purified NK cells both from SCID mice that are devoid of B or T cells and from mice with a deletion of the IFN-g gene (IFN-g/) can upregulate the activation marker CD69 and costimulatory markers such as CD86 (Fig. 1) after coculture for only a few hours. The interaction does not require MHC histocompatibility. Freshly isolated and IL-2–propagated NK cells can also induce a number of mRNAs associated with B-cell activation (Yuan and Gao, unpublished observations, 2002), such as lymphoid-specific interferon regulatory factor (LSIRF) [Mittrucker et al., 1997] and Blimp-1 (Calame, 2001). Of particular interest is the contact-dependent induction of expression of germline transcripts for IgG2a (Ig2a) together with mRNA for AID in resting B cells that are further depleted of IgG-expressing populations (Gao et al., 2001). Despite the induction of these transcripts necessary for switch recombination, B cells activated in this manner do not proceed to the synthesis of mRNA for switched transcripts encoding functional IgG2a heavy chains, indicating that additional factors are needed for the completion of switch recombination. Obvious factors that may be missing include IL-2 or IFN-g. However, addition of neither of these cytokines could drive further differentiation. In the same system, however, low-density B cells can be induced by NK cells to augment their production of IgG (Mikhael et al.,
12
DOROTHY YUAN
Fig 1 Induction of CD86 expression on B lymphocytes by natural killer (NK) cells. Small resting B lymphocytes were incubated with NK cells purified from (A) CB17.SCID or (B) GKO spleen cells in the presence or absence of interferon-g (IFN-g) (40 U/ml) or IL-4 (10 U/ml) as indicated, at the NK-to-B ratio of 0.25:1. In addition, B cells were incubated with mesenteric lymph node cells of a CB17.SCID mouse. After overnight culture, cells were analyzed by fluorescence-activated cell sorter for the presence of CD86 on CD19-positive cells.
1991). This responsiveness of B cells that have been activated in vivo was also found in studies using activated B cells from trypanosome-infected mice (De Arruda Hinds et al., 2001). Thus, in vivo ligation by antigen is likely to be the missing signal required for productive switch recombination. However, the use of in vivo–activated B cells, some of which may have already undergone switch recombination, complicates the analysis of possible mechanisms. Although IL-2–propagated NK cells produce higher amounts of IFN-g than freshly isolated NK cells, the basal level of production is highly variable. This variability may account for the differences in abundance of IFN-g exhibited by different long-term clones of NK cells (Vos et al., 1998). Similarly, the level of production of other cytokines such as tumor necrosis factor-a (TNF-a), IL-13, and GM-CSF is also variable. When IL-2–propagated NK cells are cocultured with resting B lymphocytes in the absence of additional ligands, low levels of proliferation and IgM secretion can be induced (Yuan et al., 1992). These levels can be significantly increased by the addition of IL-5, although the extent of B-cell differentiation in terms of both proliferation and IgM secretion remains at best only 10% of that which can be induced by the polyclonal activator LPS. These results suggest that only a minor subset of B cells are responsive. In contrast to the induction of B-cell activation markers, however, the induction of IgM secretion by IL-2–propagated NK cells can be replaced by their culture supernatants. The nature of the active factor in the supernatants is not clear, although obvious candidates such as IFN-g, TNF-a, or GM-CSF have been discounted (Yuan et al., 1992). Moreover, further B-cell differentiation by switching to other isotypes was not induced.
NK–B-CELL INTERACTIONS
13
Numerous studies have also examined the effect of NK cells on human B cells. The best comparison with the murine system is that of Gray and Horwitz (1995) who separated the resting population from in vivo preactivated cells in peripheral blood lymphocytes. The use of resting B cells as a target clarified previous experiments in which assays were performed with populations containing a heterogeneous mixture of B lymphocytes (Becker et al., 1990; Vyakarnam et al., 1985). They showed that these resting cells can be induced by autologous NK cells by becoming ‘‘primed’’ for immunoglobulin production via a cell-contact–dependent interaction that involves CD11a and CD54, but immunoglobulin secretion requires further activation by IL-2– activated NK cells and is mediated by cytokines. Under these conditions significant amounts of IgM and IgG that are comparable to these induced by pokeweed mitogen (PWM) can be induced. The production of IgG can be eliminated by the depletion of IgG-positive cells, indicating that although NK cells may be able to activate memory cells, they do not induce class switching. Interestingly, the factor secreted by NK cells is neither IFN-g nor a number of plausible cytokines that were tested. Similar experiments reported by Blanca et al. (2001) arrived at very different conclusions. First, although they also reported induction of IgG secretion by autologous NK cells, the levels of antibodies shown to be produced were some 10-fold lower than that induced by PWM. Second, they showed that the NK–B-cell interaction is mediated by a CD40–CD40L interaction, but a contact period of only 5 minutes was sufficient. Third, removal of IgG-positive cells did not affect the response, although removal of cells bearing CD5 and/or CD27 completely eliminated the secretion of immunoglobulin. The low levels of immunoglobulin synthesis induced in these cultures suggest that the interaction between CD40 and CD40L may be relevant only for this select population of B cells. Moreover, such low levels of immunoglobulin induced may reflect the ability of NK cells to promote selective survival of B-lymphocyte subpopulations. In this aspect it is also relevant to note that the induction of germline transcripts in mouse B cells has not been shown to require CD40–CD40L ligand–receptor interaction (Gao et al., 2001). In conclusion, the nature of molecules used in the NK–B-cell interaction is still not well defined. Whether other cell surface ligands in addition to adhesion molecules such as leukocyte function–associated antigen 1 (LFA-1) promote cell interactions is not known. Human invariant NKT cell clones can also induce syngeneic B cells to proliferate and to produce antibodies in vitro (Galli et al., 2003). The induction is effective both in the presence and in the absence of a-GalCer, the ligand for the TCR present on the cells, but is dependent on CD1d, suggesting that they may recognize a yet unidentified ligand expressed by B cells. However, in these studies the responding B cells consisted of CD19þ peripheral blood lymphocytes that may contain a significant fraction of in vivo–preactivated
14
DOROTHY YUAN
cells. Furthermore, the cytokine contribution of the activation from the in vitro–propagated NK cells was not evaluated. B. NK–Cell Activation of B Lymphocytes in the Presence of B-Cell Activators In contrast to induction of resting B cells in the absence of other B-cell activators, cross-linking of the BCR with anti-IgD conjugated to dextran (anti-ddex) makes them much more responsive to propagated NK cells (Snapper et al., 1993). Anti-d-dex has been used to simulate a TI-2 antigen in vitro. Activation of high-density B cells with this reagent without additional cytokines results in only B-cell proliferation. However, in the presence of propagated NK cells, B cells can be induced to produce significant amounts of IgM, although further differentiation by switching to downstream isotypes has not been reported. This effect is also mediated by a soluble factor. In this case IFN-g appears to be the dominant active cytokine and the extent of IgM secretion in the system is correlated with the amount of IFN-g produced by each inducing clone of NK cells (Vos et al., 1998). Because the addition of a number of cytokines, including IFN-g, can also induce IgM secretion, the significance of the role of IL-2– propagated NK cells in this system is not clear. However, the observation that depletion of NK cells that co-purify with B cells completely eliminates initiation of IgM production suggests that additional factors produced by NK cells may also play a role because only low levels of IFN-g are produced by freshly isolated NK cells. It is also interesting to note that although anti-d-dex has been shown to simulate TI-2 antigens in many aspects, removal of NK cells in vivo does not affect the response to TI-2 antigens in many aspects, removal of NK cells in vivo does not affect the response to TI-2 antigens (Koh and Yuan, 2000; Sungjin et al., 2000). Thus, the in vivo response of antigen-specific B cells may differ somewhat from polyclonal stimulation by anti-d-dex. Human cells previously stimulated with Staphylococcus aureus Cowan (SAC) were also shown to respond to NK cell clones (Becker et al., 1990). In this case direct cell contact, which may involve LFA-1, as well as soluble factors including IFN-g and TNF-a, were shown to be necessary. However, whether resting or previously activated B cells were responding is not clear because they were not separately analyzed. In contrast to the stimulation of immunoglobulin secretion, some clones of NK cells suppressed the antibody response to SRBC in vitro (Nabel et al., 1982). Similarly, suppression was shown to be exerted by in vivo–activated NK cells (Alexopoulou et al., 2001) or activated APCs (Abruzzo and Rowley, 1983). These results could be attributed to the inhibitory effect of NK cell–produced IFN-g on the SRBC response (Reynolds et al., 1987). A similar effect was demonstrated by the increase in anti-SRBC responses when NK cells were depleted from in vitro cultures (Robles and Pollack, 1989), suggesting that endogenous NK cells that
NK–B-CELL INTERACTIONS
15
are not overtly stimulated may also have a suppressive effect. The differential effect of NK cells on the response of TI-2 versus TD antigen activation of B cells in vitro is interesting. Possibly different responding B cells are involved, but the presence of Tcells in the TD cultures also complicates interpretation of the data. The effect of NK cells on B cells that have already been induced to secrete immunoglobulin by other polyclonal activators yielded different results. In the murine system the incubation of LPS-stimulated B cells with NK cells resulted in a reduction of proliferation because of the secretion of IFN-g by activated NK cells (Michael et al., 1989). As a result of the decrease in proliferation, total immunoglobulin secretion, but not the amount of immunoglobulin produced per cell was reduced. Both the proliferative and the secretory response of human B cells activated by PWM has also been shown to be suppressed by NK cells (Arai et al., 1983; Katz et al., 1989; Tilden et al., 1983). In this case, other cytokines produced by NK cells, in particular TGF-b, can also suppress antibody responses via activation of CD8þ suppressor cells (Gray et al., 1994, 1998; Katz et al., 1989). Table I summarizes the essential findings regarding the activity of NK cells on B-cell immunoglobulin production in vitro. Induction of B-cell immunoglobulin secretion requires signals that can initiate B-cell proliferation and elevate transcription of the IgH and IgL chain genes as well as additional splicing factors to switch immunoglobulin production from the membrane to the secretory forms. The details of the mechanisms underlying these changes have not yet been completely elucidated. Thus, in the absence of additional signals, NK cells or cytokine, on their own, cannot initiate IgM secretion. Similarly, in human systems, with the exception of one study, NK cells cannot induce immunoglobulin secretion of resting B cells. The activation requirements of memory B cells may be different, but NK cells, even IL-2–activated cells, have not been shown to activate murine memory B cells, although human B cells can respond. In contrast, in vivo–activated B cells can be activated by NK cells to secrete IgM and other isotypes. The in vivo activation can also be mimicked by agents that can appropriate cross-linking the BCR or by other polyclonal activators. Thus, studies documenting the activity of NK cells on B-cell populations that are not adequately characterized are difficult to interpret. C. Activation of NK Cells by B Cells At certain differentiation stages, B cells can also exert an effect on NK cells. Michael et al. (1989) found that NK cells can be induced by low-density, in vivo–preactivated, but not resting B cells to increase their secretion of IFN-g. Interestingly, the level of induction was not increased by LPS stimulation of the B cells. In fact, even when resting B cells were stimulated with LPS, they did not become more effective inducers of IFN-g production (Mikhael et al., 1991) and the level of induction by low-density B cells was not increased
16
DOROTHY YUAN
TABLE I Ability of NK Cells to Stimulate B Cell Subpopulations NK cells activation status
B-cell activation status
Additional known signals
Effect on Ig synthesis
Mediator
1
IL-2 propagated
Murine Resting
None
Ig2a, AID mRNA
2
IL-2 propagated
Murine Resting
IL-5
IgM
3
IL-2 propagated IL-2 propagated IL-2 propagated
Murine Resting Murine Resting Murine in vivo preactivated
Anti-d-dex
IgM
Cell contact, Not CD40CD40L Unknown cytokine Not IFNg, TNF-a IFN-g
LPS
IgM, IgG2a
IFN-g
None
IgM, IgG2a
6
NK clones
Srbc
7
Non cultured
Murine unfractionated Human
Suppression IgM, IgG Prime B cells
IFN-g and other cytokines Not tested
8
IL-2 activated IL-2 activated Non cultured
4 5
9 10
11
NK clones
12
NK T-cell clones
Resting Human Resting Human Resting IgGþ Human resting CD5þ and /or CD27þ Human unfractionated Human unfractionated
None
None
IgM
None
IgG
None
IgM, IgG, IgA
SAC
IgM, IgG
aGalCer
IgG
References (Gao et al., 2001)
(Yuan et al., 1992)
(Snapper et al., 1993) (Mikhael et al., 1991) (Yuan et al., 1992)
CD11a, CD54
(Nabel et al., 1982) (Gray and Horwitz, 1995)
Cytokines, not IFN-g Cytokines, not IFN-g CD40CD40L
(Gray and Horwitz, 1995) (Gray and Horwitz, 1995) (Becker et al., 1990)
CD11a and IFN-g, TNF-a Cell contact
(Blanca et al., 2001) (Galli et al., 2003)
by the addition of the mitogen, that would have activated adherent cells. Thus, induction of NK cells is not likely to be mediated indirectly by contaminating non–B cells in the culture. This difference in regulation may have significant consequences in terms of the cellular/cytokine amplification networks and is further discussed in Section V. Activated human B cells can also increase NK cell cytokine production (Becker et al., 1990; Wyatt and Dawson, 1991). Despite the activated status
NK–B-CELL INTERACTIONS
17
of both human and murine B cells, they are not readily killed by NK cells, although they exhibit cell surface determinants that allow them to act as cold target inhibitors for the killing (Michael et al., 1989). Direct contact is necessary for the induction of NK cells in both systems, but further analysis is needed to determine whether the reported need for LFA-1–intercellular adhesion molecule (ICAM) interactions found for human cells (Becker et al., 1990) is the only requirement, because on their own, antibodies to these molecules did not inhibit NK–B-cell interactions in the murine system (Koh and Yuan, unpublished observations, 1996). It is clear, however, that the interacting receptors must be able to overcome the effect of the inhibitory receptors on NK cells during this interaction with syngeneic B cells. Although ligation of CD28 on NK cells in conjunction with FcgRIII can overcome the inhibition (Cheung et al., 1999), neither B7.1 nor B7.2 co-receptors expressed on B cells are involved in the activation, because CTLA4-immunoglobulin does not block the interaction (Koh, 1997). A recent publication claims that ligation of the activating receptor Ly49D on NK cells in the presence of IL-12 can also overcome inhibitory receptors (Ortaldo and Young, 2003) as evidenced by the induction of IFN-g secretion; however, because whole antibodies were used in the study, coligation of FcgRIII may participate in the activation, especially when stimulation with anti-Ly49D on its own induced low but clearly detectable levels of both IFN-g mRNA and protein. If the anti-Ly49D antibodies function in a similar manner as anti-CD28, the activity could be the result of synergy between a transcriptional increase of the IFN-g gene induced by IL-12 in combination with a stabilization of mRNA induced by the coligation of the Ly49D receptor with FcgRIII (Cheung et al., 1999). The syngeneic induction by activated B cells of NK cell cytokine secretion but not cytotoxicity differs significantly from the syngeneic induction of NK cells by DCs. One hypothesis is that whether DCs activate or are killed by NK cells depends on the ratio of the abundance of the two interacting cell types (Zitvogel, 2002) in that at high DC/NK cell ratios, they activate NK cells in both cytokine and cytotoxic functions. But at low DC/NK cell ratios, they are killed. Repeated attempts to document NK lysis of syngeneic B cells have not been successful, although it is clear that under the same conditions a subpopulation of LPS-activated B lymphocytes can be killed (Nabel et al., 1982). One difference between the two inducing populations may be the necessity for DCs to be propagated in culture to obtain sufficient numbers during which they may acquire additional ligands not expressed in vivo, whereas B-cell populations can be directly isolated from the animal. Second, the ability of activated DCs to secrete cytokines that can activate NK cells is much greater than that of B lymphocytes (Harris et al., 2000). The target molecule on NK cells that is triggered by activated B lymphocytes or DCs is not known. Recently, NKG2D on NK cells has been shown to be a
18
DOROTHY YUAN
major receptor that allows NK cells to discriminate between normal versus abnormal (infected, activated, or transformed) cells (Diefenbach et al., 2002). Moreover, it is interesting that this receptor can be associated with different signaling molecules such as DAP12 that possess ITAMs in their cytoplasmic domains or with DAP10, which lacks a discernable ITAM and contains instead a YxxM motif, found also in the cytoplasmic domain of the CD28 and inducible costimulator (ICOS) molecules, where it is thought to impart a costimulatory signal. Therefore, the possibility exists that cells expressing different ligands may induce in NK cells either an activation or a costimulatory response via the NKG2D receptor, resulting in cytotoxicity and/or cytokine production (Diefenbach et al., 2002). Because ligands for NKG2 are upregulated in LPS-stimulated B cells (Diefenbach et al., 2000), this may be the triggering molecule for the induction of NK cytotoxicity against LPS-activated B cells, although blocking experiments are needed to confirm this hypothesis. However, Rae-1, on its own, is unlikely to be responsible for the induction of NK cell IFN-g secretion by B cells because both resting and activated B cells can be induced by LPS to elevate the abundance of mRNA for this family of ligands (Jennings and Yuan, unpublished observations, 2003); however, LPS-stimulated resting B cells are not effective inducers of IFN-g secretion. In conclusion, the in vitro studies described so far indicate that NK cells can exert various effects on both murine and human B-cell differentiation, although the extent of the effect may depend on the differentiation stage of the B cells used as targets. Thus, highly purified B cells that are devoid of memory cells may be able to respond to only a limited extent to direct stimulation by NK cells in the absence of additional B-cell stimulatory signals or cytokines produced by NK cells. However, as is discussed in a later section, by ‘‘priming’’ B cells in functions other than immunoglobulin secretion, even the limited differentiation may have important consequences. In contrast, when B cells are first activated by B-cell–specific reagents, NK cells can exert additional effects that are predominantly mediated by cytokines produced by NK cells. Because activated or memory B cells usually exhibit some basal level of immunoglobulin secretion, the influence of NK cells on increasing these levels may sometimes be difficult to dissociate from a survival-promoting effect of NK cells on B cells. In contrast to the induction of resting B cells by NK cells, activated B cells have been shown in both mouse and human systems to enhance NK cell cytokine production. It should be noted that the in vivo–activated B cells that are not further propagated in culture differ significantly from LPSstimulated B cells in their ability to activate NK cells. For both aspects of NK–B-cell productive interactions documented from the in vitro experiments, the nature of the ligand–receptor pairs involved is still largely unknown and should provide impetus for further study.
NK–B-CELL INTERACTIONS
19
V. In Vivo NK–B Cell Interactions
Despite the body of convincing data showing in vitro interactions between NK and B cells, it is important to establish that such interactions are relevant in vivo. However, unlike the in vitro situation, productive cellular interactions in vivo take place within a complex microenvironment in which the movements of antigens, APCs, B cells, and T cells are governed by anatomical constraints. The most direct method to measure NK cell activation of B-cell activity in vivo is to evaluate its effect on TI responses in order to reduce the contributory role of T cells. This was first documented in experiments showing that injection of an NK cell clone together with B cells into irradiated animals resulted in the reduction of antibody response to the antigen TNP-Ficoll (Nabel et al., 1982). Though not tested directly on the antigen-activated cells, the reduction was attributed to cytotoxic activity of the NK cells. However, the effect may have been due to high levels of IFN-g secreted by the cloned NK cells, which reduced the proliferative response (Michael et al., 1989). An alternative approach to address this question is to test the effect of stimulation of NK cells in vivo on B-cell responses to a TI antigen. Wilder et al. (1996) showed that the injection of poly(I:C) before challenge with TNP-LPS resulted in specific increases in the IgG2a response and the increase requires the presence of NK cells. Similarly the IgG2a response to a TI-2 antigen, TNPFicoll, was also increased by the injection of Poly (I:C). Poly(I:C) is a synthetic analog of double-stranded RNA produced by RNA viruses, and there is considerable evidence that virus infection activates a cytokine loop that is initiated by production of IFN-a/b and IL-12, which can induce IFN-g production by NK cells. The production of IFN-g, in turn, further activates macrophages (Biron and Gazzinelli, 1995; Trinchieri and Gerosa, 1996). There is also much evidence that IFN-g enhances B-cell switching to IgG2a in the presence of polyclonal stimulators both in vitro (Snapper and Paul, 1987) and in vivo (Finkelman et al., 1988). Therefore, the effect on the antibody response is most likely due to the increased levels of IFN-g production, acting directly on antigen-activated B cells. However, unlike insights obtained from the induction of switch recombination to IgG1 by IL-4, the molecular mechanism by which IFN-g induces the switch to IgG2a has not been elucidated. Furthermore, other sources of stimulation may also participate in the induction of switch recombination to IgG2a upon activation of B cells in an antigenspecific manner. There are, for example, low but significant levels of IgG2a responses to TD antigens in both IFN-g/ and IFN-gR/ mice (Huang et al., 1993). IgG2a antibodies can be produced after some infections of IFN-g/ mice (Markine-Goriaynoff et al., 2000). Moreover, it is interesting that although injection of IL-12 augments antibody responses (Buchanan et al.,
20
DOROTHY YUAN
1998), injection of anti-IL-12 was found to completely abrogate IgG2a responses to TNP-LPS (Koh and Yuan, 1997). However, IL-12 on its own does not induce switch recombination in vitro (Metzger et al., 1997). Therefore, factors other than IFN-g may also induce switch recombination to IgG2a. Because cells containing recently switched transcripts can be detected outside of B-cell follicles (Toellner et al., 1996), it is conceivable that NK cells can play a contact-dependent role in addition to their ability to secrete IFN-g. Indeed the in vitro induction of germline transcripts for g2a and AID mRNA in the absence of IFN-g (Gao et al., 2001) by NK cells suggests that contact with NK cells may prime B cells to switch to IgG2a given appropriate further stimulation. The assessment of the effect of NK cells on TD immune responses is more difficult because of the involvement of T cells and APCs. In an attempt to reduce the complexity, Wilder et al. (1996) first primed mice with carrier only, then allowed them to rest, before injecting them with poly(I:C) followed by challenge intraperitoneally (IP) with the hapten-carrier conjugate. Thus, a primary B-cell response is assayed in the context of optimal T-cell help. Such a protocol resulted in increases in the IgG2a and IgG1 responses, although in this case only the increase in IgG2a was found to be dependent on the presence of NK cells. Thus, not only did the cytokine circuit induced by poly(I:C) activate NK cells, but other cell types may have been activated as well. Upon subcutaneous injection, poly(I:C) has been shown to activate DCs via stimulation of IFN-a/b–producing cells. Simultaneous injection of antigen results in enhancement of both IgG1 and IgG2a responses (Le Bon et al., 2001). Moreover, others have shown that IFN-a/b produced as a result of poly(I:C) stimulation can activate B cells directly in vitro in the presence of BCR ligation (Braun et al., 2002). In addition to an adjuvant, NK cells can also be activated by other means. Some evidence for B-cell stimulation of NK cells in vivo can be gleaned from the observation that a B-cell tumor, BCL1-C11, which can induce NK cell IFN-g production in vitro without being killed, can initiate a cascade in vivo whereby sufficient IFN-g is produced to alter the isotype distribution of antibodies induced by an antigen injected at the same time (Koh and Yuan, 1997). Although activation of NK cells in vivo clearly has an effect, either directly or indirectly, on B-cell antibody production, it is also important to determine whether NK cells play a role in antibody production without explicit stimulation. This question can be approached by depletion of NK cells before antigenic challenge. Early in vivo depletion experiments reported by Roble and Pollack (1986, 1989) suggested that NK cells exhibit negative regulatory effects on the IgG response of B cells; however, the readout of the effect was based on subsequent elicitation of the response in vitro. Direct in vivo responses were not measured. In none of the numerous subsequent studies involving
NK–B-CELL INTERACTIONS
21
measurement of in vivo responses after depletion of NK cells was enhancement of antibody production reported, although other inconsistencies were found. In some cases exhaustive depletion accompanied by careful verification of the depletion failed to show changes in the response to different antigens (Wang et al., 1998; Wilder et al., 1996). On the other hand, using similar depletion strategies, others have uncovered significant effects on isotype switching (Korsgren, 1999; Shi et al., 2000). In most of these experiments T-cell priming was not first established, so effects on antibody responses could have been due to either deficiencies in generation of helper cells or the B-cell response itself. One problem associated with transient depletion experiments is that the removal of NK cells may be incomplete or variable. This problem can be overcome if genetically modified mice with a specific deletion of NK cells can be constructed. A number of such mouse strains exhibit defects in NK cell development and/or function, but these are usually accompanied by B- or T-cell defects as well (Ikawa et al., 2001; Kennedy et al., 2000; Wang et al., 1994). A model of NK-only deficiency was created by reconstituting the human CD3e transgenic animal, found to be deficient in both T and NK cells, with T-cell precursors to create a mouse deficient only in NK cells. However, the cytokine constitution of these mice may be disturbed (Wang et al., 1996). Furthermore, NKT cells are also decreased in these mice (Satoskar et al., 1999b). The Ly49A transgenic mouse (Sungjin et al., 2000) is deficient in only peripheral NK cells. The reason for the deficiency is not known, but the expression of transgenic Ly49 on cell types other than NK cells may differentially affect immune responses. A summary of the results from all of the systems that have analyzed the effect of NK depletion on B-cell antibody responses to defined antigens is presented in Table II. In view of the pronounced effect of poly(I:C) injection on antibody responses, it is also possible that inclusion of adjuvant during the immunization with specific antigens may influence the effect of NK cells. Therefore, Table II also indicates whether adjuvant was used during immunization. Comparison of these results provides some insight into the possible mechanism of the NK effect. First, it can be noted that in the absence of adjuvant, depletion of NK cells did not affect any of the IgG or IgM (not shown) responses to TI or TD antigens. Second, with the exception of one study, inclusion of adjuvant during injection of antigens, including a TI antigen, resulted in reduction of at least one of the IgG subclasses in the absence of NK cells. Although IgG2a is the subclass most frequently affected, other immunoglobulin classes, including a typical Th2-regulated response IgE, was also reduced. Interestingly, despite the association of IFN-g with switching to IgG2a, studies by Satoskar et al. (1999a) showed that in the human CD3e NK deficiency model, neither IFN-g nor IL-4 levels were affected after immunization. Therefore, the effect of NK cells may not be solely attributed to cytokines.
22
DOROTHY YUAN
TABLE II Effect of Depletion by Anti-NK1.1 on Antigen-Specific IgG Responses IgG subclassa Adjuvant
IgG1
IgG2a
TNP-KLH TNP-OVAb TNP-LPS OVA TNP-Ficoll KLHc OVAa DNP-Ficollc PyVc
None None None Alum None CFA CFA CFA None
Same Same
Same Same Same Same Same Reduced Reduced Reduced Reduced
OVAd AchR
Alum CFA
Antigen 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
b
Same Same Same
Same
Reduced Same
IgG2b
IgG3
References
Same Same Same
Wilder et al., 1996 Wilder et al., 1996 Wilder et al., 1996 Wang et al., 1998 Sungjin et al., 2000 Satoskar et al., 1999 Satoskar et al., 1999 Buchanan et al., 1998 Szomolanyi-Tsuda et al., 2001 Korsgren et al., 1999 Shi et al., 2000
Same
Same
Reduced
a For each response reported, the comparative difference in responses between control and anti-NK1.1– treated animals is designated. b Animals were primed with carrier in RIBI but challenged with antigen in PBS. c Human CD3e mice were used. d IgE responses were also decreased.
In our laboratory we have adopted another method for developing a mouse strain that is deficient in only NK cells. The strategy is to construct a transgenic mouse that constitutively produces an anti-NK1.1 antibody identical to that produced by the PK136 hybridoma, which has a proven ability to delete NK cells specifically in vivo. Using such transgenic mice, we found that sufficient anti-NK1.1 antibodies are produced in the mice to kill all newly generated NK cells as soon as B cells are activated via endogenous or injected antigens. Because the PK136 transgenes do not code for the antigen receptor of the B cell in which it resides, activation occurs only as a result of stimulation via the endogenous BCR. Plasma cells generated after immunization with TI antigens (Garcia de Vinuesa et al., 1999; Koh and Yuan, 2000) and after virus infection (Slifka et al., 1998) have been shown to have long half-lives. Therefore, regardless of the initial stimulus, plasma cells producing the transgenic antibodies persist in the animal and maintain the absence of NK cells. It is also possible to use the bone marrow cells from these mice to create mixed radiation chimeras of the PK136 transgenic strain with cells from other strains. Figure 2A shows that for at least as long as 6 months, individual chimeric animals are uniformly depleted of NK cells to the same extent as intact mice that have recently been injected with anti-NK1.1 antibodies. Using three independent groups of animals, we examined the effect of depletion of NK
NK–B-CELL INTERACTIONS
23
Fig 2 Effect of natural killer (NK) cell depletion on the response to pneumococcal vaccine. (A) Peripheral blood lymphocytes from representative chimeric animals generated from C57BL /6 bone marrow cells or combined with an equal number of PK136 transgenic bone marrow cells were stained with anti-NK1.1 and anti-DX5 antibodies 4.5 months after transfer (background values varied between 0.2% and 0.4%). (B) Groups of chimeric animals generated in the same manner were immunized with Pneumovax in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) or in the adjuvant RIBI. Fourteen to twenty-four days later, serum samples collected were measured by isotypespecific enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay analysis against the same antigen. The mean of the responses in each group on day 14 is shown along with the standard error of the mean. Asterisks indicate p values .05 for T tests (assuming unequal variance) testing for the probability that the mean values between groups of animals are identical.
24
DOROTHY YUAN
cells on responses to a TI-2, antigen pneumococcal vaccine. Figure 2B confirms findings of previous experiments with TI-2 antigens, that the absence of NK cells does not greatly affect the response to antigens injected in PBS. However, when antigen is introduced in adjuvant, a robust IgG1 response can be generated in addition to IgG2a and IgG3 in chimeras generated with cells from intact mice. Significantly, the IgG1 response is much reduced when NK cells are chronically depleted. Surprisingly, the IgG2a response is not as affected, but the IgG3 response may also be reduced; however, the greater variability in the response of control animals diminished the statistical difference. Because NK T cells are not affected by the presence of the PK136 transgenes, as would be expected from previous assessment of the effect of transient injections of this antibody (Asea and Stein-Streilein, 1998; Smyth et al., 2001), the effect on IgG1 expression must be mediated by NK cells. These results show that NK cell elaboration of IFN-g may not be the only pathway by which B-cell responses can be affected. Other cytokines, such as IL-13, a Th2 cytokine, may be preferentially made under these conditions. Alternatively, the bloodborne DCs specialized in capturing TI-2 antigens (Balazs et al., 2001) may be influenced by NK cells in the presence of adjuvant. Although the mechanism of how DCs alter Th1 versus Th2 polarity is not clear, there is evidence that NK cells may play a role (Geldhof et al., 2002). Figure 3 illustrates the plethora of pathways that could be involved upon challenge with antigen in the presence of adjuvant or poly(I:C) with emphasis on how NK cells could be involved in the regulation of B-cell function. For simplicity, only pathways that could be occurring in the spleen upon introduction of bloodborne antigens are shown. Thus, in vivo NK–B-cell interactions can occur via several routes. (1) Upon activation by poly(I:C) or adjuvant, cytokines such as IFN-a/b, IL-12, produced by macrophages and/or DCs can activate NK (Biron et al., 1999) and B cells and APCs (Braun et al., 2002). IFN-g and TNF-a produced by activated NK cells can in turn further activate macrophages, thereby setting up a cytokine circuit that can affect B-cell responses indirectly. (2) B cells activated by TI antigens may be able to stimulate NK cells to produce IFN-g via direct cell contact and further amplify the circuit. In the absence of this amplification effect initiated by adjuvant, the level of IFN-g may be inadequate for significant alteration of the immune response. (3) Activated NK cells can also stimulate resting B cells to produce g2a germline transcripts in preparation for switch recombination to IgG2a. If B cells are then appropriately stimulated by either TI or TD antigens, they would be directed to preferential IgG2a production that is further enhanced by IFN-g. (4) Activated NK cells and/or IFN-g produced by NK cells can also enhance the ability of B cells and other APCs in their ability to present TD antigens to T cells. Whether preferential antigen presentation by B cells versus other accessory cells can differentially alter the polarity of Th1 versus Th2 stimulation is not clear.
NK–B-CELL INTERACTIONS
25
Fig 3 Possible interaction pathways in the spleen upon intraperitoneal injection of antigen in the presence of adjuvant or poly(I:C).
Even in the absence of IFN-g, NK cells may also be able to exert an effect on B-cell responses. First, stimulation by adjuvant could directly activate B cells so that they can stimulate NK cells. Second, resident activated accessory cells could also stimulate NK cells. In this case IL-13 production by NK cells may become more relevant, resulting in the activation of Th2 cells. Additionally, direct interactions between NK and B cells as well as unknown cytokines could replace IFN-g to stimulate B-cell IgG2a production. In addition, the preferential pathways initiated by antigen under the influence of different types of adjuvants may alter the relative contribution of cytokine circuits versus direct cell–cell interactions and could influence the manner in which NK cells affect B-cell responses. Thus, considering the multiple pathways by which B-cell immunoglobulin production can be regulated, the variable effects of NK cell depletion obtained in different experimental systems (Table II) is not surprising.
26
DOROTHY YUAN
It should be noted that with subcutaneous routes of immunization, DCs activated by either poly(I:C) or adjuvant may play a greater role because of their ability to capture antigen in the periphery for activation of T cells residing in the peripheral lymph nodes (Le Bon et al., 2001). Moreover, the role of NK cells may be less prominent because of their low abundance at these sites (Cavanaugh et al., 2003). Many questions remain regarding the interaction of NK and B cells in vivo. The readout of immunoglobulin secretion does not permit the analysis of whether the adjuvant effect is at the level of antigen presentation, of selective switch recombination, or of cytokine amplification of the response during the terminal phase. Additionally, factors that affect homeostasis of the participating cells may also play an important role. For example, the importance of BAFF, APRIL, and their counterreceptors in the development and maintenance of mature B cells in vivo (McHeyzer-Williams, 2003) as well as cytokines that are important in the maintenance of NK cell homeostasis (Koka et al., 2003) may all play important roles in the consideration of the effects of NK cells on B-cell activities. Another question concerns the significance of immunoglobulin isotype skewing directed by NK cells. In general IgG2a has been shown to be more effective mediators of ADCC, although the affinity of the antibodies may also play a significant role (Anasetti et al., 1987; d’Uscio et al., 1991; Kipps et al., 1985; Koh and Yuan, 2000; Steplewski et al., 1991). Furthermore, an intriguing finding made by Faquim-Mauro et al. (1999) raises the possibility that under the influence of NK cells, the properties of some antibodies produced may differ even if they belong to the same subclass. Thus, IgG1 antibodies produced in the absence of IL-4 are deficient in their ability to mediate an anaphylactic response. VI. The Role of NK–B-Cell Interactions in Autoimmune Diseases
Pathogenic antibody production is believed to be responsible for symptoms associated with a number of autoimmune syndromes. The underlying mechanism responsible for the activation of the autoimmune B cells is not evident in many cases. The finding that administration of antigen in the presence of adjuvant has profound effects on NK-mediated functions has relevance when one considers that a number of experimental models used to study autoimmunity rely on the injection of the inducing antigen in the presence of strong adjuvants, such as complete Freund’s adjuvant (CFA) (Damotte et al., 2003; Matsumoto et al., 1998; Shi et al., 2000; Zhang et al., 1997). For example, whereas removal of NK cells during experimental induction of the symptoms of myasthenia gravis by the injection of acetylcholine receptor in adjuvant results in amelioration of pathogenic antibodies (Shi et al., 2000), whether NK cells would play a similar role during the natural course of the disease is not clear. On the other hand, the adjuvant effect on NK cells may reflect, in an exaggerated manner, events
NK–B-CELL INTERACTIONS
27
occurring during an inflammatory response that can trigger endogenous nonspecific immune responses sometimes labeled the ‘‘danger signal’’ (Gallucci and Matzinger, 2001) and could lead to autoimmunity, given the appropriate genetic background and environmental conditions. One experimental system that does not involve the introduction of adjuvant is the induction of autoantibody production in (C57/BL/6 DBA/2) F1 hybrids upon injection of spleen cells from parental DBA/2 mice. In this case the presence of NK cells appeared to exert a protective role and removal of NK cells exasperated the autoimmune symptoms (Harada et al., 1995). Furthermore, infusion of IL-2–activated NK cells had a protective effect. Although they showed that the NK cells were not cytotoxic against the autoimmune B cells, possible cytokine effects were not investigated. Therefore, further studies aimed at unraveling the mechanism of protection may be informative for understanding the role of NK cells in spontaneous autoimmunity. Similar suppressive effects were found for NK cells in studies using a mouse strain predisposed to autoantibody production. The initiation of autoantibody production in C57BL/6.lpr mice that spontaneously develop autoantibodies was accelerated by depletion of NK cells (Takeda and Dennert, 1993). Conversely, injection of a semipurified population of NK cells delayed the onset. The interpretation of these studies is, however, confounded by the dysregulation of apoptosis resulting from the lpr gene defect, which affects multiple cell types. Similarly a role for NK cells has also been suggested by the evaluation of NK cell cytotoxic activity in MRL lpr/lpr mice (Nilsson and Carlsten, 1996; Magilavy et al., 1987). Disease symptoms have also been associated with the presence of NK cells or NK cell activity in NZB NZW mice (Gordon et al., 1989). Here also, the multiple defects in this strain make it difficult to identify a unique role for NK–B-cell interactions. More definitive answers may be derived from the utilization of congenic strains containing restricted loci derived from the NZM2410 strain on a C57BL/6 background (Morel et al., 2000). Some of these strains contain genes that are responsible for defects that are uniquely manifested by either B or T cells. Another particularly interesting strain B6.Sle.1 contains a cluster of functionally related genes that are responsible for spontaneous upregulation of activation markers on both B and T cells that correlate with the development of autoantibodies. Interestingly, however, radiation chimera studies show that presence of both cell types is not necessary for development of the symptoms (Mohan et al., 1997). Thus, it should be interesting to devise experimental strategies to analyze the possible role of NK cells in the modulation of disease progression. NKT cells have also been investigated as a possible candidate for the regulation of autoimmunity. Development of pathogenic symptoms attributed to T-cell dysfunction can be modulated by the activation of NKT cells in a number of autoimmune models (Mieza et al., 1996; Pal et al., 2001). Depending on the
28
DOROTHY YUAN
disease and time of activation of the cells relative to the disease process, NKT cells can either exacerbate or reduce disease symptoms. The mechanism is most likely due to modulation of the Th1 versus Th2 polarity through their ability to secrete cytokines such as IL-4, IL-10, transforming growth factor-a, or IFN-g (Kronenberg and Gapin, 2002). Furthermore, the secretion of these cytokines may be developmentally regulated (Benlagha et al., 2002). Interestingly, however, the development of autoantibodies has not been associated with the presence or absence of NKT cells (Luo et al., 2002). In conclusion, the rapid increase in the understanding of NK receptors and function provides excellent tools to reassess the role of NK cells in the regulation of many autoimmune diseases, especially those involving B-cell dysfunction. VII. NK–B-Cell Interactions during Infections
The participation of NK cells in the amplification of the cytokine circuit was first described in studies of microbial infections (Tripp et al., 1993). It is now apparent that activation of the innate immune system in response to infection can often be attributed to activation of members of the TLR family (Akira et al., 2001; Medzhitov and Janeway, 2002) expressed on many cells of the innate immune system and on B cells. These pattern recognition receptors can be triggered by gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria, as well as double-stranded RNA and hypomethylated CpG present in bacterial DNA. Despite the prominent role of NK cells as a member of the innate immune system, there is no evidence for the existence of TLRs on NK cells, although they can be easily activated by cytokines induced as a result of TLR engagement on other cell types. TLR3 has been shown to respond to double-stranded RNA (Alexopoulou et al., 2001), resulting in the production of type I interferons. Although increased IFN-a/b production is a hallmark of many viral infections (Biron, 1998), the mechanism by which RNA viruses engage TLR3 is not well understood (Lopez et al., 2003). Thus, whereas IFN-a/b clearly has an immunoregulatory role in the resolution of viral infections, the mechanism is still a subject of intense research (Nguyen et al., 2002). IFN-a/b production leading to activation of NK cell IFN-g production is an effective means of amplifying the cytokine cirucuit, but on the other hand, in some viral infections this cytokine inhibits another NK cell–activating cytokine IL-12 (Biron, 2001). In any case, many viral infections clearly result in enhanced NK cell expansion and function (Biron et al., 1999; Tay et al., 1998). Virus-induced alterations of MHC class I antigen expression using a number of strategies (Brutkiewicz and Welsh, 1995) can also elevate cytotoxicity of NK cells. In addition to resistance to MCMV (Arase et al., 2002; Smith et al., 2002), response to influenza and Sendai viruses (Mandelboim et al., 2001) may also be directly attributed to the expression of specific NK receptors. In a subset of infections, increased IFN-g
NK–B-CELL INTERACTIONS
29
levels contribute to the reduction of viral burden via mechanisms such as induction of nitric oxide synthase (Reiss and Komatsu, 1998). Moreover, IFN-g elaborated by NK cells early in the response is also most likely responsible for the increased level of IgG2a production often associated with a number of viral infections (Coutelier et al., 1987). Although synthesis of IgG2a antibodies is usually dependent on T-cell help, many viruses can express the appropriate repetitive antigenic determinants necessary for the elicitation of TI responses. Thus, both polio and polyoma virus have been shown to be TI-2 antigens in that they are poor immunogens in mice with defects in Bruton’s tyrosine kinase, which is required specifically for B-cell responses to TI-2 antigens (Pinschewer et al., 1999; SzomolanyiTsuda et al., 2001). Interestingly, although NK cells appear to be not required for a protective response to this virus, they are necessary for the generation of IgG2a antibodies (Szomolanyi-Tsuda et al., 2001), which may play a significant role in the reduction of viral burden. Furthermore, B-cell expression of the IFN-g receptor is required for increased IgG2a synthesis. Therefore, NK cells may function by amplification of the cytokine circuit to provide cytokine help, or possibly NK cell production of IFN-g is increased by B cells activated by viral infection. Because Rae-1 expression is upregulated by LPS stimulation of B cells, another possibility is that B cells activated by viral antigens can stimulate NK cells via the NKG2 receptor. The antibody response to a number of other viruses has also been shown to not require CD4 T-cell help (Szomolanyi-Tsuda and Welsh, 1998), suggesting that NK cells may provide an important source of second signal for TI responses. Because IgG2a may be more effective for mediating ADCC (Koh and Yuan, 2000), increased levels of this subclass of antibodies may provide a mechanism for controlling viral replication (Mochizuki et al., 1990) or maintaining viral latency (Kim et al., 2002). Antibodies also play a central role in the resolution of a number of bacterial infections. Other than the well-recognized effector functions of antibodies including agglutination, opsonization, and enhancement of complement activation, an unusual antibody-mediated function has been uncovered. Endocytosis of relevant antibodies by activated macrophages may allow them to retain the pathogen within an intracellular location inside a phagocyte (Edelson and Unanue, 2001). However, whether such antibodies are generated during the natural course of the infection is not known. Early studies have implicated NK cells and the cytokine loop in the early phases of the response against infection by the intracellular pathogen Listeria monocytogenes (Unanue, 1997). Amplification of the cytokine loop by many bacterial pathogens can occur upon capture of the pathogen in multiple ways, including phagocytosis, endocytosis, or via members of the TLR family. Thus, for a number of pathogenic bacterial infections, including Salmonella typhimurium (Ramarathinam et al., 1993) and Chlamydia trachomatis (Tseng and
30
DOROTHY YUAN
Rank, 1998), NK cells play a dominant role in the early production of IFN-g necessary for host defense. In other bacterial infections, however, NK cells may not be required (Brucella abortis [Fernandes et al., 1995]). In fact, in another study using an NK-deficient model, T-cell production of IFN-g during early infection by L. monocytogenes was found to be sufficient for activating the innate immune system (Andersson et al., 1998), although the general disruption of the lymphoid system in this mouse (Cao et al., 1995) may compromise the conclusion somewhat. Therefore, the importance of cytokine secretion by NK cells early in the response to bacteria may be determined by additional factors such as the time course of the infection and the rapidity of T-cell recognition of the processed antigen. A number of parasites have also been shown to activate the MyD88 pathway used by TLRs (Scanga et al., 2002). The activation of the cytokine circuit in this manner would explain the findings of NK involvement in some parasitic diseases. Early studies of Toxoplasma gondii infections (Denkers et al., 1993; Scharton-Kersten et al., 1996) showed that NK cells are the effectors of IFNg–dependent immunity. Not only are IL-1b–and IL-12–activated NK cells induced to secrete IFN-g, but they also express higher levels of CD28 (Hunter et al., 1997). The possibility that this upregulation is involved in NK–B-cell interactions is intriguing, especially in view of the finding that an intact B-cell response is also important for resistance to the parasite (Kang et al., 2000). Another mechanism for the resistance involving B cells may be attributed to the production of specific antibodies needed for ADCC mediated by NK cells against infected targets (Dannemann et al., 1989). NK cells are also the major source of IFN-g, which drives the differentiation of protective T-cell immunity in leishmaniasis (Scott, 1998; Scott and Hunter, 2002). The early activation of NK cells is probably also mediated by the activation of the TLRs on macrophages (Hawn et al., 2002). Although IgG2a is the predominant antibody produced as a consequence of the IFN-g production, antibodies probably play a subsidiary role to T cells in the manifestations or control of this disease (Brown and Reiner, 1999). On the other hand, antibodies play a prominent role in infections with Trypanosoma cruzi, the causative agent of Chagas’ disease, which also results in augmentation of NK cell activity (Brodskyn et al., 1996). Polyclonal B-cell activation is detected during infection with increases in circulating levels of both IgM and IgG2a (d’Imperio Lima et al., 1986; Spinella et al., 1992). Because NK cells can also augment the secretion of IgG2a in vitro from B cells obtained from infected animals even in the absence of further activation (De Arruda Hinds et al., 2001), the increase in polyclonal immunoglobulin in vivo may be a consequence of NK activation. NK cell depletion does, however, result in increased susceptibility to the infection (Cardillo et al., 2002). Moreover, even in the absence of IFN-g, IgG2a production is not reduced (Markine-Goriaynoff et al., 2000), suggesting
NK–B-CELL INTERACTIONS
31
that NK cells may also play an essential role in the initiation of the protective response (Paiva et al., 2002) by direct interaction with B cells. It is interesting that in some parasitic diseases such as Schistosoma mansoni, in which protective immunity is of the Th2 type (Stadecker, 1999), depletion of NK cells also induces alterations of regulatory mechanisms affecting disease manifestations (Asseman et al., 1996). It will be of interest to determine whether similar TLRs are activated by the pathogen. VIII. Conclusions
Through studies of the extent of NK cell participation during the early phases of infection by a number of organisms, NK cells have long been well established as being an important element of innate immunity that can boost immune resistance before the development of specific immunity. More recently, they have also been shown to be important in shaping the nature of the B- and T-cell responses. Because these studies are often complicated by the inflammatory processes arising from the particular infection, the specific mechanisms for how NK cells function have been more difficult to pinpoint. In this chapter, we scrutinized in vitro studies that show interactions between NK and B cells and compared these results with in vivo experiments that used defined antigens. Although some clues now emerge regarding the multiple pathways by which NK cells can potentially affect B-cell response, details regarding the relative importance of each of these pathways are still quite incomplete. Hopefully, however, this effort can point out further directions that need to be taken. The increased understanding of the functional relationship between NK and B cells may help resolve some outstanding problems in understanding the development of autoimmunity and aid in the design of appropriate vaccine strategies. Acknowledgments I am grateful to the past and present members of my laboratory for their contributions and to Dr. Vandana Parikh and Dr. Michael Bennett for review of the chapter.
References Abruzzo, L. V., and Rowley, D. A. (1983). Homeostasis of the antibody responses, immunoregulation by NK cells. Science 222, 581–585. Alexopoulou, L., Holt, A. C., Medzhitov, R., and Flavell, R. A. (2001). Recognition of doublestranded RNA and activation of NF-kappaB by toll-like receptor 3. Nature 413, 732–738. Anasetti, C., Martin, P. J., Morishita, Y., Badger, C. C., Bernstein, I. D., and Hansen, J. A. (1987). Human large granular lymphocytes express high affinity receptors for murine monoclonal antibodies of the IgG3 subclass. J. Immunol. 138, 2979–2981. Andrews, D. M., Farrell, H. E., Densley, E. H., Scalzo, A. A., Shellam, G. R., and Degli-Esposti, M. A. (2001). NK1.1þ cells and murine cytomegalovirus infection: What happens in situ? J. Immunol. 166, 1796–1802.
32
DOROTHY YUAN
Arai, S., Yamamoto, H., Itoh, K., and Kumagai, K. (1983). Suppressive effect of human natural killer cells on pokeweed mitogen–induced B cell differentiation. J. Immunol. 131, 651–657. Arase, H., Mocarski, E. S., Campbell, A. E., Hill, A. B., and Lanier, L. L. (2002). Direct recognition of cytomegalovirus by activating and inhibitory NK cell receptors. Science 296, 1323–1326. Asea, A., and Stein-Streilein, J. (1998). Signalling through NK1.1 triggers NK cells to die but induces NK T cells to produce interleukin-4. Immunology 93, 296–305. Asseman, C., Pancre, V., Quatennens, B., and Auriault, C. (1996). Schistosoma mansoni–infected mice show augmented hepatic fibrosis and selective inhibition of liver cytokine production after treatment with anti-NK1.1 antibodies. Immunol. Lett. 54, 11–20. Atasoy, U., Watson, J., Patel, D., and Keene, J. D. (1998). ELAV protein HuA (HuR) can redistribute between nucleus and cytoplasm and is upregulated during serum stimulation and T cell activation. J. Cell. Sci. 111 (Pt 21), 3145–3156. Bachmann, M. F., and Zinkernagel, R. M. (1996). The influence of virus structure on antibody responses and virus serotype formation. Immunol. Today 17, 553–558. Balazs, M., Martin, F., Zhou, T., and Kearney, J. (2002). Blood dendritic cells interact with splenic marginal zone B cells to initiate T-independent immune responses. Immunity 17, 341–352. Banchereau, J., and Steinman, R. M. (1998). Dendritic cells and the control of immunity. Nature 392, 245–252. Bauer, S., Groh, V., Wu, J., Steinle, A., Phillips, J. H., Lanier, L. L., and Spies, T. (1999). Activation of NK cells and T cells by NKG2D, a receptor for stress-inducible MICA. Science 285, 727–729. Becker, J. C., Kolanus, W., Lonnemann, C., and Schmidt, R. E. (1990). Human natural killer clones enhance in vitro antibody production by tumour necrosis factor alpha and gamma interferon. Scand. J. Immunol. 32, 153–162. Bendelac, A., Rivera, M. N., Park, S. H., and Roark, J. H. (1997). Mouse CD1-specific NK1 T cells: Development, specificity, and function. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 15, 535–562. Benlagha, K., Kyin, T., Beavis, A., Teyton, L., and Bendelac, A. (2002). A thymic precursor to the NK T cell lineage. Science 296, 553–555. Bennett, M. (1987). Biology and genetics of hybrid resistance. Adv. Immunol. 41, 333–445. Biassoni, R., Pessino, A., Bottino, C., Pende, D., Moretta, L., and Moretta, A. (1999). The murine homologue of the human NKp46, a triggering receptor involved in the induction of natural cytotoxicity. Eur. J. Immunol. 29, 1014–1020. Biron, C. A. (1998). Role of early cytokines, including alpha and beta interferons (IFN-alpha /beta), in innate and adaptive immune responses to viral infections. Semin. Immunol. 10, 383–390. Biron, C. A. (2001). Interferons alpha and beta as immune regulators—a new look. Immunity 14, 661–664. Biron, C. A., and Gazzinelli, R. (1995). Effect of IL-12 on immune responses to microbial infections: A key mediator in regulating disease outcome. Curr. Opin. Immunol. 7, 485. Biron, C. A., Nguyen, K. B., Pien, G. C., Cousens, L. P., and Salazar-Mather, T. P. (1999). Natural killer cells in antiviral defense: Function and regulation by innate cytokines. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 17, 189–220. Blanca, I. R., Bere, E. W., Young, H. A., and Ortaldo, J. R. (2001). Human B cell activation by autologous NK cells is regulated by CD40-CD40 ligand interaction: Role of memory B cells and CD5þ B cells. J. Immunol. 167, 6132–6139. Braud, V. M., Allan, D. S., O’Callaghan, C. A., Soderstrom, K., D’Andrea, A., Ogg, G. S., Lazetic, S., Young, N. T., Bell, J. I., Phillips, J. H., et al. (1998). HLA-E binds to natural killer cell receptors CD94 /NKG2A, B and C. Nature 391, 795–799. Braun, D., Caramalho, I., and Demengeot, J. (2002). IFN-alpha /beta enhances BCR-dependent B cell responses. Int. Immunol. 14, 411–419.
NK–B-CELL INTERACTIONS
33
Brodskyn, C. I., Barral, A., Bulhoes, M. A., Souto, T., Machado, W. C., and Barral-Netto, M. (1996). Cytotoxicity in patients with different clinical forms of Chagas’ disease. Clin. Exp. Immunol. 105, 450–455. Brossay, L., Chioda, M., Burdin, N., Koezuka, Y., Casorati, G., Dellabona, P., and Kronenberg, M. (1998). CD1d-mediated recognition of an alpha-galactosylceramide by natural killer T cells is highly conserved through mammalian evolution. J. Exp. Med. 188, 1521–1528. Brown, D. R., and Reiner, S. L. (1999). Polarized helper-T-cell responses against Leishmania major in the absence of B cells. Infect. Immun. 67, 266–270. Brutkiewicz, R. R., and Welsh, R. M. (1995). Major histocompatibility complex class I antigens and the control of viral infections by natural killer cells. J. Virol. 69, 3967–3971. Buchanan, R. M., Arulanandam, B. P., and Metzger, D. W. (1998). IL-12 enhances antibody responses to T-independent polysaccharide vaccines in the absence of T and NK cells. J. Immunol. 161, 5525–5533. Calame, K. L. (2001). Plasma cells: Finding new light at the end of B cell development. Nat. Immunol. 2, 1103–1108. Cao, X., Shores, E. W., Hu-Li, J., Anver, M. R., Kelsall, B. L., Russell, S. M., Drago, J., Noguchi, M., Grinberg, A., Bloom, E. T., et al. (1995). Defective lymphoid development in mice lacking expression of the common cytokine receptor gamma chain. Immunity 2, 223–238. Cardillo, F., Cunha, F. Q., Tamashiro, W. M., Russo, M., Garcia, S. B., and Mengel, J. (2002). NK1.1þ cells and T-cell activation in euthymic and thymectomized C57B1/6 mice during acute Trypanosoma cruzi infection. Scand. J. Immunol. 55, 96–104. Carnaud, C., Lee, D., Donnars, O., Park, S. H., Beavis, A., Koezuka, Y., and Bendelac, A. (1999). Cutting edge: Cross-talk between cells of the innate immune system: NKT cells rapidly activate NK cells. J. Immunol. 163, 4647–4650. Cavanaugh, V. J., Deng, Y., Birkenbach, M. P., Slater, J. S., and Campbell, A. E. (2003). Vigorous innate and virus-specific cytotoxic T-lymphocyte responses to murine cytomegalovirus in the submaxillary salivary gland. J. Virol. 77, 1703–1717. Cerwenka, A., Bakker, A. B., McClanahan, T., Wagner, J., Wu, J., Phillips, J. H., and Lanier, L. L. (2000). Retinoic acid early inducible genes define a ligand family for the activating NKG2D receptor in mice. Immunity 12, 721–727. Chan, S. H., Kobayashi, M., Santoli, D., Perussia, B., and Trinchieri, G. (1992). Mechanisms of IFN-gamma induction by natural killer cell stimulatory factor (NKSF/IL-12). Role of transcription and mRNA stability in the synergistic interaction between NKSF and IL-2. J. Immunol. 148, 92–98. Chen, C. Y., and Shyu, A. B. (1995). AU-rich elements: Characterization and importance in mRNA degradation. Trends Biochem. Sci. 20, 465–470. Cheung, J. C., Koh, C. Y., Gordon, B. E., Wilder, J. A., and Yuan, D. (1999). The mechanism of activation of NK-cell IFN-gamma production by ligation of CD28. Mol. Immunol. 36, 361–372. Chuang, S. S., Kumaresan, P. R., and Mathew, P. A. (2001). 2B4 (CD244)-mediated activation of cytotoxicity and IFN-gamma release in human NK cells involves distinct pathways. J. Immunol. 167, 6210–6216. Colucci, F., Rosmaraki, E., Bregenholt, S., Samson, S. I., Di Bartolo, V., Turner, M., Vanes, L., Tybulewicz, V., and Di Santo, J. P. (2001). Functional dichotomy in natural killer cell signaling: Vav1-dependent and -independent mechanisms. J. Exp. Med. 193, 1413–1424. Cooper, M. A., Fehniger, T. A., Turner, S. C., Chen, K. S., Ghaheri, B. A., Ghayur, T., Carson, W. E., and Caligiuri, M. A. (2001). Human natural killer cells: A unique innate immunoregulatory role for the CD56(bright) subset. Blood 97, 3146–3151. Cosman, D., Mullberg, J., Sutherland, C. L., Chin, W., Armitage, R., Fanslow, W., Kubin, M., and Chalupny, N. J. (2001). ULBPs, novel MHC class I–related molecules, bind to CMV glycoprotein UL16 and stimulate NK cytotoxicity through the NKG2D receptor. Immunity 14, 123–133.
34
DOROTHY YUAN
Coutelier, J.-P., Logt, J. T. M. v. d., Heessen, F. W. A., Warnier, G., and Snick, J. V. (1987). IgG2a restriction of murine antibodies elicited by viral infections. J. Exp. Med. 165, 64–69. Cresswell, P. (1994). Assembly, transport, and function of MHC class II molecules. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 12, 259–293. d’Imperio Lima, M. R., Eisen, H., Minoprio, P., Joskowicz, M., and Coutinho, A. (1986). Persistence of polyclonal B cell activation with undetectable parasitemia in late stages of experimental Chagas’ disease. J. Immunol. 137, 353–356. d’Uscio, C. H., Jungi, T. W., and Blaser, K. (1991). Cellular cytotoxicity mediated by isotype-switch variants of a monoclonal antibody to human neuroblastoma. Br. J. Cancer. 64, 445–450. Damotte, D., Goulvestre, C., Charreire, J., and Carnaud, C. (2003). LPS and Freund’s adjuvant initiate different inflammatory circuits in experimental autoimmune thyroiditis. Eur. Cytokine. Netw. 14, 52–59. Daniels, K. A., Devora, G., Lai, W. C., O’Donnell, C. L., Bennett, M., and Welsh, R. M. (2001). Murine cytomegalovirus is regulated by a discrete subset of natural killer cells reactive with monoclonal antibody to Ly49H. J. Exp. Med. 194, 29–44. Dannemann, B. R., Morris, V. A., Araujo, F. G., and Remington, J. S. (1989). Assessment of human natural killer and lymphokine-activated killer cell cytotoxicity against Toxoplasma gondii trophozoites and brain cysts. J. Immunol. 143, 2684–2691. De Arruda Hinds, L. B., Alexandre-Moreira, M. S., Decote-Ricardo, D., Nunes, M. P., and Pecanha, L. M. (2001). Increased immunoglobulin secretion by B lymphocytes from Trypanosoma cruzi infected mice after B lymphocytes–natural killer cell interaction. Parasite. Immunol. 23, 581–586. Denkers, E., Gazzinelli, R., Martin, D., and Sher, A. (1993). Emergence of NK1.1þ cells as effectors of IFN-g dependent immunity to Toxoplasma gondii in MHC class I–deficient mice. J. Exp. Med. 178, 1465. Diefenbach, A., Jamieson, A. M., Liu, S. D., Shastri, N., and Raulet, D. H. (2000). Ligands for the murine NKG2D receptor: Expression by tumor cells and activation of NK cells and macrophages. Nat. Immunol. 1, 119–126. Diefenbach, A., Tomasello, E., Lucas, M., Jamieson, A. M., Hsia, J. K., Vivier, E., and Raulet, D. H. (2002). Selective associations with signaling proteins determine stimulatory versus costimulatory activity of NKG2D. Nat. Immunol. 3, 1142–1149. Edelson, B. T., and Unanue, E. R. (2001). Intracellular antibody neutralizes Listeria growth. Immunity 14, 503–512. Evans, D. E., Munks, M. W., Purkerson, J. M., and Parker, D. C. (2000). Resting B lymphocytes as APC for naive T lymphocytes: Dependence on CD40 ligand /CD40. J. Immunol. 164, 688–697. Fagarasan, S., and Honjo, T. (2000). T-independent immune response: New aspects of B cell biology. Science 290, 89–92. Faquim-Mauro, E. L., Coffman, R. L., Abrahamsohn, I. A., and Macedo, M. S. (1999). Cutting edge: Mouse IgG1 antibodies comprise two functionally distinct types that are differentially regulated by IL-4 and IL-12. J. Immunol. 163, 3572–3576. Fehr, T., Skrastina, D., Pumpens, P., and Zinkernagel, R. M. (1998). T cell–independent type I antibody response against B cell epitopes expressed repetitively on recombinant virus particles. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95, 9477–9481. Fernandes, D. M., Benson, R., and Baldwin, C. L. (1995). Lack of a role for natural killer cells in early control of Brucella abortus 2308 infections in mice. Infect. Immun. 63, 4029–4033. Finkelman, F. D., Katona, I. M., Mosmann, T. R., and Coffman, R. L. (1988). IFN-gamma regulates the isotypes of Ig secreted during in vivo humoral immune responses. J. Immunol. 140, 1022–1027.
NK–B-CELL INTERACTIONS
35
Galli, G., Nuti, S., Tavarini, S., Galli-Stampino, L., De Lalla, C., Casorati, G., Dellabona, P., and Abrignani, S. (2003). CD1d-restricted help to B cells by human invariant natural killer T lymphocytes. J. Exp. Med. 197, 1051–1057. Gallouzi, I. E., Brennan, C. M., Stenberg, M. G., Swanson, M. S., Eversole, A., Maizels, N., and Steitz, J. A. (2000). HuR binding to cytoplasmic mRNA is perturbed by heat shock. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 97, 3073–3078. Gallucci, S., and Matzinger, P. (2001). Danger signals: SOS to the immune system. Curr. Opin. Immunol. 13, 114–119. Gao, N., Dang, T., and Yuan, D. (2001). IFN-gamma–dependent and –independent initiation of switch recombination by NK cells. J. Immunol. 167, 2011–2018. Garcia de Vinuesa, C., O’Leary, P., Sze, D. M., Toellner, K. M., and MacLennan, I. C. (1999). T-independent type 2 antigens induce B cell proliferation in multiple splenic sites, but exponential growth is confined to extrafollicular foci. Eur. J. Immunol. 29, 1314–1323. Garni-Wagner, B. A., Purohit, A., Mathew, P. A., Bennett, M., and Kumar, V. (1993). A novel function-associated molecule related to non–MHC-restricted cytotoxicity mediated by activated natural killer cells and T cells. J. Immunol. 151, 60–70. Geldhof, A. B., Van Ginderachter, J. A., Liu, Y., Noel, W., Raes, G., and De Baetselier, P. (2002). Antagonistic effect of NK cells on alternatively activated monocytes: A contribution of NK cells to CTL generation. Blood 100, 4049–4058. George, T., Mason, L., Ortaldo, J., Kumar, V., and Bennett, M. (1999). Positive recognition of MHC class I molecules by the Ly49D receptor of murine natural killer cells. J. Immunol. 163, 1859–1867. Germain, R. N. (1994). MHC-dependent antigen processing and peptide presentation: Providing ligands for T lymphocyte activation. Cell 76, 287–299. Gray, J., Hirokawa, M., and Horwitz, D. A. (1994). The role of transforming growth factor beta in the generation of suppression: An interaction between CD8þ T and NK cells. J. Exp. Med. 180, 1937–1942. Gray, J., and Horwitz, D. (1995). Activated human NK cells can stimulate resting B cells to secrete immunoglobulin. J. Immunol. 154, 5656–5664. Gray, J. D., Hirokawa, M., Ohtsuka, K., and Horwitz, D. A. (1998). Generation of an inhibitory circuit involving CD8þ T cells, IL-2, and NK cell-derived TGF-beta: Contrasting effects of anti-CD2 and anti-CD3. J. Immunol. 160, 2248–2254. Groh, V., Rhinehart, R., Secrist, H., Bauer, S., Grabstein, K. H., and Spies, T. (1999). Broad tumorassociated expression and recognition by tumor-derived gamma delta T cells of MICA and MICB. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 96, 6879–6884. Guinamard, R., Okigaki, M., Schlessinger, J., and Ravetch, J. V. (2000). Absence of marginal zone B cells in Pyk-2–deficient mice defines their role in the humoral response. Nat. Immunol. 1, 31–36. Hansen, D. S., Siomos, M. A., Buckingham, L., Scalzo, A. A., and Schofield, L. (2003). Regulation of murine cerebral malaria pathogenesis by CD1d-restricted NKT cells and the natural killer complex. Immunity 18, 391–402. Harada, M., Lin, T., Kurosawa, S., Maeda, T., Umesue, M., Itoh, O., Matsuzaki, G., and Nomoto, K. (1995). Natural killer cells inhibit the development of autoantibody production in (C57BL /6 DBA /2) F1 hybrid mice injected with DBA /2 spleen cells. Cell Immunol. 161, 42–49. Harris, D. P., Haynes, L., Sayles, P. C., Duso, D. K., Eaton, S. M., Lepak, N. M., Johnson, L. L., Swain, S. L., and Lund, F. E. (2000). Reciprocal regulation of polarized cytokine production by effector B and T cells. Nat. Immunol. 1, 475–482. Hawn, T. R., Ozinsky, A., Underhill, D. M., Buckner, F. S., Akira, S., and Aderem, A. (2002). Leishmania major activates IL-1 alpha expression in macrophages through a MyD88-dependent pathway. Microbes Infect. 4, 763–771. Ho, F., Lortan, J. E., MacLennan, I. C., and Khan, M. (1986). Distinct short-lived and long-lived antibody-producing cell populations. Eur. J. Immunol. 16, 1297–1301.
36
DOROTHY YUAN
Hodge, D. L., Martinez, A., Julias, J. G., Taylor, L. S., and Young, H. A. (2002). Regulation of nuclear gamma interferon gene expression by interleukin 12 (IL-12) and IL-2 represents a novel form of posttranscriptional control. Mol. Cell. Biol. 22, 1742–1753. Honjo, T., Kinoshita, K., and Muramatsu, M. (2002). Molecular mechanism of class switch recombination: Linkage with somatic hypermutation. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 20, 165–196. Hoshino, T., Winkler-Pickett, R. T., Mason, A. T., Ortaldo, J. R., and Young, H. A. (1999). IL-13 production by NK cells: IL-13-producing NK and T cells are present in vivo in the absence of IFN-gamma. J. Immunol. 162, 51–59. Huang, S., Hendriks, W., Althage, A., Hemmi, S., Bluethmann, H., Kamijo, R., Vilcek, J., Zinkernagel, R., and Aguet, M. (1993). Immune response in mice that lack the interferon-a receptor. Science 259, 1742–1745. Hunter, C. A., Ellis-Neyer, L., Gabriel, K. E., Kennedy, M. K., Grabstein, K. H., Linsley, P. S., and Remington, J. S. (1997). The role of the CD28/B7 interaction in the regulation of NK cell responses during infection with Toxoplasma gondii. J. Immunol. 158, 2285–2293. Idris, A. H., Smith, H. R., Mason, L. H., Ortaldo, J. R., Scalzo, A. A., and Yokoyama, W. M. (1999). The natural killer gene complex genetic locus Chok encodes Ly-49D, a target recognition receptor that activates natural killing. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 96, 6330–6335. Ikawa, T., Fujimoto, S., Kawamoto, H., Katsura, Y., and Yokota, Y. (2001). Commitment to natural killer cells requires the helix-loop-helix inhibitor Id2. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 98, 5164–5169. Jacob, J., Kassir, R., and Kelsoe, G. (1991). In situ studies of the primary immune response to (4hydroxy-3-nitrophenyl)acetyl. I. The architecture and dynamics of responding cell populations. J. Exp. Med. 173, 1165–1175. Jacob, J., and Kelsoe, G. (1992). In situ studies of the primary immune response to (4-hydroxy-3nitrophenyl)acetyl. II. A common clonal origin for periarteriolar lymphoid sheath–associated foci and germinal centers. J. Exp. Med. 176, 679–687. Kang, H., Remington, J. S., and Suzuki, Y. (2000). Decreased resistance of B cell–deficient mice to infection with Toxoplasma gondii despite unimpaired expression of IFN-gamma, TNF-alpha, and inducible nitric oxide synthase. J. Immunol. 164, 2629–2634. Karlhofer, F. M., and Yokoyama, W. M. (1991). Stimulation of murine natural killer (NK) cells by a monoclonal antibody specific for the NK1.1 antigen. IL-2-activated NK cells possess additional specific stimulation pathways. J. Immunol. 146, 3662–3673. Karre, K. (2002). NK cells, MHC class I molecules and the missing self. Scand. J. Immunol. 55, 221–228. Katz, P., Mitchell, R., Cupps, T. R., Evans, M., and Whalen, G. (1989). Suppression of B Cell responses by natural killer cells is mediated through direct effects on T cells. Cell. Immunol. 119, 130–142. Kawano, T., Cui, J., Koezuka, Y., Toura, I., Kaneko, Y., Motoki, K., Ueno, H., Nakagawa, R., Sato, H., Kondo, E., et al. (1997). CD1d-restricted and TCR-mediated activation of valpha14 NKT cells by glycosylceramides. Science 278, 1626–1629. Kennedy, M. K., Glaccum, M., Brown, S. N., Butz, E. A., Viney, J. L., Embers, M., Matsuki, N., Charrier, K., Sedger, L., Willis, C. R., et al. (2000). Reversible defects in natural killer and memory CD8 T cell lineages in interleukin 15-deficient mice. J. Exp. Med. 191, 771–780. Kim, I. J., Flano, E., Woodland, D. L., and Blackman, M. A. (2002). Antibody-mediated control of persistent gamma-herpesvirus infection. J. Immunol. 168, 3958–3964. Kipps, T. J., Parham, P., Punt, J., and Herzenberg, L. A. (1985). Importance of immunoglobulin isotype in human antibody-dependent, cell-mediated cytotoxicity directed by murine monoclonal antibodies. J. Exp. Med. 161, 1–17. Koh, C. Y. (1997). PhD Thesis. Koh, C. Y., and Yuan, D. (1997). The effect of NK cell activation by tumor cells on antigen-specific antibody responses. J. Immunol. 159, 4745–4752.
NK–B-CELL INTERACTIONS
37
Koh, C. Y., and Yuan, D. (2000). The functional relevance of NK-cell–mediated upregulation of antigen-specific IgG2a responses. Cell. Immunol. 204, 135–142. Koka, R., Burkett, P. R., Chien, M., Chai, S., Chan, F., Lodolce, J. P., Boone, D. L., and Ma, A. (2003). Interleukin (IL)-15R[alpha]–deficient natural killer cells survive in normal but not IL-15R[alpha]–deficient mice. J. Exp. Med. 197, 977–984. Korsgren, M., Persson, C. G. A., Sundler, F., Bjerke, T., Hansson, T., Chambers, B. J., Hong, S., Van Kaer, L., Ljunggren, H. G., and Korsgren, O. (1999). Natural killer cells determine development of allergen-induced eosinophilic airway inflammation in mice. J. Exp. Med. 189, 553–562. Kosco, M. H., Burton, G. F., Kapasi, Z. F., Szakal, A. K., and Tew, J. G. (1989). Antibody-forming cell induction during an early phase of germinal centre development and its delay with aging. Immunology 68, 312–318. Kronenberg, M., and Gapin, L. (2002). The unconventional lifestyle of NKT cells. Nat. Rev. Immunol. 2, 557–568. Lanier, L. L. (2000). Turning on natural killer cells. J. Exp. Med. 191, 1259–1262. Lanier, L. L., Phillips, J. H., Hackett, J. J., Tutt, M. M., and Kumar, V. (1986). Natural killer cells: Definition of a cell type rather than a function. J. Immunol. 137, 2735. Lanier, L. L., Ruitenberg, J. J., and Phillips, J. H. (1988). Functional and biochemical analysis of CD16 antigen on natural killer cells and granulocytes. J. Immunol. 141, 3478–3485. Laroia, G., and Schneider, R. J. (2002). Alternate exon insertion controls selective ubiquitination and degradation of different AUF1 protein isoforms. Nucleic Acids Res. 30, 3052–3058. Lauwerys, B. R., Garot, N., Renauld, J. C., and Houssiau, F. A. (2000). Cytokine production and killer activity of NK /T-NK cells derived with IL-2, IL-15, or the combination of IL-12 and IL-18. J. Immunol. 165, 1847–1853. Le Bon, A., Schiavoni, G., D’Agostino, G., Gresser, I., Belardelli, F., and Tough, D. F. (2001). Type I interferons potently enhance humoral immunity and can promote isotype switching by stimulating dendritic cells in vivo. Immunity 14, 461–470. Lee, N., Llano, M., Carretero, M., Ishitani, A., Navarro, F., Lopez-Botet, M., and Geraghty, D. E. (1998). HLA-E is a major ligand for the natural killer inhibitory receptor CD94/NKG2A. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95, 5199–5204. Lee, S. H., Zafer, A., de Repentigny, Y., Kothary, R., Tremblay, M. L., Gros, P., Duplay, P., Webb, J. R., and Vidal, S. M. (2003). Transgenic expression of the activating natural killer receptor Ly49H confers resistance to cytomegalovirus in genetically susceptible mice. J. Exp. Med. 197, 515–526. Lenschow, D. J., Walunas, T. L., and Bluestone, J. A. (1996). CD28/B7 system of T cell costimulation. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 14, 233–258. Linton, P. J., Harbertson, J., and Bradley, L. M. (2000). A critical role for B cells in the development of memory CD4 cells. J. Immunol. 165, 5558–5565. Liu, Y. J., Zhang, J., Lane, P. J., Chan, E. Y., and MacLennan, I. C. (1991). Sites of specific B cell activation in primary and secondary responses to T cell–dependent and T cell–independent antigens. Eur. J. Immunol. 21, 2951–2962. Lopez, C. B., Garcia-Sastre, A., Williams, B. R., and Moran, T. M. (2003). Type I interferon induction pathway, but not released interferon, participates in the maturation of dendritic cells induced by negative-strand RNA viruses. J. Infect. Dis. 187, 1126–1136. Loza, M. J., and Perussia, B. (2001). Final steps of natural killer cell maturation: A model for type 1-type 2 differentiation? Nat. Immunol. 2, 917–924. Loza, M. J., Peters, S. P., Zangrilli, J. G., and Perussia, B. (2002). Distinction between IL-13þ and IFN-gamma+ natural killer cells and regulation of their pool size by IL-4. Eur. J. Immunol. 32, 413–423. Luo, W., Guo, H., Aosai, F., and Yano, A. (2002). Role of natural killer T cells in Graves’ disease. Chin. Med. J. (Engl) 115, 1183–1185.
38
DOROTHY YUAN
Luther, S. A., Gulbranson-Judge, A., Acha-Orbea, H., and MacLennan, I. C. (1997). Viral superantigen drives extrafollicular and follicular B cell differentiation leading to virus-specific antibody production. J. Exp. Med. 185, 551–562. Macaulay, A. E., DeKruyff, R. H., and Umetsu, D. T. (1998). Antigen-primed T cells from B cell– deficient JHD mice fail to provide B cell help. J. Immunol. 160, 1694–1700. Mackay, F., Schneider, P., Rennert, P., and Browning, J. (2003). BAFF and APRIL: A tutorial on B cell survival. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 21, 231–264. MacLennan, I. C., and Gray, D. (1986). Antigen-driven selection of virgin and memory B cells. Immunol. Rev. 91, 61–85. Magilavy, D. B., Steinberg, A. D., and Latta, S. L. (1987). High hepatic natural killer cell activity in murine lupus. J. Exp. Med. 166, 271–276. Mandelboim, O., Lieberman, N., Lev, M., Paul, L., Arnon, T. I., Bushkin, Y., Davis, D. M., Strominger, J. L., Yewdell, J. W., and Porgador, A. (2001). Recognition of haemagglutinins on virus-infected cells by NKp46 activates lysis by human NK cells. Nature 409, 1055–1060. Manickasingham, S., and Reis e Sousa, C. (2000). Microbial and T cell–derived stimuli regulate antigen presentation by dendritic cells in vivo. J. Immunol. 165, 5027–5034. Markine-Goriaynoff, D., Logt, J. v. d., Truyens, C., Nguyen, T., Heessen, F., Bigaignon, G., Carlier, Y., and Coutelier, J.-P. (2000). IFNa-independent IgG2a production in mice infected with viruses and parasites. Int. Immunol. 12, 223–230. Martin, F., Oliver, A. M., and Kearney, J. F. (2001). Marginal zone and B1 B cells unite in the early response against T-independent blood-borne particulate antigens. Immunity 14, 617–629. Martin-Fontecha, A., Assarsson, E., Carbone, E., Karre, K., and Ljunggren, H. G. (1999). Triggering of murine NK cells by CD40 and CD86 (B7-2). J. Immunol. 162, 5910–5916. Martin-Fontecha, A., and Carbone, E. (2001). The social life of NK cells. Arch. Immunol. Ther. Exp. (Warsz). 49(Suppl 1), S33–S39. Matsumoto, Y., Kohyama, K., Aikawa, Y., Shin, T., Kawazoe, Y., Suzuki, Y., and Tanuma, N. (1998). Role of natural killer cells and TCR gamma delta T cells in acute autoimmune encephalomyelitis. Eur. J. Immunol. 28, 1681–1688. McHeyzer-Williams, M. G. (2003). B cells as effectors. Curr. Opin. Immunol. 15, 353–361. McHeyzer-Williams, M. G., McLean, M. J., Lalor, P. A., and Nossal, G. J. (1993). Antigen-driven B cell differentiation in vivo. J. Exp. Med. 178, 295–307. McHeyzer-Williams, M. G., McLean, M. J., Nossal, G. J., and Lalor, P. A. (1992). The dynamics of T cell–dependent B cell responses in vivo. Immunol. Cell Biol. 70 (Pt 2), 119–127. McQueen, K. L., and Parham, P. (2002). Variable receptors controlling activation and inhibition of NK cells. Curr. Opin. Immunol. 14, 615–621. Medzhitov, R., and Janeway, C. A., Jr. (2002). Decoding the patterns of self and nonself by the innate immune system. Science 296, 298–300. Metzger, D., McNutt, R., Collins, J., Buchanan, J., VanCleave, V., and Dunnick, W. (1997). Interleukin-12 acts as an adjuvant for humoral immunity through IFN-g-dependent and independent mechanisms. Eur. J. Immunol. 27, 1958–1965. Michael, A., Hackett, J. J., Bennett, M., Kumar, V., and Yuan, D. (1989). Regulation of B lymphocytes by natural killer cells. Role of IFN-gamma. J. Immunol. 142, 1095–1101. Mieza, M. A., Itoh, T., Cui, J. Q., Makino, Y., Kawano, T., Tsuchida, K., Koike, T., Shirai, T., Yagita, H., Matsuzawa, A., et al. (1996). Selective reduction of V alpha 14þ NK T cells associated with disease development in autoimmune-prone mice. J. Immunol. 156, 4035–4040. Mikhael, A., Shao, A., and Yuan, D. (1991). Productive interactions between B and NK cells. Nat. Immun. Cell. Growth. Regul. 218, 71–82. Mittrucker, H. W., Matsuyama, T., Grossman, A., Kundig, T. M., Potter, J., Shahinian, A., Wakeham, A., Patterson, B., Ohashi, P. S., and Mak, T. W. (1997). Requirement for the transcription factor LSIRF /IRF4 for mature B and T lymphocyte function. Science 275, 540–543.
NK–B-CELL INTERACTIONS
39
Miyake, K., Yamashita, Y., Ogata, M., Sudo, T., and Kimoto, M. (1995). RP105, a novel B cell surface molecule implicated in B cell activation, is a member of the leucine-rich repeat protein family. J. Immunol. 154, 3333–3340. Mochizuki, Y., de Ming, T., Hayashi, T., Itoh, M., Hotta, H., and Homma, M. (1990). Protection of mice against Sendai virus pneumonia by non-neutralizing anti-F monoclonal antibodies. Microbiol. Immunol. 34, 171–183. Mohan, C., Morel, L., Yang, P., and Wakeland, E. K. (1997). Genetic dissection of systemic lupus erythematosus pathogenesis: Sle2 on murine chromosome 4 leads to B cell hyperactivity. J. Immunol. 159, 454–465. Mondino, A., Khoruts, A., and Jenkins, M. K. (1996). The anatomy of T-cell activation and tolerance. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93, 2245–2252. Morel, L., Croker, B. P., Blenman, K. R., Mohan, C., Huang, G., Gilkeson, G., and Wakeland, E. K. (2000). Genetic reconstitution of systemic lupus erythematosus immunopathology with polycongenic murine strains. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 97, 6670–6675. Nabel, G., Allard, W. J., and Cantor, H. (1982). A cloned cell line mediating natural killer cell function inhibits immunoglobulin secretion. J. Exp. Med. 156, 658–663. Nagai, Y., Shimazu, R., Ogata, H., Akashi, S., Sudo, K., Yamasaki, H., Hayashi, S., Iwakura, Y., Kimoto, M., and Miyake, K. (2002). Requirement for MD-1 in cell surface expression of RP105/CD180 and B-cell responsiveness to lipopolysaccharide. Blood 99, 1699–1705. Nakamura, M. C., Naper, C., Niemi, E. C., Spusta, S. C., Rolstad, B., Butcher, G. W., Seaman, W. E., and Ryan, J. C. (1999). Natural killing of xenogeneic cells mediated by the mouse Ly-49D receptor. J. Immunol. 163, 4694–4700. Nguyen, K. B., Salazar-Mather, T. P., Dalod, M. Y., Van Deusen, J. B., Wei, X. Q., Liew, F. Y., Caligiuri, M. A., Durbin, J. E., and Biron, C. A. (2002). Coordinated and distinct roles for IFN-alpha beta, IL-12, and IL-15 regulation of NK cell responses to viral infection. J. Immunol. 169, 4279–4287. Nilsson, N., and Carlsten, H. (1996). Enhanced natural but diminished antibody-mediated cytotoxicity in the lungs of MRL1pr/ lpr mice. Clin. Exp. Immunol. 105, 480–485. Ochsenbein, A. F., Pinschewer, D. D., Sierro, S., Horvath, E., Hengartner, H., and Zinkernagel, R. M. (2000). Protective long-term antibody memory by antigen-driven and T help–dependent differentiation of long-lived memory B cells to short-lived plasma cells independent of secondary lymphoid organs. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 97, 13263–13268. Ortaldo, J. R., and Young, H. A. (2003). Expression of IFN-gamma upon triggering of activating Ly49D NK receptors in vitro and in vivo: Costimulation with IL-12 or IL-18 overrides inhibitory receptors. J. Immunol. 170, 1763–1769. Paiva, C. N., Pyrrho, A. S., Ribeiro, L. J., Goncalves, R., Costa, D. A., Araujo-Jorge,T. C., Soares, M. B., and Gattass, C. R. (2002). Trypanosoma cruzi: Requirements for induction and maintenance of protective immunity conferred by immunization. Exp. Parasitol. 102, 89–98. Pal, E., Tabira, T., Kawano, T., Taniguchi, M., Miyake, S., and Yamamura, T. (2001). Costimulationdependent modulation of experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis by ligand stimulation of V alpha 14 NK T cells. J. Immunol. 166, 662–668. Pende, D., Parolini, S., Pessino, A., Sivori, S., Augugliaro, R., Morelli, L., Marcenaro, E., Accame, L., Malaspina, A., Biassoni, R., et al. (1999). Identification and molecular characterization of NKp30, a novel triggering receptor involved in natural cytotoxicity mediated by human natural killer cells. J. Exp. Med. 190, 1505–1516. Pessino, A., Sivori, S., Bottino, C., Malaspina, A., Morelli, L., Moretta, L., Biassoni, R., and Moretta, A. (1998). Molecular cloning of NKp46: A novel member of the immunoglobulin superfamily involved in triggering of natural cytotoxicity. J. Exp. Med. 188, 953–960. Pinschewer, D. D., Ochsenbein, A. F., Satterthwaite, A. B., Witte, O. N., Hengartner, H., and Zinkernagel, R. M. (1999). A Btk transgene restores the antiviral TI-2 antibody responses of xid mice in a dose-dependent fashion. Eur. J. Immunol. 29, 2981.
40
DOROTHY YUAN
Ramarathinam, L., Niesel, D. W., and Klimpel, G. R. (1993). Salmonella typhimurium induces IFN-g production in murine splenocytes. Role of natural killer cells and macrophages. J. Immunol. 150, 3973–3981. Reiss, C. S., and Komatsu, T. (1998). Does nitric oxide play a critical role in viral infections? J. Virol. 72, 4547–4551. Reynolds, D. S., Boom, W. H., and Abbas, A. K. (1987). Inhibition of B lymphocyte activation by interferon-gamma. J. Immunol. 139, 767–773. Rivera, A., Chen, C. C., Ron, N., Dougherty, J. P., and Ron, Y. (2001). Role of B cells as antigenpresenting cells in vivo revisited: Antigen-specific B cells are essential for Tcell expansion in lymph nodes and for systemic Tcell responses to low antigen concentrations. Int. Immunol. 13, 1583–1593. Robles, C. P., and Pollack, S. B. (1989). Asialo-GMþ1 natural killer cells directly suppress antibody-producing B cells. Nat. Immun. Cell. Growth. Regul. 8, 209–222. Ron, Y., and Sprent, J. (1987). T cell priming in vivo: A major role for B cells in presenting antigen to T cells in lymph nodes. J. Immunol. 138, 2848–2856. Salazar-Mather, T. P., Ishikawa, R., and Biron, C. A. (1996). NK cell trafficking and cytokine expression in splenic compartments after IFN induction and viral infection. J. Immunol. 157, 3054–3064. Salcedo, M., Bousso, P., Ljunggren, H. G., Kourilsky, P., and Abastado, J. P. (1998). The Qa-1b molecule binds to a large subpopulation of murine NK cells. Eur. J. Immunol. 28, 4356–4361. Satoskar, A. R., Stamm, L. M., Zhang, X., Okano, M., David, J. R., Terhorst, C., and Wang, B. (1999a). NK cell–deficient mice develop a Th1-like response but fail to mount an efficient antigen-specific IgG2a antibody response. J. Immunol. 163, 5298–5302. Satoskar, A. R., Stamm, L. M., Zhang, X., Satoskar, A. A., Okano, M., Terhorst, C., David, J. R., and Wang, B. (1999b). Mice lacking NK cells develop an efficient Th1 response and control cutaneous Leishmania major infection. J. Immunol. 162, 6747–6754. Scanga, C. A., Aliberti, J., Jankovic, D., Tilloy, F., Bennouna, S., Denkers, E. Y., Medzhitov, R., and Sher, A. (2002). Cutting edge: MyD88 is required for resistance to Toxoplasma gondii infection and regulates parasite-induced IL-12 production by dendritic cells. J. Immunol. 168, 5997–6001. Scharton-Kersten, T., Wynn, T., Denkers, E., Bala, S., Grunvald, E., Hieny, S., Gazzinelli, R., and Sher, A. (1996). In the absence of endogenous IFN-g, mice develop unimpaired IL-12 responses to Toxoplasma gondii while failing to control acute infection. J. Immunol. 157, 4045. Schofield, L., McConville, M. J., Hansen, D., Campbell, A. S., Fraser-Reid, B., Grusby, M. J., and Tachado, S. D. (1999). CD1d-restricted immunoglobulin G formation to GPI-anchored antigens mediated by NKT cells. Science 283, 225–229. Scott, P. (1998). Differentiation, regulation, and death of T helper cell subsets during infection with Leishmania major. Immunol. Res. 17, 229–238. Scott, P., and Hunter, C. A. (2002). Dendritic cells and immunity to leishmaniasis and toxoplasmosis. Curr. Opin. Immunol. 14, 466–470. Shi, F.-D., Wang, H.-B., Li, H., Hong, S., Taniguchi, M., Link, H., Kaer, L. V., and Ljunggren, H.-G. (2000). Natural killer cells determine the outcome of B cell–mediated autoimmunity. Nat. Immunol. 1, 245–251. Siliciano, R. F., Pratt, J. C., Schmidt, R. E., Ritz, J., and Reinherz, E. L. (1985). Activation of cytolytic T lymphocyte and natural killer cell function through the T11 sheep erythrocyte binding protein. Nature 317, 428–430. Sinha, A. A., Guidos, C., Lee, K. C., and Diener, E. (1987). Functions of accessory cells in B cell responses to thymus-independent antigens. J. Immunol. 138, 4143–4149. Slifka, M. K., Antia, R., Whitmire, J. K., and Ahmed, R. (1998). Humoral immunity due to longlived plasma cells. Immunity 8, 363–372. Smith, H. R., Heusel, J. W., Mehta, I. K., Kim, S., Dorner, B. G., Naidenko, O. V., Iizuka, K., Furukawa, H., Beckman, D. L., Pingel, J. T., et al. (2002). Recognition of a virus-encoded ligand by a natural killer cell activation receptor. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99, 8826–8831.
NK–B-CELL INTERACTIONS
41
Smyth, M. J., Crowe, N. Y., and Godfrey, D. I. (2001). NK cells and NKT cells collaborate in host protection from methylcholanthrene-induced fibrosarcoma. Int. Immunol. 13, 459–463. Snapper, C., and Paul, W. (1987). Interferon-gamma and B cell stimulatory factor-1 reciprocally regulate Ig isotype production. Science 236, 944–947. Snapper, C. M., Yamaguchi, H., Moorman, M. A., Sneed, R., Smoot, D., and Mond, J. J. (1993). Natural killer cells induce activated murine B cells to secrete Ig. J. Immunol. 151, 5251–5260. Snyder, C. M., Zhang, X., and Wysocki, L. J. (2002). Negligible class II MHC presentation of B cell receptor-derived peptides by high density resting B cells. J. Immunol. 168, 3865–3873. Spinella, S., Liegeard, P., and Hontebeyrie-Joskowicz, M. (1992). Trypanosoma cruzi: Predominance of IgG2a in nonspecific humoral response during experimental Chagas’ disease. Exp. Parasitol. 74, 46–56. Stadecker, M. J. (1999). The regulatory role of the antigen-presenting cell in the development of hepatic immunopathology during infection with Schistosoma mansoni. Pathobiology 67, 269–272. Steplewski, Z., Lubeck, M. D., Scholz, D., Loibner, H., McDonald Smith, J., and Koprowski, H. (1991). Tumor cell lysis and tumor growth inhibition by the isotype variants of MAb BR55-2 directed against Y oligosaccharide. In Vivo. 5, 79–83. Sungjin, K., Lizuka, K., Aguila, H. L., Weissman, I. L., and Yokoyama, W. M. (2000). In vivo natural killer cell activities revealed by natural killer cell–deficient mice. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 97, 2731–2736. Szomolanyi-Tsuda, E., Brien, J. D., Dorgan, J. E., Garcea, R. L., Woodland, R. T., and Welsh, R. M. (2001). Antiviral T-cell–independent type 2 antibody responses induced in vivo in the absence of T and NK cells. Virology 280, 160–168. Szomolanyi-Tsuda, E., and Welsh, R. M. (1998). T-cell–independent antiviral antibody responses. Curr. Opin. Immunol. 10, 431–435. Takeda, K., and Dennert, G. (1993). The development of autoimmunity in C57BL/6 lpr mice correlates with the disappearance of natural killer type 1-positive cells: Evidence for their suppressive action on bone marrow stem cell proliferation, B cell immunoglobulin secretion, and autoimmune symptoms. J. Exp. Med. 177, 155–164. Tangye, S. G., Lazetic, S., Woollatt, E., Sutherland, G. R., Lanier, L. L., and Phillips, J. H. (1999). Cutting edge: Human 2B4, an activating NK cell receptor, recruits the protein tyrosine phosphatase SHP-2 and the adaptor signaling protein SAP. J. Immunol. 162, 6981–6985. Tay, C. H., Szomolanyi-Tsuda, E., and Welsh, R. M. (1998). Control of infections by NK cells. Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol. 230, 193–220. Tew, J. G., DiLosa, R. M., Burton, G. F., Kosco, M. H., Kupp, L. I., Masuda, A., and Szakal, A. K. (1992). Germinal centers and antibody production in bone marrow. Immunol. Rev. 126, 99–112. Tilden, A. B., Abo, T., and Balch, C. M. (1983). Suppressor cell function of human granular lymphocytes identified by the HNK-1 (Leu 7) monoclonal antibody. J. Immunol. 130, 1171–1175. Toellner, K. M., Gulbranson-Judge, A., Taylor, D. R., Sze, D. M., and MacLennan, I. C. (1996). Immunoglobulin switch transcript production in vivo related to the site and time of antigenspecific B cell activation. J. Exp. Med. 183, 2303–2312. Trinchieri, G., and Gerosa, F. (1996). Immunoregulation by interleukin-12. J. Leukoc. Biol. 59, 505–511. Tripp, C. S., Wolf, S. F., and Unanue, E. R. (1993). Interleukin-12 and tumor necrosis factor are costimulators of interferon-a production by natural killer cells in severe combined immunodeficiency mice with listeriosis, and interleukin 10 is a physiologic antagonist. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90, 3725–3729. Tseng, C. T., and Rank, R. G. (1998). Role of NK cells in early host response to chlamydial genital infection. Infect. Immun. 66, 5867–5875. Unanue, E. R. (1997). Studies in listeriosis show the strong symbiosis between the innate cellular system and the T-cell response. Immunol. Rev. 158, 11–25.
42
DOROTHY YUAN
Vitale, M., Bottino, C., Sivori, S., Sanseverino, L., Castriconi, R., Marcenaro, E., Augugliaro, R., Moretta, L., and Moretta, A. (1998). NKp44, a novel triggering surface molecule specifically expressed by activated natural killer cells, is involved in non-major histocompatibility complexrestricted tumor cell lysis. J. Exp. Med. 187, 2065–2072. Vivier, E., Tomasello, E., and Paul, P. (2002). Lymphocyte activation via NKG2D: Towards a new paradigm in immune recognition? Curr. Opin. Immunol. 14, 306–311. von Bulow, G. U., van Deursen, J. M., and Bram, R. J. (Bulow 2001). Regulation of the T-independent humoral response by TACI. Immunity 14, 573–582. Vora, K. A., Wang, L. C., Rao, S. P., Liu, Z. Y., Majeau, G. R., Cutler, A. H., Hochman, P. S., Scott, M. L., and Kalled, S. L. (2003). Germinal centers formed in the absence of B cell–activating factor belonging to the TNF family exhibit impaired maturation and function. J. Immunol. 171, 547–551. Vos, Q., Lees, A., Wu, Z. Q., Snapper, C. M., and Mond, J. J. (2000). B-cell activation by T-cell– independent type 2 antigens as an integral part of the humoral immune response to pathogenic microorganisms. Immunol. Rev. 176, 154–170. Vos, Q., Ortaldo, J. R., Conan-Cibotti, M., Vos, M. D., Young, H. A., Anderson, S. K., Witherspoon, K., Prager, I., Snapper, C. M., and Mond, J. J. (1998). Phenotypic and functional characterization of a panel of cytotoxic murine NK cell clones that are heterogeneous in their enhancement of Ig secretion in vitro. Int. Immunol. 10, 1093–1101. Vyakarnam, A., Brenner, M. K., Reittie, J. E., Houlker, C. H., and Lachmann, P. J. (1985). Human clones with natural killer function can activate B cells and secrete B cell differentiation factors. Eur. J. Immunol. 15, 606–610. Wang, B., Biron, C. A., She, J., Higgin, K., Sunshine, M. J., Lacy, E., Lonberg, N., and Terhorst, C. (1994). A block in both early T lymphocyte and natural killer cell development in transgenic mice with high-copy numbes of the human CD3e gene. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91, 9402–9406. Wang, B., Hollander, G. A., Nichogiannopoulou, A., Simpson, S. J., Orange, J. S., GutierrezRamos, J. C., Burakoff, S. J., Biron, C. A., and Terhorst, C. (1996). Natural killer cell development is blocked in the context of aberrant T lymphocyte ontogeny. Int. Immunol. 8, 939–949. Wang, M., Ellison, C. A., Gartner, J. G., and HayGlass, K. T. (1998). Natural killer cell depletion fails to influence initial CD4 T cell committment in vivo in exogenous antigen-stimulated cytokine and antibody responses. J. Immunol. 160, 1098–1105. Weiss, E., Michel, A., and Yuan, D. (1989). Role of Transcriptional termination in the regulation of m mRNA expression in B lymphocytes. J. Immunol. 142, 1046–4052. Wilder, J., and Yuan, D. (1995). Regulation of interferon mRNA production in natural killer cells. Inter. Immunol. 7, 575. Wilder, J. A., Koh, C. Y., and Yuan, D. (1996). The role of NK cells during in vivo antigen-specific antibody responses. J. Immunol. 156, 146–152. Wyatt, R., and Dawson, J. (1991). Characterization of a subset of human B lymphocytes interacting with natural killer cells. J. Immunol. 147, 3381. Yuan, D., Koh, C., and Wilder, J. (1995). Interactions between B lymphocytes and NK cells. FASEB 8, 1012. Yuan, D., Wilder, J., Dang, T., Bennett, M., and Kumar, V. (1992). Activation of B lymphocytes by NK cells. Int. Immunol. 4, 1373–1380. Zhang, B., Yamamura, T., Kondo, T., Fujiwara, M., and Tabira, T. (1997). Regulation of experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis by natural killer (NK) cells. J. Exp. Med. 186, 1677–1687. Zitvogel, L. (2002). Dendritic and natural killer cells cooperate in the control/switch of innate immunity. J. Exp. Med. 195, F9–14.
advances in immunology, vol. 84
Multitasking of Helix-Loop-Helix Proteins in Lymphopoiesis XIAO-HONG SUN Immunobiology and Cancer Program, Oklahoma Medical Research Foundation Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73104
I. Introduction
The basic helix-loop-helix (bHLH) family of transcription factors plays a pivotal role in cellular differentiation, influencing diverse systems such as skeletal and cardiac muscle, pancreas, neuronal cells, adipocytes, chondrocytes, erythrocytes, and lymphocytes (Massari and Murre, 2000). This family consists of several dozen members, which are expressed either ubiquitously or tissue specifically. This chapter focuses on bHLH proteins involved in lymphoid development and tumorigenesis. Functions and properties of the bHLH proteins are first introduced, which will facilitate the understanding of their roles in the development and function of the lymphoid system. A. Helix-Loop-Helix Proteins in Lymphocytes Unlike the skeletal muscle system, in which a cell culture model can more or less mimic muscle differentiation, much of the investigation concerning the biological role of bHLH proteins in lymphoid cells relies on studies using transgenic or knockout mice (Engel and Murre, 2001). In lymphoid cells, the predominant bHLH proteins include products of the E2A, HEB, and E2-2 genes (Henthorn et al., 1990; Hu et al., 1992; Murre et al., 1989). The E2A gene produces two products, E12 and E47, which arise from alternatively spliced transcripts with different exons coding for the bHLH domains (Murre et al., 1989; Sun and Baltimore, 1991). E12, E47, HEB, and E2-2, collectively called E proteins, form homodimers or heterodimers to regulate transcription. As shown in (Fig. 1) these E proteins are highly homologous in the bHLH DNA binding and dimerization domain and in the two transcriptional activation domains, AD1 and AD2 (Aronheim et al., 1993; Massari et al., 1996; Quong et al., 1993). Additionly, these proteins contain three motifs with remarkable sequence homology, which we term E-protein homology domains, EHDs 1–3 (Nie et al., 2003). The structural conservation of the EHDs suggests a functional significance. However, the contribution of these domains to E-protein function has not been fully examined except that deletion of the EHD1 and EHD2 reduces the transcriptional activity of E47. Further, EHD3 is important for the degradation of E2A proteins (Nie et al., 2003). The fact that E proteins share extensive similarities in these various domains emphasizes 43 Copyright 2004, Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. 0065-2776/04 $35.00
Fig 1 Sequence alignment of E proteins. Domains with extensive sequence homologies are as labeled. The sequence alignments of the domains are shown below the diagram of a generic E protein in boxes with the same colors as those used for names. Sequences in red with yellow backgrounds are identical residues, whereas those in blue are similar residues. The number in front of each sequence for each domain indicates the position of the first residue in the context of the full-length protein. E12 and E47 only differ in the basic-helix-loop-helix (bHLH) domain. AD, activation domain; EHD, E-protein homology domain.
MULTITASKING OF HLH PROTEINS IN LYMPHOPOIESIS
45
their functional redundancy. For example, Zhuang et al. (1998) has demonstrated that HEB can replace the function of E2A in B-cell development when inserted in the E2A locus. This indicates that the availability of all E proteins in a given cell must be taken into account when studying the role of E proteins in lymphocyte development and function. The issue of functional redundancy is perhaps best illustrated in B- and T-cell development of E2A-deficient mice. Because the E2A gene is expressed at a much higher level than HEB and E2-2 in the B lineage, E2A disruption is sufficient to cause a complete block of B-cell differentiation (Bain et al., 1994; Zhuang et al., 1994). In contrast, E2A and HEB are both expressed in the T lineage, and consequently, mutating either of the genes only partially impairs development (Bain et al., 1997a; Zhuang et al., 1996). The function of all E proteins can be inhibited by their dominant negative inhibitors, the Id proteins (Benezra et al., 1990; Christy et al., 1991; Riechmann et al., 1994; Sun et al., 1991). Four Id proteins (Id 1–4) have been identified. They are very similar in their HLH domains but share minimal homology in other regions except for a short stretch in the N-terminus. This structural characteristic suggests two possibilities, that HLH is the only functional domain to be conserved in all Id proteins or the remainder regions confer specificity to each Id protein. The affinities of Id1 to Id3 to E2A, E2-2, and HEB (also known as E2B) were compared in vitro and in vivo, but no significant differences were detected (Langlands et al., 1997; Sun et al., 1991). Furthermore, overexpression of either Id1 or Id3 appears to have similar inhibitory effects on lymphocyte development (Heemskerk et al., 1997; Jaleco et al., 1999; Kim et al., 1999; Sun, 1994). However, these studies do not rule out the possibility that Id proteins are posttranslationally modified in a different fashion to provide specificities for each protein. For example, Id2 and Id3 proteins are phosphorylated in vitro by cyclin A /E–cyclin-dependent kinase 2 (Cdk2) complexes at the Ser5 residue present in both proteins (Deed et al., 1997; Hara et al., 1997). Although this modification attenuates the inhibitory activity of both Id2 and Id3 on E12 homodimers, it surprisingly enhances the ability of Id3 to inhibit E12/myoD heterodimers. Furthermore, Id2 phosphorylation at the late G1 and S phases by cyclin A /Cdk2 correlates with the appearance of E2A DNA binding complexes in TIG3 human diploid fibroblasts. In contrast, expression of Id2 in the absence of cyclin A at the early G1 phase leads to inhibition of the DNA binding activity of constitutively expressed E2A proteins. Therefore, an alanine substitution mutation of Id3 at the Cdk2 phosphorylation site diminishes the ability of Id3 to promote the G1 to S-phase transition in rat embryonic fibroblasts. These results suggest a posttranslational regulation of Id function during cell cycle progression. However, whether Id function is differentially regulated during cell differentiation remains to be determined. In addition, Id1–Id3 proteins
46
XIAO-HONG SUN
can also be phosphorylated by the cyclic adenosine monophosphate (cAMP)– dependent protein kinase and/or protein kinase C in vitro, but the functional consequences of the phosphorylation are not clear (Nagata et al., 1995). Another group of bHLH proteins includes the Tal1/SCL, Tal2, and lyl1 proteins (Begley et al., 1989; Chen et al., 1990; Cheng et al., 1993; Mellentin et al., 1989; Xia et al., 1991). They form heterodimers with E proteins and bind to DNA with a slightly different sequence preference compared to the E-protein homodimers (CAGATG over CAGGTG) (Hsu et al., 1994a; Sun and Baltimore, 1991). Tal proteins do not bind to Id proteins but compete with them to bind to E proteins (Hsu et al., 1994b; Sun et al., 1991). Although Tal/E protein heterodimers can bind to DNA, their transcriptional activity of E-box reporter genes is only 10% that of E-protein homodimers (Hsu et al., 1994b; Park and Sun, 1998). Accordingly, Tal proteins are considered another group of E-protein inhibitors. However, there are also reports that Tal /E protein heterodimers can cooperate in activating transcription with other transcription factors such as GATA1 and Lmo2, in the context of artificial or natural promoters where bind sites for each of the factors are present (Lam and Bresnick, 1998; Ono et al., 1998; Wadman et al., 1997). The Tal proteins are normally not expressed in the lymphoid lineages except during T-cell leukemogenesis caused by chromosomal translocation or interstitial deletion of the Tal1/SCL gene (Baer, 1993; Robb and Begley, 1997). In these situations, they appear to act as inhibitors of E proteins. The hairy/enhancer of the split (HES) family of bHLH proteins, including HES1 and HES5, represents the fourth group of bHLH proteins expressed in lymphoid cells (Kaneta et al., 2000; Tomita et al., 1999). HES proteins can form homodimers that bind to N-boxes (CACNAG) and recruit the transcriptional co-repressor, Groucho (Kageyama and Ohtsuka, 1999; Ohsako et al., 1994; Paroush et al., 1994). Because the basic regions of HES proteins contain a proline residue that disrupts the DNA binding helix, heterodimers between HES and E proteins are incapable of binding to DNA (Sasai et al., 1992). Therefore, they also serve as inhibitors for E proteins. The fact that HES1 is a downstream target of Notch signaling pathways provides a link between bHLH protein function and Notch signals ( Jarriault et al., 1995). Taken together, the net effect of bHLH proteins on lymphoid differentiation depends on the availability of all the E proteins and various inhibitors. B. Transcriptional Activation by E Proteins The DNA binding sequences of E proteins, E-boxes, have been found in the regulatory regions of many genes. Table I lists some of such genes related to the development and function of lymphocytes. These genes are considered the targets of E proteins because they satisfy at least one of the following criteria: (1) E-boxes are shown to be important for transcription of a target
MULTITASKING OF HLH PROTEINS IN LYMPHOPOIESIS
47
TABLE I E2A Target Genes Gene
Aa Bb Cc
Immunoglobulin m þ heavy chain
þ
þ
þ
þ
Dd
Note
þ
Cooperate with Ets Choi et al., 1996; Greenbaum and proteins Zhuang, 2002; Lenardo et al., 1987 þþ Greenbaum and Zhuang, 2002; Lenardo et al., 1987 þþ Greenbaum and Zhuang, 2002; Rudin and Storb, 1992 Sugai et al., 2003
Immunoglobulin k light chain Immunoglobulin l light chain Immunoglobulin e germline mRNA B29 (Igb) mb-1 (Iga)
þ
þ
þ
þ
l5
þ
þ
Vpre-B
þ
þ
þþ E2A and EBF act synergistically
EBF
þ
þ
þþ
RAG1 and RAG2
þ
þ
TdT AID CD4 pre-Ta
þ þ þ
CD21
þ
cdk inhibitor (p21) þ PAC-1 þ
þ þ þ
þ
þ þþ E2A and EBF act synergistically þþ E2A and EBF act synergistically
þ
þ
þ
þ
þ
þ
In B cells but not T cells
E-box–mediated repression þ
þ
References
Greenbaum and Zhuang, 2002 Greenbaum and Zhuang, 2002; Sigvardsson et al., 2002 Greenbaum and Zhuang, 2002; Sigvardsson, 2000; Sigvardsson et al., 1997 Gisler and Sigvardsson, 2002; Greenbaum and Zhuang, 2002; Sigvardsson et al., 1997 Greenbaum and Zhuang, 2002; Smith et al., 2002 Hsu et al., 2003; Schlissel et al., 1991 Choi et al., 1996; Greenbaum and Zhuang, 2002 Sayegh et al., 2003 Sawada and Littman, 1993 Reizis and Leder, 2001; Takeuchi et al., 2001 Ulgiati et al., 2002 Prabhu et al., 1997 Grumont et al., 1996
a
E-box found to be important for the regulation of gene expression. The promoter or enhancer linked reporter gene activated by E proteins. Endogenous gene activated by ectopic expression of E proteins or inactivated by Id inhibitors. d E protein bound to the locus by chromatin immunoprecipitation. b c
gene, (2) a reporter gene constructed using the promoter or enhancer from a target gene can be activated by E proteins, (3) ectopic expression of E proteins or the inhibitors of E proteins can activate or repress the transcription of a target gene, or (4) E proteins are found to be bound to the regulatory regions of a target gene by chromatin immunoprecipitation assays. A number
48
XIAO-HONG SUN
of genes involved in pre–B-cell receptor signaling such as Igm, mb-1, l5, VpreB, and B29 are well qualified to be the target genes of E proteins. E2A activates the transcription of these genes in cooperation with the EBF transcription factor, which itself is regulated by E2A. Genes crucial for the rearrangement of immunoglobulin (Ig) genes including RAG1, RAG2, and TdT are also controlled by E2A. Although finding these target genes helps explain why E proteins are important for B-cell development, lack of expression of these genes cannot account for the phenotype of E2A- or EBF-deficient mice. B-cell development arrests at a much earlier stage in these animals than in mice lacking any of the target genes (Gong and Nussenzweig, 1996; Kitamura et al., 1991, 1992; Mombaerts et al., 1992; Shinkai et al., 1992). By the same token, T-cell development is also blocked at the earliest stage (DN1) when E-protein function is completely inhibited by Id1 (Kim et al., 1999, 2002), whereas lack of pre-Ta expression impairs development at later stages (Fehling et al., 1995; Xu et al., 1996). These discrepancies suggest that additional target genes need to be identified to fully understand the role of E proteins in B- and T-cell development. Most likely, E proteins also control expression of genes whose expression is not necessarily restricted to the lymphoid lineage but are crucial for lymphocyte survival or proliferation. The p21 Cdk inhibitor and PAC1 dual-specificity phosphatase belong to this category, but many more remain to be found. The E2A proteins are exceptionally potent transcription activators. Two transcription activation domains, AD1 and AD2, were identified in these proteins through the GAL4 fusion assay. In these experiments, parts of the E2A protein were fused to the DNA binding domain of GAL4 and transcriptional activities were measured using a GAL4 reporter gene (Aronheim et al., 1993; Massari et al., 1996; Quong et al., 1993). Point mutations in AD1 or AD2 have been shown to completely abolish the activity when assayed separately as GAL4 fusion proteins (Massari et al., 1996; Quong et al., 1993). These mutations were then tested in the context of the full-length E47 protein with a multimerized E-box–driven reporter gene. Mutations in AD1 and AD2 each diminished about 50% of E47 transcriptional activity and combinating these mutations decreased the activity by about 80% (Nie et al., 2003). AD1 has been shown to bind to the SAGA complex, which contains subunits with histone acetyltransferase (HAT) activities and participates in chromosomal remodeling (Massari et al., 1999). AD2 interacts with p300, which also possesses HAT activities and acts as a coactivator for many transcription factors (Eckner et al., 1996; Qiu et al., 1998). It is through these interactions with transcription coactivators that E2A proteins exert their powerful effects on transcription of their target genes. In addition, interaction between the HAT and E2A proteins causes the acetylation of E2A proteins themselves, which enhances their transcriptional activity (Bradney et al., 2003).
MULTITASKING OF HLH PROTEINS IN LYMPHOPOIESIS
49
However, the function of AD1 or AD2 appears to depend on the formation of E2A homodimers. Because the GAL4 DNA binding domain forms homodimers, the AD1- or AD2-GAL4 fusion proteins also have two copies of each AD. In contrast, the heterodimers between E2A and Tal1/SCL proteins are transcriptionally inactive because of the lack of a second copy of AD1 and AD2 (Park and Sun, 1998). Once the N-terminus of E2A including AD1 and AD2 is attached to Tal1, heterodimers between this chimera and E2A become potent transcription activators. This raises the possibility that E2A proteins can be used to inhibit transcription when they form heterodimers with other bHLH proteins such as Tal1, Twist, and ABF, which are transcriptionally inactive or repressive (Huang and Brandt, 2000; Massari et al., 1998; Spicer et al., 1996). Although heterodimers between E2A and the myogenic and neurogenic bHLH proteins such as MyoD and MASH activate transcription, whether AD1 and AD2 in E2A play any positive roles is not clear (Skerjanc et al., 1996; Weintraub et al., 1991). C. Transcriptional Regulation of Id Gene Expression The E proteins are thought to be ubiquitously expressed, albeit with some degree of variation at the protein level in different cell types and developmental stages (Herblot et al., 2002). In contrast, expression of the Id genes is highly dynamic during the differentiation of a variety of cell types. Thus, the function of E proteins can be regulated by controlling Id gene expression. The expression patterns of the four Id genes in hematopoietic and lymphoid tissues have not been systematically determined; therefore, the accumulated information, as summarized in Table II, appears fragmented and should be interpreted with caution (see references within). Expression of Id1–Id3 but not Id4 is found in lymphocytes and their precursors. During early lymphopoiesis in mouse bone marrow, Id1 is expressed in stem cells and early lymphoid progenitor cells (c-kithiSca-1 hiCD27þRAG1þ). Id1 expression declines as the cells become prolymphocytes or common lymphoid progenitors, although the expression continues in myeloid progenitors (Igarashi et al., 2002). Similarly, in human fetal hematopoiesis, Id1 is expressed at a high level in the most primitive progenitors (CD34þCD38CD10) and its expression decreases as the cells differentiate along the B lineage. These observations suggest that downregulation of the Id1 gene is necessary for B-cell development to take place. However, as Id1 expression is being shut off, other Id genes are turned on in the same populations of cells, for example, Id3 in human fetal liver (Blom et al., 1999). This raises the question of whether downregulation of Id1 is meaningful if Id3 can replace the function of Id1. Likewise, Id2 is constitutively expressed in the thymus, which begs the question of whether the transient expression of Id3 after pre-T-cell receptor (pre-TCR) and T-cell receptor (TCR) signaling makes a difference. Data from analyses of Id3-deficient mice suggest that the
TABLE II Expression Patterns of Id Genes Organ Fetal liver
Id1
Id2
Id3
Human: Stem cells (CD34þ CD38 CD10) (Blom et al., 1999)
Mouse: Low in C-kitHi Sca1þ high in Ckitlo Sca1þ (Garrett and Kincade, 2003, personal communication)
Human: CD34þ CD38 CD10 < CD34þ CD38þ CD10 < CD34þ CD38þ CD10þ (Blom et al., 1999) Mouse: Low in progenitors, high in mature B cells (Garrett and Kincade, 2003, personal communication)
50
Mouse: Widely expressed except in mature B cells (Perry and Sun, 2003, unpublished data; Yokota et al., 2003) Bone marrow
Human: CD34þ CD38 CD10 > CD34þ CD38þ CD10 > pro & pre-B < imimmature & mature B cells (Garrett and Kincade, 2003, personal communication) Mouse: Stem cells (Lin c-kithi Sca-1þ); Early lymphoid progenitors (Lin CD27þ c-kithi Sca-1hi RAG1þ); Myeloid progenitors (Lin c-kithi/lo0 ca1hi/lo RAG1) (Igarashi et al., 2002)
Human: CD34þ CD38 CD10 < CD34þ CD38þ CD10þ and pro to mature B cells (Garrett and Kincade, 2003, personal communication)
Thymus
Periphery
Mouse: CD4CD8CD44þCD25 (Perry and Sun, 2003, unpublished data) CD4/CD8 DP and CD8 SP (Yucel et al., 2003) Mouse: Very low levels (Sun, 1997, unpublished data)
Mouse: Widely expressed (Yucel et al., 2003)
Mouse: Transiently after pre-TCR or TCR signaling (Bain et al., 2001; Engel et al., 2001)
Human: Peripheral blood (Ishiguro et al., 1995)
Mouse: Splenic immature and mature B cells; downregulated during plasma cell differentiation (Pan et al., 1999; Shaffer et al., 2002).
51
Mouse: Splenic IgD immature B cells and down-regulated in IgDþ mature B cells, Splenic NK cells and B cells, CD4þ CD3 IL-7Raþ cells of embryonic intestine (Fukuyama et al., 2002; Hacker et al., 2003; Sugai et al., 2003; Yokota et al., 1999)
52
XIAO-HONG SUN
transient expression of Id3 is important (Rivera et al., 2000). Perhaps, the precise timing when each Id gene is expressed and the posttranslational modification of the Id proteins contribute to an optimal level of Id function in a given cell. Mechanisms involved in transcriptional regulation of the Id1, Id2, and Id3 genes have been investigated. The Id1 gene is expressed in a series of interlenkin-3 (IL-3)–dependent hematopoietic or lymphopoietic progenitor cell lines and its expression is stimulated by IL-3 (Mui et al., 1996; Quesenberry et al., 1996; Sun et al., 1991; Wilson et al., 1991; Xu et al., 2003). Therefore, many of the studies were carried out using these IL-3– dependent cell lines as model systems. An enhancer, called the Pro-B enhancer (PBE) has been found approximately 3 kb downstream of the Id1 gene, which is largely responsible for Id1 expression (Saisanit and Sun, 1995). Within the enhancer, three C/EBP binding sites were found to be absolutely essential for enhancer activity (Saisanit and Sun, 1997; Xu et al., 2003). STAT5 binding sites are also present in the enhancer, through which IL-3 stimulates Id1 gene expression by a novel mechanism involving protein deacetylation. Upon binding of IL-3 to its receptor, STAT5 is activated, enters the nucleus, and binds to the STAT5 sites in the PBE. STAT5 recruits histone deacetylases, which deacetylate C/EBPb bound nearby. The transcriptionally active form of C/ EBPb dimers can then bind DNA with high affinities and activate transcription (Xu et al., 2003). Consistently, Id1 gene expression is downregulated by treatment of the IL-3–dependent Ba/F3 cells with an HDAC inhibitor, trichostatin A (Rascle et al., 2003; Xu et al., 2003). The connection between the JAK-STAT pathway and Id1 expression would be helpful in understanding the regulation of Id1 expression during hematopoiesis where cytokines and growth factors play critical roles. In myoblasts, several Egr1 sites in the promoter region have been shown to be important for Id1 expression (Tournay and Benezra, 1996). These sites couId also be crucial for Id1 expression upon serum stimulation because the Egr1 transcription factor is a downstream effector of serum stimulation. Furthermore, Id1 has been shown to be a direct target of bone morphogenic proteins (BMPs). Activation of Smad transcription factors by BMP-mediated signaling allows them to bind to the promoter of Id1 gene and stimulate transcription (Katagiri et al., 2002; Korchynskyi and ten Dijke, 2002; Lopez-Rovira et al., 2002). BMP is also implicated in the activation of Id2 and Id3 gene expression (Hollnagel et al., 1999). Transcription of the Id2 genes is often influenced by oncogenic proteins. The promoter of the Id2 gene contains multiple Ets and myc binding sites. The Ets sites mediate transcriptional activation by Ewing sarcoma (EWS)– related proteins such as the EWS-FL1 protein, which is a fusion between the EWS gene product and an Ets transcription factor (Fukuma et al., 2003; Nishimori et al., 2002). Similarly, the myc sites are thought to be responsible
MULTITASKING OF HLH PROTEINS IN LYMPHOPOIESIS
53
for Id2 overexpression in neuroblastoma cells, in which the N-myc gene is amplified (Lasorella et al., 2002). The Id3 gene was originally identified because of its response to serum stimulation (Bain et al., 2001; Christy et al., 1991). During pre-TCR and TCR signaling by anti-CD3 treatment of double-negative or double-positive thymocytes, activation of the ras-Erk MAP kinase pathway leads to activation of Egr1 transcription, which is followed by Id3 transcription (Bain et al., 2001; Engel et al., 2001). Overexpression of Egr1 by itself stimulates Id3 transcription. Conversely, Egr1-deficient mice have reduced Id3 expression after treatment with anti-CD3 antibodies (Bettini et al., 2002). These findings suggest that Id3 expression is tightly linked to the ras-Erk signaling pathway, which is influenced by a variety of developmental or growth stimuli. D. Control of Cell Cycle and Growth by bHLH Proteins In NIH3T3 fibroblasts, overexpression of E47 or introduction of antisense oligonucleotides against Id1 to Id3 arrests cell cycle at the G1 to S-phase transition (Barone et al., 1994; Hara et al., 1994; Peverali et al., 1994). Conversely, overexpression of Id1 accelerates cell proliferation (Prabhu et al., 1997). Similarly, Id1 delays the senescence of human primary fibroblasts and keratinocytes, whereas loss of Id1 leads to presenescence (Alani et al., 2001; Hara et al., 1996; Nickoloff et al., 2000; Tang et al., 2002). The mechanisms by which the HLH proteins influence the cell cycle may be partially explained by the altered expression of cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitors (CKIs). E47 activates the transcription of the p21 CKI gene through multiple E-boxes present in its promoter (Prabhu et al., 1997). Alternatively, Id1 reduces expression of the p16 CKI by blocking the binding of Ets proteins to the promoter (Ohtani et al., 2001). E-boxes are also present in the promoter of the p16 CKI gene and are thought to mediate transcriptional activation (Alani et al., 2001). However, overexpression of E47 alone is insufficient to alter p16 transcription (Prabhu and Sun, 1997, unpublished data). It is likely that more bHLH protein–regulated genes will be found to influence cell cycle control in a cell-type–specific manner. In addition, Id2, but not Id1 or Id3, has also been shown to bind the retinoblastoma protein (Rb) and its relatives such as p107 and p130 (Lasorella et al., 1996, 2000; Iavarone et al., 1994). Interaction between Id2 and the active hypophosphorylated form of Rb inhibits the function of Rb and sequesters Id2. The interaction has also been demonstrated genetically by an increased survival rate of Rb/ Id2/ mice compared to Rb/ mice, which die at embryonic day 14.5 of massive proliferation, poor differentiation, and apoptosis in nervous and hematopoietic systems (Lasorella et al., 2000). Overexpression of Id2 overrides p16-mediated growth arrest of human glioma cells (Lasorella et al., 1996). The Id2 gene is thought to be a direct target of
54
XIAO-HONG SUN
N-myc, which is overexpressed in neuroblastoma cells (Lasorella et al., 2000, 2002). Analysis of primary neuroblastoma specimens initially showed correlations of N-myc amplification with Id2 expression (Lasorella et al., 2002), as well as Id2 expression with poor prognosis of the disease. However, reports with similar analyses challenge these findings (Sato et al., 2003; Vandesompele et al., 2003; Wang et al., 2003). The ability of HLH proteins to influence cell cycle progression may have a direct impact on their function in regulating cell differentiation and tumor formation. Although loss of E2A proteins resulting from somatic mutation has not been found in human tumors, Id gene overexpression is shown in various malignancies. Id1, Id2, or Id3 is overexpressed in prostate, breast, ovarian, esophageal, nasopharyngeal, medullary thyroid, astrocytic, and pancreatic cancers, melanomas, and in lymphocytic and myeloid leukemia (Hu et al., 2001; Maruyama et al., 1999; Ouyang et al., 2002; Schindl et al., 2003; Singh et al., 2002; Takai et al., 2001; Vandeputte et al., 2002; Wang et al., 2002; Wilson et al., 2001). Because Id gene expression is stimulated during cell cycle progression, Id overexpression observed in cancer cells may be due to rapid proliferation of cancer cells. This can be used as an indicator of the aggressiveness of the tumors and their prognosis (Kebebew et al., 2000; Schindl et al., 2001; Schoppmann et al., 2003). Alternatively, Id overexpression may cooperate with other oncogenic factors to promote malignant growth such as that seen in transgenic mice expressing Id in T cells and intestinal epithelial cells (Kim et al., 1999; Morrow et al., 1999; Wice and Gordon, 1998). II. HLH Proteins and B-Cell Development
A. Early B-Cell Development The E2A gene was cloned based on the ability of its products to bind to the mE2 and kE2 sites in the intronic enhancers of the immunoglobulin m heavy and k light chain genes (Murre et al., 1989). However, its importance for B-cell development was not demonstrated until E2A-deficient mice were created (Bain et al., 1994; Zhuang et al., 1994). These mice are completely devoid of B cells in the bone marrow and peripheral lymphoid organs. This result would have been unanticipated knowing that two other genes, E2–2 and HEB, share extensive structural and functional similarities with E2A (Henthorn et al., 1990; Hu et al., 1992). Analyses of the E2–2– and HEB-deficient mice suggest that E2–2 and HEB are expressed at much lower levels than E2A because lack of E2–2 or HEB expression causes much less impairment of B-cell development than E2A deficiency (Zhuang et al., 1996). Nevertheless, trans-heterozygotes between E2A and E2–2 or HEB display more severe defects in B-cell differentiation compared to heterozygous mutants of each gene, suggesting that the functions of the three genes are similar, and a combined dose of these
MULTITASKING OF HLH PROTEINS IN LYMPHOPOIESIS
55
E proteins determines the outcome of B-cell development. By the same logic, this combined dose of E proteins can also be regulated by the level of their inhibitors such as Id1. Accordingly, expression of the Id1 gene under the control of a B-cell–specific promoter is sufficient to block B-cell development in transgenic mice similarly to E2A deficiency, but the degree of blockage depends on the level of Id1 expression in the transgenic mice (Sun, 1994). The inhibitory effect of Id3 on B-cell development has also been shown in human B-cell cultures (Jaleco et al., 1999). Likewise, expression of another inhibitor of E2A, SCL/TAL1, also partially inhibits B-cell development (Herblot et al., 2002). Loss of E-protein function results in arrest of B-cell development at a very early stage without any discernable effect on the differentiation of myeloid lineages. In E2A-deficient mice, this arrest is mapped at the fraction A stage (Hardy nomenclature) (Bain et al., 1997b; Hardy et al., 1991). These mice have reduced numbers of fraction A cells and lack B cells at later stages (Bain et al., 1997b). However, because fraction A includes a mixture of pre-pro–B cells, natural killer (NK) cells, and uncommitted progenitors (Tudor et al., 2000), it is not clear how early the arrest occurs. The developmental block in Id1 transgenic mice is at the early pro-B–cell stage (Kincade nomenclature) (Kincade et al., 2002), but this may be determined by the timing of transgene expression (Medina, Kincade, and Sun, 2000, unpublished data). Additionally, transplantation experiments have shown that the developmental defect is intrinsic to B cells rather than the microenvironment in which they reside (Zhuang et al., 1996). B-cell–specific gene expression and immunoglobulin gene rearrangement are dramatically reduced in the bone marrow of Eprotein–deficient and Id1 transgenic mice relative to wild-type mice (Bain et al., 1994; Sun, 1994; Zhuang et al., 1994). However, these results do not necessarily indicate that E proteins are responsible for the expression or rearrangement of these genes, but reflect that bone marrow samples without E-protein function are depleted of B cells. The early developmental arrest, which results in very few progenitor B cells in the bone marrow available for study, has made further biochemical investigation into the underlying molecular mechanisms very difficult. Consequently, little is known about how Eprotein deficiency leads to such an early developmental arrest or what are the cellular events that take place before the arrest. For example, whether the apparent block is due to the death of B cells during the course of maturation or the inability of development to proceed is unclear. To address these inadequacies, genetic approaches have been taken to probe the molecular mechanisms of B-cell deficiency resulting from loss of E-protein functions. Several crosses have been made with a number of genetically manipulated mouse models. Crossing Id1 transgenic mice with transgenic mice expressing either a productively rearranged Ig heavy chain or both
56
XIAO-HONG SUN
functional heavy and light chains did not rescue the B-cell defect in Id1 transgenic mice (Vladimirova and Sun, 1996, unpublished data). This suggests that the B-cell deficiency observed in Id1 transgenic mice is not primarily due to lack of Ig gene rearrangement or expression. Several genes encoding proteins involved in forming pre-B–cell receptors (pre-BCRs) are regulated by E2A, as discussed in Section IB. However, pre-BCR deficiency arrests development at the transition from fraction B to fraction C stages, which is much later than the arrest caused by E2A deficiency (Gong and Nussenzweig, 1996; Kitamura et al., 1991, 1992; Mombaerts et al., 1992; Shinkai et al., 1992). Thus, although E proteins may be involved in the formation of pre-BCR, they must activate additional genes to drive the differentiation of early B-cell progenitors. Also, the Bcl2 transgene, expressed under the control of the promoter and enhancer of the Ig heavy chain gene (Strasser et al., 1991), cannot rescue B-cell development in Id1 transgenic mice (Sun, 1996, unpublished data). The functional interaction between E proteins and two other transcription factors prominent in B-cell development, EBF and Pax5, has been investigated. Disruption of the EBF gene blocked B-cell development at a slightly later stage, that is, the transition from fraction A to fraction B, than mutation of the E2A gene (Lin and Grosschedl, 1995). The arrest caused by Pax5 ablation is even later than EBF deficiency (Urbanek et al., 1994). Separate data have suggested that EBF is a target gene of E proteins, whereas Pax5 is activated by EBF (Greenbaum and Zhuang, 2002; O’Riordan and Grosschedl, 1999; Smith et al., 2002). Therefore, it has been tempting to propose a linear relationship among the three transcription factors, with E2A leading the pathway, followed by EBF, and then Pax5. To test this relationship, we generated transgenic mice expressing the EBF or Pax5 complementary DNA (cDNA) driven by the mb-1 promoter and Ig heavy chain enhancer. These transgenic mice were crossed with Id1 transgenic mice, in which the Id1 gene is expressed from the same promoter. EBF or Pax5 could partially rescue the B-cell deficiency in the Id1 transgenic mice by facilitating differentiation from the B220þIgM to B220þIgMþ stage (Vladimirona and Sun, 1996, unpublished data). However, total numbers of B cells in the Id1 transgenic bone marrow did not increase as a result of EBF or Pax5 expression. It is likely that EBF and Pax5 can partially substitute for E2A because of overlapping functions shared by these transcription factors, but they are not able to provide the unique activities of E2A needed at earlier stages of development. Likewise, comparison of the phenotype of E2Aþ/EBFþ/ mice with either E2Aþ/ or EBFþ/ mice reveals a synergistic effect of the two proteins on B-cell development at stages beyond fraction A (O’Riordan and Grosschedl, 1999). In the E2Aþ/EBFþ/ mice, B-cell development cannot reach the fraction C stage and differentiation to the fraction B stage is impaired. However, these blocks are less complete and later than those in either E2A/
MULTITASKING OF HLH PROTEINS IN LYMPHOPOIESIS
57
or EBF/ mice. Careful examination of gene expression in the trans-heterozygous mice shows decreased expression of a number of genes encoding proteins involved in pre-BCR formation, as well as EBF and Pax5 transcription factors. These findings are consistent with various reports that these genes are direct targets of E2A and/or EBF (Table I and references within). Therefore, the phenotype of the E2Aþ/EBFþ/ mice may be attributed to a combined effect because of low levels of these gene products. Furthermore, the ability of E2A and EBF to influence Ig gene rearrangement may also contribute to the B-cell defects when half doses of E2A and EBF are present (Goebel et al., 2001; Romanow et al., 2000). As mice age, their B-cell development slows down (Sherwood et al., 2000). In particular, their pre-B–cell populations diminish compared to young mice. This is accompanied by low levels of l5 and VpreB surrogate light chains expressed in pre-B cells of the aged mice (Sherwood et al., 1998). Interestingly, the level of E2A proteins in IL-7 expanded pro/pre-B cells or Lipopolysaccharide (LPS)-treated splenic B cells also decreases in old mice, which may account for the reduced expression of l5 and VpreB genes (Frasca et al., 2003; Sherwood et al., 2000). However, mechanisms underlying the down regulation of E2A proteins during aging remain unknown. It is not clear whether aged B cells are unable to respond to the stimulation by IL-7 or LPS to express E2A or whether E2A proteins are destabilized. B. Late Stages of B-cell Development When mature B cells enter the periphery, they undergo further differentiation in an antigen-dependent manner. The differentiation processes include class-switch recombination (CSR) and somatic hypermutation (SHM), which generates memory B cells and high-affinity antibody–secreting plasma cells. E proteins have been implicated in both processes. E2A is expressed abundantly in the dark zone of germinal centers, where isotype switching takes place, and is upregulated by stimuli for B-cell activation (Goldfarb et al., 1996; Quong et al., 1999). CSR replaces the IgM constant region with the constant regions of other isotypes through their 50 switch regions. Different stimuli induce the recombination at different switch regions in vitro. Expression of the E-protein inhibitors, Id1 or Id3, in B-cell lines or primary activated B cells impairs spontaneous CSR or cytokine-induced CSR, suggesting that E proteins play an important role in class switching (Goldfarb et al., 1996; Quong et al., 1999). Conversely, IgE CSR is enhanced by disruption of the Id2 gene, indicating that Id2 normally inhibits CSR (Sugai et al., 2003). Interestingly, although E2A is known to activate transcription through E-boxes present in the promoters of germline transcripts originating from the switch regions (Ma et al., 1997), the inhibition of CSR by Id proteins is not accompanied by reduced levels of these transcripts (Goldfarb et al., 1996; Quong et al.,
58
XIAO-HONG SUN
1999). Recently, the Aicda gene encoding an activation-induced deaminase (AID) has been found to be a direct target of the E2A gene (Sayegh et al., 2003). The finding that AID is a crucial enzyme for initiating CSR and SHM (Honjo et al., 2002) helps explain how E proteins enhance CSR in B cells. E-boxes are also found to enhance SHM of an Igk transgene when placed between the V and J segments (Michael et al., 2003). These E-boxes can bind to the E47 protein as determined using electrophoretic mobility shift assays in vitro. However, the two E-boxes do not increase levels of the Ck transcript. The involvement of E2A proteins in SHM of the transgene also remains to be investigated. Id2 is present at high levels in IgMþIgD immature B cells and their expression is downregulated during differentiation to the IgMloIgDþ mature B-cell stage (Becker-Herman et al., 2002). Lack of Id2 increases the population of IgDþCD23þ mature B cells. Similarly, Id3 is also expressed in mature B cells and becomes downregulated upon plasma cell differentiation (Pan et al., 1999; Shaffer et al., 2002). Id3-deficient B cells have a greater tendency to differentiate and class switch when induced in vitro, but they proliferate poorly in response to BCR cross-linking (Pan et al., 1999). This suggests that Id3 is normally important for clonal expansion of activated B cells. III. HLH Proteins and T-Cell Development
A. Developmental Defects in E-Protein–Deficient Mice In contrast to B-cell development, disruption of the E2A gene causes moderate impairment of T-cell differentiation in the thymus (Bain et al., 1994; Zhuang et al., 1994). E2A-deficient mice have reduced numbers of CD4 /CD8 double-positive (DP) cells and increased numbers of double-negative (DN) cells, particularly the cells at the DN1 stage (Bain et al., 1997a; Zhuang et al., 1996). T-cell development is less affected by E2A deficiency than B-cell development because the E2A functional homolog, HEB, is expressed in the thymus. In fact, E2A and HEB proteins are thought to form heterodimers in T cells (Bain et al., 1997a). HEB appears to play a larger role in T-cell development than E2A does (Barndt et al., 1999). Although the phenotype is variable in HEB/ mice, a significant reduction in thymic cellularity is consistently observed in 3-week-old mice (70–95% reduction) and E18.5 fetuses (30–80% reduction). In addition to an increased percentage of DN cells and a reduced number of DP cells, a dramatic increase in the immature CD8 single-positive population is found in HEB-deficient mice. However, when both E2A and HEB are inhibited by expression of inhibitors such as Id1, Id2, Tal1, or a dominant-negative mutant of HEB, dramatic blockage of T-cell development is observed (Barndt et al., 1999; Kim et al., 1999, 2002; Morrow et al., 1999). Id1 and the p22 form of Tal1/SCL are
MULTITASKING OF HLH PROTEINS IN LYMPHOPOIESIS
59
expressed using the lck proximal promoter, which produces Id1 or Tal1 transcripts beginning at the DN1 stage (Kim and Sun, 1999, unpublished data). These transgenic mice display severe impairment of T-cell development in a dose-dependent manner. The thymuses of Id1 homozygous transgenic mice or Id1 and Tal1 trans-heterozygous transgenic mice contain predominantly DN1 cells (Kim et al., 1999, 2002). Because expression of both Id1 and Tal1 in the trans-heterozygous transgenic mice has a synergistic effect on inhibition of T-cell development, these inhibitors likely act through binding to their common targets, E proteins. In contrast, heterozygous Id1 or Tal1 transgenic mice have some thymocytes that develop beyond the DN stage, even though dramatically reduced numbers of total thymocytes are also observed. These transgenic mice also feature an increased proportion of CD8þ cells, consisting of immature and mature single positive cells and dramatically decreased numbers of DP cells. The phenotype of these heterozygous transgenic mice is similar to mice deficient of either E2A or HEB, which have partial activities of E proteins. Expression of the Id2 cDNA in transgenic mice results in a marked increase in the number of the immature single positive cells in addition to higher numbers of DN cells and lower numbers of DP cells (Morrow et al., 1999). Furthermore, mutations of three amino acids in the basic region of HEB abolish DNA binding activities of both HEB homodimers and HEB/E2A heterodimers. These mutations, collectively called bm, have been introduced into the HEB gene through gene targeting. Consequently, T-cell development is completely blocked at the transition from the DN to the DP stage (Barndt et al., 2000). The precise point of development arrest is thought to be at the DN2 or DN3 stage, when HEB begins to be expressed (Zhuang, 2003, personal communication). The HEBbm/bm mice have more severe defects than HEB/ mice because of the dominant negative effect of HEBbm. Taken together, the phenotypes of these transgenic and knock-in mice, though somewhat variable depending on the gene expressed and the timing of expression, underscore the similarities of E-protein functions in B and T cells. E proteins are as essential for T-cell development as they are for B-cell development. The difference largely resides in the E proteins they express; that is, B cells contain primarily E2A proteins and T cells use both E2A and HEB. B. Apoptosis of the Developing Thymocytes in Id1 Transgenic Mice A striking characteristic of the Id1 and Tal1 transgenic thymus is the presence of a massive amount of apoptotic cells (Kim et al., 1999, 2002). This was initially observed by light scatter analysis, which revealed 40–60% of thymocytes outside of the viable cell gate. Fragmentation of DNA was also
60
XIAO-HONG SUN
detected in the apoptotic cells. This has been confirmed by TUNEL analysis (Kim et al., 2002), as well as by deoxyuridine Triphosphate (dUTP) labeling and annexing V-staining assays (Qi and Sun, 2004, submitted). Based on the scatter plots shown in Barndt et al. (2000), it is likely that the HEBbm/bm mice display a similar phenotype. To determine the nature of the apoptotic cells, TCR gene rearrangements in the apoptotic cells have been carefully examined (Kim et al., 1999). Apoptotic cells from heterozygous Id1 transgenic mice were purified by centrifugation on a Ficoll cushion. DNA from these cells was then electrophoresed on agarose gels and the fragmented DNA was excised and purified. This procedure ensured that the isolated DNA was indeed from apoptotic cells. Surprisingly, rearrangement at the TCR b, a, and d loci in the apoptotic cells was found to be as efficient as in transgenic or wild-type viable thymocytes (Kim et al., 1999). Furthermore, sequence analysis of the rearranged segments revealed that the apoptotic cells had as many productive TCR b and a rearrangement events as wild-type thymocytes (Qi and Sun, 2004, submitted). These results thus suggest that the apoptotic thymocytes in the heterozygous transgenic mice have functional pre-TCRs or TCRs and the death of developing thymocytes is not due to lack of signaling from these receptors. Consistently, expression of functional TCR or constitutively active lck cannot rescue the T-cell defect seen in Id1 transgenic mice (Qi and Sun, 2004, submitted; Sun, 2002, unpublished data). The TCR transgenes also failed to improve T-cell development in the HEBbm/bm mice (Barndt et al., 2000). Additional attempts have been made to rescue T-cell development in Id1 transgenic mice by manipulation of gene expression, but they have been largely unsuccessful. The apoptosis and developmental defect (particularly the reduced thymic cellularity) of the Id1 transgenic mice cannot be alleviated by expression of the Bcl-2 transgene, mutation in the FAS or FAS ligand gene, disruption of the p53 gene, or elimination of the IL-2 or IL-7 signaling pathways (Sun, 2001, unpublished data). Similarly, Bcl-2 could not rescue E2A-deficient mice and lack of IL-7 signaling further reduces the number of thymocytes (Kee et al., 2002). Therefore, the death of developing thymocytes remains a mystery, but the role of E proteins in pre-TCR and TCR signaling may shed some light on the apoptosis of Id1 transgenic thymocytes as discussed in the following section. C. E Proteins and Pre-TCR or TCR Signaling The connection between E2A proteins and pre-TCR signaling was discovered through genetic crosses with RAG-deficient mice. Mutation of the E47 exon in the E2A gene or expression of Id1 enables RAG-deficient thymocytes to differentiate to the DP stage (Engel et al., 2001; Kim et al., 2002). This suggests that downregulation of E2A function is one of the steps necessary for
MULTITASKING OF HLH PROTEINS IN LYMPHOPOIESIS
61
T cells to progress to the DP stages. Indeed, artificial activation of pre-TCRs by treating RAG-deficient mice with the anti-CD3 antibody reduces the DNA binding activity of E proteins (Engel et al., 2001; Kim et al., 2002), which could be due to induction of Id3 expression by pre-TCR/MAP kinase pathways (Bain et al., 2001; Engel et al., 2001). The level of E2A proteins also decreases with the same treatment (Nie and Sun, 2003, unpublished data). These observations led to the postulation that E proteins create a checkpoint for pre-TCR signaling so that when the signal is strong enough to diminish the overall function of E protein, T-cell development can proceed. However, removal of E proteins is not the only factor needed for development because these RAGdeficient cells, though able to differentiate to the DP stage, do not proliferate as vigorously as wild-type cells. The RAG2/ E47/ mice have slightly more thymocytes than RAG2/ mice but less than E47/ mice (Engel et al., 2001). The number of thymocytes in the RAG1/ Id1tg mice does not increase (Kim et al., 2002). Therefore, the proliferative effect of pre-TCR signaling cannot be substituted by downregulation of E-protein function. The role of E proteins in TCR signaling has been illustrated through examination of the phenotypes of E47- or Id3-deficient mice crossed with TCR transgenic mice. E47 deficiency favors positive selection of either MHC class I–restricted H-Y TCR or class II–restricted AND TCR (Bain et al., 1999). Conversely, disruption of the Id3 gene inhibits negative selection so that DP cells survive in the Id3/H-Y TCR but not Id3þ/ H-Y-TCR transgenic male mice (Rivera et al., 2000). Id3 mutation also inhibits positive selection and consequently fewer CD4 SP cells are found in Id3/ AND-TCR transgenic mice. Together, it appears that the function of E proteins is to dampen the signals from TCRs either directly by influencing the signaling pathway or indirectly by augmenting the cellular responses to the signal. Consistent with this notion, the Id1 transgenic CD4þ thymocytes, where E-protein function is more completely abolished, display hyperresponsiveness to artificial stimulation through TCR. Wild-type SP thymocytes normally proliferate upon treatment with antibodies against CD3 and CD28, which activate both TCR and the costimulatory receptor. The proliferation of Id1 transgenic CD4þ cells is independent of costimulation by anti-CD28 and is suppressed by an inhibitor of nuclear factor-kB (NF-kB) activation (Qi and Sun, 2004, submitted). Furthermore, when Id1 transgenic mice are crossed with the H-Y or AND-TCR transgenic mice under conditions for positive or negative selection, only DN cells remain in the thymus, even though either heterozygous Id1 or TCR single transgenic mice have 80% of their thymocytes at stages beyond DN (Qi and Sun, 2004, submitted). This phenotype appears to be different from that observed with E47/ mice discussed earlier. However, this may be due to a quantitative difference in the level of E-protein function. With reduced E-protein function, positive selection is enhanced.
62
XIAO-HONG SUN
Without E-protein function, signals for positive selection or any signals from the transgenic TCR become so amplified that negative selection or apoptosis occurs. This could explain why massive apoptosis takes place in an Id1 transgenic thymus with the natural TCR repertoire. D. E Proteins and NF-kB Activation To understand the mechanism by which E proteins influence pre-TCR or TCR signaling, the activities of transcription factors typically downstream of these signaling pathways have been examined (Kim et al., 2002). Among AP-1, NFAT, and NF-kB transcription factors, the DNA binding activity of NF-kB is dramatically increased in thymocytes from Id1 transgenic mice and from mice expressing the p22 form of Tal1. A similar observation is also obtained in transgenic mice producing the p42 form of Tal1 (O’Neil et al., 2003). The NF-kB complex primarily consists of homodimers or heterodimers of the c-rel protein (Kim et al., 2002), which is thought to be the protein responsible for constitutive NF-kB activity in lymphocytes. The activation of NF-kB correlates with and increased level of phospho-IkB and IkB kinase (IKK) activity (Kim et al., 2002; O’Neil et al., 2003). However, what mediates the activation of IKK is not known. The significance of these biochemical changes in the thymus was revealed by examination of the phenotypes of Id1 transgenic mice, in which NF-kB activity is altered (Kim et al., 2002). When Id1 transgenic mice were crossed with transgenic mice expressing a constitutively active form of IKKb, which causes activation of NF-kB, T-cell development was further impaired. Conversely, T-cell development was partially rescued with expression of a degradation-resistant form of IkB, which constitutively inhibits NF-kB. Our recent data show that disruption of the c-rel gene has a similar effect (Xiong and Sun, 2003, unpublished data). Therefore, these results suggest that superactivation of NF-kB contributes, at least in part, to the T-cell defect observed in Id1 transgenic mice. This is in agreement with the finding that superactivation of NF-kB results in the differentiation of RAG-deficient cells to the DP stage and the enhancement of positive selection (Voll et al., 2000). NF-kB superactivation can have many ramifications. It may augment preTCR or TCR signaling beyond the tolerable range and cause apoptosis of the thymocytes. Activation of NF-kB could also increase the production of various cytokines that may be harmful for thymocytes. For example, the tumornecrosis factor-a (TNF-a) gene is under the control of NF-kB, whereas TNF-a itself is also a potent activator of NF-kB. We have found that TNF-a and interferon-g (IFN-g) are indeed overproduced in the Id1 transgenic thymus (Cochrane, Yang, and Sun, 2003, unpublished data). Disruption of the gene encoding TNF-a or TNF receptor 1 rescues T-cell development in Id1 transgenic mice to a similar extent as the IkB inhibitor (Xiong and Sun, 2003,
MULTITASKING OF HLH PROTEINS IN LYMPHOPOIESIS
63
unpublished data). In contrast, mutation of the IFN-g receptor had no effect on T-cell development in Id1 transgenic mice (Yang and Sun, 2003, unpublished data). However, the causal relationship between NF-kB activation and cytokine production, or vice versa, remains to be determined. IV. HLH Protein and Notch Signaling
The Notch signaling pathway plays crucial roles in lymphocyte development. It is thought to be involved in lineage fate decisions including the B versus T, ab versus gd, and the CD4þ versus CD8þ choices (Allman et al., 2002). However, how Notch executes these decisions is largely unknown. Because E proteins are intimately involved in lymphocyte development, it would be convenient for Notch to use E proteins as downstream effectors. Indeed, the link between Notch signaling and E proteins was found by Ordentlich et al. (1998), who showed that constitutively activated Notch receptors inhibit the transcription activity of E47. Upon further examination, Nie et al. (2003) have found that Notch signaling induces a ubiquitin-mediated and proteasome-dependent degradation of E2A proteins, which explains the apparent reduction of E47 transcriptional activity in the presence of activated Notch. Furthermore, E2A ubiquitination depends on its phosphorylation by Erk kinases and can therefore be regulated by signals controlling Erk activity in a cell type or developmental stage–specific manner. For example, Notch induces E2A degradation in B cells where sustained levels of activated Erk exist but only cause E2A degradation in T cells during transient activation of Erk. We, therefore, formulated a hypothesis with respect to how Notch might choose the T-over B-cell fate in the thymus. If multipotent progenitors arriving in the thymus begin to differentiate along the B lineage, Notch signals would cause E2A degradation in the presence of high levels of Erk in B cells and differentiation would be aborted. On the other hand, if they become T cells, which tightly regulate their Erk activity, E2A proteins would be stable and available for promoting their differentiation. This hypothesis helps explain why the Notch1-deficient thymus permits B-cell development but awaits vigorous proof from genetic and biochemical studies. Notch-induced E2A degradation may also occur during T-cell development because the level of E2A proteins decreases progressively at DP and SP stages. These stages follow pre-TCR and TCR signaling, respectively, which results in Erk activation. Downregulation of E2A levels may be important for the differentiation to DP and SP stages. Another group of bHLH proteins involved in Notch signaling is the HES protein family. HES1 is the best-known target gene of Notch signaling (Jarriault et al., 1995). Upon ligand binding to Notch receptors, their intracellular domains translocate into the nucleus and form complexes with RBP-Jk/
64
XIAO-HONG SUN
CBF1, which then bind to the promoter of HES1 and activate HES1 transcription (Tamura et al., 1995). Although the phenotypes of Notch1- and RBP-Jk–deficient mice are similar (Han et al., 2002; MacDonald et al., 2001; Radtke et al., 1999), they are different from that of the HES1-deficient mice (Tomita et al., 1999). Because mutation of HES1 causes embryonic lethality, lymphopoiesis in the mutant mice has been studied by examination of lymphotes generated after transplanting fetal liver cells into RAG-deficient recipients. HES1-deficient cells fail to expand at the CD44þ CD25þ (DN2) stage, even though the small number of cells present is able to undergo TCR rearrangement and differentiation. Unlike Notch1 or RBP-Jk deficiency, HES1-deficient cells do not differentiate into B cells. It is not clear how HES1 functions to facilitate the expansion of developing T cells, but it is known that HES1 can bind to N-boxes as homodimers and repress transcription (Kageyama and Ohtsuka, 1999). HES1 also forms heterodimers with E proteins, which is thought to inhibit their function (Sasai et al., 1992). Curiously, this phenotype of reduced thymic cellularity is also seen in Id1 and Tal1 transgenic mice or HEB-dominant negative mutant mice, as well as in E2A- or HEB-deficient mice, albeit to a lesser extent (see Section III.A). Although apoptosis of the developing T cells contributes to the loss of thymocytes, the inability to proliferate at the DN2 stage could explain the extremely small number of DN2 cells detected in these mice. If E proteins and HES1 share similar functions in the proliferation of thymocytes, a new mechanism must be invoked by which E protein and HES1 heterodimers act together either as transcriptional activators or as transcriptional repressors, a possibility worth testing. V. HLH Proteins and Leukemia
Disruption of the E2A gene or inhibition of E-protein function by Id or Tal1 proteins in mice leads to the development of T-cell lymphomas in the thymus at the age of 3–6 months (Bain et al., 1997a; Kelliher et al., 1996; Kim et al., 1999; Morrow et al., 1999; Yan et al., 1997). These data establish that E proteins act as tumor suppressors and are consistent with the findings that E2A overexpression arrests cell cycle progressions and that Id1 overexpression is found in numerous types of cancers (see Section I.D). The aberrant expression of the Tal1 gene is found in 70% of the human childhood lymphoblastic leukemias (Baer, 1993). Tal1 expression inhibits the function of E proteins and enables the proliferation of T cells (Park and Sun, 1998; Park et al., 1999). The surface marker phenotypes of the E-protein–deficient lymphomas vary from tumor to tumor, but most of them express either CD4 or CD8. This suggests that either tumors arise during the course of differentiation or tumor cells continue to differentiate after transformation. It is, however, remarkable that
MULTITASKING OF HLH PROTEINS IN LYMPHOPOIESIS
65
E-protein–deficient mice are initially impaired in T-cell development and have varying degrees of reduced thymic cellularity. Over the 3- to 6-month period before the typical onset of T-cell lymphoma, additional mutations must have accumulated in the surviving thymocytes to transform them into cancer cells. The mechanism by which loss of E-protein function leads to T-cell lymphoma is poorly understood. Although E2A is shown to regulate the expression of cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitor, p21CIP, this cannot be the entire reason because disruption of the p21 gene is not lymphomagenic (Deng et al., 1995). The c-myc gene is amplified in E2A-deficient tumors, but it is not clear whether this is the primary cause for the tumor or is secondary to the uncontrolled growth of tumor cells (Bain et al., 1997a). E47 has also been shown to activate the expression of a number of cell cycle regulators in lymphoid cell lines, but this has not been verified in primary lymphocytes (Zhao et al., 2001). However, as discussed in the previous section, E proteins appear to negatively influence pre-TCR or TCR signaling, whereas inhibition of E-protein activities allows a functional amplification of signals. In fact, Id1 transgenic thymocytes undergo costimulation-independent proliferation in vitro. Therefore, reduced levels of E-protein activity perhaps potentiate the cells to proliferate. Normally, the default outcome for this higher tendency of proliferation is apoptosis of the thymocytes. However, if the cells manage to survive as a result of additional genetic mutations or epigenetic changes in gene expression, cells can undergo cancerous growth. If this is the case, it will be interesting to determine whether antiapoptotic genes are overexpressed in the tumor cells. This hypothesis would help explain the apparently contradicting phenomenon in these E-protein–deficient mice, that is, they are lymphopenic at early ages but develop lymphoma later. Interestingly, expression of a constitutively active form of Notch1 or Notch3 also causes T-cell lymphoma, though more rapidly than E-protein–deficient mice (Bellavia et al., 2000; Pear et al., 1996; Pui et al., 1999). Notch signaling may cause alterations in multiple cellular processes, but Notch-induced degradation of E proteins could be one of the downstream events involved in lymphomagenesis. Notch requires an intact pre-TCR signaling pathway to induce lymphoma, but E-protein deficiency does not (Bellavia et al., 2002; Engel and Murre, 2002). However, this does not mean that they act through different mechanisms. Because Notch causes E2A degradation only in the presence of active Erk, pre-TCR signaling may result in Erk activation, thereby allowing Notch to induce E2A ubiquitination and degradation. This mechanism would also be applicable to nonlymphoid tissues where both constitutive Notch signaling and loss of E-protein function are found to be involved in tumorigenesis, such as in the formation of breast cancer (Callahan and Raafat, 2001; Lin et al., 2000).
66
XIAO-HONG SUN
Fig 2 Diverse functions of E proteins in B- and T-cell development. B- or T-cell development is depicted with a block colored with a gradient of green or yellow, symbolizing the maturity of the cells. Key events during the differentiation are marked on the top. The positive effects are pointed out with arrows and the negative effects are shown with bars. The multiple steps of pre–T-cell receptor (TCR) and TCR signaling are illustrated with gray arrows with associated cellular events labeled. The outcomes of the signaling events are indicated with single letter-coded circles, as indicated at the bottom of the figure. Because Id3 has a positive role in B-cell receptor (BCR)– dependent proliferation, E proteins are inferred to negatively influence the proliferation as shown with a broken line. X is placed upstream of IKK to mean that unknown factors are involved in IKK activation in Id1 transgenic mice. Id, Tal1, and Notch signaling are three groups of factors that inhibit the activities of E proteins and thus have opposite effects on the differentiation processes compared to E proteins.
MULTITASKING OF HLH PROTEINS IN LYMPHOPOIESIS
67
VI. Conclusions
It is now well established that E proteins play multiple roles during lymphocyte development, partly by acting as ‘‘yin’’ and ‘‘yang’’ in antigen receptor signaling as illustrated in (Fig. 2). On one hand, E proteins are instrumental in the production of premature and mature antigen receptors, which are crucial driving forces of lymphocyte differentiation. On the other hand, E proteins are also responsible for gauging the signaling strength of TCRs to ensure the survival of developing T lymphocytes. Whether E proteins play similar roles in BCR signaling remains to be determined. Furthermore, although the roles of E proteins in later stages of lymphocyte development are better understood, the molecular and cellular events occurring at the earliest developmental block in both E-protein–deficient B and T cells are elusive. The quest for understanding these early events will be aided by further information about the differentiation processes of early lymphoid progenitors. Key findings may also come from the identification of E-protein target genes, which influence the overall well-being of developing cells but whose expression is not necessarily restricted to the lymphoid system. One outstanding question is how E-protein deficiency leads to the dramatic reduction in the numbers of B and T cells even at very early stages. The connection between Notch signaling pathways and E-protein function has also added another layer of complexity but will shed light on the operation of the overall differentiation program controlled by these regulators.
Acknowledgments I wish to thank Drs. Paul Kincade and Scott Perry for critical reading of the manuscript and members of my laboratory for discussion and providing unpublished data. I also acknowledge Dr. F. W. Kincade and Y. Zhuang for communicating unpublished data.
References Alani, R. M., Young, A. Z., and Shifflett, C. B. (2001). Id1 regulation of cellular senescence through transcriptional repression of p16/Ink4a. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 98, 7812–7816. Allman, D., Punt, J. A., Izon, D. J., Aster, J. C., and Pear, W. S. (2002). An invitation to T and more: Notch signaling in lymphopoiesis. Cell 109(Suppl.), S1–S11. Aronheim, A., Shiran, R., Rosen, A., and Walker, M. D. (1993). The E2A gene product contains two separable and functionally distinct transcription activation domains. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90, 8063–8067. Baer, R. (1993). TAL1, TAL2 and LYL1: A family of basic helix-loop-helix proteins implicated in T cell acute leukaemia. Semin. Cancer Biol. 4, 341–347. Bain, G., Robanus Maandag, E. C., Izon, D. J., Amsen, D., Kruisbeek, A. M., Weintraub, B., Krop, I., Schlissel, M. S., Feeney, A. J., van Roon, M., van der Valk, M., te Riele, H. P. J., Berns, A., and Murre, C. (1994). E2A proteins are required for proper B cell development and initiation of immunoglobulin gene rearrangements. Cell 79, 885–892. Bain, G., Engel, I., Robanus Maandag, E. C., te Riele, H. P., Voland, J. R., Sharp, L. L., Chun, J., Huey, B., Pinkel, D., and Murre, C. (1997a). E2A deficiency leads to abnormalities in alphabeta
68
XIAO-HONG SUN
T-cell development and to rapid development of T-cell lymphomas. Mol. Cell. Biol. 17, 4782–4791. Bain, G., Robanus Maandag, E. C., te Riele, H. P., Feeney, A. J., Sheehy, A., Schlissel, M., Shinton, S. A., Hardy, R. R., and Murre, C. (1997b). Both E12 and E47 allow commitment to the B cell lineage. Immunity 6, 145–154. Bain, G., Quong, M. W., Soloff, R. S., Hedrick, S. M., and Murre, C. (1999). Thymocyte maturation is regulated by the activity of the helix-loop-helix protein, E47. J. Exp. Med. 190, 1605–1616. Bain, G., Cravatt, C. B., Loomans, C., Alberola-Ila, J., Hedrick, S. M., and Murre, C. (2001). Regulation of the helix-loop-helix proteins, E2A and Id3, by the Ras-ERK MAPK cascade. Nat. Immunol. 2, 165–171. Barndt, R., Dai, M. F., and Zhuang, Y. (1999). A novel role for HEB downstream or parallel to the pre-TCR signaling pathway during alpha beta thymopoiesis. J. Immunol. 163, 3331–3343. Barndt, R. J., Dai, M., and Zhuang, Y. (2000). Functions of E2A-HEB heterodimers in T-cell development revealed by a dominant negative mutation of HEB. Mol. Cell. Biol. 20, 6677–6685. Barone, M. V., Pepperkok, R., Peverali, F. A., and Philipson, L. (1994). Id proteins control growth induction in mammalian cells. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91, 4985–4988. Becker-Herman, S., Lantner, F., and Shachar, I. (2002). Id2 negatively regulates B cell differentiation in the spleen. J. Immunol. 168, 5507–5513. Begley, C. G., Aplan, P. D., Denning, S. M., Haynes, B. F., Waldmann, T. A., and Kirsch, I. R. (1989). The gene SCL is expressed during early hematopoiesis and encodes a differentiationrelated DNA-binding motif. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86, 10128–10132. Bellavia, D., Campese, A. F., Alesse, E., Vacca, A., Felli, M. P., Balestri, A., Stoppacciaro, A., Tiveron, C., Tatangelo, L., Giovarelli, M., Gaetano, C., Ruco, L., Hoffman, E. S., Hayday, A. C., Lendahl, U., Frati, L., Gulino, A., and Screpanti, I. (2000). Constitutive activation of NF-kappaB and T-cell leukemia/lymphoma in Notch3 transgenic mice. EMBO J. 19, 3337–3348. Bellavia, D., Campese, A. F., Checquolo, S., Balestri, A., Biondi, A., Cazzaniga, G., Lendahl, U., Fehling, H. J., Hayday, A. C., Frati, L., von Boehmer, H., Gulino, A., and Screpanti, I. (2002). Combined expression of pTalpha and Notch3 in T cell leukemia identifies the requirement of preTCR for leukemogenesis. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99, 3788–3793. Benezra, R., Davis, R. L., Lockshon, D., Turner, D. L., and Weintraub, H. (1990). The protein Id: A negative regulator of helix-loop-helix DNA binding proteins. Cell 61, 49–59. Bettini, M., Xi, H., Milbrandt, J., and Kersh, G. J. (2002). Thymocyte development in early growth response gene 1-deficient mice. J. Immunol. 169, 1713–1720. Blom, B., Heemskerk, M. H., Verschuren, M. C., van Dongen, J. J., Stegmann, A. P., Bakker, A. Q., Couwenberg, F., Res, P. C., and Spits, H. (1999). Disruption of alphabeta but not of gammadelta T cell development by overexpression of the helix-loop-helix protein Id3 in committed T cell progenitors. EMBO J. 18, 2793–2802. Bradney, C., Hjelmeland, M., Komatsu, Y., Yoshida, M., Yao, T. P., and Zhuang, Y. (2003). Regulation of E2A activities by histone acetyltransferases in B lymphocyte development. J. Biol. Chem. 278, 2370–2376. Callahan, R., and Raafat, A. (2001). Notch signaling in mammary gland tumorigenesis. J. Mammary Gland. Biol. Neoplasia. 6, 23–36. Chen, Q., Cheng, J. T., Taub, R., Schneider, N., Buchanan, G., Carroll, A., Crist, W., Ozanne, B., Siciliano, M. J., and Baer, R. (1990). The tal gene undergoes chromosome translocation in T cell leukemia and potentially encodes a helix-loop-helix protein. EMBO J. 9, 415–424. Cheng, J. T., Hsu, H. L., Hwang, L. Y., and Baer, R. (1993). Products of the TAL1 oncogene: Basic helix-loop-helix proteins phosphorylated at serine residues. Oncogene 8, 677–6836.
MULTITASKING OF HLH PROTEINS IN LYMPHOPOIESIS
69
Choi, J. K., Shen, C. P., Radomska, H. S., Eckhardt, L. A., and Kadesch, T. (1996). E47 activates the Ig-heavy chain and TdT loci in non-B cells. EMBO J. 15, 5014–5021. Christy, B. A., Sanders, L. K., Lau, L. F., Copeland, N. G., Jenkins, N. A., and Nathans, D. (1991). An Id-related helix-loop-helix protein encoded by a growth factor-inducible gene. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88, 1815–1819. Deed, R. W., Hara, E., Atherton, G. T., Peters, G., and Norton, J. D. (1997). Regulation of Id3 cell cycle function by Cdk-2-dependent phosphorylation. Mol. Cell. Biol. 17, 6815–6821. Deng, C. P., Zhang, P., Haper, J. W., Elledge, S. J., and Leder, P. (1995). Mice lacking p21CIP1/WAF1 undergo normal development, but are defective in G1 checkpoint control. Cell 82, 675–684. Eckner, R., Yao, T. P., Oldread, E., and Livingston, D. M. (1996). Interaction and functional collaboration of p300/CBP and bHLH proteins in muscle and B-cell differentiation. Genes Dev. 10, 2478–2490. Engel, I., Johns, C., Bain, G., Rivera, R. R., and Murre, C. (2001). Early thymocyte development is regulated by modulation of E2A protein activity. J. Exp. Med. 194, 733–745. Engel, I., and Murre, C. (2001). The function of E- and Id proteins in lymphocyte development. Nat. Rev. Immunol. 1, 193–199. Engel, I., and Murre, C. (2002). Disruption of pre-TCR expression accelerates lymphomagenesis in E2A-deficient mice. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99, 11322–11327. Fehling, H. J., Krotkova, A., Saint-Ruf, C., and von Boehmer, H. (1995). Crucial role of the pre-Tcell receptor alpha gene in development of alpha beta but not gamma delta T cells. Nature 375, 795–798. Frasca, D., Nguyen, D., Riley, R. L., and Blomberg, B. B. (2003). Decreased E12 and /or E47 transcription factor activity in the bone marrow as well as in the spleen of aged mice. J. Immunol. 170, 719–726. Fukuma, M., Okita, H., Hata, J., and Umezawa, A. (2003). Upregulation of Id2, an oncogenic helixloop-helix protein, is mediated by the chimeric EWS/ets protein in Ewing sarcoma. Oncogene 22, 1–9. Fukuyama, S., Hiroi, T., Yokota, Y., Rennert, P. D., Yanagita, M., Kinoshita, N., Terawaki, S., Shikina, T., Yamamoto, M., Kurono, Y., and Kiyono, H. (2002). Initiation of NALT organogenesis is independent of the IL-7R, LTbetaR, and NIK signaling pathways but requires the Id2 gene and CD3()CD4(þ)CD45(þ) cells. Immunity 17, 31–40. Gisler, R., and Sigvardsson, M. (2002). The human V-preB promoter is a target for coordinated activation by early B cell factor and E47. J. Immunol. 168, 5130–5138. Goebel, P., Janney, N., Valenzuela, J. R., Romanow, W. J., Murre, C., and Feeney, A. J. (2001). Localized gene-specific induction of accessibility to V(D)J recombination induced by E2A and early B cell factor in nonlymphoid cells. J. Exp. Med. 194, 645–656. Goldfarb, A. N., Flores, J. P., and Lewandowska, K. (1996). Involvement of the E2A basic helix-loop-helix protein in immunoglobulin heavy chain class switching. Mol. Immunol. 33, 947–956. Gong, S., and Nussenzweig, M. C. (1996). Regulation of an early developmental checkpoint in the B cell pathway by Ig beta. Science 272, 411–414. Greenbaum, S., and Zhuang, Y. (2002). Identification of E2A target genes in B lymphocyte development by using a gene tagging–based chromatin immunoprecipitation system. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99, 15030–15035. Grumont, R. J., Rasko, J. E., Strasser, A., and Gerondakis, S. (1996). Activation of the mitogenactivated protein kinase pathway induces transcription of the PAC-1 phosphatase gene. Mol. Cell. Biol. 16, 2913–2921. Hacker, C., Kirsch, R. D., Ju, X. S., Hieronymus, T., Gust, T. C., Kuhl, C., Jorgas, T., Kurz, S. M., Rose-John, S., Yokota, Y., and Zenke, M. (2003). Transcriptional profiling identifies Id2 function in dendritic cell development. Nat. Immunol. 4, 380–386.
70
XIAO-HONG SUN
Han, H., Tanigaki, K., Yamamoto, N., Kuroda, K., Yoshimoto, M., Nakahata, T., Ikuta, K., and Honjo, T. (2002). Inducible gene knockout of transcription factor recombination signal binding protein-J reveals its essential role in T versus B lineage decision. Int. Immunol. 14, 637–645. Hara, E., Hall, M., and Peters, G. (1997). Cdk2-dependent phosphorylation of Id2 modulates activity of E2A-related transcription factors. EMBO J. 16, 332–342. Hara, E., Uzman, J. A., Dimri, G. P., Nehlin, J. O., Testori, A., and Campisi, J. (1996). The helixloop-helix protein Id-1 and a retinoblastoma protein binding mutant of SV40 T antigen synergize to reactivate DNA synthesis in senescent human fibroblasts. Dev. Genet. 18, 161–172. Hara, E., Yamaguchi, T., Nojima, H., Ide, T., Campisi, J., Okayama, H., and Oda, K. (1994). Id-related genes encoding helix-loop-helix proteins are required for G1 progression and are repressed in senescent human fibroblasts. J. Biol. Chem. 269, 2139–2145. Hardy, R. R., Carmack, C. E., Shinton, S. A., Kemp, J. D., and Hayakawa, K. (1991). Resolution and characterization of pro-B and pre-pro-B cell stages in normal mouse bone marrow. J. Exp. Med. 173, 1213–1225. Heemskerk, M. H., Blom, B., Oda, K., Stegmann, A. P., Bakker, A. Q., Weijer, K., Res, P. C., and Spits, H. (1997). Inhibition of T cell and promotion of natural killer cell development by the dominant negative helix loop helix factor Id3. J. Exp. Med. 186, 1597–1602. Henthorn, P., Kiledjian, M., and Kadesch, T. (1990). Two distinct transcription factors that bind the immunoglobin enhancer mE5/kE2 motif. Science 247, 467–470. Herblot, S., Aplan, P. D., and Hoang, T. (2002). Gradient of E2A activity in B-cell development. Mol. Cell. Biol. 22, 886–900. Hollnagel, A., Oehlmann, V., Heymer, J., Ruther, U., and Nordheim, A. (1999). Id genes are direct targets of bone morphogenetic protein induction in embryonic stem cells. J. Biol. Chem. 274, 19838–19845. Honjo, T., Kinoshita, K., and Muramatsu, M. (2002). Molecular mechanism of class switch recombination: Linkage with somatic hypermutation. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 20, 165–196. Hsu, H. L., Huang, L., Tsan, J. T., Funk, W., Wright, W. E., Hu, J. S., Kingston, R. E., and Baer, R. (1994a). Preferred sequences for DNA recognition by the TAL1 helix-loop-helix proteins. Mol. Cell. Biol. 14, 1256–1265. Hsu, H. L., Wadman, I., Tsan, J. T., and Baer, R. (1994b). Positive and negative transcriptional control by the TAL1 helix-loop-helix protein. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91, 5947–5951. Hsu, L. Y., Lauring, J., Liang, H. E., Greenbaum, S., Cado, D., Zhuang, Y., and Schlissel, M. S. (2003). A conserved transcriptional enhancer regulates RAG gene expression in developing B cells. Immunity 19, 105–117. Hu, J. S., Olson, E. N., and Kingston, R. E. (1992). HEB, a helix-loop-helix protein related to E2A and ITF2 that can modulate the DNA-binding ability of myogenic regulatory factors. Mol. Cell. Biol. 12, 1031–1042. Hu, Y. C., Lam, K. Y., Law, S., Wong, J., and Srivastava, G. (2001). Identification of differentially expressed genes in esophageal squamous cell carcinoma (ESCC) by cDNA expression array: Overexpression of Fra-1, Neogenin, Id-1, and CDC25B genes in ESCC. Clin. Cancer Res. 7, 2213–2221. Huang, S., and Brandt, S. J. (2000). mSin3A regulates murine erythroleukemia cell differentiation through association with the TAL1 (or SCL) transcription factor. Mol. Cell. Biol. 20, 2248–2259. Iavarone, A., Garg, P., Lasorella, A., Hsu, J., and Israel, M. A. (1994). The helix-loop-helix protein Id-2 enhances cell proliferation and binds to the retinoblastoma protein. Genes Dev. 8, 1270–1284. Igarashi, H., Gregory, S. C., Yokota, T., Sakaguchi, N., and Kincade, P. W. (2002). Transcription from the RAG1 locus marks the earliest lymphocyte progenitors in bone marrow. Immunity 17, 117–130.
MULTITASKING OF HLH PROTEINS IN LYMPHOPOIESIS
71
Ishiguro, A., Spirin, K., Shiohara, M., Tobler, A., Norton, J. D., Rigolet, M., Shimbo, T., and Koeffler, H. P. (1995). Expression of Id2 and Id3 mRNA in human lymphocytes. Leuk. Res. 19, 989–996. Jaleco, A. C., Stegmann, A. P., Heemskerk, M. H., Couwenberg, F., Bakker, A. Q., Weijer, K., and Spits, H. (1999). Genetic modification of human B-cell development: B-cell development is inhibited by the dominant negative helix loop helix factor Id3. Blood 94, 2637–2646. Jarriault, S., Brou, C., Logeat, F., Schroeter, E. H., Kopan, R., and Israel, A. (1995). Signalling downstream of activated mammalian Notch. Nature 377, 355–358. Kageyama, R., and Ohtsuka, T. (1999). The Notch-Hes pathway in mammalian neural development. Cell Res. 9, 179–188. Kaneta, M., Osawa, M., Sudo, K., Nakauchi, H., Farr, A. G., and Takahama, Y. (2000). A role for pref-1 and HES-1 in thymocyte development. J. Immunol. 164, 256–264. Katagiri, T., Imada, M., Yanai, T., Suda, T., Takahashi, N., and Kamijo, R. (2002). Identification of a BMP-responsive element in Id1, the gene for inhibition of myogenesis. Genes Cells 7, 949–960. Kebebew, E., Treseler, P. A., Duh, Q. Y., and Clark, O. H. (2000). The helix-loop-helix transcription factor, Id-1, is overexpressed in medullary thyroid cancer. Surgery 128, 952–957. Kee, B. L., Bain, G., and Murre, C. (2002). IL-7Ralpha and E47: Independent pathways required for development of multipotent lymphoid progenitors. EMBO J. 21, 103–113. Kelliher, M. A., Seldin, D. C., and Leder, P. (1996). Tal-1 induces T cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia accelerated by casein kinase II alpha 3. EMBO J. 15, 5160–5166. Kim, D., Xu, M., Nie, L., Peng, X. C., Jimi, E., Voll, R. E., Nguyen, T., Ghosh, S., and Sun, X. H. (2002). Helix-loop-helix proteins regulate pre-TCR and TCR signaling through modulation of Rel/NF-kappaB activities. Immunity 16, 8240–8253. Kincade, P. W., Igarashi, H., Medina, K. L., Kouro, T., Yokota, T., Rossi, M. I., Owen, J. J., Garrett, K. P., Sun, X. H., and Sakaguchi, N. (2002). Lymphoid lineage cells in adult murine bone marrow diverge from those of other blood cells at an early, hormone-sensitive stage. Semin. Immunol. 14, 385–394. Kitamura, D., Kudo, A., Schaal, S., Muller, W., Melchers, F., and Rajewsky, K. (1992). A critical role of lambda 5 protein in B cell development. Cell 69, 823–831. Kitamura, D., Roes, J., Kuhn, R., and Rajewsky, K. (1991). A B cell–deficient mouse by targeted disruption of the membrane exon of the immunoglobulin mu chain gene. Nature 350, 423–426. Korchynskyi, O., and ten Dijke, P. (2002). Identification and functional characterization of distinct critically important bone morphogenetic protein-specific response elements in the Id1 promoter. J. Biol. Chem. 277, 4883–4891. Lam, L. T., and Bresnick, E. H. (1998). Identity of the beta-globin locus control region binding protein HS2NF5 as the mammalian homolog of the notch-regulated transcription factor suppressor of hairless. J. Biol. Chem. 273, 24223–24231. Langlands, K., Yin, X., Anand, G., and Prochownik, E. V. (1997). Differential interactions of Id proteins with basic helix-loop-helix transcription factors. J. Biol. Chem. 272, 19785–19793. Lasorella, A., Iavarone, A., and Israel, M. A. (1996). Id2 specifically alters regulation of the cell cycle by tumor suppressor proteins. Mol. Cell. Biol. 16, 2570–2578. Lasorella, A., Noseda, M., Beyna, M., Yokota, Y., and Iavarone, A. (2000). Id2 is a retinoblastoma protein target and mediates signalling by Myc oncoproteins. Nature 407, 592–598. Lasorella, A., Boldrini, R., Dominici, C., Donfrancesco, A., Yokota, Y., Inserra, A., and Iavarone, A. (2002). Id2 is critical for cellular proliferation and is the oncogenic effector of N-myc in human neuroblastoma. Cancer Res. 62, 301–306. Lenardo, M., Pierce, J. W., and Baltimore, D. (1987). Protein-binding sites in Ig gene enhancers determine transcriptional activity and inducibility. Science 236, 1573–1577.
72
XIAO-HONG SUN
Lin, C. Q., Singh, J., Murata, K., Itahana, Y., Parrinello, S., Liang, S. H., Gillett, C. E., Campisi, J., and Desprez, P. Y. (2000). A role for Id-1 in the aggressive phenotype and steroid hormone response of human breast cancer cells. Cancer Res. 60, 1332–1340. Lin, H., and Grosschedl, R. (1995). Failure of B-cell differentiation in mice lacking the transcription factor EBF. Nature 376, 263–267. Lopez-Rovira, T., Chalaux, E., Massague, J., Rosa, J. L., and Ventura, F. (2002). Direct binding of Smad1 and Smad4 to two distinct motifs mediates bone morphogenetic protein-specific transcriptional activation of Id1 gene. J. Biol. Chem. 277, 3176–3185. Ma, L., Hu, B., and Kenter, A. L. (1997). Ig S gamma-specific DNA binding protein SNAP is related to the helix-loop-helix transcription factor E47. Int. Immunol. 9, 1021–1029. MacDonald, H. R., Wilson, A., and Radtke, F. (2001). Notch1 and T-cell development: Insights from conditional knockout mice. Trends Immunol. 22, 155–160. Maruyama, H., Kleeff, J., Wildi, S., Friess, H., Buchler, M. W., Israel, M. A., and Korc, M. (1999). Id-1 and Id-2 are overexpressed in pancreatic cancer and in dysplastic lesions in chronic pancreatitis. Am. J. Pathol. 155, 815–822. Massari, M. E., Grant, P. A., Pray-Grant, M. G., Berger, S. L., Workman, J. L., and Murre, C. (1999). A conserved motif present in a class of helix-loop-helix proteins activates transcription by direct recruitment of the SAGA complex. Mol. Cell 4, 63–73. Massari, M. E., Jennings, P. A., and Murre, C. (1996). The AD1 transactivation domain of E2A contains a highly conserved helix which is required for its activity in both Saccharomyces cerevisiae and mammalian cells. Mol. Cell 16, 121–129. Massari, M. E., and Murre, C. (2000). Helix-loop-helix proteins: Regulators of transcription in eucaryotic organisms. Mol. Cell. Biol. 20, 429–440. Massari, M. E., Rivera, R. R., Voland, J. R., Quong, M. W., Breit, T. M., van Dongen, J. J., de Smit, O., and Murre, C. (1998). Characterization of ABF-1, a novel basic helix-loop-helix transcription factor expressed in activated B lymphocytes. Mol. Cell. Biol. 18, 3130–3139. Mellentin, J. D., Smith, S. D., and Cleary, M. L. (1989). Lyl-1, a novel gene altered by chromosomal translocation in T cell leukemia, codes for a protein with a helix-loop-helix DNA binding motif. Cell 58, 77–83. Michael, N., Shen, H. M., Longerich, S., Kim, N., Longacre, A., and Storb, U. (2003). The E box motif CAGGTG enhances somatic hypermutation without enhancing transcription. Immunity 19, 235–242. Mombaerts, P., Iacomini, J., Johnson, R. S., Herrup, K., Tonegawa, S., and Papaioannou, V. E. (1992). RAG-1 deficient mice have no mature B and T lymphocytes. Cell 68, 869–877. Morrow, M. A., Mayer, E. W., Perez, C. A., Adlam, M., and Siu, G. (1999). Overexpression of the helix-loop-helix protein Id2 blocks T cell development at multiple stages. Mol. Immunol. 36, 491–503. Mui, A. L., Wakao, H., Kinoshita, T., Kitamura, T., and Miyajima, A. (1996). Suppression of interleukin-3-induced gene expression by a C-terminal truncated Stat5: Role of Stat5 in proliferation. EMBO J. 15, 2425–2433. Murre, C., McCaw, P. S., and Baltimore, D. (1989). A new DNA binding and dimerization motif in immunoglobin enhancer binding, daughterless, MyoD and myc proteins. Cell 56, 777–783. Nagata, Y., Shoji, W., Obinata, M., and Todokoro, K. (1995). Phosphorylation of helix-loop-helix proteins ID1, ID2 and ID3. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 207, 916–926. Nickoloff, B. J., Chaturvedi, V., Bacon, P., Qin, J. Z., Denning, M. F., and Diaz, M. O. (2000). Id-1 delays senescence but does not immortalize keratinocytes. J. Biol. Chem. 275, 27501–27504. Nie, L., Xu, M., Vladimirova, A., and Sun, X.-H. (2003). Notch-induced E2A ubiquitination and degradation are controlled by MAP kinase activities. EMBO J. 22, (in press). Nishimori, H., Sasaki, Y., Yoshida, K., Irifune, H., Zembutsu, H., Tanaka, T., Aoyama, T., Hosaka, T., Kawaguchi, S., Wada, T., Hata, J., Toguchida, J., Nakamura, Y., and Tokino, T. (2002). The
MULTITASKING OF HLH PROTEINS IN LYMPHOPOIESIS
73
Id2 gene is a novel target of transcriptional activation by EWS-ETS fusion proteins in Ewing family tumors. Oncogene 21, 8302–8309. O’Neil, J., Ventura, J. J., Cusson, N., and Kelliher, M. A. (2003). NF-{kappa}B activation in premalignant mouse tal-1/scl thymocytes and tumors. Blood 102, 2593–2596. O’Riordan, M., and Grosschedl, R. (1999). Coordinate regulation of B cell differentiation by the transcription factors EBF and E2A. Immunity 11, 21–31. Ohsako, S., Hyer, J., Panganiban, G., Oliver, I., and Caudy, M. (1994). Hairy function as a DNA-binding helix-loop-helix repressor of Drosophila sensory organ formation. Genes Dev. 8, 2743–2755. Ohtani, N., Zebedee, Z., Huot, T. J., Stinson, J. A., Sugimoto, M., Ohashi, Y., Sharrocks, A. D., Peters, G., Peters, G., and Hara, E. (2001). Opposing effects of Ets and Id proteins on p16INK4a expression during cellular senescence. Nature 409, 1067–1070. Ono, Y., Fukuhara, N., and Yoshie, O. (1998). TAL1 and LIM-only proteins synergistically induce retinaldehyde dehydrogenase 2 expression in T-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia by acting as cofactors for GATA3. Mol. Cell. Biol. 18, 6939–6950. Ouyang, X. S., Wang, X., Lee, D. T., Tsao, S. W., and Wong, Y. C. (2002). Over expression of ID-1 in prostate cancer. J. Urol. 167, 2598–2602. Pan, L., Sato, S., Frederick, J. P., Sun, X.-H., and Zhuang, Y. (1999). Impaired immune responses and B-cell proliferation in mice lacking the Id3 gene. Mol. Cell. Biol. 19, 5969–5980. Park, S. T., and Sun, X. H. (1998). The Tal1 oncoprotein inhibits E47-mediated transcription. Mechanism of inhibition. J. Biol. Chem. 273, 7030–7037. Park, S. T., Nolan, G. P., and Sun, X.-H. (1999). Growth inhibition and apoptosis due to restoration of E2A activity in T cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia cells. J. Exp. Med. 189, 501–508. Paroush, Z., Finley, R. L., Jr., Kidd, T., Wainwright, S. M., Ingham, P. W., Brent, R., and IshHorowicz, D. (1994). Groucho is required for Drosophila neurogenesis, segmentation, and sex determination and interacts directly with hairy-related bHLH proteins. Cell 79, 805–815. Pear, W. S., Aster, J. C., Scott, M. L., Hasserjian, R. P., Soffer, B., Sklar, J., and Baltimore, D. (1996). Exclusive development of T cell neoplasms in mice transplanted with bone marrow expressing activated Notch alleles. J. Exp. Med. 183, 2283–2291. Peverali, F. A., Ramqvist, T., Saffrich, R., Pepperkik, R., Barone, M. V., and Philipson, L. (1994). Regulation of G1 progression by E2A and Id helix-loop-helix proteins. EMBO J. 13, 4291–4301. Prabhu, S., Ignatova, A., Park, S. T., and Sun, X.-H. (1997). Regulation of the expression of cyclindependent kinase inhibitor p21 by E2A and ID proteins. Mol. Cell. Biol. 17, 5888–5896. Pui, J. C., Allman, D., Xu, L., DeRocco, S., Karnell, F. G., Bakkour, S., Lee, J. Y., Kadesch, T., Hardy, R. R., Aster, J. C., and Pear, W. S. (1999). Notch1 expression in early lymphopoiesis influences B versus T lineage determination. Immunity 11, 299–308. Qi, Z., and Sun, X.-H. Hyper-response to TCR signals leads to apoptosis in Id1 transgenic T cells. Submitted. Qiu, Y., Sharma, A., and Stein, R. (1998). p300 mediates transcriptional stimulation by the basic helix-loop-helix activators of the insulin gene. Mol. Cell. Biol. 18, 2957–2964. Quesenberry, P. J., Iscove, N. N., Cooper, C., Brady, G., Newburger, P. E., Stein, G. S., Stein, J. S., Reddy, G. P., and Pearson-White, S. (1996). Expression of basic helix-loop-helix transcription factors in explant hematopoietic progenitors. J. Cell Biochem. 61, 478–488. Quong, M. W., Harris, D. P., Swain, S. L., and Murre, C. (1999). E2A activity is induced during B-cell activation to promote immunoglobulin class switch recombination. EMBO J. 18, 6307–6318. Quong, M. W., Massari, M. E., Zwart, R., and Murre, C. (1993). A new transcriptional-activation motif restricted to a class of helix-loop-helix proteins is functionally conserved in both yeast and mammalian cells. Mol. Cell. Biol. 13, 792–800.
74
XIAO-HONG SUN
Radtke, F., Wilson, A., Stark, G., Bauer, M., van Meerwijk, J., MacDonald, H. R., and Aguet, M. (1999). Deficient T cell fate specification in mice with an induced inactivation of Notch1. Immunity 10, 547–558. Rascle, A., Johnston, J. A., and Amati, B. (2003). Deacetylase activity is required for recruitment of the basal transcription machinery and transactivation by STAT5. Mol. Cell. Biol. 23, 4162–4173. Reizis, B., and Leder, P. (2001). The upstream enhancer is necessary and sufficient for the expression of the pre-T cell receptor alpha gene in immature T lymphocytes. J. Exp. Med. 194, 979–990. Riechmann, V., van Cruchten, I., and Sablitzky, F. (1994). The expression pattern of Id4, a novel dominant negative helix-loop-helix protein, is distinct from Id1, Id2 and Id3. Nucl. Acids Res. 22, 749–755. Rivera, R. R., Johns, C. P., Quan, J., Johnson, R. S., and Murre, C. (2000). Thymocyte selection is regulated by the helix-loop-helix inhibitor protein, Id3. Immunity 12, 17–26. Robb, L., and Begley, C. G. (1997). The SCL/TAL1 gene: roles in normal and malignant haematopoiesis. Bioessays 19, 607–613. Romanow, W. J., Langerak, A. W., Goebel, P., Wolvers-Tettero, I. L., van Dongen, J. J., Feeney, A. J., and Murre, C. (2000). E2A and EBF act in synergy with the V(D)J recombinase to generate a diverse immunoglobulin repertoire in nonlymphoid cells. Mol. Cell 5, 343–353. Rudin, C. M., and Storb, U. (1992). Two conserved essential motifs of the murine immunoglobulin lambda enhancers bind B-cell–specific factors. Mol. Cell. Biol. 12, 309–320. Saisanit, S., and Sun, X. H. (1995). A novel enhancer, the pro-B enhancer, regulates Id1 gene expression in progenitor B cells. Mol. Cell. Biol. 15, 1513–1521. Saisanit, S., and Sun, X. H. (1997). Regulation of the pro-B-cell–specific enhancer of the Id1 gene involves the C/EBP family of proteins. Mol. Cell. Biol. 17, 844–850. Sasai, Y., Kageyama, R., Tagawa, Y., Shigemoto, R., and Nakanishi, S. (1992). Two mammalian helix-loop-helix factors structurally related to Drosophila hairy and enhancer of split. Genes Dev. 6, 2620–2634. Sato, Y., Kobayashi, Y., Sasaki, H., Toyama, T., Kondo, S., Kiriyama, M., and Fujii, Y. (2003). Expression of Id2 mRNA in neuroblastoma and normal ganglion. Eur. J. Surg. Oncol. 29, 284–287. Sawada, S., and Littman, D. R. (1993). A heterodimer of HEB and an E12-related protein interacts with the CD4 enhancer and regulates its activity in T-cell lines. Mol. Cell. Biol. 13, 5620–5628. Sayegh, C. E., Quong, M. W., Agata, Y., and Murre, C. (2003). E-proteins directly regulate expression of activation-induced deaminase in mature B cells. Nat. Immunol. 4, 586–593. Schindl, M., Oberhuber, G., Obermair, A., Schoppmann, S. F., Karner, B., and Birner, P. (2001). Overexpression of Id-1 protein is a marker for unfavorable prognosis in early-stage cervical cancer. Cancer Res. 61, 5703–5706. Schindl, M., Schoppmann, S. F., Strobel, T., Heinzl, H., Leisser, C., Horvat, R., and Birner, P. (2003). Level of Id-1 protein expression correlates with poor differentiation, enhanced malignant potential, and more aggressive clinical behavior of epithelial ovarian tumors. Clin. Cancer Res. 9, 779–785. Schlissel, M., Voronova, A., and Baltimore, D. (1991). Helix-loop-helix transcription factor E47 activates germ-line immunoglobulin heavy-chain gene transcription and rearrangement in a pre-T-cell line. Genes Dev. 5, 1367–1376. Schoppmann, S. F., Schindl, M., Bayer, G., Aumayr, K., Dienes, J., Horvat, R., Rudas, M., Gnant, M., Jakesz, R., and Birner, P. (2003). Overexpression of Id-1 is associated with poor clinical outcome in node negative breast cancer. Int. J. Cancer 104, 677–682. Shaffer, A. L., Lin, K. I., Kuo, T. C., Yu, X., Hurt, E. M., Rosenwald, A., Giltnane, J. M., Yang, L., Zhao, H., Calame, K., and Staudt, L. M. (2002). Blimp-1 orchestrates plasma cell differentiation by extinguishing the mature B cell gene expression program. Immunity 17, 51–62.
MULTITASKING OF HLH PROTEINS IN LYMPHOPOIESIS
75
Sherwood, E. M., Blomberg, B. B., Xu, W., Warner, C. A., and Riley, R. L. (1998). Senescent BALB/c mice exhibit decreased expression of lambda5 surrogate light chains and reduced development within the pre-B cell compartment. J. Immunol. 161, 4472–4475. Sherwood, E. M., Xu, W., King, A. M., Blomberg, B. B., and Riley, R. L. (2000). The reduced expression of surrogate light chains in B cell precursors from senescent BALB/c mice is associated with decreased E2A proteins. Mech. Ageing Dev. 118, 45–59. Shinkai, Y., Rathbun, G., Lam, K. P., Oltz, E. M., Stewart, V., Mendelsohn, M., Charron, J., Datta, M., Young, F., Stall, A. M., and Alt, F. W. (1992). RAG-2–deficient mice lack mature lymphocytes owing to inability to initiate V(D)J rearrangement. Cell 68, 855–867. Sigvardsson, M. (2000). Overlapping expression of early B-cell factor and basic helix-loop-helix proteins as a mechanism to dictate B-lineage–specific activity of the lambda5 promoter. Mol. Cell. Biol. 20, 3640–3654. Sigvardsson, M., Clark, D. R., Fitzsimmons, D., Doyle, M., Akerblad, P., Breslin, T., Bilke, S., Li, R., Yeamans, C., Zhang, G., and Hagman, J. (2002). Early B-cell factor, E2A, and Pax-5 cooperate to activate the early B cell-specific mb-1 promoter. Mol. Cell. Biol. 22, 8539–8551. Sigvardsson, M., O’Riordan, M., and Grosschedl, R. (1997). EBF and E47 collaborate to induce expression of the endogenous immunoglobulin surrogate light chain genes. Immunity 7, 25–36. Singh, J., Murata, K., Itahana, Y., and Desprez, P. Y. (2002). Constitutive expression of the Id-1 promoter in human metastatic breast cancer cells is linked with the loss of NF-1/Rb/HDAC-1 transcription repressor complex. Oncogene 21, 1812–1822. Skerjanc, I. S., Truong, J., Filion, P., and McBurney, M. W. (1996). A splice variant of the ITF-2 transcript encodes a transcription factor that inhibits MyoD activity. J. Biol. Chem. 271, 3555–3561. Smith, E. M., Gisler, R., and Sigvardsson, M. (2002). Cloning and characterization of a promoter flanking the early B cell factor (EBF) gene indicates roles for E-proteins and autoregulation in the control of EBF expression. J. Immunol. 169, 261–270. Spicer, D. B., Rhee, J., Cheung, W. L., and Lassar, A. B. (1996). Inhibition of myogenic bHLH and MEF2 transcription factors by the bHLH protein Twist. Science 272, 1476–1480. Strasser, A., Whittingham, S., Vaux, D. L., Bath, M. L., Adams, J. M., Cory, S., and Harris, A. W. (1991). Enforced BCL2 expression in B-lymphoid cells prolongs antibody responses and elicits autoimmune disease. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88, 8661–8665. Sugai, M., Gonda, H., Kusunoki, T., Katakai, T., Yokota, Y., and Shimizu, A. (2003). Essential role of Id2 in negative regulation of IgE class switching. Nat. Immunol. 4, 25–30. Sun, X.-H. (1994). Constitutive expression of the Id1 gene impairs mouse B cell development. Cell 79, 893–900. Sun, X.-H., and Baltimore, D. (1991). An inhibitory domain of E12 prevents DNA binding in E12 homodimers but not in E12 heterodimers. Cell 64, 459–470. Sun, X.-H., Copeland, N. G., Jenkins, N. A., and Baltimore, D. (1991). Id proteins, Id1 and Id2, selectively inhibit DNA binding by one class of helix-loop-helix proteins. Mol. Cell. Biol. 11, 5603–5611. Takai, N., Miyazaki, T., Fujisawa, K., Nasu, K., and Miyakawa, I. (2001). Id1 expression is associated with histological grade and invasive behavior in endometrial carcinoma. Cancer Lett. 165, 185–193. Takeuchi, A., Yamasaki, S., Takase, K., Nakatsu, F., Arase, H., Onodera, M., and Saito, T. (2001). E2A and HEB activate the pre-TCR alpha promoter during immature T cell development. J. Immunol. 167, 2157–2163. Tamura, K., Taniguchi, Y., Minoguchi, S., Sakai, T., Tun, T., Furukawa, T., and Honjo, T. (1995). Physical interaction between a novel domain of the receptor Notch and the transcription factor RBP-J kappa /Su(H). Curr. Biol. 5, 1416–1423.
76
XIAO-HONG SUN
Tang, J., Gordon, G. M., Nickoloff, B. J., and Foreman, K. E. (2002). The helix-loop-helix protein id-1 delays onset of replicative senescence in human endothelial cells. Lab. Invest. 82, 1073–1079. Tomita, K., Hattori, M., Nakamura, E., Nakanishi, S., Minato, N., and Kageyama, R. (1999). The bHLH gene Hes1 is essential for expansion of early T cell precursors. Genes Dev. 13, 1203–1210. Tournay, O., and Benezra, R. (1996). Transcription of the dominant-negative helix-loop-helix protein Id1 is regulated by a protein complex containing the immediate-early response gene Egr-1. Mol. Cell. Biol. 16, 2418–2430. Tudor, K. S., Payne, K. J., Yamashita, Y., and Kincade, P. W. (2000). Functional assessment of precursors from murine bone marrow suggests a sequence of early B lineage differentiation events. Immunity 12, 335–345. Ulgiati, D., Pham, C., and Holers, V. M. (2002). Functional analysis of the human complement receptor 2 (CR2/CD21) promoter: Characterization of basal transcriptional mechanisms. J. Immunol. 168, 6279–6285. Urbanek, P., Wang, Z. Q., Fetka, I., Wagner, E. F., and Busslinger, M. (1994). Complete block of early B cell differentiation and altered patterning of the posterior midbrain in mice lacking Pax5/BSAP. Cell 79, 901–912. Vandeputte, D. A., Troost, D., Leenstra, S., Ijlst-Keizers, H., Ramkema, M., Bosch, D. A., Baas, F., Das, N. K., and Aronica, E. (2002). Expression and distribution of id helix-loop-helix proteins in human astrocytic tumors. Glia 38, 329–338. Vandesompele, J., Edsjo, A., De Preter, K., Axelson, H., Speleman, F., and Pahlman, S. (2003). ID2 expression in neuroblastoma does not correlate to MYCN levels and lacks prognostic value. Oncogene 22, 456–460. Voll, R. E., Jimi, E., Phillips, R. J., Barber, D. F., Rincon, M., Hayday, A. C., Flavell, R. A., and Ghosh, S. (2000). NF-kappa B activation by the pre-T cell receptor serves as a selective survival signal in T lymphocyte development. Immunity 13, 677–689. Wadman, I. A., Osada, H., Grutz, G. G., Agulnick, A. D., Westphal, H., Forster, A., and Rabbitts, T. H. (1997). The LIM-only protein Lmo2 is a bridging molecule assembling an erythroid, DNAbinding complex which includes the TAL1, E47, GATA-1 and Ldb1/NLI proteins. EMBO J. 16, 3145–3157. Wang, Q., Hii, G., Shusterman, S., Mosse, Y., Winter, C. L., Guo, C., Zhao, H., Rappaport, E., Hogarty, M. D., and Maris, J. M. (2003). ID2 expression is not associated with MYCN amplification or expression in human neuroblastomas. Cancer Res. 63, 1631–1635. Wang, X., Xu, K., Ling, M. T., Wong, Y. C., Feng, H. C., Nicholls, J., and Tsao, S. W. (2002). Evidence of increased Id-1 expression and its role in cell proliferation in nasopharyngeal carcinoma cells. Mol. Carcinogen. 35, 42–49. Weintraub, H., Dwarki, V. J., Verma, I., Davis, R., Hollenberg, S., Snider, L., Lassar, A., and Tapscott, S. J. (1991). Muscle-specific transcriptional activation by MyoD. Genes Dev. 5, 1377–1386. Wice, B. M., and Gordon, J. I. (1998). Forced expression of Id-1 in the adult mouse small intestinal epithelium is associated with development of adenomas. J. Biol. Chem. 273, 25310–25319. Wilson, J. W., Deed, R. W., Inoue, T., Balzi, M., Becciolini, A., Faraoni, P., Potten, C. S., and Norton, J. D. (2001). Expression of Id helix-loop-helix proteins in colorectal adenocarcinoma correlates with p53 expression and mitotic index. Cancer Res. 61, 8803–8810. Wilson, R. B., Kiledjian, M., Shen, C. P., Benezra, R., Zwollo, P., Dymecki, S. M., Desiderio, S. V., and Kadesch, T. (1991). Repression of immunoglobulin enhancers by the helixloop-helix protein Id: Implications for B-lymphoid-cell development. Mol. Cell. Biol. 11, 6185–6191.
MULTITASKING OF HLH PROTEINS IN LYMPHOPOIESIS
77
Xia, Y., Brown, L., Yang, C. Y. C., Tsan, J. T., Siciliano, M. J., Espinosa, R., Le Beau, M. M., and Baer, R. (1991). TAL2, a helix-loop-helix gene activated by the t(7;9)(q34;q32) translocation in human T cell leukemia. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88, 11416–11420. Xu, M., Nie, L., Kim, S. H., and Sun, X. H. (2003). STAT5-induced Id-1 transcription involves recruitment of HDAC1 and deacetylation of C/EBPbeta. EMBO J. 22, 893–904. Xu, Y., Davidson, L., Alt, F. W., and Baltimore, D. (1996). Function of the pre-T-cell receptor alpha chain in T-cell development and allelic exclusion at the T-cell receptor beta locus. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93, 2169–2173. Yan, W., Young, A. Z., Soares, V. C., Kelley, R., Benezra, R., and Zhuang, Y. (1997). High incidence of T-cell tumors in E2A-null mice and E2A/Id1 double-knockout mice. Mol. Cell. Biol. 17, 7317–7327. Yokota, Y., Mansouri, A., Mori, S., Sugawara, S., Adachi, S., Nishikawa, S., and Gruss, P. (1999). Development of peripheral lymphoid organs and natural killer cells depends on the helix-loophelix inhibitor Id2. Nature 397, 702–706. Yokota, T., Kouro, T., Hirose, J., Igarashi, H., Garrett, K. P., Gregory, S. C., Sakaguchi, N., Owen, J. J. T., and Kincade, P. W. (2003). Unique properties of fetal lymphoid progenitors identified according to RAG1 gene expression. Immunity 19, 365–375. Yucel, R., Karsunky, H., Klein-Hitpass, L., and Moroy, T. (2003). The transcriptional repressor Gfi1 affects development of early, uncommitted c-Kitþ T cell progenitors and CD4/CD8 lineage decision in the thymus. J. Exp. Med. 197, 831–844. Zhao, F., Vilardi, A., Neely, R. J., and Choi, J. K. (2001). Promotion of cell cycle progression by basic helix-loop-helix E2A. Mol. Cell. Biol. 21, 6346–6357. Zhuang, Y., Barndt, R. J., Pan, L., Kelley, R., and Dai, M. (1998). Functional replacement of the mouse E2A gene with a human HEB cDNA. Mol. Cell. Biol. 18, 3340–3349. Zhuang, Y., Cheng, P., and Weintraub, H. (1996). B-lymphocyte development is regulated by the combined dosage of three basic helix-loop-helix genes, E2A, E2-2, and HEB. Mol. Cell. Biol. 16, 2898–2905. Zhuang, Y., Soriano, P., and Weintraub, H. (1994). The helix-loop-helix gene E2A is required for B cell differentiation. Cell 79, 875–884.
advances in immunology, vol. 84
Customized Antigens for Desensitizing Allergic Patients ´ TIMA FERREIRA, MICHAEL WALLNER, AND JOSEF THALHAMER FA University of Salzburg, Department of Molecular Biology Salzburg, Austria
I. Introduction
The most effective allergy treatment is one that specifically and with maximum safety cures clinical symptoms caused by allergens in any given patient. In this context, allergen-specific immunotherapy (SIT) offers the best possibility of accomplishing this goal. The process is highly specific because the treatment is targeted at those allergens that the patient and the physician identified as the responsible ones (Frew, 2003). In its conventional form, SIT involves repeated administration of whole allergen extracts to patients displaying immunoglobulin E(IgE)-mediated allergic symptoms and inflammatory reactions caused by natural exposure to allergens. The drawback of this approach is that extracts are complex mixtures that are difficult to standardize. In addition, systemic administration of active allergens can cause severe IgEmediated side effects during the treatment and therapeutic effective doses often cannot be achieved because of nonstandardized extracts or side effects. For the best performance of this tailor-made type of treatment, the first crucial step is the exact identification of the molecules causing the allergic reaction, that is, a clear diagnosis establishing the association between the disease manifestation and the IgE-mediated immune reactions. This can be accomplished with a molecule-based diagnosis. Knowledge of the pattern of IgE reactivity at a molecular level allows the formulation of vaccines containing only the allergens to which the patient is allergic, consisting, for example, of cocktails of pure and standardized recombinant allergens instead of whole extracts. Moreover, the selected recombinant allergens can be modified to reduce the risk of IgE-mediated side effects. In this way, higher doses of allergen can be administered to allergic patients increasing the efficacy of the treatment without compromising safety. Genetic immunization is an attractive alternative for SIT using protein antigens. It has been shown that intramuscular or intradermal injection of plasmid DNA encoding clinically relevant allergens can induce long-lasting immune responses with a Th1 bias and promote the formation of interferon-g (IFN-g)–producing CD4þT cells. In addition, immunization with plasmid DNA encoding modified allergen genes would fulfill the requirements of efficacy and safety in SIT. 79 Copyright 2004, Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. 0065-2776/04 $35.00
80
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
The increasing knowledge of the mechanisms operating in Th1 and Th2 types of immune responses opened various possibilities to modulate an allergic (Th2-type) response. The working hypothesis is that Th1-biased stimuli could prevent the development of an allergic response and might even convert established Th2 responses. Therefore, designed antigens in combination with immunomodulatory adjuvants form the basis for novel and optimized allergen vaccines. II. Allergy Diagnosis and Immunotherapy: From Extracts to Allergen Arrays and Engineered Vaccines
So far only allergen extracts are routinely applied for diagnostic and therapeutic purposes. These extracts are difficult to standardize regarding their allergen content; several allergens might be underrepresented because of degradation, whereas other nonallergenic components are present and there might be even contamination with allergens from other sources. Thus, extractbased diagnosis goes in the direction of identifying allergenic sources and not individual allergenic molecules, which does not allow the discrimination between co-sensitization and cross-sensitization in patients showing adverse reactions to more than one allergenic source (Pauli, 2000). The development of an allergic disease always requires contact with a sensitizing agent, which does not necessarily have to be the elicitor of the allergic symptoms. Allergen cross-reactivity occurs when IgE antibodies originally raised against one allergen bind or recognize a similar protein from another source (Aalberse et al., 2001). The interaction with such homologous proteins can then trigger allergic reactions or can be completely irrelevant for the patient. The inadequacy of diagnosis with extracts in cases of cross-reactivity is clearly demonstrated by a survey of mite-allergic Orthodox Jews. Because of strict adherence to kosher dietary laws, the consumption of shellfish is prohibited in this population. Fernandes et al. (2003) showed that IgE antibodies of these mite-allergic individuals cross-reacted with shrimp tropomysin Pen a 1, despite that direct contact with this aliment did not occur. When tested with single allergenic components, such tropomyosin-based cross-reactivity could be easily predicted. Furthermore, with allergen extracts there is always the risk of contamination as seen for mite allergens in animal hair dander extracts producing false-positive results on skin tests (van der Veen et al., 1996). The consequences of such incorrect diagnoses can be taken to the next level, considering cases of indirect sensitization of mite-allergics patients who developed positive radioallergosorbent test (RAST) signals for shrimp and snails after receiving specific immunotherapy for dust mite allergy (van Ree et al., 1996). Induction of new IgE specificities has also been reported for birch- and grass pollen-allergic individuals (Ball et al., 1999b; Moverare et al., 2002a).
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
81
Sixty-five percent of patients treated with birch pollen rush immunotherapy developed low levels of IgE antibodies toward additional birch pollen allergens. Among these newly recognized allergens, the highly cross-reactive Bet v 2 and Bet v 4 proteins could represent a risk of clinical consequences for the patient. All these findings demonstrate the unpredictability and shortcomings of diagnosis and immunotherapy using allergen extracts. A. Molecule-Based Diagnosis: Clustering of IgE Reactivity Patterns A question that arises is how far the allergy diagnosis can be simplified as a result of cross-reactivity phenomena. A study by van Ree et al. (1999) demonstrated that a combination of birch, hazel, and alder pollen extracts compared to birch or alder extracts alone was equally efficient in diagnosis. Also, a combination of Bet v 1 and Bet v 2 allergens covered around 94% of the tree-pollen–positive sera used. The remaining few patients were suspected of having IgE against either other minor birch pollen allergens or cross-reactive carbohydrate determinants (CCDs) (van Ree et al., 1999). Even when using purified allergens, false-positive results may occur because of CCDs present on plant and invertebrate proteins. A sensitization toward CCDs usually occurs via pollen or insect stings and results in a wide pattern of cross-reactivity to various kinds of food. Anti–carbohydrate IgE antibodies seem to have poor biological activity, and until now their clinical relevance could not be proven. Nevertheless, anti–CCD IgE antibodies frequently produce positive reactions in in vitro tests. To minimize these false-positive results, the use of recombinant allergens seems obligatory. However, depending on their way of production (e.g., Escherichia coli, Pichia pastoris, insect cells, and tobacco plants), recombinant allergens might also show different forms of glycosylation. All allergens produced in prokaryotic cells are not glycosylated, but because of problems regarding protein folding, eukaryotic expression systems are increasingly being employed for the production of recombinant allergens. The glycosylation of these recombinant allergens does not often correlate with their naturally occurring counterparts. In this way, incorrectly glycosylated recombinant allergens could also react with anti– carbohydrate IgE antibodies and produce false-positive results. In terms of immunotherapy with recombinant allergens, the role of glycans for protein folding and their effects on the human immune system need to be further evaluated (Mari, 2002; Mari et al., 1999; van Ree, 2002). The precise knowledge of cross-reactivity patterns offers the possibility to define marker allergens indicative of certain linked allergic diseases and to develop strategies for the direct treatment of allergies (Kazemi-Shirazi et al., 2002). Because many allergens have become available as recombinants, few representative allergens covering most of the IgE epitopes could be selected
82
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
for diagnostic purposes. If a patient mounts IgE antibodies against Bet v 1, that individual will likely develop symptoms upon contact with other allergenic sources harboring the corresponding cross-reactive allergens either in pollen or in foods (Ebner et al., 1996). This notion holds true for many cross-reactive allergens (Aalberse et al., 2001; Sicherer, 2001; Vieths et al., 2002). Therefore, such marker allergens could help redefine the current concept of allergy diagnosis, so they not only are useful for the diagnosis of existing allergies, but also might help predict potential sensitization to multiple allergenic sources. For timothy grass pollen allergy, a panel of allergens, either recombinant or natural, can substitute allergen extracts used in diagnosis. A limited number of allergen molecules were sufficient to diagnose sensitization to this allergenic source in 99% of all patients tested. Moreover, a sensitization profile could be determined, identifying and quantifying the amount of IgE bound to the particular allergens (Valenta et al., 1999a). A study comparing the IgE binding pattern of timothy grass pollen allergens in different populations had similar results (Laffer et al., 1996). A multipopulation study using molecule-based diagnosis was performed for the selected recombinant birch pollen allergens, rBet v 1, rBet v 2, and rBet v 4. The study revealed different population-dependent recognition patterns of these allergens among birch pollen–allergic patients (Moverare et al., 2002b). With classic diagnostic measures, such patterns could not be determined, which implies that birch pollen–allergic individuals not yet sensitized to Bet v 1 could, for instance, develop such a sensitization upon SIT treatment. Another survey among allergic individuals from the urban areas of Zimbabwe was performed using recombinant timothy grass pollen and dust mite allergens. The allergen-recognition patterns were compared with the ones obtained from patients in central Europe, and striking differences were observed. This profile could be explained by a primary sensitization to Bermuda grass and not to timothy grass pollen. The unusual recognition profile toward mite allergens might also be due to different sensitization with cross-reactive allergens compared to the European population. Interesting to remark is the existence of African patients reactive to birch pollen extracts because of a sensitization to profilin (Westritschnig et al., 2003). All these findings point out the necessity of molecule-based diagnosis for allergies. Developments in this direction have already been done with the introduction of allergy chips in a microarray format. In one study, 94 purified recombinant or natural allergens were spotted robotically in triplicates on preactivated glass slides and incubated with patients’ sera. The results were verified by nitrocellulose blots and skin prick tests, and most of the allergens spotted on the chips gave results comparable to RAST-based results. The advantages of such a system are obvious: Only some hundred picograms
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
83
of protein is needed per slide, the system is predestined for high throughput, and allergen-bound IgE antibodies can be quantified (Hiller et al., 2002). With the array technology, it will be further possible to detect different immunoglobun classes bound to the immobilized allergens, which could be useful to analyze the course of an allergic disease over time, enabling a clinician to monitor allergy treatment (Harwanegg et al., 2003). For the establishment of molecule-based allergy diagnosis on a large scale, well-characterized allergens have to be available in large amounts, with low or no batch-to-batch variations. The use of recombinant allergens offers the best prospect for rational and accurate allergy diagnosis. Over the past few years, allergens from various allergenic sources including pollen, food, house dust mite, cockroach, animal dander, insect venom, latex, molds, and fungi have been cloned and characterized and are now available as recombinant proteins (Andersson and Lidholm, 2003; Arruda et al., 2001; Chapman and Wood, 2001; Kurup et al., 2002; Lorenz et al., 2001; Muller, 2002; Sussman et al., 2002; Thomas et al., 2002). Thus, molecule-based allergy diagnosis should be gaining importance rapidly.
III. Novel Antigen Preparations to Improve SIT
Modification of allergens to improve conventional SIT should aim at the production of molecules with reduced IgE binding epitopes (hypoallergens) while preserving structural motifs necessary for T-cell recognition (T-cell epitopes) and for induction of IgG antibodies reactive with the natural allergen (blocking antibodies). The uptake of allergens by antigen-presenting cells (APCs) is mediated and facilitated by the interaction of the allergen with specific IgE (Maurer et al., 1995; van der Heijden et al., 1993) and leads to higher Th2 cytokines and IgE production (Akdis et al., 1998). Modified allergens lacking IgE binding (hypoallergens) might avoid these pathways and preferentially target APCs that use phagocytosis or pinocytosis for antigen uptake (e.g., monocytes, macrophages, and dendritic cells [DCs]). This, in turn, induces a balanced Th0- or Th1-like cytokine production by T cells and low IgE and high IgG production by B cells (Fig. 1). The presence of intact T-cell epitopes on hypoallergens would also target T cells, allowing administration of higher doses to induce tolerance of allergen-specific T cells and alteration of cytokine production toward a Th1-like pattern. In this way, vaccine preparations consisting of hypoallergens could replace natural extracts and increase the efficacy and safety of SIT. Other promising approaches include protein fusions and synthetic peptides. Synthetic peptides containing T-cell epitopes were shown in clinical studies to be safe and to induce allergenspecific T-cell hyporesponsiveness. (Fig. 2) gives an overview of designed allergens to be used in immunotherapy of allergic diseases.
84
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
Fig 1 Possible advantages to the use of hypoallergens for specific immunotherapy. Low density of immunoglobulin E (IgE) epitopes would not trigger IgE-mediated side effects upon injection and bypass IgE-mediated allergen presentation, which leads to a Th2-biased immune response.
A. Hypoallergens The idea of modifying allergens to decrease their allergenicity (IgE binding activity) while preserving their antigenicity (T-cell reactivity) is not new. In fact, earlier studies showed that chemical modification of allergens (e.g., polyethylene glycol [PEG], glutaraldehyde, formaldehyde, etc,) could be used to abrogate IgE binding. Some of these preparations are available in clinical practice (Akdis and Blaser, 2000). More recent developments include chemical modification of allergens by conjugation with synthetic oligonucleotides containing immunostimulatory sequences from bacterial DNA (allergenISS conjugates). Allergen-ISS conjugates are promising therapeutics. In clinical trials, an Amb a 1-ISS preparation was shown to be safe and effective for treating ragweed-allergic patients. Recombinant DNA techniques offer the unique possibility of arbitrarily altering the nucleotide sequence of a gene to produce novel ‘‘mutant’’ proteins or genetically engineered proteins displaying altered properties. This is particularly interesting for the production of allergen mutants with predefined properties regarding allergenicity and antigenicity. Akdis et al. (1998) showed that bee venom phospholipase A2 (PLA)
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
85
Fig 2 Cartoon representation of customized allergens to improve specific immunotherapy. Examples of naturally occurring hypoallergens are scarce and cannot be widely explored. Modification of allergens can be accomplished by chemical means and by genetic engineering approaches. Synthetic peptides include mimotopes, B-cell epitope–derived nonanaphylactic peptides, and T-cell epitope–containing peptides.
86
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
preparations lacking the native conformation and antibody binding activity were exclusively presented by monocytes and induced a Th1-biased cytokine profile, leading to IgG4 production by B cells. In contrast, folded PLA with full antibody binding activity was processed and presented by B cells, stimulated Th2-like cytokines, and induced IgE antibodies. Thus, the three-dimensional structure of an antigen and its recognition by different APCs seem to be crucial aspects in the development of distinct patterns of T-cell cytokines. These findings give further support to the use of hypoallergens in SIT. 1. Chemically Modified Allergens a. Allergoids. The first attempts of chemically modify allergens and allergen extracts for use in SIT were preparations of aluminium hydroxide (alum)– precipitated aeroallergens or alum-precipitated pyridine extracts with the aim to retain allergens at the injection site. Other modifications such as emulsions of aqueous allergen extracts in mineral oil were also tested but were abandoned because of lack of proof of efficacy and concerns about noxious side effects. Further, urea-denatured, PEG conjugated, and poly d-glutamic acid:d-lysine– linked allergens were investigated for the potential to suppress IgE antibody production. However, clinical trials revealed that the specific IgE levels in these patients were not greatly diminished and specific IgG antibodies raised extensively (Akdis and Blaser, 2000; Middleton et al., 1993). In other approaches, oligomers were produced by chemical modification of allergens with glutaraldehyde or paraformaldehyde. These chemical modifications seem either to destroy or to mask structural B-cell epitopes, resulting in significantly reduced IgE binding activity but retained immunogenicity. These allergoids seem to be better tolerated by patients, because higher doses of antigen can be administered during SIT and consequently, fewer injections are necessary for successful treatment (Akdis and Blaser, 2000; Middleton et al., 1993). Another possibility of creating chemically modified allergens with reduced allergenic potential is carbamylation. Treating proteins with potassium cyanate at neutral pH levels leads to a transformation of the e-amino group of lysines into ureido groups. Thus, the native monomeric character of the allergens is preserved. The advantage is that monomeric allergoids can be administered to the organism not only subcutaneously, but also through a mucosal pathway. These allergoids can be produced either from allergenic extracts or from purified single allergens. In animal models, the allergoids induced IgG antibodies that recognized the native allergens (Mistrello et al., 1996). Commercially available allergoids are produced by chemical modification of allergen extracts with aldehydes and are available only for a limited panel of allergens. These allergoid preparations consist of bulky macromolecules with undefined structure and sequence. Even though the standardization of
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
87
allergen extracts has improved, the batch-to-batch reproducibility still remains suboptimal. A better approach would probably rely on the use of recombinant allergens for the production of allergoids. b. Maleylated Allergens. Many proteins are known to become ligands for scavenger receptors (SRs) when chemically modified to enhance their negative charges (Abraham et al., 1995). SRs are members of the so-called patternrecognition receptors (PRRs), which are expressed by APCs and are involved in the recognition of foreign ligands during early phases of the immune response (Gordon, 2002). SRs bind to various polyanionic ligands (e.g., oxidized low-density lipoprotein, maleylated proteins, polyguanylic acid, and fucoidin) and deliver them into the endolysosomal pathway. The enhancement of negative charges in proteins can be accomplished by alteration of the e-amino group of lysine residues with acetic acid or maleic anhydrides. It has been shown that maleylation of protein antigens converts them into SR ligands and their delivery through SRs results in increased immunogenicity with a dominant Th1-type immune response (Abraham et al., 1995; Singh et al., 1998). Therefore, specific targeting of allergens to SR represents an attractive approach to modulate allergen-specific immune responses. Maleylation of whole Orchard grass pollen proteins was reported to decrease IgE binding activity tested by immunoblots and to reduce skin reactivity (Cirkovic et al., 1999). A maleylated form of shrimp tropomyosin, a major cross-reacting crustacean food allergen, displayed reduced allergenicity as compared to the native counterpart (Rajagopal et al., 2000). Analysis of the cytokine profiles after stimulation of splenocytes isolated from Balb/c mice immunized with maleylated tropomyosin showed a dominant Th1 immune response. Similar results were obtained by targeting a Der p 1 peptide to macrophages via SR (Bhatia et al., 2002). In addition, SR targeting of the Der p 1 peptide and elicitation of Th1-dominant responses was also accomplished by simple coadsorption of the peptide with maleylated poly-l-lysine on alum (Bhatia et al., 2002). The possibility of coadsorption would be particularly interesting for the formulation of multivaccines for immunotherapy of patients allergic to several allergens. c. Allergen-ISS Conjugates (AIC). One of the lessons from DNA immunization (see Section IV) was that certain immunostimulatory sequences (ISSs) of bacterial DNA can deviate the normally occurring Th2 response to allergens toward a nonallergic Th1 response. Taking advantage of this knowledge, oligodeoxynucleotides (ODNs) containing ISS molecules (ISS-ODN) were conjugated to allergens and led to the design of a novel type of modified allergen (allergen-ISS conjugate [AIC]) for use in SIT (Tighe et al., 2000). The immunostimulatory property of bacterial DNA was discovered nearly 20 years ago (Tokunaga et al., 1984) and showed that bacterial DNA differs from that of mammalians in the frequency of CpG dinucleotides, which are
88
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
avoided in mammals (CpG suppression) and not methylated in bacteria. Studies with synthetic ODNs have revealed a hexameric consensus sequence for immunostimulatory CpG motifs consisting of a central CpG dinucleotide flanked by two purines at the 50 end and two pyrimidines at the 30 end (50 PuPuCGPyPy-30 ). It turned out that both base-sequence and backbone chemistry influence the immunostimulatory efficacy of individual CpG motifs, which also exhibit marked species specificity (Krieg, 2002). i. Recognition and Signal Transduction Induced by Immunostimulatory CpG DNA. The cellular events of activation of APCs by CpG DNA strikingly parallel those achieved with other microbial products. These substances are recognized by APCs via PRRs. PRRs were developed early in evolution and represent a mechanism of the innate immune system to signal ‘‘danger’’ based on structural surface characteristics that are shared by a variety of infectious agents but are absent on host cells. CpG-mediated intracellular signaling requires endocytosis of CpG DNA/toll-like receptor (TLR) complexes and acidification of endosomes. Signal transduction involves the myeloid differentiation factor MyD88, IRAK, and TRAF6, activation of IkB kinase, mitogenactivated protein kinases, the stress kinases N-terminal c-Jun kinases JNK1/2, and p38, and finally results in transcriptional activation of multiple genes involving ATF-2, AP-1 and nuclear factor-kB (NF-kB). Many immunoregulatory genes contain NF-kB–responsive elements in their promoter regions and inhibition of NF-kB abrogates CpG-mediated immune cell activation (Takeda et al., 2003). ii. Cellular Targets of CpG Action. Several immune cell species have been identified that respond to CpG DNA. These include B and T cells, natural killer (NK) cells, and APCs (dendritic cells and macrophages). The direct action on APCs is probably most important for the immunostimulatory effect of CpG DNA. These cells, when encountering CpG DNA, undergo dramatic physiological changes affecting both the immunoregulatory functions of the APC themselves and via secretion of cytokines the activation status of other immune cells. NK cells: Activated NK cells play an important role in the early phase of an immune reaction. These cells provide the majority of IFN-g before this cytokine is supplied in relevant concentrations by activated T cells. However, purified NK cells appear not to be activated directly by CpG DNA but are potently stimulated by type 1 interferons, IL-12, and tumor necrosis factor-a (TNF-a), which are secreted by macrophages and dendritic cells (DCs) in response to CpG DNA (Ballas et al., 1996). Macrophages: Macrophages are induced by CpG DNA to secrete a panel of cytokines, in particular type 1 interferons (IFN-a/b), IL-1b, TNF-a, IL-6, and IL-12. One of the features of interferons is to enhance the cytolytic activity of NK cells and in humans facilitate Th1 cell development by
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
89
promoting the expression of IL-12 receptor on these cells. IL-12 is a key cytokine for the development of cell-mediated immunity and the development of Th1-type immune reactions in general. In addition to these effects, CpG DNA increases the expression of several surface molecules on macrophages, such as major histocompatibility complex class I (MHC-I), intercellular adhesion molecule 1 (ICAM-1), CD40, or CD80/86. These molecules are involved in antigen presentation and activation of lymphocytes. The alterations triggered by CpG oligonucleotides have been shown to persist for a prolonged time (Kobayashi et al., 1999). DCs: DCs are unique in their ability to activate naive T lymphocytes, and therefore, play a key role as APC for the induction of a primary immune response. Similar to macrophages, bone marrow–derived DCs respond directly to CpG DNA by secretion of TNF-a, IL-6, and IL-12 and with increased levels of CD40, CD86, and MHC-II on their surface (Sparwasser et al., 1998). CpG motifs have been found that induce IFN-g and IFN-a production in human cells, and functionally distinct types of CpG motifs have been designed to specifically address immunocompetent cells (Krieg, 2002). T cells: The Th1-biased danger signal inherent to CpG DNA and acting on the innate immune system also has a fundamental influence on the Th1/Th2 balance. IFN-g promotes Th1 cells by enhancing IL-12 production by macrophages and expression of IL-12 receptors on CD4þ T cells. IL-12, in turn, mediates the differentiation of Th1 cells by activation of STAT4. Simultaneously, IFN-g suppresses the development of Th2 cells. Although many processes that occur after activation with various microbial products are strikingly similar, CpG DNA may be superior over other adjuvants because of its ability to trigger the release of large amounts of IL-12 (more than lipopolysaccharide) [LPS] [Cowdery et al., 1999]). Thus, comparing an adjuvant’s potential to induce IL-12 versus TNF-a (and IL-1) might provide a means for evaluating its applicability. iii. Preclinical Studies with Allergen-ISS Conjugates. Soon after the discovery of the Th1-inducing capacity of ISS-containing CpG motifs, experiments with model allergens proved that systemic or mucosal application of CpG-ODN led to reduction of IL-5 and inhibition of airway hyperesponsiveness and eosinophilia of the airway, lung parenchyma, and blood. The effect on T-cell cytokine production was proven to be indirect via stimulating APCs and NK cells to generate IL-12 and interferons. A single dose of CpG application was as effective as multiple injections of corticosteroids, but only CpG treatment was able to induce allergen-specific IFN-g production and balance a Th2-type response (Broide et al., 1998; Spiegelberg et al., 1998). The effect of CpG motifs was also tested in murine models using CpG-ODN coadministered with antigen. Treatment of previously sensitized animals with CpG-ODN prevented allergen-induced airway inflammation (Kline
90
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
et al., 1998). Using a protective approach with CpG-ODN coinjected with the major birch pollen allergen (Jahn-Schmid et al., 1999) and ragweed allergen (Sur et al., 1999), which was applied 48 hours before allergen challenge, confirmed the Th1-modulatory capacity of CpG motifs. The effects of CpGODN were sustained for several weeks and the reaction after boosting indicated a strong Th1-biased memory response. Although coinjection of allergens with CpG-ODN also induces Th1 responses, chemical coupling of the allergen to CpG-ODN proved superior, as demonstrated with the ragweed allergen Amb a 1 (Tighe et al., 2000). Synthetic phosphorothioate (but not phosphodiester)-ODN proved more effective concerning the desired Th1-inducing capacity (Jahn-Schmid et al., 1999; Parronchi et al., 1999). CpG-ODN conjugated to allergen can mask allergenic determinants, thus interfering with cross-linking of Fc IgE receptors on mast cells and basophils. Coupling the allergen to ISS-ODN also was superior to a mixture of CpGODN and allergen with respect to the immunogenicity profile. A possible explanation for this is that both the allergen and the CpG motifs are delivered together to the same APC for processing and induction of type 1 cytokine secretion. This proved to be the case since much less ISS-ODN in the form of an AIC was necessary to induce the same IgG2a antibody titer as compared to allergen CpG-ODN mixtures. AIC induced a Th1 response to the allergen, as shown by strong IgG2a and almost no IgE antibody production and antigenspecific IFN-g–secreting spleen cells (in contrast to control mice, which produced IgG1 and IgE antibodies and showed elevated levels of IL-5). Sensitization with allergen and treatment with AIC induced IgG2a antibodies without significantly increasing the IgE titer, and spleen cells from AICtreated mice showed significantly more IFN-g secretion than spleen cells from the control groups, both pointing to a therapeutic potential of AICs (Spiegelberg et al., 2002). The effects of AIC have also been tested in a mouse model of asthma (Shirota et al., 2000). Ovalbumin(OVA)-CpG-ODN conjugates were applied intratracheally and the effects on airway eosinophilia and airway hyperresponsiveness were studied. AIC reduced airway eosinophilia and hyperresponsiveness significantly more effectively than a mixture of OVA and CpG-ODN and the suppressive effect lasted for more than 2 months. In addition, the AIC induced a striking increase in IFN-g secretion by OVA activated lymph node cells and concomitantly decreased the IL-4 and IL-5 secretion, suggesting a switch from a Th2 to a Th1 anti-OVA T-cell response. These results were confirmed in a similar model system with the clinically relevant ragweed allergen Amb a 1 (Santeliz et al., 2002). Furthermore, CpG-ODN inhibited early and late phases of murine-allergic conjunctivitis after sensitization with short ragweed (Magone et al., 2000).
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
91
Whereas the protective capacity of AIC seems very effective under various conditions, therapeutic protocols dealing with balancing ongoing Th2-type responses were not successful in all cases. Prevaccination with CpG-ODN coapplied with the mosquito salivary antigen Aed a 2 inhibited the development of IgE antibodies after sensitization. However, an established Th2-type response was not influenced by administration of CpG-ODN together with recombinant Aed a 2 (Peng et al., 2001). The Th1-modulating capacity of CpG-ODN coupled to or mixed with the allergen obviously also depends on the antigenic and/or immunogenic nature of the allergen and the Th2-stimulating protocol (Hochreiter et al., 2001), and in the case of covaccination of allergen together with CpG-ODN, prepriming with CpG motifs apparently is superior over simultaneous application (Kobayashi et al., 1999). Experiments focused on the mechanisms by which AIC stimulates Th1-type responses show enhanced binding of AIC to DC, compared to native allergen, thereby improving the phagocytosis of the allergen-CpG-ODN conjugate. The enhanced binding was not sequence specific because AIC containing a non–CpG-ODN also bound better to DC than allergen without coupled ISS-DNA. However, the induction of type 1 cytokine secretion by DC occurred only with allergenDNA conjugates that contained CpG-ODN (Shirota et al., 2001). Based on the findings that DCs, like T cells, can be subgrouped into type 1 and type 2 cytokine-secreting cells and that DCs from atopic patients secrete more type 2 cytokines than DCs from nonallergic humans (Caron et al., 2001; Uchida et al., 2001), it may be of interest to determine the secretion profile of DCs from atopic patients after immunotherapy in general and especially after treatment with AIC. iv. Clinical Trials with AIC. The preclinical data obtained in mice and in in vitro studies with human lymphocytes, both indicating the Th1-stimulating potency of CpG motifs (Bohle et al., 1999; Marshall et al., 2001; Tighe et al., 2000), led to the development of an early phase clinical trial with patients suffering from ragweed seasonal allergic rhinitis. AIC with an average of four ISS-ODN conjugated per molecule of Amb a 1 was tested for safety, tolerability, and immune response in comparison to a licensed ragweed allergen extract in a phase I trail (Creticos et al., 2000). This clinical study with a quantitative intradermal procedure indicated that more than 100-fold higher quantities of Amb a 1 in the form of AIC were necessary to induce the same wheal and flare skin test reaction as native ragweed allergen. Preliminary data from early phase I/II clinical trials showed that the Amb a 1–specific IgE response was similar among study subjects who received subcutaneous injections of AIC and those who received placebo injections (Creticos et al., 2001; Dieudonne´ et al., 2001). In contrast, IgG anti–Amb a 1 antibody titers after six weekly injections with AIC appeared comparable to titers measured in sera from individuals who received immunotherapy for more than 1 year with licensed ragweed allergen
92
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
extracts. Additional phase II efficacy studies are underway to assess further the safety, immune response, and efficacy of AIC for immunotherapy of ragweed allergic rhinitis. Concluding, AIC seems to display the required features of modern vaccines for an improved SIT such as a high safety profile and strong immunogenicity. In addition, and in contrast to SIT with allergen extracts, the curative principle can be clearly attributed to the balancing of the allergic Th2-type response by counteracting with Th1-inducing stimuli. Whereas the mechanisms of conventional SIT are still poorly understood and controversially discussed, SIT with AIC uses an adjuvant agent with well-known and defined functional characteristics. However, it must be stated that despite encouraging preliminary data from initial clinical trials, most of the optimistic interpretations still originate from animal experiments. Moreover, most of these data come from experiments with model molecules such as ovalbumin or E. coli b-galactosidase. Both antigens are highly immunogenic and differ from clinically relevant allergens in many aspects. The main potential for harmful side effects of AIC, however, may result from the downstream events of CpG DNA, which are similar to those of other bacterial products, such as LPS. CpG DNA was able to induce septic shock symptoms, and it was found to synergize with LPS in the induction of TNF-a (Cowdery et al., 1996; Sparwasser et al., 1997). With respect to clinical trials, it must be emphasized that overwhelming Th1 immunity with forced application of CPG motifs or treatment with AIC holds the risk of potential promotion of autoimmunity (Segal et al., 1997). Profound knowledge of the immunogenic nature of the selected allergen, the proper choice of AIC dose, and vaccination protocols should help avoid these risks. 2. Naturally Occurring Hypoallergens Complementary DNA (cDNA) cloning of allergens showed that many major allergens are encoded by gene families. Sequence polymorphisms have been described for ragweed Amb a 1 (Griffith et al., 1991), hazel Cor a 1 (Breiteneder et al., 1993; Luttkopf et al., 2002), birch Bet v 1 (Swoboda et al., 1995), group 1 (Au et al., 2002; Chang et al., 1999) and group 5 grass allergens (Muller et al., 1998b; Wurtzen et al., 1999), apple Mal d 1 (Helsper et al., 2002; Son et al., 1999), celery Api g 1 (Hoffmann-Sommergruber et al., 2000), Parietaria Par j 1 (Duro et al., 1997), olive Ole e 1 (Gonzalez et al., 2002), group 1 and 2 dust mite allergens (Smith et al., 2001a, 2001b), latex Hev b 7 (Sowka et al., 1999), and cow dander Bos d 2 (Rautiainen et al., 2001). Despite extensive characterization of isoallergens at the DNA level, very little information is available about their relevance at the level of expressed protein. Analyses at the protein level were performed for Bet v 1 and Mal d 1 isoforms (Helsper et al., 2002;
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
93
Swoboda et al., 1995). The possibility that isoallergen sequences result from cloning artifacts cannot be ruled out, especially those obtained by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) cloning. In fact, this was shown to be the case for one Mal d 1 isoform (Helsper et al., 2002). Because of sequence variations, isoallergens might have different antigenic and/or allergenic activities. Differences in T-cell reactivity of isoforms have been reported for Cor a 1 (Schenk et al., 1994), Bet v 1 (Ferreira et al., 1996), Phl p 5 (Muller et al., 1998b; Wurtzen et al., 1999), and Der p 2 (Hales et al., 2002). Investigation of the IgE binding activity of isoallergens led to the identification of naturally occurring Bet v 1 hypoallergens (Ferreira et al., 1996). Isoforms Bet v 1d, Bet v 1g, and Bet v 11 were found to be highly antigenic in T-cell proliferation assays and low in their allergenic activities in vitro (Ferreira et al., 1996) and in vivo (Arquint et al., 1999). It is possible that the low IgE binding activity of these isoforms resulted from incorrect folding during the recombinant production. However, the crystal structure of the hypoallergenic isoform Bet v 11 was found (Markovic-Housley et al., 2003) and has been shown not to be significantly different from the structure of the high IgE binding isoform Bet v 1a (Gajhede et al., 1996). Thus, the low IgE binding activity of certain isoforms is not due to problems in the recombinant production leading to unfolded proteins. Such well-characterized molecules would be excellent candidates for specific immunotherapy. However, naturally occurring hypoallergens have not been identified for other allergen families. Instead, genetic engineering has been widely used to generate hypoallergens. 3. Engineered Hypoallergens Genetic engineering involves the targeted modification of a protein to alter its function or properties in a predictable manner. This requires the complete understanding of the relationship between structure and function/properties for precise and effective manipulation. Genes can be altered by changing specific base pairs (mutated gene), by introducing a new piece of DNA into the existing DNA molecule (chimeric or hybrid gene), by fusions (fused genes), and by deletions (truncated gene or fragments). With the exception of the DNA shuffling approach, which bypasses the need to identify amino acid residues or motifs that are important to structure and function, engineering of allergens usually requires knowledge of B- and T-cell epitopes and in some cases, the three-dimensional structure of the allergen. No matter how allergen genes have been altered, putative hypoallergens must be subjected to a series of in vitro and in vivo evaluation procedures before being considered for therapeutic purposes (Fig. 3). Presently, the allergen databank (www.allergen. org) from the Allergen Nomenclature Subcommittee of the International
94
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
Fig 3 Task tree for genetic engineering and evaluation of hypoallergenic molecules for specific immunotherapy. The DNA shuffling approach bypasses the need to identify B- and T-cell epitopes of allergens.
Union of Immunological Societies (IUIS) contains a list with more than 400 allergens and almost 200 isoallergens. For most of these allergenic proteins originating from various sources, the complete cDNA sequences have been determined and in some cases, the three-dimensional structures. This large number of available sequences goes parallel with an impressive number of
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
95
publications dealing with B- and T-cell epitopes of allergens. In the next sections, we discuss approaches for genetic engineering and provide examples of engineered allergens and their evaluation. Fragments and oligomeric hypoallergenic forms of Bet v 1 were the most extensively characterized preparations and are now in clinical trials. Unfortunately, no clinical evaluation of wild-type recombinant Bet v 1 in comparison with extracts and engineered hypoallergenic forms has been performed. a. Site-Directed Mutants. Knowledge of crucial amino acid residues or motifs involved in IgE recognition can be used to alter dominant epitopes by site-directed mutagenesis. Data showing that Bet v 1 and other closely related tree pollen allergens consist of a mixture of closely related isoforms displaying striking differences in their ability to bind IgE (Breiteneder et al., 1993; Ferreira et al., 1996) constitute the basis for engineering a full-length Bet v 1 hypoallergen (Ferreira et al., 1998). The patterns of amino acid substitutions in tree pollen isoallergens and their IgE binding activities were analyzed using a computer algorithm developed to predict functional residues in protein sequences. The amino acid residues occurring in positions 113, 57, 125, 112, 30, and 10 of Bet v 1a were substituted using in vitro site-directed mutagenesis by those present in the same positions of low IgE binding isoforms. In this way, a Bet v 1 mutant carrying six point mutations was produced, which displayed extremely low IgE binding activity for all patients tested. In vivo (skin prick) tests indicated that the potency of the six-point mutant to induce typical urticarial skin reactions in allergic individuals was dramatically reduced (100- to 1000-fold) compared to Bet v 1a. T-cell clones (TCCs) established from the peripheral blood of birch pollen–allergic patients and reactive with Bet v 1a were also activated by the six-point mutant. IgE recognition of a group of calcium-binding allergens found in various pollens is influenced by bound calcium. This led to the idea of disruption of the EF-hand calcium-binding domains for engineering hypoallergenic mutants. In this way, calcium-binding-deficient mutants of Bet v 4 (Engel et al., 1997) and Bra r 1 (Okada et al., 1998) with reduced IgE binding activities were generated. However, data concerning T-cell recognition of calcium-binding allergens and their engineered counterparts are not available. B- and T-cell epitope mapping and sequence comparison of group 5 allergens from different grasses provided the basic information for introducing point mutations in highly conserved sequence domains of Lol p 5. Hypoallergenic forms of Lol p 5 were produced containing all relevant T-cell epitopes (Swoboda et al., 2002). Likewise, hypoallergenic variants of latex Hev b 5 (Beezhold et al., 2001), apple Mal d 1 (Son et al., 1999), egg Gal d 1 (Mine et al., 2003), and peanut Ara h 1, Ara h 2, and Ara h 3 (Bannon et al., 2001) were also generated by site-directed mutagenesis. Modified peanut allergens retained the ability to stimulate T-cell proliferation using peripheral blood
96
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
mononuclear cells (PBMC) from allergic patients. In addition, peanut hypoallergens have been tested in a murine model of peanut anaphylaxis (Li et al., 2003) and shown to be effective. Hypoallergenic variants of the major allergen of Par j 1 displaying altered conformation were constructed (Bonura et al., 2001). Par j 1 is a member of the nonspecific lipid transfer proteins (nsLTPs) with a characteristic a-a-a-a-b structure that is stabilized by four disulfide bonds (Colombo et al., 1998). Targeting these disulfide bonds by site-directed mutagenesis resulted in molecules with altered conformation and decreased IgE binding activity but also activated allergen-specific T cells. Disruption of the native conformation by targeting disulfide bonds could be an approach generally used for engineering allergenic nsLTPs, including food-derived members. Disulfide bonds stabilizing the antigenic structure of major allergens of house dust mites were also targeted by site-directed mutagenesis. Hypoallergenic variants of Der p 2 (Smith and Chapman, 1996), Der f2 (Takai et al., 1997), and Lep d 2 (Eriksson et al., 2001; Kronqvist et al., 2001) were produced and evaluated for their IgE-mediated reactions and cellular responses. One potential problem when targeting the conformation of allergens might be the solubility of the final product, because denatured or unfolded proteins tend to form aggregates. Protein preparations consisting of aggregates are not suitable candidates for vaccine development. b. Deletion Mutants. Hypoallergenic variants can be engineered by deleting DNA segments in the gene corresponding to IgE binding epitopes. This approach was successfully used for the timothy grass pollen allergen Phl p 5b (Schramm et al., 1999). Epitope mapping was performed using overlapping recombinant fragments and at least four continuous IgE binding epitopes were identified. Deletions avoiding identified T-cell epitopes were then performed within these IgE binding regions. Some of these deletion mutants showed reduced IgE binding properties, no histamine-releasing activity, reduced skin reactivity, and no significant changes in T-cell reactivity. A similar approach was used to engineer hypoallergens of the American cockroach Per a 1 allergen (Wu et al., 2002). Based on the results obtained by proteolytic fingerprinting, a deletion mutant of ryegrass Lol p 1 was produced, which displayed decreased IgE binding activity and did not trigger histamine release up to a concentration of 10 mg/ml (Tamborini et al., 1997). This mutant was not tested in T-cell proliferation assays and for skin reactivity. c. Fragments. The disruption of the three-dimensional structure by fragmentation could be a useful approach to reduce the anaphylactic potential of allergens. IgE epitopes can be formed by a stretch of amino acids in a row (continuous epitopes) or by nonadjacent sequence elements brought together by folding (discontinuous or conformation-dependent epitopes). IgE recognition of continuous epitopes might also depend on their conformation, which
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
97
might only occur in the context of the folded allergen molecule. The threedimensional structure of Bet v 1 was disrupted by expressing in E. coli two fragments of the cDNA corresponding to amino acids 1–74 and 75–160 (Vrtala et al., 1997). The fragments exhibited random coil conformation and almost no allergenicity. Together, the fragments harbored all relevant T-cell epitopes. Skin reactivity and histamine release were greatly reduced when compared to the native intact Bet v 1 allergen (Pauli et al., 1999; van Hage-Hamsten et al., 1999). Further, immunization of mice and rabbits with Bet v 1 fragments induced IgG antibodies that inhibited binding of IgE from allergic patients to wild-type Bet v 1 (Vrtala et al., 2000). Clinical trials now show the efficacy of vaccines based on Bet v 1 fragments for immunotherapy of birch pollen–allergic patients. Nonanaphylactic fragments of the major house dust mite allergen Der f 2 were produced by C- and N-terminal deletions and were mixed after separate refolding of the denatured fragments (Takai et al., 1999). Fragments of the calciumbinding allergens Bet v 4 (Twardosz et al., 1997) and Aln g 4 (Hayek et al., 1998) and an N-terminal fragment of Lol p 1 from ryegrass (Tamborini et al., 1997) also showed decreased IgE binding activities. However, they were not investigated concerning T-cell reactivity and immunogenicity. d. Oligomers. Vrtala et al. (1999) constructed oligomeric forms of the major birch pollen allergen Bet v 1. Two or three copies of the full-length Bet v 1 molecule were linked by short spacers, expressed in E. coli, and purified to homogeneity. In vitro studies using patients sera showed comparable IgE binding for the rBet v 1 monomer, dimer, and trimer, whereas the trimer demonstrated profoundly reduced histamine release of patients’ basophils compared to the monomer. This reduced anaphylactic potential was verified in vivo by skin testing of birch pollen–allergic patients. When compared to the Bet v 1 monomer, the Bet v 1 trimer induced similar proliferation and cytokine production upon stimulation of Bet v 1–specific TCCs. In vivo studies in animal models showed the ability of the Bet v 1 trimer to induce IgG blocking antibodies, which inhibit binding of human IgEs to rBet v 1 (Pauli et al., 1999; van Hage-Hamsten et al., 1999; Vrtala et al., 2001). As for the Bet v 1 fragments, clinical trials are also underway with the Bet v 1 trimer. It will be interesting to compare the efficacy and safety of the different hypoallergenic preparations of Bet v 1. e. Chimeras. King et al. (2001) reported an approach to genetically modify allergens in which hybrids are prepared consisting of a small portion of the guest allergen of interest and a large portion of a homologous but weakly crossreacting host protein. The idea is that the homologous host protein serves as a scaffold to maintain the native structure of the guest allergen of interest to preserve conformational-dependent B-cell epitopes, but at a reduced density. The homologous allergens from yellow jacket venom Ves v 5 and from paper
98
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
wasp Pol a 5 (59% sequence identity) show very limited cross-reactivity of antibodies from sensitized patients. Hybrids of these two molecules containing 10–49 residues of Ves v 5 showed a 100- to 3000-fold reduction in allergenicity determined by histamine release assays with basophils from yellow jacket– sensitized patients. Such an approach could be employed for several allergens with known homologs displaying low allergenic activity. Whether injections of such hybrids would induce novel IgE specificities remains to be established. A promising approach to generate allergen chimeras is DNA shuffling. When regions of a protein that are critical for structure and/or function are known, site-directed mutagenesis is an appropriate and well-established approach to create molecules with desired properties. Unfortunately the information required for such a rational approach in protein design cannot always be provided. Therefore, within the last decade a new DNA-based recombination technique termed DNA shuffling has gained prominence. DNA shuffling was demonstrated to be superior over alternative random mutagenesis techniques such as error-prone PCR or degenerate cassette mutagenesis (Patten et al., 1997; Punnonen, 2000). The ambition of this in vitro evolution process is to mimic and profoundly accelerate natural design processes and to guide them in a certain direction accomplished by selective screening. The DNA shuffling technique itself comprises the fragmentation of two or more related genes and their random reassembly, followed by an amplification step. Because of sequence similarities of the parental genes, the gene fragments can form areas of recombination during the ‘‘shuffling’’ process, which results in the generation of new full-length genes. Libraries created in this way consist of highly diverse sequences and can be subjected to a diversity of screening procedures for the selection of molecules fulfilling the desired requirements (Stemmer, 1994a, 1994b). This trend toward in vitro protein evolution is also reflected in the literature, where many publications describing superior molecules are becoming available. The DNA shuffling technique has been successfully applied to generate improved variants of enzymes, proteases, antibodies, viral gene therapy vehicles, and cytokines (Kurtzman et al., 2001; Leong et al., 2003; Raillard et al., 2001; Soong et al., 2000). Because of the enormous potential of this technique, procedures for optimal shuffling have been intensively investigated. Consequently, a large panel of DNA shuffling techniques have been developed using enzymebased approaches such as different endonucleolytic or restriction enzyme digestion protocols or primer-based methods (Kikuchi et al., 1999; Kurtzman et al., 2001). Following these techniques, parameters as the number of template sequences, the degree of sequence homology among the templates, and the number of crossovers per kilobase DNA can be adapted to particular needs.
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
99
DNA shuffling seems to be an ideal strategy to be exploited for generating novel allergy therapeutics and improved tools for allergy diagnosis. In terms of allergy treatment, reduced IgE binding capacity and conserved T-cell– activating properties are two critical demands. Diminished IgE reactivity could be achieved by minimizing either the number of epitopes per shuffled molecule to zero or one that would avoid cross-linking of IgE receptors on effector cells. Further, the affinity of IgE antibodies toward these epitopes could be reduced. Nevertheless, the shuffled products should be able to influence the T-cell population of an allergic individual by either shifting the typical Th2 toward a Th1 response or inducing T-cell tolerance. Considering cross-reactive allergens, the generation of allergen chimeras associating T-cell epitopes from several allergens but at the same time with extremely reduced anaphylactic potential also becomes possible by applying DNA family shuffling. Chimeric proteins obtained by family shuffling could be beneficial not only for allergy treatment but also for diagnostics, especially when considering allergens with superior IgE binding activities (Crameri et al., 1998; Ferreira et al., 2002; Punnonen, 2000). In a preliminary experiment, a group of pollen allergens derived from birch, hazel, and alder pollen, all belonging to the highly cross-reactive Bet v 1 family, were selected for DNA family shuffling. The resulting chimeric allergens were shown to be composed of several epitopes derived from different parental genes. Interesting results were obtained regarding the IgE reactivity of the chimeric Bet v 1 molecules when tested with birch pollen–allergic patients’ sera. In these experiments, candidate molecules showing either elevated or diminished IgE binding activity compared to the parental proteins could be identified. The antigenicity of the chimeric Bet v 1 molecules was comparable to that of wild-type Bet v 1a, as determined by in vitro T-cell proliferation assays using T-cell lines from Bet v 1–sensitized mice and Bet v 1–specific T-cell lines derived from birch pollen–allergic individuals (Wallner et al., 2002; Ferreira, 2003, unpublished data). A. Synthetic Peptides In principle, synthetic peptides could be used in three approaches of SIT. Nonanaphylactic peptides derived from surface-exposed areas and comprising IgE binding epitopes of allergens could be used for immunization aiming at the induction of blocking IgG antibodies. The same idea is behind the concept of mimotopes: synthetic peptides mimicking IgE-binding epitopes of allergens. Some aspects could limit the use of peptides corresponding to B-cell epitopes. In general, peptides are not good antigens and induce poor antibody responses. The application of suitable carriers or multimerization could be used to improve their immunogenicity, although multimerization might also increase the risk of IgE cross-linking events. In addition, the opinion that
100
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
blocking IgG antibodies has beneficial effects could be challenged, because many mast cells are present on the mucosa, and thus, IgE would encounter the allergen before it could be captured by IgG antibodies. Very promising is the approach using peptides containing T-cell epitopes. Clinical studies have shown their applicability and effectiveness in inducing T-cell hyporesponsiveness. 1. B-cell Epitope–Derived Peptides Fragmentation of allergenic molecules offers a possibility to convert these proteins into hypoallergenic derivatives. First, developments in this direction were done some decades ago when low-molecular-weight allergen fragments were produced by proteolytic digestion of allergen extracts. The idea was to destroy IgE epitopes and to create peptides unable to cross-link effector cell–bound IgE (Valenta et al., 1999b). In principle, one can differentiate between two types of B-cell epitopes, conformational and continuous epitopes. By epitope mapping and structural analysis, one could identify those areas responsible for IgE binding to an allergen. For the Phl p 1 allergen, five continuous IgE epitopes were identified by gene fragmentation. These epitopes represented only a portion of the Phl p 1 B cell epitopes. However, it was demonstrated that grass pollen–allergic patients mounted protective IgG antibodies against these fragments after receiving SIT immunotherapy with grass pollen extracts (Ball et al., 1999a). In another study, nonanaphylactic peptides based on identified B-cell epitopes of Phl p 1 were synthesized. All peptides lacked secondary or tertiary structure as determined by nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) analysis. The low allergenicity of these peptides was demonstrated by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), basophil histamine release, and skin prick tests. In animal models, the synthetic peptides were able to induce IgG antibodies that recognized intact Phl p 1 and inhibited binding of human IgE antibodies to the native allergen (Focke et al., 2001). 2. T-cell Epitope–Containing Peptides Peptide-based immunotherapy uses peptide fragments containing T-cell– reactive epitopes instead of complete allergen molecules. In principle, these peptides are unable to cross-link two IgE molecules necessary to activate mast cells but can induce allergen-specific T-cell hyporesponsiveness (Briner et al., 1993; Tarzi and Larche, 2003). Earlier studies with two relatively long peptides (27 amino acids) of the major cat allergen Fel d 1 showed some clinical efficacy for cat-allergic patients. However, the approach was associated with a high frequency of adverse reactions, both immediate and late-onset symptoms (Norman et al., 1996). The immediate reactions very likely resulted from cross-linking of IgE. Using shorter peptides to avoid IgE cross-linking, a number of studies were performed in which peptides were administered to
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
101
allergic asthmatic subjects (Haselden et al., 1999; Oldfield et al., 2001, 2002). At higher peptide doses, MHC-restricted activation of allergen-specific T cells led to late asthmatic reactions. Because these peptides were not capable of inducing in vitro histamine release from basophils and acute bronchoconstriction, the observed reactions were assumed to be independent of IgE. Rechallenge with peptides was associated with a marked reduction of the late asthmatic reaction and in the in vitro proliferation/cytokine production of PBMC, suggesting the induction of a state of allergen-specific hyporesponsiveness, or tolerance. To evaluate the potential of allergen-derived peptides as a form of immunotherapy for cat allergy, a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial was performed with a mixture of 12 peptides generated from the sequence of Fel d 1. The study showed statistically significant reductions in early and late-phase skin reactions to allergen and a reduction of Th1 and Th2 cytokines in PBMC after allergen stimulation. The reduction in the skin reactions to allergen was accompanied by an increase in PBMC-derived IL-10 production, suggesting a role of regulatory T cells in tolerance induced by peptides. Short peptides from phospholipase A2, the major allergen of bee venom, were also clinically evaluated (Muller et al., 1998a). Successfully treated patients showed an immunomodulation toward the whole allergen with specific T-cell anergy and a decrease in specific IgE/IgG4 ratio. More recently, a doubleblind, placebo-controlled phase I clinical trial in patients allergic to bee venom was conducted to evaluate long synthetic overlapping peptides (LSPs) derived from phospholipase A2 sequence (Fellrath et al., 2003). The results demonstrated that LSPs were safe and induced Th1-type immune deviation, allergen-specific IL-10 production, and T-cell hyporesponsiveness. Together, all these results indicate that allergen peptide immunotherapy might be an effective and safe alternative to conventional SIT. 3. Mimotopes Artificial peptide structures mimicking natural antibody binding epitopes of an allergen, the so called mimotopes, have been described for the major birch pollen allergen Bet v 1. These peptides were obtained from phage libraries, which displayed random peptides of defined length fused to phage surface proteins. In this way, phage ligands for the monoclonal mouse anti-Bet v 1 IgG BIP 1, termed Bet mim 1, and for a pool of polyclonal patients’ IgEs, termed Bet mim E, were selected (Jensen-jarolim et al., 1998). Because most B-cell epitopes are conformational, these two peptide mimotopes were modeled on the three-dimensional structure of Bet v 1. The mimotope Bet mim E was found to cover an area assembled by the amino acids 9–22 and 104–113, which are found in proximity on the surface of Bet v 1. This correlates with the data obtained by Ferreira et al. (1998) where they identified six amino acid positions crucial for IgE binding to Bet v 1. Three out of these six amino acids are
102
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
within the area deduced for IgE binding by Bet mim E. A possible therapeutic use of such mimotopes could be the induction of IgG blocking antibodies in patients sensitized to a single allergen. This was shown by in vitro studies using sera from mice immunized with Bet v 1 IgE mimotopes attached to the surface of phages. These mice produced IgG antibodies, which could drastically reduce human IgE binding toward Bet v 1 (Ganglberger et al., 2000, 2001b). For the use of mimotope-based vaccines in humans, phages might not represent the ideal vector. Although phages are immunogenic vectors and the mimotopes presented on the phage surface remain in a stable conformation, phages could infect E. coli cells in the gut of the patient, which might have unforeseeable consequences. Further, hundreds of mimotopic peptides are presented on a single phage particle and the application of phages as immunogenic vectors might be associated with a high risk because of crosslinking of membrane-bound IgE on effector cells. Therefore, mimotopes bound to the surface of a streptococcal albumin-binding protein were tested. With this system, the mimotopes retain the same conformation as on the phage particles, protein also serves as an immunogenic vector, and the mimotopes are presented in a monovalent manner, which would reduce the risk of IgE cross-linking (Ganglberger et al., 2001a). Mimotopes have not only been identified for Bet v 1 but also for Bet v 2, Der p 1, and group 1 grass pollen allergens (Furmonaviciene et al., 1999; Leitner et al., 1998; Suphioglu et al., 2001). Approaches using mimotopic peptides will certainly help identify more structural B-cell epitopes on allergens. Also, therapeutic applications with these molecules would seem possible. A. Protein Fusions An alternative approach consisting of a fusion of two unrelated allergens from the same species was implemented in a study with the timothy grass pollen allergens Phl p 1, Phl p 2, Phl p 5, and Phl p 6 (Linhart et al., 2002). Dimeric fusion molecules (rP2-P6, rP6-P2, and rP5-P1) were constructed, which showed similar secondary structures as equimolar mixes of the individual allergens, as determined by far-UV CD. IgE inhibition experiments revealed that the fusions represent the full spectrum of B-cell epitopes and all three fusions induced strong proliferative response in PBMCs from grass pollen–allergic patients. It was also observed that the immunogenicity of these hybrids was altered compared to the parental allergens. Molecules showing low immunogenicity as monomers displayed increased potential of T-cell stimulation as fusion partners. These findings offer novel possibilities in terms of SIT. Because allergen extracts used for immunotherapy bear not only the risk of de novo sensitization toward new allergens, also the different allergens administered are not equally efficient in stimulating the human immune system. The latter seems true also for equimolar combinations of
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
103
recombinant allergens. By fusing grass pollen allergens, it was possible to increase the immunogenicity of allergens displaying weak immunogenic activity, which seems ideal for combinatorial allergy vaccines. IV. Customized Allergen DNA Vaccines
A number of preclinical studies proved the enormous potential of DNA immunization for the treatment of allergy. The antiallergic effect of DNA vaccines can be clearly attributed to the recruitment of Th1 cells and the establishment of a balancing Th1-biased cytokine milieu, and because of their unique features, DNA vaccines enable both preventive and therapeutic applications. A major selling point for DNA vaccines is their high safety profile. The lack of viral antigens (like with viral vector vaccines) and serious side effects in animals and humans makes them attractive, especially when multiple immunizations are required. However, critics have been raising a concern of the hypothetical possibility that plasmid DNA could integrate into the genome of the transfected host cell with the risk of tumorigenesis, for example, through inactivation of tumor suppressor genes. Several studies have addressed this concern and have concluded that integration would occur at a rate that is several orders of magnitude below the rate of spontaneous mutations (Martin et al., 1999). A. Short Introduction into DNA Vaccines DNA vaccines, also called genetic vaccines, introduced a new era in vaccine research and development in the 1990s (Tang et al., 1992; Ulmer et al., 1993). The principles underlying this new generation of vaccines differ significantly from those of former generations of vaccines. Instead of an antigen itself, the genetic information for a particular protein is delivered. After injection of the gene of interest, host cells take up the DNA. The encoded gene is subsequently transcribed and translated and the newly synthesized protein is processed and presented to the immune system. DNA vaccines not only carry the genetic information for the antigen of interest but also deliver an adjuvant effect as a result of the presence of immunostimulatory CpG motifs within the bacterial backbone (see Section III). Considering the similarity of the cellular events to the endogenous pathways preceding antiviral immune responses, it was originally postulated that this new technology would be useful only for vaccination against viral infections (Ulmer et al., 1993). However, within a few years after the first reports of this new generation of vaccines, the number of publications describing the usefulness of DNA vaccines soared. They demonstrated their effectiveness in a wide variety of disease models including protective immunity against bacterial and
104
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
parasitic infections and offered new perspectives for the treatment of cancer, autoimmunity, and allergic diseases (Donnelly et al., 1997; Gurunathan et al., 2000; Leitner and Thalhamer, 2003). Various strategies have been developed to modulate the immune response after DNA immunization, such as (1) modification of the vector by inserting or deleting various regulatory sequences and optimization of promoters, (2) codelivery of genes or adjuvant molecules with regulatory and/or stimulatory properties such as costimulatory molecules [e.g., B7-1, B7-2], adhesion molecules [ICAM-1, leukocyte function–associated antigen-3], or cytokines (e.g., granulocyte–macrophage colony-stimulating factor, IFN-g, IL-2), and (3) employing different methods and sites of vaccine delivery. All of these possibilities, either as single approaches or in combination, led the way for new approaches to vaccine development and basic immunological research (Gurunathan et al., 2000; Leitner et al., 2001). B. History and Development of Allergen DNA Vaccines Immunotherapeutic approaches for the treatment of allergic diseases are generally aimed at either inducing tolerance or redirecting the immune response toward a Th1-type reaction. For the latter strategy, DNA immunization has already yielded promising results. In the initial proof-of-principle experiment, a DNA vaccine encoding the model antigen b-galactosidase was employed (Raz et al., 1996). Intradermal DNA immunization of BALB/c mice elicited a typical Th1-biased humoral immune response with elevated IgG2a antibody levels. CD4þ T cells isolated from immunized animals secreted IFN-g, but no IL-4 or IL-5. In contrast, immunization with protein stimulated a predominant Th2-type response characterized by high IgG1 levels, IgE production, and IL-4 and IL-5 expression. Injection of the DNA vaccine before protein immunization prevented IgE formation, and moreover, DNA application after protein immunization elicited a therapeutic effect. In the same year, the protective antiallergic effect of DNA vaccines was demonstrated for the first time using a clinically relevant allergen, the dust mite protein Der p 5. This DNA construct prevented IgE synthesis in rats (Hsu et al., 1996). Furthermore, preimmunization with the DNA vaccine reduced histamine release in bronchoalveolar fluids and airway hyperresponsiveness after challenge with aerosolized allergen. Transfer experiments indicated an important role not only for CD4þ T cells but also a supportive role for CD8þ T cells in mediating antiallergic effects. A number of clinically relevant allergens have been tested in DNA vaccine studies. Several publications confirmed the protective and/or therapeutic potential of DNA vaccines with constructs encoding the allergens b-lactoglobulin (Adel-Patient et al., 2001), Der p 1 and 2 (Jacquet et al., 2003; Kwon et al., 2001; Wolfowicz et al., 2003), Der f 11 (Peng et al., 2002), Bet v 1 (Hartl et al.,
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
105
1999a; Hochreiter et al., 2003), and Art v 1 (Bauer et al., 2003). Furthermore, DNA immunization has been shown to reduce anaphylaxis after oral gene delivery of chitosan-DNA nanoparticles encoding the dominant peanut allergen Ara h 2 (Roy et al., 1999). In sum, these publications demonstrate that simple DNA constructs encoding the wild-type allergen gene without further modifications fulfill the basic requirements and can be immunogenic and effective in the protection and treatment of allergies. However, there is still much room for improvement not only in terms of efficacy but also regarding the safety of such vaccines. These aspects are summarized in Fig. 4. C. Strategies to Increase Safety of Allergy DNA Vaccines A major drawback of SIT is the common occurrence of side effects, essentially anaphylactic reactions induced by cross-linking of preexisting IgE antibodies on mast cells. Moreover, the injection of high doses of antigen can lead to
Fig 4 Task tree for the construction of gene vaccines with optimized safety and immunogenicity profiles. GV, gene vaccine; MIDGE, minimalistic immunogenic defined expression vector.
106
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
anaphylaxis during the course of treatment via stimulation of ‘‘therapy-induced’’ IgE antibodies. Both reasons for these unwanted side effects are prevented by general features of DNA vaccines. The amount of translated antigen after DNA immunization in the skin comes to at least three to five orders of magnitude lower than the amount of protein injected during a typical SIT protocol. Because of the Th1-biased immune response type of intradermal or intramuscular application of DNA vaccines, de novo synthesis of IgE antibodies is inhibited. Furthermore, the high purity of the DNA vaccine avoids the induction of new allergic reactions via cross-reacting impurities, a possibly drastically underrated problem of SIT with allergen extracts. Nevertheless, before entering clinical trials, several concerns must be addressed: (1) the danger of systemic immune responses with side effects resulting from widespread distribution of the DNA vaccine transcript in various host tissues after immunization (Slater et al., 1998), (2) induction of autoimmune responses resulting from excessive Th1 immune activation induced by DNA vaccination, and (3) anaphylactic side effects as described for SIT, which are caused by preexisting and/or newly generated IgE antibodies. To overcome these concerns, strictly allergen-specific vaccination protocols inducing mild Th1-type responses and the creation of hypoallergenic DNA vaccines are required. This necessitates the development of optimized DNA vaccines with respect to immunogenicity and safety. 1. DNA Vaccines Translating Hypoallergenic Allergen Derivatives To increase the safety of DNA vaccines for allergies, the translation of native allergenic determinants must be avoided to prevent anaphylactic responses. These responses are caused by cross-linking of preexisting or vaccine-induced IgE antibodies on mast cells. However, to guarantee the recruitment of allergen-specific Th1 cells, T-cell epitopes on the protein must not be destroyed. Using the major birch pollen allergen Bet v 1, we evaluated two approaches to meet these requirements: (1) cutting the allergen gene into overlapping fragments, which lack any antigenic determinant of the native allergen but display the original repertoire of T-cell epitopes, and (2) using artificial hypoallergenic derivatives. For this purpose, DNA vaccines coding for two hypoallergenic Bet v 1 fragments (Vrtala et al., 2000) and for an artificial hypoallergenic Bet v 1 mutant (Ferreira et al., 1998) have been constructed. Vaccination with both types of vaccine was protected in an antigen-specific manner from IgE production and IgE-mediated cell release after repeated sensitization with recombinant allergen. Compared to the wild-type DNA vaccine that stimulates a strong humoral response, the DNA vaccine encoding the hypoallergenic mutant of Bet v 1 triggered a reduced and transient
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
107
antibody response against wild-type Bet v 1, thus indicating the altered allergenic and immunogenic properties of the mutant allergen. The vaccine encoding the two hypoallergenic fragments of Bet v 1 stimulated no antibody response against Bet v 1, confirming that the fragments do not display allergy-associated epitopes present on the entire wild-type Bet v 1 molecule. However, the fragment vaccine triggered the recruitment of Bet v 1–specific Th1 cells as indicated by IgG2a antibodies, IgE suppression, and antigenspecific IFN-g production after sensitization with the native allergen. A therapeutic approach with sensitization followed by DNA immunization with the fragment-DNA vaccines revealed a remarkable and sustained antigenspecific reduction of IgE and IgE-mediated release thus, confirming the excellent therapeutic capacity of this type of DNA vaccine (Hochreiter et al., 2003). 2. Ubiquitination: A Routine Strategy to Produce Hypoallergenic DNA Vaccines Knowledge-based approaches to reduce anaphylactic properties of proteins by fragmentation or deliberate mutation, as described earlier, are time consuming and their suitability must be tested on a case-by-case basis. Therefore, we used ubiquitination of DNA vaccines as an alternative to develop a routine approach for destroying IgE binding epitopes on allergens in order to avoid recognition by preexisting IgE antibodies. Simultaneously, any T-cell epitope of the allergen would be preserved. This approach takes advantage of the fact that ubiquitination leads to proteasomal degradation of translated gene products. Resulting peptides are then transported by the Tap1/Tap2 heterodimer into the endoplasmic reticulum (ER), where they associate with MHC-I molecules and b2-microglobulin, which are in turn delivered to the cell surface for recognition by CD8þT cells. By still not fully understood cross-priming mechanisms, peptide epitopes can gain access to the MHC-II presentation pathway and activate CD4þT cells (Bristol et al., 2000). Under normal conditions, only a small percentage of plasmid-encoded proteins become ubiquitinated after DNA immunization. Stably linking ubiquitin to the antigen of interest has been demonstrated to efficiently channel the hybrid protein into the polyubiquitination pathway. As a result, the immune response is shifted toward a Th1-type, and simultaneously, antibody reactions are abolished while cytotoxic T-cell responses are enhanced (Rodriguez et al., 1997). To take advantage of this mechanism, we constructed a DNA vaccine encoding a Bet v 1-ubiquitin fusion molecule. Immunization with this vector yielded no antibody production (confirming the expected degradation of the allergen) but resulted in a 100% suppression of IgE antibodies and IgE-mediated cell release in a protective experimental design. In a therapeutic setting, IgE production and IgE-mediated cell release
108
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
after sensitization markedly reduced treatment with the DNA vaccine, thus clearly demonstrating the antiallergic efficacy of hypoallergenic ubiquitin-fusion constructs (Hartl et al., 2004; Leitner and Thalhamer, 2003). 3. Vaccine Dose Reduction with Self-Replicating Vaccines Independent from these approaches, which led to an optimized safety profile of allergy gene vaccines, the high amount of plasmid DNA necessary for intramuscular or intradermal needle injection remains a weak point of DNA vaccines for allergy treatment. Using a biolistic device (such as the gene gun) enables the induction of strong immune responses with 100-fold lower quantities of plasmid DNA compared to needle injection. Unfortunately, immunization with gene gun results in a serological Th2-biased immune response with the production of high amounts of IgG1 and even IgE antibodies (Feltquate et al., 1997; Hochreiter et al., 2001; Weiss et al., 2002). These facts make the biolistic devices useless or at least questionable for any application concerning protection and/or therapy of allergic diseases. The principle of self-replicating RNA offered a solution of the dose problem and led to the development of a novel type of genetic vaccines. The genome of alphaviruses encodes a replicase enzyme used by the virus to efficiently replicate the viral genome inside the host cell cytoplasm. In theory, host cells only need to pick up a single molecule of this self-replicating RNA and still produce sufficient amounts of antigen to induce an immune response. It has been previously shown that antigen production in cells transfected with selfreplicating RNA is rather independent of the amount of RNA or DNA used for transfection (Leitner et al., 2000). Similar to the infection of cells with alphaviruses, the transfection of mammalian cells with self-replicating RNA that is based on alphaviral replicase causes host cell apoptosis (Ying et al., 1999). This is believed to be a protective response of the host cell attempting to limit viral spread. Therefore, it is assumed that self-replicating RNA vaccines achieve their high effectiveness by safely mimicking a viral infection of the transfected host cells. This might trigger powerful antiviral host pathways that would enhance the immune response to the antigen encoded by the self-replicating RNA. RNA stability still remains a problem for these vaccines during in vitro production. To facilitate and simplify vaccine production and handling, as well as the storage requirements for RNA, the sequence of the self-replicating RNA molecule is reverse transcribed into DNA and cloned into a conventional DNA plasmid. Now, the self-replicating RNA is produced from this plasmid by transfected cells using a conventional promoter. DNA replicons have successfully been applied in tumor models (Leitner et al., 2003; Ying et al., 1999) with humoral and cellular immune reactions displaying Th1-biased profiles. The Th1-type response was not induced by CpG motifs within the plasmid DNA
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
109
because the amount of plasmid DNA used for immunization with DNA replicons (10 ng to 1 mg plasmid DNA) is far less than the effective concentration of Th1-inducing CpG motifs. The Th1-biased danger signals obviously come from the initiation of the antiviral defense pathways of mammalian cells and from activation of APCs via ISSs displayed during apoptosis (Kibler et al., 1997; Restifo, 2000). Intradermal injection of nanogram quantities of a DNA replicon vaccine encoding b-galactosidase is sufficient to trigger a Th1-biased immune response as indicated by IgG2a antibody and IFN-g expression correlated with lacking IgE production and IL-5. Fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS) analysis revealed both CD4þ and CD8þ as the IFN-g–producing cells. Moreover, two injections of DNA replicons were sufficient to protect against the induction of an allergic immune response after sensitization with recombinant b-galactosidase. Vaccination induced 100% inhibition of cross-linking IgE antibodies as detected with a sensitive rat basophil leukemia cell release assay. The protective efficacy of DNA replicons is not restricted to immunodominant antigens such as b-galactosidase but could also be demonstrated with the clinically highly relevant allergen Bet v 1 (Thalhamer, 2003, unpublished data). DNA replicons are the latest generation of DNA vaccines. Three aspects make them highly interesting candidates for effective and safety-optimized vaccine approaches in allergy: (1) The very small amounts of plasmid DNA necessary for the induction of antiallergic immune responses will increase the acceptance of DNA vaccination for allergy treatment, (2) the induction of apoptosis of cells transfected with the DNA replicon vaccine leads to ‘‘selfremoval’’ of the vaccine after triggering the immune response, and (3) DNA replicon vaccines gain their immunogenicity via viral danger signals and induction of antiviral immune response types. The latter aspect attracted attention after clinical trials with DNA vaccines indicated poor immunogenicity of the constructs in humans in several cases (Leitner, 2001). Differences in the responsiveness of mice and primates to plasmid DNA-related danger signals via TLRs are assumed to be the major reason (Bauer et al., 2001; Takeda et al., 2003). TLR-independent danger signals make DNA replicon vaccines promising candidates for highly immunogenic DNA vaccines in humans. D. Improvement of Immunogenicity and Tailor-Made Immune Responses Immunogenicity of DNA vaccines depends on various factors including the antigen expression level, the form of the antigen (intracellular, membrane bound, or secreted), and the immunostimulatory ‘‘danger’’ signals. Therefore, many attempts have been made to optimize these parameters by approches such as vector modification, improving costimulation, and
110
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
co-delivery of immunomodulatory sequences and molecules. Here, some of those approaches that specifically apply to allergen DNA vaccines are discussed. 1. Harmonization of the Codon Usage An issue that would mainly affect antigens not normally expressed by mammalian cells (such as allergens) is the codon usage that can be addressed by recoding (also called harmonization of a protein). The expression level of antigens encoded on DNA vaccines is influenced predominantly by two parameters: the vector itself and the codon usage. With respect to the former, a panel of optimized vectors with sophisticated features have been developed and most of them are commercially available. In contrast, however, the aspect of codon usage has largely been ignored. Suboptimal codon usage after transfection of mammalian cells with heterologous genes (such as genes encoding plant allergens) can severely diminish protein expression. This problem was demonstrated with DNA vaccines encoding the major mite allergen precursor ProDer p 1 (Jacquet et al., 2003; Massaer et al., 2001) and the major mugwort allergen Art v 1 (Bauer et al., 2003). Constructs encoding the plant gene Art v 1 revealed no response or only marginal immune responses. Immunogenicity of the Art v 1 DNA vaccine could not be enhanced by well-established immune modulations such as the addition of a eukaryotic leader sequence, co-injection of a GM-CSF encoding plasmid as adjuvant or cationic liposome-mediated intradermal gene delivery (Gurunathan et al., 2000; Leitner et al., 2001). The subsequent analysis of the gene sequence for the allergen Art v 1 revealed that the codon usage frequencies are strikingly different from those prevalent in mammals (Nakamura et al., 2000). Therefore, we replaced each codon of Art v 1 with the codon displaying the highest frequency for the same amino acid in mammals (Bauer et al., 2003). This resulted in a synthetic (recoded) gene encoding the amino acid sequence of Art v 1 with the mammalian codon usage. The optimized Art v 1 gene has a high GC content (71%) and a distinct codon bias for guanosine and cytosine at the third codon position (86.9% G or C at the third codon position) compared to the wild-type Art v 1 gene (53% GC and only 35.5% G or C at the third codon position). Compared to the wild-type gene, protein expression with the recoded gene was increased about 180-fold and intradermal DNA immunization elicited strong immunogenicity. The type of immune response induced by the recoded DNA vaccine fulfilled the criteria necessary for allergen DNA vaccines, for example, a Th1-biased antibody profile with high IgG2a titers, no or only marginal IgE levels, and antigen-specific IFN-g expression. Despite its strong immunogenicity the recoded construct did not induce release-mediating IgE antibodies as measured by a rat basophil leukemia cell release assay (Bauer et al., 2003).
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
111
2. Th1/Th2 Modulation of Allergy DNA Vaccines An objective of DNA vaccines against allergies is the induction of a Th1-type cellular immune response, thus suppressing or converting the Th2-type response that is responsible for the high IgE production. Therefore, approaches that drive a Th1 response are potentially useful, such as the additional delivery of immunostimulatory DNA sequences (CpG motifs), Th1-stimulating cytokines, or ubiquination of the allergen. However, it should be emphasized that the intention must not be to trigger overwhelming Th1 responses, and combinations of strong Th1 stimuli must also be seen under the light of a potential risk to induce autoaggressive reactions. The extent of the Th1-biased reaction can be modulated by additional delivery of immunostimulatory CpG sequences. Coinjection of CpG-ODNS along with the plasmid DNA vaccine represents a simple approach to use the Th1-stimulatory capacity of CpG motifs (Hartl et al., 1999a, 1999b). CpG motifs can also be added to the gene of interest by appending a CpGrich sequence, which codes for certain amino acids. We have attached the amino acid sequence Tyr-Asn-Asn-Val-Asn-Val-Asp-Val-Asp-Val to the carboxyterminus of the Bet v 1a gene. This appendage is encoded by a sequence containing four CpG motifs and does not disturb the correct folding of the protein. Both approaches, appending and coinjection of CpG sequences, increased the Th1 bias of the immune response with respect to humoral and cellular responses (Hartl et al., 1999a, 1999b). Th1-directed immunomodulation was also achieved in DNA fusion vaccines encoding the gene of the model allergen ovalbumin fused to the IL-12 gene or a sequence encoding nine amino acids of IL-1b (Maecker et al., 1997). In a publication, fusion of the ovalbumin gene with the IL-18 gene, a cytokine that can indirectly act as a Th1 stimulator, demonstrated both protective and therapeutic efficiency as measured by airway hyperreactivity in a murine asthma model (Maecker et al., 2001). Another approach used the Th1-inducing capacity of viral vector vaccines. A replication-deficient adenovirus vector expressing the model allergen b-galactosidase (b-gal) was evaluated for its suitability to protect from or to treat an allergic reaction. Similar to intramuscular or intradermal plasmid DNA immunization, this vaccine elicited a Th1 type of immune response with increased titers of IgG2a antibodies and high frequency of IFN-g– producing T cells. Furthermore, prevaccination abolished the production of IgE and modulated the Th2-biased response to a more Th1-orientated response after sensitization with b-gal protein, thus indicating its protective efficacy. However, similar to a DNA vaccine encoding bovine b-lactoglobulin (Adel-Patient et al., 2001), the adenovirus vector vaccine also displayed an impaired therapeutic efficacy (Sudowe et al., 2002).
112
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
Depending on the immunization schedule, the strength of nonspecific Th1-mediating signals, such as the number of immunostimulatory CpG motifs within the backbone and/or gene of interest, can have different influences on the protective and therapeutic efficacy of DNA vaccines. This may also account for the reported antigen-independent antiallergic properties of DNA vaccines (Jilek et al., 2001). Within a narrow time window after DNA immunization, a strong systemic Th1 effect triggered by CpG motifs obviously can mediate a nonspecific suppression of Th2 responses. However, this antigen-independent suppressive effect is not long lasting. E. DNA Multivaccines The approaches described are not restricted to the application of DNA vaccines encoding a single allergen. Intradermal injection of a plasmid DNA mixture of the 17-kd tree-pollen–related family (Bet v 1, Mal d 1, Cor a 1, and Aln g 1) elicited immune responses comparable to those induced by immunization with the single constructs. Both humoral and cellular responses indicated a Th1biased reaction with increased IFN-g and decreased IL-5 expression and various degrees of cross-reactivity between the different allergens. This cross-reaction also proved to have cross-preventive capacity; for example, DNA prevaccination with Mal d 1 revealed a similar protective efficacy against the challenge with the allergen mixture as preimmunization with the whole mixture. Similar results were found with a DNA multivaccine encoding Bet v 1 and its related food allergens (Mal d 1, Dau c 1, and Api g 1) and with a vaccine mixture coding for the profilins Art v 4, Lyc e 1, and Cap a 2 (Thalhamer, 2003, unpublished data). Complex mixtures of DNA vaccines raise the problem that upon using the aliquots of plasmid doses of single vaccines, the necessary dose of DNA vaccine would be 10-fold for a multivaccine containing 10 compounds. We, therefore, tried to circumvent this problem by creating fusion vaccines containing several allergens arranged in a string-of-bead manner, either by using the respective entire genes (gene A – gene B – gene C) or by splitting genes into fragments (gene A1 – gene B1 – gene C1 – gene A2 – gene B2 – gene C2). The latter approach additionally intends to include the hypoallergenic aspect by partially destroying the native conformation of the allergens. Preliminary experiments demonstrated the feasibility of this approach in principle. The whole-gene fusion vaccine induced antibody responses equal to the multivaccine or the respective single-gene vaccine. Fusion of gene fragments reduced the antigenicity with respect to the IgG response, indicating the assumed loss of native B-cell epitopes. Furthermore, both attempts led to allergen-specific immune responses with the desired Th1 nature pointing to the maintenance of the desired T-cell stimulatory capacity (Thalhamer, 2003, unpublished data). Summing up, in the first decade of DNA vaccines, a huge number of publications demonstrated the usefulness of this novel vaccination approach.
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
113
Amazingly, these very simple constructs not only showed efficacy against highly immunogenic pathogens, but also appeared to be practicable for difficult conditions such as cancer and allergies. One of the advantages of DNA vaccines proved to be the ‘‘clean’’ immune response that is induced, that is, the absence of side effects both in animals and apparently in humans based on the limited data available. However, in the case of poorly recognized antigens, it is necessary to put strong adjuvant-type signals back into the vaccine. Better understanding of the signals that trigger innate immune responses will allow us to design more targeted strategies. Ideally, such strategies only induce a desired innate immune response while avoiding unwanted responses such as the excessive production of inflammatory cytokines. Replicase-based DNA vaccines appear to trigger one of those innate pathways in the same way as certain viral infections, but without the problems associated with viral vectors. The triggering of PRRs (Takeda et al., 2003) and immunostimulatory apoptosis (Restifo, 2000), thus stimulating the innate immune system simultaneously with DNA vaccination, may give DNA vaccines the necessary ‘‘bite’’ to induce optimized protective and/or therapeutic immune response. V. Short Overview of Alternative Treatments and Supporting Adjuvants for SIT
The abnormal switch to IgE production against ubiquitous proteins is triggered by IL-4–producing Th2-type cells and leads to the establishment of specific IgE antibody responses, which are boosted by repeated allergen contact. These events can be influenced at different levels and a number of strategies have been developed that intend to suppress or mitigate allergic diseases. In terms of the progression of the ‘‘immunological disorder allergy,’’ the production of IgE antibodies represents a very late state of the course of the disease. Neutralization of circulating IgE antibodies prevents from binding to their high-affinity mast cell receptors and should help avoid the final release process. However, intervention at this level will be restricted to the treatment of symptoms. A number of publications, including clinical trials, demonstrated that anti-IgE antibodies display some beneficial effects with a high safety profile (D’Amato, 2003). Supporting application of anti-IgE antibodies together with standard therapy concepts may be very helpful to reduce the rescue medications and improve the quality of life. Blocking the IL-4–dependent actions of Th2 cells with antibodies against IL-4 represents another approach using antibodies as a therapeutic tool. In the development of allergy, IL-4 acts much closer to the initial triggering processes of allergic diseases than IgE. Nevertheless, from an immunological point of view, this approach will induce neither allergen-specific curing nor long-lasting balancing of allergic responses, and moreover, IL-13 can replace several
114
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
functional activities of IL-4. In general, anti-IL-4 and IL-5 treatment has been disappointing and contradictory (Barnes, 2001). Approaches to intervening in IgE-mediated allergic diseases also include the inhibition of allergen-specific IgE synthesis via blocking the activation or preventing the synthesis of IL-4 and IL-13. For this purpose, IL-4 mutant proteins were developed that act as antagonists of both IL-4 and IL-13 activity. Mutation led to an altered IL-4, which retained its binding capacity to the IL-4 receptor but lost the proliferative activity, thus uncoupling binding and signal transduction (Grunewald et al., 1998). The mechanisms and consequences of inhibiting IL-4 and IL-13 synthesis still need to be elucidated. A 2001 study evaluated the therapeutic potential of inhaled recombinant human soluble IL4 receptor and found clinical benefits for patients with moderate asthma who require daily inhaled corticosteroids (Borish et al., 2001). Without any doubt, allergen-specific induction of tolerance would be the most elegant approach to protect from or to cure allergic diseases. In its optimal form, it would be free of any side effects (e.g., anaphylactic reactions driven by therapy-induced IgE production) and would lack the risk of strong Th1-biased approaches (e.g., overwhelming Th1 reactions leading to autoimmunity). Animal experiments and initial clinical trials indicated the potential of approaches such as local nasal immunotherapy (Giannarini and Maggi, 1998; Hufnagl et al., 2003). The role of IL-10 (and TGF-b) in the induction of antiallergic tolerance was confirmed by animal experiments (Zemann et al., 2003) and by clinical studies investigating the consequences of SIT on the immune status of patients (Francis et al., 2003; Jutel et al., 2003). Taken together, the data indicate that nasal or oral tolerance induction may be a potential approach for an alternative SIT. However, the results also indicate that the success of these attempts was restricted to the protective application with much less efficacy concerning a downregulation of already established Th2-type responses. With increasing insight into the mechanisms of Th1- and Th2-type immune responses, various possibilities arose to modulate an allergic Th2 immune response. Most of the attempts were based on the hypothesis that Th1-biased stimuli could prevent the development of an allergic response and even may exert the power to convert an established Th2-type response. Bacille Calmette– Gue´ rin (BCG), as one of the candidates, fulfills the criteria of Th1 induction with an acceptable safety profile and a long clinical tradition. Animal experiments revealed that BCG, alone or in combination with allergen, induced antiallergic effects such as reduced IgG1 and IgE production, airway responsiveness, eosinophilic influx, and Th2 cytokines in bronchoalveolar lavage fluids (Herz et al., 1998; Hubeau et al., 2003). A 2002 clinical trial proved the therapeutic effect of BCG application in asthmatic patients (Choi and Koh, 2002). Another group of bacilli, the lactic acid bacteria (LAB), such as
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
115
lactobacilli, also proved to be antiallergic adjuvant candidates. The possible role of specific LAB strains in the prevention of allergic diseases has become more evident (Bjorksten et al., 1999). A 2003 study confirmed the capacity of two LAB strains to prevent and modulate allergic immune responses (Repa et al., 2003). A practicable Th1 adjuvant potential was also demonstrated for heat-killed Listeria monocytogenes, an intracellular bacterium triggering strong signals to the innate immune system including Th1 danger signals, in a food allergy model (Li et al., 2003). LPS represents a ubiquitous molecule of our environment and a number of important immunoregulatory processes have coevolved with this molecule. With respect to allergy and asthma, there is still the question whether LPS is beneficial or disease promoting. Animal experiments and clinical trials with LPS or lipid A as adjuvants coadministered with allergens proved Th1-inducing capacity and partly improved the efficacy of SIT without triggering harmful side effects (Drachenberg et al., 2001; Ormstad et al., 2003). With the availability of cytokines as recombinant molecules or expression plasmids, it became obvious to use the Th1-inducing cytokines IFNg, IL-12, and IL-18 as adjuvants to counteract Th2-biased allergic responses. IFN-g causes side effects upon systemic use, but mucosal transfer of adenovirus-mediated IFN-g was tolerated and able to reduce Th2-mediated lung parameters in animal experiments (Behera et al., 2002). Indirect stimulation of IFN-g via IL-12 and/or IL-18 also induced Th2-inhibiting effects with partly contradictory results concerning the cooperation of the two cytokines (Kim et al., 1997; Lee et al., 1999), indicating that any application of IL-18 must be critically assessed. In combination with IL-12, this cytokine displays doubleedged features. Depending on the cytokine environment, it can trigger both inflammatory Th1-biased immune response types and allergic Th2-dominated ones (Wild et al., 2000). Recently, substances such as synthetic imidazoquinolines (Brugnolo et al., 2003), microbicides (Tsuji et al., 2003), and antimycotics were reported to display Th2-suppressive properties (Kanda et al., 2001) and may be added to the list of future adjuvants for supporting SIT. VI. Summary and Conclusions
Molecular cloning and recombinant production of allergens opened new possibilities for the increasing problem of allergies. The concept of moleculebased instead of allergen extract–based diagnosis was developed and is already being implemented in the field. Molecule-based diagnosis allows not only the precise identification of allergen recognition patterns of individual patients and the quantification of IgE levels to each allergen, but it might also help to predict potential sensitization to multiple allergenic sources resulting from the cross-reactivity phenomenon. Information about the sensitization profile of
116
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
individual patients forms the basis for the development of customized forms of immunotherapy based on the use of recombinant and synthetic protein antigens. For this purpose, a variety of preparations are being developed for different allergies. Major goals are to increase safety by minimizing the risk of IgE-mediated side effects and to improve efficacy of specific immunotherapy by counterbalancing the ongoing Th2-biased allergic response. Synthetic peptides in question are mimotopes, such as artificial peptide structures mimicking IgE binding epitopes, B-cell epitope–derived peptides, and T-cell epitope–containing peptides. Recombinant-based approaches are mostly focused on genetic engineering of allergens to produce molecules with reduced allergenic activity and conserved antigenicity, such as hypoallergens. An alternative to genetic engineering is the chemical modification of pure allergens with immunostimulatory DNA sequences (allergen-ISS conjugates), which mask IgE epitopes and add a desirable Th1-inducing character to the allergen molecule. Several of these customized allergen preparations have been already evaluated for their safety in clinical provocation studies. So far, clinical trials showed the efficacy and safety of immunotherapy with T-cell epitope– containing peptides and with allergen-ISS conjugates for cat-allergic and ragweed pollen–allergic patients, respectively. In addition, two preparations consisting of hypoallergenic derivatives are being evaluated for immunotherapy of birch pollen–allergic patients. In parallel, several animal studies have now demonstrated the potential of genetic immunization for allergy treatment in the future. The antiallergic effect of DNA vaccines translating wildtype allergen genes or hypoallergenic derivatives is attributed to the recruitment of Th1 cells and the establishment of a balancing Th1-biased cytokine environment. Acknowledgments The work of the authors was supported by the Joint Research Project S88-B01 (S8802-B01, S8811B01, S8813-B01) and Project P16456-B05 of the ‘‘Fonds zur Fo¨ rderung der Wissenschaftlichen Forschung, FWF’’, Austria.
References Aalberse, R. C., Akkerdaas, J., and van Ree, R. (2001). Cross-reactivity of IgE antibodies to allergens. Allergy 56, 478–490. Abraham, R., Singh, N., Mukhopadhyay, A., Basu, S. K., Bal, V., and Rath, S. (1995). Modulation of immunogenicity and antigenicity of proteins by maleylation to target scavenger receptors on macrophages. J. Immunol. 154, 1–8. Adel-Patient, K., Creminon, C., Boquet, D., Wal, J. M., and Chatel, J. M. (2001). Genetic immunisation with bovine beta-lactoglobulin cDNA induces a preventive and persistent inhibition of specific anti-BLG IgE response in mice. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 126, 59–67. Akdis, C. A., and Blaser, K. (2000). Regulation of specific immune responses by chemical and structural modifications of allergens. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 121, 261–269.
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
117
Akdis, C. A., Blesken, T., Wymann, D., Akdis, M., and Blaser, K. (1998). Differential regulation of human T cell cytokine patterns and IgE and IgG4 responses by conformational antigen variants. Eur. J. Immunol. 28, 914–925. Andersson, K., and Lidholm, J. (2003). Characteristics and immunobiology of grass pollen allergens. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 130, 87–107. Arquint, O., Helbling, A., Crameri, R., Ferreira, F., Breitenbach, M., and Pichler, W. J. (1999). Reduced in vivo allergenicity of Bet v 1d isoform, a natural component of birch pollen. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 104, 1239–1243. Arruda, L. K., Vailes, L. D., Ferriani, V. P., Santos, A. B., Pomes, A., and Chapman, M. D. (2001). Cockroach allergens and asthma. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 107, 419–428. Au, L. C., Lin, S. T., Peng, H. J., Liang, C. C., Lee, S. S., Liao, C. D., and Chang, Z. N. (2002). Molecular cloning and sequence analysis of full-length cDNAs encoding new group of Cyn d 1 isoallergens. Allergy 57, 215–220. Ball, T., Fuchs, T., Sperr, W. R., Valent, P., Vangelista, L., Kraft, D., and Valenta, R. (1999a). B cell epitopes of the major timothy grass pollen allergen, phl p 1, revealed by gene fragmentation as candidates for immunotherapy. Faseb J. 13, 1277–1290. Ball, T., Sperr, W. R., Valent, P., Lidholm, J., Spitzauer, S., Ebner, C., Kraft, D., and Valenta, R. (1999b). Induction of antibody responses to new B cell epitopes indicates vaccination character of allergen immunotherapy. Eur. J. Immunol. 29, 2026–2036. Ballas, Z. K., Rasmussen, W. L., and Krieg, A. M. (1996). Induction of NK activity in murine and human cells by CpG motifs in oligodeoxynucleotides and bacterial DNA. J. Immunol. 157, 1840–1845. Bannon, G. A., Cockrell, G., Connaughton, C., West, C. M., Helm, R., Stanley, J. S., King, N., Rabjohn, P., Sampson, H. A., and Burks, A. W. (2001). Engineering, characterization and in vitro efficacy of the major peanut allergens for use in immunotherapy. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 124, 70–72. Barnes, P. J. (2001). Cytokine-directed therapies for asthma. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 108, S72–S76. Bauer, R., Himly, M., Dedic, A., Ferreira, F., Thalhamer, J., and Hartl, A. (2003). Optimization of codon usage is required for effective genetic immunization against Art v 1, the major allergen of mugwort pollen. Allergy 58, 1003–1010. Bauer, S., Kirschning, C. J., Hacker, H., Redecke, V., Hausmann, S., Akira, S., Wagner, H., and Lipford, G. B. (2001). Human TLR9 confers responsiveness to bacterial DNA via speciesspecific CpG motif recognition. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 98, 9237–9242. Beezhold, D. H., Hickey, V. L., and Sussman, G. L. (2001). Mutational analysis of the IgE epitopes in the latex allergen Hev b 5. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 107, 1069–1076. Behera, A. K., Kumar, M., Lockey, R. F., and Mohapatra, S. S. (2002). Adenovirus-mediated interferon gamma gene therapy for allergic asthma: Involvement of interleukin 12 and STAT4 signaling. Hum. Gene Ther. 13, 1697–1709. Bhatia, S., Mukhopadhyay, S., Jarman, E., Hall, G., George, A., Basu, S. K., Rath, S., Lamb, J. R., and Bal, V. (2002). Scavenger receptor-specific allergen delivery elicits IFN-gamma-dominated immunity and directs established TH2-dominated responses to a nonallergic phenotype. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 109, 321–328. Bjorksten, B., Naaber, P., Sepp, E., and Mikelsaar, M. (1999). The intestinal microflora in allergic Estonian and Swedish 2-year-old children. Clin. Exp. Allergy 29, 342–346. Bohle, B., Jahn-Schmid, B., Maurer, D., Kraft, D., and Ebner, C. (1999). Oligodeoxynucleotides containing CpG motifs induce IL-12, IL-18 and IFN-gamma production in cells from allergic individuals and inhibit IgE synthesis in vitro. Eur. J. Immunol. 29, 2344–2353. Bonura, A., Amoroso, S., Locorotondo, G., Di Felice, G., Tinghino, R., Geraci, D., and Colombo, P. (2001). Hypoallergenic variants of the Parietaria judaica major allergen Par j 1: A member of the non-specific lipid transfer protein plant family. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 126, 32–40.
118
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
Borish, L. C., Nelson, H. S., Corren, J., Bensch, G., Busse, W. W., Whitmore, J. B., and Agosti, J. M. (2001). Efficacy of soluble IL-4 receptor for the treatment of adults with asthma. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 107, 963–970. Breiteneder, H., Ferreira, F., Hoffmann-Sommergruber, K., Ebner, C., Breitenbach, M., Rumpold, H., Kraft, D., and Scheiner, O. (1993). Four recombinant isoforms of Cor a I, the major allergen of hazel pollen, show different IgE-binding properties. Eur. J. Biochem. 212, 355–362. Briner, T. J., Kuo, M. C., Keating, K. M., Rogers, B. L., and Greenstein, J. L. (1993). Peripheral T-cell tolerance induced in naive and primed mice by subcutaneous injection of peptides from the major cat allergen Fel d I. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90, 7608–7612. Bristol, J. A., Orsini, C., Lindinger, P., Thalhamer, J., and Abrams, S. I. (2000). Identification of a ras oncogene peptide that contains both CD4(þ) and CD8(þ) T cell epitopes in a nested configuration and elicits both T cell subset responses by peptide or DNA immunization. Cell Immunol. 205, 73–83. Broide, D., Schwarze, J., Tighe, H., Gifford, T., Nguyen, M. D., Malek, S., VanUden, J., MartinOrozco, E., Gelfand, E. W., and Raz, E. (1998). Immunostimulatory DNA sequences inhibit IL-5, eosinophilic inflammation, and airway hyperresponsiveness in mice. J. Immunol. 161, 7054–7062. Brugnolo, F., Sampognaro, S., Liotta, F., Cosmi, L., Annunziato, F., Manuelli, C., Campi, P., Maggi, E., Romagnani, S., and Parronchi, P. (2003). The novel synthetic immune response modifier R-848 (Resiquimod) shifts human allergen-specific CD4þ TH2 lymphocytes into IFN-gammaproducing cells. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 111, 380–388. Caron, G., Delneste, Y., Roelandts, E., Duez, C., Bonnefoy, J. Y., Pestel, J., and Jeannin, P. (2001). Histamine polarizes human dendritic cells into Th2 cell-promoting effector dendritic cells. J. Immunol. 167, 3682–3686. Chang, Z. N., Peng, H. J., Lee, W. C., Chen, T. S., Chua, K. Y., Tsai, L. C., Chi, C. W., and Han, S. H. (1999). Sequence polymorphism of the group 1 allergen of Bermuda grass pollen. Clin. Exp. Allergy 29, 488–496. Chapman, M. D., and Wood, R. A. (2001). The role and remediation of animal allergens in allergic diseases. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 107, S414–421. Choi, I. S., and Koh, Y. I. (2002). Therapeutic effects of BCG vaccination in adult asthmatic patients: A randomized, controlled trial. Ann. Allergy Asthma Immunol. 88, 584–591. Cirkovic, T. D., Bukilica, M. N., Gavrovic, M. D., Vujcic, Z. M., Petrovic, S., and Jankov, R. M. (1999). Physicochemical and immunologic characterization of low-molecular-weight allergoids of Dactylis glomerata pollen proteins. Allergy 54, 128–134. Colombo, P., Kennedy, D., Ramsdale, T., Costa, M. A., Duro, G., Izzo, V., Salvadori, S., Guerrini, R., Cocchiara, R., Mirisola, M. G., Wood, S., and Geraci, D. (1998). Identification of an immunodominant IgE epitope of the Parietaria judaica major allergen. J. Immunol. 160, 2780–2785. Cowdery, J. S., Boerth, N. J., Norian, L. A., Myung, P. S., and Koretzky, G. A. (1999). Differential regulation of the IL-12 p40 promoter and of p40 secretion by CpG DNA and lipopolysaccharide. J. Immunol. 162, 6770–6775. Cowdery, J. S., Chace, J. H., Yi, A. K., and Krieg, A. M. (1996). Bacterial DNA induces NK cells to produce IFN-gamma in vivo and increases the toxicity of lipopolysaccharides. J. Immunol. 156, 4570–4575. Crameri, A., Raillard, S. A., Bermudez, E., and Stemmer, W. P. (1998). DNA shuffling of a family of genes from diverse species accelerates directed evolution. Nature 391, 288–291. Creticos, P. S., Balcer, S. L., Schroeder, J. T., Hamilton, R. G., Chung, B., Norman, P. S., Lichtenstein, L. M., and Eiden, J. J. (2001). Initial immunotherapy trial to explore the safety, tolerability and immunogenicity of subcutaneous injections of an Amb a 1 immunostimulatory oligonucleotide conjugate (AIC) in ragweed allergic adults. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 107, S216.
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
119
Creticos, P. S., Eiden, J. J., Balcer, S. L., Van Nest, G., Kagey-Sobotka, A., Tuck, S. F., Norman, P. S., and Lichtenstein, L. M. (2000). Immunostimulatory oligonucleotides conjugated to Amb a 1: Safety, skin test reactivity, and basophil histamine release. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 105, S70. D’Amato, G. (2003). Therapy of allergic bronchial asthma with omalizumab—an anti-IgE monoclonal antibody. Expert Opin. Biol. Ther. 3, 371–376. Dieudonne´ , F., Vital Durand, V., Eiden, J. J., Tuck, S., Van Nest, G., Raz, E., Hamilton, R. G., Creticos, P. S., and Andre´ , C. (2001). ISS linked to Amb a 1 allergen (AIC) stimulates IgG response to Amb a 1 By ragweed-allergic humans. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 107, 933. Donnelly, J. J., Ulmer, J. B., Shiver, J. W., and Liu, M. A. (1997). DNA vaccines. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 15, 617–648. Drachenberg, K. J., Wheeler, A. W., Stuebner, P., and Horak, F. (2001). A well-tolerated grass pollen-specific allergy vaccine containing a novel adjuvant, monophosphoryl lipid A, reduces allergic symptoms after only four preseasonal injections. Allergy 56, 498–505. Duro, G., Colombo, P., Assunta Costa, M., Izzo, V., Porcasi, R., Di Fiore, R., Locorotondo, G., Cocchiara, R., and Geraci, D. (1997). Isolation and characterization of two cDNA clones coding for isoforms of the Parietaria judaica major allergen Par j 1.0101. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 112, 348–355. Ebner, C., Hirschwehr, R., Bauer, L., Breiteneder, H., Valenta, R., Hoffmann, K., Krebitz, M., Kraft, D., and Scheiner, O. (1996). Identification of allergens in apple, pear, celery, carrot and potato: Cross-reactivity with pollen allergens. Monogr Allergy 32, 73–77. Engel, E., Richter, K., Obermeyer, G., Briza, P., Kungl, A. J., Simon, B., Auer, M., Ebner, C., Rheinberger, H. J., Breitenbach, M., and Ferreira, F. (1997). Immunological and biological properties of Bet v 4, a novel birch pollen allergen with two EF-hand calcium-binding domains. J. Biol. Chem. 272, 28630–28637. Eriksson, T. L., Gafvelin, G., Elfman, L. H., Johansson, C., Van Hage-Hamsten, M., and Olsson, S. (2001). T cell responses to recombinant isoforms, synthetic peptides and a mutant variant of Lep d 2, a major allergen from the dust mite Lepidoglyphus destructor. Clin. Exp. Allergy 31, 1881–1890. Fellrath, J. M., Kettner, A., Dufour, N., Frigerio, C., Schneeberger, D., Leimgruber, A., Corradin, G., and Spertini, F. (2003). Allergen-specific T-cell tolerance induction with allergen-derived long synthetic peptides: Results of a phase I trial. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 111, 854–861. Feltquate, D. M., Heaney, S., Webster, R. G., and Robinson, H. L. (1997). Different T helper cell types and antibody isotypes generated by saline and gene gun DNA immunization. J. Immunol. 158, 2278–2284. Fernandes, J., Reshef, A., Patton, L., Ayuso, R., Reese, G., and Lehrer, S. (2003). Immunoglobulin E antibody reactivity to the major shrimp allergen, tropomyosin, in unexposed Orthodox Jews. Clin. Exp. Allergy 33, 956–961. Ferreira, F., Ebner, C., Kramer, B., Casari, G., Briza, P., Kungl, A. J., Grimm, R., Jahn-Schmid, B., Breiteneder, H., Kraft, D., Breitenbach, M., Rheinberger, H. J., and Scheiner, O. (1998). Modulation of IgE reactivity of allergens by site-directed mutagenesis: Potential use of hypoallergenic variants for immunotherapy. Faseb J. 12, 231–242. Ferreira, F., Hirtenlehner, K., Jilek, A., Godnik-Cvar, J., Breiteneder, H., Grimm, R., HoffmannSommergruber, K., Scheiner, O., Kraft, D., Breitenbach, M., Rheinberger, H. J., and Ebner, C. (1996). Dissection of immunoglobulin E and T lymphocyte reactivity of isoforms of the major birch pollen allergen Bet v 1: Potential use of hypoallergenic isoforms for immunotherapy. J. Exp. Med. 183, 599–609. Ferreira, F., Wallner, M., Breiteneder, H., Hartl, A., Thalhamer, J., and Ebner, C. (2002). Genetic engineering of allergens: Future therapeutic products. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 128, 171–178. Focke, M., Mahler, V., Ball, T., Sperr, W. R., Majlesi, Y., Valent, P., Kraft, D., and Valenta, R. (2001). Nonanaphylactic synthetic peptides derived from B cell epitopes of the major grass pollen allergen, Phl p 1, for allergy vaccination. Faseb J. 15, 2042–2044.
120
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
Francis, J. N., Till, S. J., and Durham, S. R. (2003). Induction of IL-10þCD4þCD25þ T cells by grass pollen immunotherapy. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 111, 1255–1261. Frew, A. J. (2003). 25. Immunotherapy of allergic disease. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 111, S712– S719. Furmonaviciene, R., Tighe, P. J., Clark, M. R., Sewell, H. F., and Shakib, F. (1999). The use of phage-peptide libraries to define the epitope specificity of a mouse monoclonal anti-Der p 1 antibody representative of a major component of the human immunoglobulin E anti-Der p 1 response. Clin. Exp. Allergy 29, 1563–1571. Gajhede, M., Osmark, P., Poulsen, F. M., Ipsen, H., Larsen, J. N., Joost van Neerven, R. J., Schou, C., Lowenstein, H., and Spangfort, M. D. (1996). X-ray and NMR structure of Bet v 1, the origin of birch pollen allergy. Nat. Struct. Biol. 3, 1040–1045. Ganglberger, E., Barbara, S., Scholl, I., Wiedermann, U., Baumann, S., Hafner, C., Breiteneder, H., Suter, M., Boltz-Nitulescu, G., Scheiner, O., and Jensen-Jarolim, E. (2001a). Monovalent fusion proteins of IgE mimotopes are safe for therapy of type I allergy. Faseb J. 15, 2524–2526. Ganglberger, E., Grunberger, K., Sponer, B., Radauer, C., Breiteneder, H., Boltz-Nitulescu, G., Scheiner, O., and Jensen-Jarolim, E. (2000). Allergen mimotopes for 3-dimensional epitope search and induction of antibodies inhibiting human IgE. Faseb J. 14, 2177–2184. Ganglberger, E., Grunberger, K., Wiedermann, U., Vermes, M., Sponer, B., Breiteneder, H., Scheiner, O., Boltz, G., and Jensen-Jarolim, E. (2001b). IgE mimotopes of birch pollen allergen Bet v 1 induce blocking IgG in mice. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 124, 395–397. Giannarini, L., and Maggi, E. (1998). Decrease of allergen-specific T-cell response induced by local nasal immunotherapy. Clin. Exp. Allergy 28, 404–412. Gonzalez, E. M., Villalba, M., Lombardero, M., Aalbers, M., van Ree, R., and Rodriguez, R. (2002). Influence of the 3D-conformation, glycan component and microheterogeneity on the epitope structure of Ole e 1, the major olive allergen. Use of recombinant isoforms and specific monoclonal antibodies as immunological tools. Mol. Immunol. 39, 93–101. Gordon, S. (2002). Pattern recognition receptors: Doubling up for the innate immune response. Cell 111, 927–930. Griffith, I. J., Pollock, J., Klapper, D. G., Rogers, B. L., and Nault, A. K. (1991). Sequence polymorphism of Amb a I and Amb a II, the major allergens in Ambrosia artemisiifolia (short ragweed). Int. Arch. Allergy Appl. Immunol. 96, 296–304. Grunewald, S. M., Werthmann, A., Schnarr, B., Klein, C. E., Brocker, E. B., Mohrs, M., Brombacher, F., Sebald, W., and Duschl, A. (1998). An antagonistic IL-4 mutant prevents type I allergy in the mouse: Inhibition of the IL-4/IL-13 receptor system completely abrogates humoral immune response to allergen and development of allergic symptoms in vivo. J. Immunol. 160, 4004–4009. Gurunathan, S., Klinman, D. M., and Seder, R. A. (2000). DNA vaccines: Immunology, application, and optimization. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 18, 927–974. Hales, B. J., Hazell, L. A., Smith, W., and Thomas, W. R. (2002). Genetic variation of Der p 2 allergens: Effects on T cell responses and immunoglobulin E binding. Clin. Exp. Allergy 32, 1461–1467. Hartl, A., Kiesslich, J., Weiss, R., Bernhaupt, A., Mostbock, S., Scheiblhofer, S., Ebner, C., Ferreira, F., and Thalhamer, J. (1999a). Immune responses after immunization with plasmid DNA encoding Bet v 1, the major allergen of birch pollen. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 103, 107–113. Hartl, A., Kiesslich, J., Weiss, R., Bernhaupt, A., Mostbock, S., Scheiblhofer, S., Flockner, H., Sippl, M., Ebner, C., Ferreira, F., and Thalhamer, J. (1999b). Isoforms of the major allergen of birch pollen induce different immune responses after genetic immunization. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 120, 17–29.
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
121
Hartl, A., Weiss, R., Hochreiter, R., Scheiblhofer, S., and Thalhamer, J. (2003). DNA vaccines for allergy treatment. Methods 3, 328–339. Harwanegg, C., Laffer, S., Hiller, R., Mueller, M. W., Kraft, D., Spitzauer, S., and Valenta, R. (2003). Microarrayed recombinant allergens for diagnosis of allergy. Clin. Exp. Allergy 33, 7–13. Haselden, B. M., Kay, A. B., and Larche, M. (1999). Immunoglobulin E–independent major histocompatibility complex-restricted T cell peptide epitope–induced late asthmatic reactions. J. Exp. Med. 189, 1885–1894. Hayek, B., Vangelista, L., Pastore, A., Sperr, W. R., Valent, P., Vrtala, S., Niederberger, V., Twardosz, A., Kraft, D., and Valenta, R. (1998). Molecular and immunologic characterization of a highly cross-reactive two EF-hand calcium-binding alder pollen allergen, Aln g 4: Structural basis for calcium-modulated IgE recognition. J. Immunol. 161, 7031–7039. Helsper, J. P., Gilissen, L. J., van Ree, R., America, A. H., Cordewener, J. H., and Bosch, D. (2002). Quadrupole time-of-flight mass spectrometry: A method to study the actual expression of allergen isoforms identified by PCR cloning. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 110, 131–138. Herz, U., Gerhold, K., Gruber, C., Braun, A., Wahn, U., Renz, H., and Paul, K. (1998). BCG infection suppresses allergic sensitization and development of increased airway reactivity in an animal model. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 102, 867–874. Hiller, R., Laffer, S., Harwanegg, C., Huber, M., Schmidt, W. M., Twardosz, A., Barletta, B., Becker, W. M., Blaser, K., Breiteneder, H., Chapman, M., Crameri, R., Duchene, M., Ferreira, F., Fiebig, H., Hoffmann-Sommergruber, K., King, T. P., Kleber-Janke, T., Kurup, V. P., Lehrer, S. B., Lidholm, J., Muller, U., Pini, C., Reese, G., Scheiner, O., Scheynius, A., Shen, H. D., Spitzauer, S., Suck, R., Swoboda, I., Thomas, W., Tinghino, R., Van Hage-Hamsten, M., Virtanen, T., Kraft, D., Muller, M. W., and Valenta, R. (2002). Microarrayed allergen molecules: Diagnostic gatekeepers for allergy treatment. Faseb J. 16, 414–416. Hochreiter, R., Hartl, A., Freund, J., Valenta, R., Ferreira, F., and Thalhamer, J. (2001). The influence of CpG motifs on a protein or DNA-based Th2-type immune response against major pollen allergens Bet v 1a, Phl p 2 and Escherichia coli–derived beta-galactosidase. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 124, 406–410. Hochreiter, R., Stepanoska, T., Ferreira, F., Valenta, R., Vrtala, S., Thalhamer, J., and Hartl, A. (2003). Prevention of allergen-specific IgE production and suppression of an established Th2type response by immunization with DNA encoding hypoallergenic allergen derivatives of Bet v 1, the major birch pollen allergen. Eur. J. Immunol. 33, 1667–1676. Hoffmann-Sommergruber, K., Ferris, R., Pec, M., Radauer, C., O’Riordain, G., Laimer Da Camara Machado, M., Scheiner, O., and Breiteneder, H. (2000). Characterization of api g 1.0201, a new member of the Api g 1 family of celery allergens. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 122, 115–123. Hsu, C. H., Chua, K. Y., Tao, M. H., Lai, Y. L., Wu, H. D., Huang, S. K., and Hsieh, K. H. (1996). Immunoprophylaxis of allergen-induced immunoglobulin E synthesis and airway hyperresponsiveness in vivo by genetic immunization. Nat. Med. 2, 540–544. Hubeau, C., Singer, M., Lagranderie, M., Marchal, G., and Vargaftig, B. (2003). Extended freezedried Mycobacterium bovis Bacillus Calmette-Guerin induces the release of interleukin-12 but not tumour necrosis factor-alpha by alveolar macrophages, both in vitro and in vivo. Clin. Exp. Allergy 33, 386–393. Hufnagl, K., Wagner, B., Winkler, B., Baier, K., Hochreiter, R., Thalhamer, J., Kraft, D., Scheiner, O., Breiteneder, H., and Wiedermann, U. (2003). Induction of mucosal tolerance with recombinant Hev b 1 and recombinant Hev b 3 for prevention of latex allergy in BALB/c mice. Clin. Exp. Immunol. 133, 170–176. Jacquet, A., Magi, M., Haumont, M., Jurado, M., Garcia, L., and Bollen, A. (2003). Absence of immunoglobulin E synthesis and airway eosinophilia by vaccination with plasmid DNA encoding ProDer p 1. Clin. Exp. Allergy 33, 218–225.
122
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
Jahn-Schmid, B., Wiedermann, U., Bohle, B., Repa, A., Kraft, D., and Ebner, C. (1999). Oligodeoxynucleotides containing CpG motifs modulate the allergic TH2 response of BALB/c mice to Bet v 1, the major birch pollen allergen. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 104, 1015–1023. Jensen-jarolim, E., Leitner, A., Kalchhauser, H., Zurcher, A., Ganglberger, E., Bohle, B., Scheiner, O., Boltz-nitulescu, G., and Breiteneder, H. (1998). Peptide mimotopes displayed by phage inhibit antibody binding to bet v 1, the major birch pollen allergen, and induce specific IgG response in mice. Faseb J. 12, 1635–1642. Jilek, S., Barbey, C., Spertini, F., and Corthesy, B. (2001). Antigen-independent suppression of the allergic immune response to bee venom phospholipase A(2) by DNA vaccination in CBA/J mice. J. Immunol. 166, 3612–3621. Jutel, M., Akdis, M., Budak, F., Aebischer-Casaulta, C., Wrzyszcz, M., Blaser, K., and Akdis, C. A. (2003). IL-10 and TGF-beta cooperate in the regulatory T cell response to mucosal allergens in normal immunity and specific immunotherapy. Eur. J. Immunol. 33, 1205–1214. Kanda, N., Enomoto, U., and Watanabe, S. (2001). Anti-mycotics suppress interleukin-4 and interleukin-5 production in anti-CD3 plus anti-CD28-stimulated T cells from patients with atopic dermatitis. J. Invest. Dermatol. 117, 1635–1646. Kazemi-Shirazi, L., Niederberger, V., Linhart, B., Lidholm, J., Kraft, D., and Valenta, R. (2002). Recombinant marker allergens: Diagnostic gatekeepers for the treatment of allergy. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 127, 259–268. Kibler, K. V., Shors, T., Perkins, K. B., Zeman, C. C., Banaszak, M. P., Biesterfeldt, J., Langland, J. O., and Jacobs, B. L. (1997). Double-stranded RNA is a trigger for apoptosis in vaccinia virus– infected cells. J. Virol. 71, 1992–2003. Kikuchi, M., Ohnishi, K., and Harayama, S. (1999). Novel family shuffling methods for the in vitro evolution of enzymes. Gene 236, 159–167. Kim, T. S., DeKruyff, R. H., Rupper, R., Maecker, H. T., Levy, S., and Umetsu, D. T. (1997). An ovalbumin-IL-12 fusion protein is more effective than ovalbumin plus free recombinant IL-12 in inducing a T helper cell type 1–dominated immune response and inhibiting antigen-specific IgE production. J. Immunol. 158, 4137–4144. King, T. P., Jim, S. Y., Monsalve, R. I., Kagey-Sobotka, A., Lichtenstein, L. M., and Spangfort, M. D. (2001). Recombinant allergens with reduced allergenicity but retaining immunogenicity of the natural allergens: Hybrids of yellow jacket and paper wasp venom allergen antigen 5s. J. Immunol. 166, 6057–6065. Kline, J. N., Waldschmidt, T. J., Businga, T. R., Lemish, J. E., Weinstock, J. V., Thorne, P. S., and Krieg, A. M. (1998). Cutting edge: Modulation of airway inflammation by CpG oligodeoxynucleotides in a murine model of asthma. J. Immunol. 160, 2555–2559. Kobayashi, H., Horner, A. A., Takabayashi, K., Nguyen, M. D., Huang, E., Cinman, N., and Raz, E. (1999). Immunostimulatory DNA pre-priming: A novel approach for prolonged Th1-biased immunity. Cell Immunol. 198, 69–75. Krieg, A. M. (2002). CpG motifs in bacterial DNA and their immune effects. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 20, 709–760. Kronqvist, M., Johansson, E., Whitley, P., Olsson, S., Gafvelin, G., Scheynius, A., and van HageHamsten, M. (2001). A hypoallergenic derivative of the major allergen of the dust mite Lepidoglyphus destructor, Lep d 2.6Cys, induces less IgE reactivity and cellular response in the skin than recombinant Lep d 2. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 126, 41–49. Kurtzman, A. L., Govindarajan, S., Vahle, K., Jones, J. T., Heinrichs, V., and Patten, P. A. (2001). Advances in directed protein evolution by recursive genetic recombination: Applications to therapeutic proteins. Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 12, 361–370. Kurup, V. P., Shen, H. D., and Vijay, H. (2002). Immunobiology of fungal allergens. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 129, 181–188.
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
123
Kwon, S. S., Kim, N., and Yoo, T. J. (2001). The effect of vaccination with DNA encoding murine T-cell epitopes on the Der p 1 and 2 induced immunoglobulin E synthesis. Allergy 56, 741– 748. Laffer, S., Spitzauer, S., Susani, M., Pairleitner, H., Schweiger, C., Gronlund, H., Menz, G., Pauli, G., Ishii, T., Nolte, H., Ebner, C., Sehon, A. H., Kraft, D., Eichler, H. G., and Valenta, R. (1996). Comparison of recombinant timothy grass pollen allergens with natural extract for diagnosis of grass pollen allergy in different populations. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 98, 652– 658. Lee, Y. L., Fu, C. L., Ye, Y. L., and Chiang, B. L. (1999). Administration of interleukin-12 prevents mite Der p 1 allergen-IgE antibody production and airway eosinophil infiltration in an animal model of airway inflammation. Scand. J. Immunol. 49, 229–236. Leitner, A., Vogel, M., Radauer, C., Breiteneder, H., Stadler, B. M., Scheiner, O., Kraft, D., and Jensen-Jarolim, E. (1998). A mimotope defined by phage display inhibits IgE binding to the plant panallergen profilin. Eur. J. Immunol. 28, 2921–2927. Leitner, W. W. (2001). Myth, menace or medical blessing? The clinical potential and the problems of genetic vaccines. EMBO Rep. 2, 168–170. Leitner, W. W., Hammerl, P., and Thalhamer, J. (2001). Nucleic acid for the treatment of cancer: Genetic vaccines and DNA adjuvants. Curr. Pharm. Des. 7, 1641–1667. Leitner, W. W., Hwang, L. N., De Veer, M. J., Zhou, A., Silverman, R. H., Williams, B. R., Dubensky, T. W., Ying, H., and Restifo, N. P. (2003). Alphavirus-based DNA vaccine breaks immunological tolerance by activating innate antiviral pathways. Nat. Med. 9, 33–39. Leitner, W. W., and Thalhamer, J. (2003). DNA vaccines for non-infectious diseases: New treatments for tumour and allergy. Expert Opin. Biol. Ther. 3, 627–638. Leitner, W. W., Ying, H., Driver, D. A., Dubensky, T. W., and Restifo, N. P. (2000). Enhancement of tumor-specific immune response with plasmid DNA replicon vectors. Cancer Res. 60, 51–55. Leong, S. R., Chang, J. C., Ong, R., Dawes, G., Stemmer, W. P., and Punnonen, J. (2003). Optimized expression and specific activity of IL-12 by directed molecular evolution. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 100, 1163–1168. Li, X. M., Srivastava, K., Huleatt, J. W., Bottomly, K., Burks, A. W., and Sampson, H. A. (2003). Engineered recombinant peanut protein and heat-killed Listeria monocytogenes coadministration protects against peanut-induced anaphylaxis in a murine model. J. Immunol. 170, 3289– 3295. Linhart, B., Jahn-Schmid, B., Verdino, P., Keller, W., Ebner, C., Kraft, D., and Valenta, R. (2002). Combination vaccines for the treatment of grass pollen allergy consisting of genetically engineered hybrid molecules with increased immunogenicity. Faseb J. 16, 1301–1303. Lorenz, A. R., Scheurer, S., Haustein, D., and Vieths, S. (2001). Recombinant food allergens. J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl. 756, 255–279. Luttkopf, D., Muller, U., Skov, P. S., Ballmer-Weber, B. K., Wuthrich, B., Skamstrup Hansen, K., Poulsen, L. K., Kastner, M., Haustein, D., and Vieths, S. (2002). Comparison of four variants of a major allergen in hazelnut (Corylus avellana) Cor a 1.04 with the major hazel pollen allergen Cor a 1.01. Mol. Immunol. 38, 515–525. Maecker, H. T., Hansen, G., Walter, D. M., DeKruyff, R. H., Levy, S., and Umetsu, D. T. (2001). Vaccination with allergen-IL-18 fusion DNA protects against, and reverses established, airway hyperreactivity in a murine asthma model. J. Immunol. 166, 959–965. Maecker, H. T., Umetsu, D. T., DeKruyff, R. H., and Levy, S. (1997). DNA vaccination with cytokine fusion constructs biases the immune response to ovalbumin. Vaccine 15, 1687–1696. Magone, M. T., Chan, C. C., Beck, L., Whitcup, S. M., and Raz, E. (2000). Systemic or mucosal administration of immunostimulatory DNA inhibits early and late phases of murine allergic conjunctivitis. Eur. J. Immunol. 30, 1841–1850.
124
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
Mari, A. (2002). IgE to cross-reactive carbohydrate determinants: analysis of the distribution and appraisal of the in vivo and in vitro reactivity. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 129, 286–295. Mari, A., Iacovacci, P., Afferni, C., Barletta, B., Tinghino, R., Di Felice, G., and Pini, C. (1999). Specific IgE to cross-reactive carbohydrate determinants strongly affect the in vitro diagnosis of allergic diseases. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 103, 1005–1011. Markovic-Housley, Z., Degano, M., Lamba, D., von Roepenack-Lahaye, E., Clemens, S., Susani, M., Ferreira, F., Scheiner, O., and Breiteneder, H. (2003). Crystal structure of a hypoallergenic isoform of the major birch pollen allergen Bet v 1 and its likely biological function as a plant steroid carrier. J. Mol. Biol. 325, 123–133. Marshall, J. D., Abtahi, S., Eiden, J. J., Tuck, S., Milley, R., Haycock, F., Reid, M. J., KageySobotka, A., Creticos, P. S., Lichtenstein, L. M., and Van Nest, G. (2001). Immunostimulatory sequence DNA linked to the Amb a 1 allergen promotes T(H)1 cytokine expression while downregulating T(H)2 cytokine expression in PBMCs from human patients with ragweed allergy. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 108, 191–197. Martin, T., Parker, S. E., Hedstrom, R., Le, T., Hoffman, S. L., Norman, J., Hobart, P., and Lew, D. (1999). Plasmid DNA malaria vaccine: The potential for genomic integration after intramuscular injection. Hum. Gene Ther. 10, 759–768. Massaer, M., Mazzu, P., Haumont, M., Magi, M., Daminet, V., Bollen, A., and Jacquet, A. (2001). High-level expression in mammalian cells of recombinant house dust mite allergen ProDer p 1 with optimized codon usage. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 125, 32–43. Maurer, D., Ebner, C., Reininger, B., Fiebiger, E., Kraft, D., Kinet, J. P., and Stingl, G. (1995). The high affinity IgE receptor (Fc epsilon RI) mediates IgE-dependent allergen presentation. J. Immunol. 154, 6285–6290. Middleton, E., Reed, C. E., Ellis, E. F., Adkinson, N. F., Yunginger, J. W., and Busse, W. W. (1993). Allergy principles and practice 7th edn. Mosby, St. Louis. Mine, Y., Sasaki, E., and Zhang, J. W. (2003). Reduction of antigenicity and allergenicity of genetically modified egg white allergen, ovomucoid third domain. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 302, 133–137. Mistrello, G., Brenna, O., Roncarolo, D., Zanoni, D., Gentili, M., and Falagiani, P. (1996). Monomeric chemically modified allergens: Immunologic and physicochemical characterization. Allergy 51, 8–15. Moverare, R., Elfman, L., Vesterinen, E., Metso, T., and Haahtela, T. (2002a). Development of new IgE specificities to allergenic components in birch pollen extract during specific immunotherapy studied with immunoblotting and Pharmacia CAP System. Allergy 57, 423–430. Moverare, R., Westritschnig, K., Svensson, M., Hayek, B., Bende, M., Pauli, G., Sorva, R., Haahtela, T., Valenta, R., and Elfman, L. (2002b). Different IgE reactivity profiles in birch pollen-sensitive patients from six European populations revealed by recombinant allergens: An imprint of local sensitization. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 128, 325–335. Muller, U., Akdis, C. A., Fricker, M., Akdis, M., Blesken, T., Bettens, F., and Blaser, K. (1998a). Successful immunotherapy with T-cell epitope peptides of bee venom phospholipase A2 induces specific T-cell anergy in patients allergic to bee venom. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 101, 747–754. Muller, U. R. (2002). Recombinant Hymenoptera venom allergens. Allergy 57, 570–576. Muller, W. D., Karamfilov, T., Kahlert, H., Stuwe, H. T., Fahlbusch, B., Cromwell, O., Fiebig, H., and Jager, L. (1998b). Mapping of T-cell epitopes of Phl p 5: Evidence for crossreacting and non-crossreacting T-cell epitopes within Phl p 5 isoallergens. Clin. Exp. Allergy 28, 1538–1548. Nakamura, Y., Gojobori, T., and Ikemura, T. (2000). Codon usage tabulated from international DNA sequence databases: Status for the year 2000. Nucleic Acids Res. 28, 292. Norman, P. S., Ohman, J. L., Jr., Long, A. A., Creticos, P. S., Gefter, M. A., Shaked, Z., Wood, R. A., Eggleston, P. A., Hafner, K. B., Rao, P., Lichtenstein, L. M., Jones, N. H., and Nicodemus, C. F.
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
125
(1996). Treatment of cat allergy with T-cell reactive peptides. Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med. 154, 1623–1628. Okada, T., Swoboda, I., Bhalla, P. L., Toriyama, K., and Singh, M. B. (1998). Engineering of hypoallergenic mutants of the Brassica pollen allergen, Bra r 1, for immunotherapy. FEBS Lett. 434, 255–260. Oldfield, W. L., Kay, A. B., and Larche, M. (2001). Allergen-derived T cell peptide-induced late asthmatic reactions precede the induction of antigen-specific hyporesponsiveness in atopic allergic asthmatic subjects. J. Immunol. 167, 1734–1739. Oldfield, W. L., Larche, M., and Kay, A. B. (2002). Effect of T-cell peptides derived from Fel d 1 on allergic reactions and cytokine production in patients sensitive to cats: A randomised controlled trial. Lancet 360, 47–53. Ormstad, H., Groeng, E. C., Duffort, O., and Lovik, M. (2003). The effect of endotoxin on the production of IgE, IgG1 and IgG2a antibodies against the cat allergen Fel d 1 in mice. Toxicology 188, 309–318. Parronchi, P., Brugnolo, F., Annunziato, F., Manuelli, C., Sampognaro, S., Mavilia, C., Romagnani, S., and Maggi, E. (1999). Phosphorothioate oligodeoxynucleotides promote the in vitro development of human allergen-specific CD4(þ) T cells into Th1 effectors. J. Immunol. 163, 5946–5953. Patten, P. A., Howard, R. J., and Stemmer, W. P. (1997). Applications of DNA shuffling to pharmaceuticals and vaccines. Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 8, 724–733. Pauli, G. (2000). Evolution in the understanding of cross-reactivities of respiratory allergens: The role of recombinant allergens. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 123, 183–195. Pauli, G., Purohit, A., Oster, J. P., de Blay, F., Vrtala, S., Niederberger, V., Kraft, D., and Valenta, R. (1999). Clinical evaluation of genetically engineered hypoallergenic rBet v 1 derivatives. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 118, 216–217. Peng, H. J., Su, S. N., Chang, Z. N., Chao, P. L., Kuo, S. W., and Tsai, L. C. (2002). Induction of specific Th1 responses and suppression of IgE antibody formation by vaccination with plasmid DNA encoding Der f 11. Vaccine 20, 1761–1768. Peng, Z., Wang, H., Mao, X., HayGlass, K. T., and Simons, F. E. (2001). CpG oligodeoxynucleotide vaccination suppresses IgE induction but may fail to down-regulate ongoing IgE responses in mice. Int. Immunol. 13, 3–11. Punnonen, J. (2000). Molecular breeding of allergy vaccines and antiallergic cytokines. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 121, 173–182. Raillard, S., Krebber, A., Chen, Y., Ness, J. E., Bermudez, E., Trinidad, R., Fullem, R., Davis, C., Welch, M., Seffernick, J., Wackett, L. P., Stemmer, W. P., and Minshull, J. (2001). Novel enzyme activities and functional plasticity revealed by recombining highly homologous enzymes. Chem. Biol. 8, 891–898. Rajagopal, D., Ganesh, K. A., and Subba Rao, P. V. (2000). Modulation of allergen-specific immune responses to the major shrimp allergen, tropomyosin, by specific targeting to scavenger receptors on macrophages. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 121, 308–316. Rautiainen, J., Auriola, S., Konttinen, A., Virtanen, T., Rytkonen-Nissinen, M., Zeiler, T., and Mantyjarvi, R. (2001). Two new variants of the lipocalin allergen Bos d 2. J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl. 763, 91–98. Raz, E., Tighe, H., Sato, Y., Corr, M., Dudler, J. A., Roman, M., Swain, S. L., Spiegelberg, H. L., and Carson, D. A. (1996). Preferential induction of a Th1 immune response and inhibition of specific IgE antibody formation by plasmid DNA immunization. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93, 5141–5145. Repa, A., Grangette, C., Daniel, C., Hochreiter, R., Hoffmann-Sommergruber, K., Thalhamer, J., Kraft, D., Breiteneder, H., Mercenier, A., and Wiedermann, U. (2003). Mucosal co-application of lactic acid bacteria and allergen induces counter-regulatory immune responses in a murine model of birch pollen allergy. Vaccine 22, 87–95.
126
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
Restifo, N. P. (2000). Building better vaccines: how apoptotic cell death can induce inflammation and activate innate and adaptive immunity. Curr. Opin. Immunol. 12, 597–603. Rodriguez, F., Zhang, J., and Whitton, J. L. (1997). DNA immunization: Ubiquitination of a viral protein enhances cytotoxic T-lymphocyte induction and antiviral protection but abrogates antibody induction. J. Virol. 71, 8497–8503. Roy, K., Mao, H. Q., Huang, S. K., and Leong, K. W. (1999). Oral gene delivery with chitosan– DNA nanoparticles generates immunologic protection in a murine model of peanut allergy. Nat. Med. 5, 387–391. Santeliz, J. V., Van Nest, G., Traquina, P., Larsen, E., and Wills-Karp, M. (2002). Amb a 1-linked CpG oligodeoxynucleotides reverse established airway hyperresponsiveness in a murine model of asthma. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 109, 455–462. Schenk, S., Hoffmann-Sommergruber, K., Breiteneder, H., Ferreira, F., Fischer, G., Scheiner, O., Kraft, D., and Ebner, C. (1994). Four recombinant isoforms of Cor a 1, the major allergen of hazel pollen, show different reactivities with allergen-specific T-lymphocyte clones. Eur. J. Biochem. 224, 717–722. Schramm, G., Kahlert, H., Suck, R., Weber, B., Stuwe, H. T., Muller, W. D., Bufe, A., Becker, W. M., Schlaak, M. W., Jager, L., Cromwell, O., and Fiebig, H. (1999). ‘‘Allergen engineering’’: Variants of the timothy grass pollen allergen Phl p 5b with reduced IgE-binding capacity but conserved T cell reactivity. J. Immunol. 162, 2406–2414. Segal, B. M., Klinman, D. M., and Shevach, E. M. (1997). Microbial products induce autoimmune disease by an IL-12-dependent pathway. J. Immunol. 158, 5087–5090. Shirota, H., Sano, K., Hirasawa, N., Terui, T., Ohuchi, K., Hattori, T., Shirato, K., and Tamura, G. (2001). Novel roles of CpG oligodeoxynucleotides as a leader for the sampling and presentation of CpG-tagged antigen by dendritic cells. J. Immunol. 167, 66–74. Shirota, H., Sano, K., Kikuchi, T., Tamura, G., and Shirato, K. (2000). Regulation of murine airway eosinophilia and Th2 cells by antigen-conjugated CpG oligodeoxynucleotides as a novel antigen-specific immunomodulator. J. Immunol. 164, 5575–5582. Sicherer, S. H. (2001). Clinical implications of cross-reactive food allergens. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 108, 881–890. Singh, N., Bhatia, S., Abraham, R., Basu, S. K., George, A., Bal, V., and Rath, S. (1998). Modulation of T cell cytokine profiles and peptide-MHC complex availability in vivo by delivery to scavenger receptors via antigen maleylation. J. Immunol. 160, 4869–4880. Slater, J. E., Paupore, E., Zhang, Y. T., and Colberg-Poley, A. M. (1998). The latex allergen Hev b 5 transcript is widely distributed after subcutaneous injection in BALB/c mice of its DNA vaccine. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 102, 469–475. Smith, A. M., Benjamin, D. C., Derewenda, U., Smith, W. A., Thomas, W. R., and Chapman, M. D. (2001a). Sequence polymorphisms and antibody binding to the group 2 dust mite allergens. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 124, 61–63. Smith, A. M., and Chapman, M. D. (1996). Reduction in IgE binding to allergen variants generated by site-directed mutagenesis: Contribution of disulfide bonds to the antigenic structure of the major house dust mite allergen Der p 2. Mol. Immunol. 33, 399–405. Smith, W. A., Hales, B. J., Jarnicki, A. G., and Thomas, W. R. (2001b). Allergens of wild house dust mites: Environmental Der p 1 and Der p 2 sequence polymorphisms. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 107, 985–992. Son, D. Y., Scheurer, S., Hoffmann, A., Haustein, D., and Vieths, S. (1999). Pollen-related food allergy: Cloning and immunological analysis of isoforms and mutants of Mal d 1, the major apple allergen, and Bet v 1, the major birch pollen allergen. Eur. J. Nutr. 38, 201–215. Soong, N. W., Nomura, L., Pekrun, K., Reed, M., Sheppard, L., Dawes, G., and Stemmer, W. P. (2000). Molecular breeding of viruses. Nat. Genet. 25, 436–439.
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
127
Sowka, S., Hafner, C., Radauer, C., Focke, M., Brehler, R., Astwood, J. D., Arif, S. A., Kanani, A., Sussman, G. L., Scheiner, O., Beezhold, D. H., and Breiteneder, H. (1999). Molecular and immunologic characterization of new isoforms of the Hevea brasiliensis latex allergen hev b 7: Evidence of no cross-reactivity between hev b 7 isoforms and potato patatin and proteins from avocado and banana. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 104, 1302–1310. Sparwasser, T., Koch, E. S., Vabulas, R. M., Heeg, K., Lipford, G. B., Ellwart, J. W., and Wagner, H. (1998). Bacterial DNA and immunostimulatory CpG oligonucleotides trigger maturation and activation of murine dendritic cells. Eur. J. Immunol. 28, 2045–2054. Sparwasser, T., Miethke, T., Lipford, G., Erdmann, A., Hacker, H., Heeg, K., and Wagner, H. (1997). Macrophages sense pathogens via DNA motifs: Induction of tumor necrosis factoralpha-mediated shock. Eur. J. Immunol. 27, 1671–1679. Spiegelberg, H. L., Takabayashi, K., Beck, L., and Raz, E. (2002). DNA-based vaccines for allergic disease. Expert Rev. Vaccines 1, 169–177. Spiegelberg, H. L., Tighe, H., Roman, M., Broide, D., and Raz, E. (1998). Inhibition of IgE formation and allergic inflammation by allergen gene immunization and by CpG motif immune stimulatory oligodeoxynucleotides. Allergy 53, 93–97. Stemmer, W. P. (1994a). DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and reassembly: In Vitro recombination for molecular evolution. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91, 10747–10751. Stemmer, W. P. (1994b). Rapid evolution of a protein in vitro by DNA shuffling. Nature 370, 389–391. Sudowe, S., Montermann, E., Steitz, J., Tuting, T., Knop, J., and Reske-Kunz, A. B. (2002). Efficacy of recombinant adenovirus as vector for allergen gene therapy in a mouse model of type I allergy. Gene Ther. 9, 147–156. Suphioglu, C., Schappi, G., Kenrick, J., Levy, D., Davies, J. M., and O’Hehir, R. E. (2001). A novel grass pollen allergen mimotope identified by phage display peptide library inhibits allergenhuman IgE antibody interaction. FEBS Lett. 502, 46–52. Sur, S., Wild, J. S., Choudhury, B. K., Sur, N., Alam, R., and Klinman, D. M. (1999). Long term prevention of allergic lung inflammation in a mouse model of asthma by CpG oligodeoxynucleotides. J. Immunol. 162, 6284–6293. Sussman, G. L., Beezhold, D. H., and Kurup, V. P. (2002). Allergens and natural rubber proteins. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 110, S33–39. Swoboda, I., De Weerd, N., Bhalla, P. L., Niederberger, V., Sperr, W. R., Valent, P., Kahlert, H., Fiebig, H., Verdino, P., Keller, W., Ebner, C., Spitzauer, S., Valenta, R., and Singh, M. B. (2002). Mutants of the major ryegrass pollen allergen, Lol p 5, with reduced IgE-binding capacity: Candidates for grass pollen-specific immunotherapy. Eur. J. Immunol. 32, 270–280. Swoboda, I., Jilek, A., Ferreira, F., Engel, E., Hoffmann-Sommergruber, K., Scheiner, O., Kraft, D., Breiteneder, H., Pittenauer, E., Schmid, E., et al. (1995). Isoforms of Bet v 1, the major birch pollen allergen, analyzed by liquid chromatography, mass spectrometry, and cDNA cloning. J. Biol. Chem. 270, 2607–2613. Takai, T., Mori, A., Yuuki, T., Okudaira, H., and Okumura, Y. (1999). Non-anaphylactic combination of partially deleted fragments of the major house dust mite allergen Der f 2 for allergenspecific immunotherapy. Mol. Immunol. 36, 1055–1065. Takai, T., Yokota, T., Yasue, M., Nishiyama, C., Yuuki, T., Mori, A., Okudaira, H., and Okumura, Y. (1997). Engineering of the major house dust mite allergen Der f 2 for allergen-specific immunotherapy. Nat. Biotechnol. 15, 754–758. Takeda, K., Kaisho, T., and Akira, S. (2003). Toll-like receptors. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 21, 335–376. Tamborini, E., Faccini, S., Lidholm, J., Svensson, M., Brandazza, A., Longhi, R., Groenlund, H., Sidoli, A., and Arosio, P. (1997). Biochemical and immunological characterization of recombinant allergen Lol p 1. Eur. J. Biochem. 249, 886–894.
128
FA´ TIMA FERREIRA ET AL.
Tang, D. C., DeVit, M., and Johnston, S. A. (1992). Genetic immunization is a simple method for eliciting an immune response. Nature 356, 152–154. Tarzi, M., and Larche, M. (2003). Peptide immunotherapy for allergic disease. Expert Opin. Biol. Ther. 3, 617–626. Thomas, W. R., Smith, W. A., Hales, B. J., Mills, K. L., and O’Brien, R. M. (2002). Characterization and immunobiology of house dust mite allergens. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 129, 1–18. Tighe, H., Takabayashi, K., Schwartz, D., VanNest, G., Tuck, S., Eiden, J. J., KageySobotka, A., Creticos, P. S., Lichtenstein, L. M., Spiegelberg, H. L., and Raz, E. (2000). Conjugation of immunostimulatory DNA to the short ragweed allergen Amb a 1 enhances its immunogenicity and reduces its allergenicity. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 106, 124–134. Tokunaga, T., Yamamoto, H., Shimada, S., Abe, H., Fukuda, T., Fujisawa, Y., Furutani, Y., Yano, O., Kataoka, T., Sudo, T., et al. (1984). Antitumor activity of deoxyribonucleic acid fraction from Mycobacterium bovis BCG. I. Isolation, physicochemical characterization, and antitumor activity. J. Natl. Cancer. Inst. 72, 955–962. Tsuji, R. F., Hoshino, K., Noro, Y., Tsuji, N. M., Kurokawa, T., Masuda, T., Akira, S., and Nowak, B. (2003). Suppression of allergic reaction by lambda-carrageenan: Toll-like receptor 4/MyD88dependent and-independent modulation of immunity. Clin. Exp. Allergy 33, 249–258. Twardosz, A., Hayek, B., Seiberler, S., Vangelista, L., Elfman, L., Gronlund, H., Kraft, D., and Valenta, R. (1997). Molecular characterization, expression in Escherichia coli, and epitope analysis of a two EF-hand calcium-binding birch pollen allergen, Bet v 4. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 239, 197–204. Uchida, Y., Kurasawa, K., Nakajima, H., Nakagawa, N., Tanabe, E., Sueishi, M., Saito, Y., and Iwamoto, I. (2001). Increase of dendritic cells of type 2 (DC2) by altered response to IL-4 in atopic patients. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 108, 1005–1011. Ulmer, J. B., Donnelly, J. J., Parker, S. E., Rhodes, G. H., Felgner, P. L., Dwarki, V. J., Gromkowski, S. H., Deck, R. R., DeWitt, C. M., and Friedman, A. (1993). Heterologous protection against influenza by injection of DNA encoding a viral protein. Science 259, 1745–1749. Valenta, R., Lidholm, J., Niederberger, V., Hayek, B., Kraft, D., and Gronlund, H. (1999a). The recombinant allergen-based concept of component-resolved diagnostics and immunotherapy (CRD and CRIT). Clin. Exp. Allergy 29, 896–904. Valenta, R., Vrtala, S., Focke-Tejkl, M., Bugajska, S., Ball, T., Twardosz, A., Spitzauer, S., Gronlund, H., and Kraft, D. (1999b). Genetically engineered and synthetic allergen derivatives: Candidates for vaccination against type I allergy. Biol. Chem. 380, 815–824. van der Heijden, F. L., Joost van Neerven, R. J., van Katwijk, M., Bos, J. D., and Kapsenberg, M. L. (1993). Serum-IgE-facilitated allergen presentation in atopic disease. J. Immunol. 150, 3643–3650. van der Veen, M. J., Mulder, M., Witteman, A. M., van Ree, R., Aalberse, R. C., Jansen, H. M., and van der Zee, J. S. (der Veen 1996). False-positive skin prick test responses to commercially available dog dander extracts caused by contamination with house dust mite (Dermatophagoides pteronyssinus) allergens. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 98, 1028–1034. van Hage-Hamsten, M., Kronqvist, M., Zetterstrom, O., Johansson, E., Niederberger, V., Vrtala, S., Gronlund, H., Gronneberg, R., and Valenta, R. (1999). Skin test evaluation of genetically engineered hypoallergenic derivatives of the major birch pollen allergen, Bet v 1: Results obtained with a mix of two recombinant Bet v 1 fragments and recombinant Bet v 1 trimer in a Swedish population before the birch pollen season. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 104, 969–977. van Ree, R. (2002). Carbohydrate epitopes and their relevance for the diagnosis and treatment of allergic diseases. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 129, 189–197. van Ree, R., Antonicelli, L., Akkerdaas, J. H., Garritani, M. S., Aalberse, R. C., and Bonifazi, F. (1996). Possible induction of food allergy during mite immunotherapy. Allergy 51, 108–113.
CUSTOMIZED ALLERGENS
129
Van Ree, R., Van Leeuwen, W. A., Akkerdaas, J. H., and Aalberse, R. C. (1999). How far can we simplify in vitro diagnostics for Fagales tree pollen allergy? A study with three whole pollen extracts and purified natural and recombinant allergens. Clin. Exp. Allergy 29, 848–855. Vieths, S., Scheurer, S., and Ballmer-Weber, B. (2002). Current understanding of cross-reactivity of food allergens and pollen. Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 964, 47–68. Vrtala, S., Akdis, C. A., Budak, F., Akdis, M., Blaser, K., Kraft, D., and Valenta, R. (2000). T cell epitope-containing hypoallergenic recombinant fragments of the major birch pollen allergen, Bet v 1, induce blocking antibodies. J. Immunol. 165, 6653–6659. Vrtala, S., Hirtenlehner, K., Susani, M., Akdis, M., Kussebi, F., Akdis, C. A., Blaser, K., Hufnagl, P., Binder, B. R., Politou, A., Pastore, A., Vangelista, L., Sperr, W. R., Semper, H., Valent, P., Ebner, C., Kraft, D., and Valenta, R. (2001). Genetic engineering of a hypoallergenic trimer of the major birch pollen allergen Bet v 1. Faseb J. 15, 2045–2047. Vrtala, S., Hirtenlehner, K., Susani, M., Hufnagl, P., Binder, B. R., Vangelista, L., Pastore, A., Sperr, W. R., Valent, P., Ebner, C., Kraft, D., and Valenta, R. (1999). Genetic engineering of recombinant hypoallergenic oligomers of the major birch pollen allergen, Bet v 1: Candidates for specific immunotherapy. Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 118, 218–219. Vrtala, S., Hirtenlehner, K., Vangelista, L., Pastore, A., Eichler, H. G., Sperr, W. R., Valent, P., Ebner, C., Kraft, D., and Valenta, R. (1997). Conversion of the major birch pollen allergen, Bet v 1, into two nonanaphylactic T cell epitope-containing fragments: Candidates for a novel form of specific immunotherapy. J. Clin. Invest. 99, 1673–1681. Wallner, M., Nestelbacher, R., Breiteneder, H., Hoffmann-Sommergruber, K., and Ferreira, F. (2002). In vitro evolution of the Bet v 1 family by gene shuffling. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 109, S164. Weiss, R., Scheiblhofer, S., Freund, J., Ferreira, F., Livey, I., and Thalhamer, J. (2002). Gene gun bombardment with gold particles displays a particular Th2-promoting signal that over-rules the Th1-inducing effect of immunostimulatory CpG motifs in DNA vaccines. Vaccine 20, 3148. Westritschnig, K., Sibanda, E., Thomas, W., Auer, H., Aspock, H., Pittner, G., Vrtala, S., Spitzauer, S., Kraft, D., and Valenta, R. (2003). Analysis of the sensitization profile towards allergens in central Africa. Clin. Exp. Allergy 33, 22–27. Wild, J. S., Sigounas, A., Sur, N., Siddiqui, M. S., Alam, R., Kurimoto, M., and Sur, S. (2000). IFNgamma-inducing factor (IL-18) increases allergic sensitization, serum IgE, Th2 cytokines, and airway eosinophilia in a mouse model of allergic asthma. J. Immunol. 164, 2701–2710. Wolfowicz, C. B., HuangFu, T., and Chua, K. Y. (2003). Expression and immunogenicity of the major house dust mite allergen Der p 1 following DNA immunization. Vaccine 21, 1195–1204. Wu, C. H., Lee, M. F., Yang, J. S., and Tseng, C. Y. (2002). IgE-binding epitopes of the American cockroach Per a 1 allergen. Mol. Immunol. 39, 459–464. Wurtzen, P., Wissenbach, M., Ipsen, H., Bufe, A., Arnved, J., and van Neerven, R. J. (1999). Highly heterogeneous Phl p 5-specific T cells from patients with allergic rhinitis differentially recognize recombinant Phl p 5 isoallergens. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 104, 115–122. Ying, H., Zaks, T., Wang, R. F., Irvine, K. R., Kammula, U., Marincola, F. M., Leitner, W. W., and Restifo, N. P. (1999). Cancer therapy using a self-replicating RNA vaccine. Nat. Med. 5, 823– 827. Zemann, B., Schwaerzler, C., Griot-Wenk, M., Nefzger, M., Mayer, P., Schneider, H., de Weck, A., Carballido, J. M., and Liehl, E. (2003). Oral administration of specific antigens to allergy-prone infant dogs induces IL-10 and TGF-beta expression and prevents allergy in adult life. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 111, 1069–1075.
advances in immunology, vol. 84
Immune Response Against Dying Tumor Cells LAURENCE ZITVOGEL,* NOELIA CASARES,* MARIE O. PE´QUIGNOT,* NATHALIE CHAPUT,* MATTHEW L. ALBERT,{ AND GUIDO KROEMER* *Institut Gustave Roussy Villejuif, France { Institut Pasteur Paris, France
I. Introduction
Despite a concerted effort on the part of scientists and clinicians, cancer remains one of the leading causes of death in industrialized countries. Furthermore, in spite of stunning progress in cancer cell biology, the clinical management of cancer is still largely based on surgical resection, local irradiation, and the instillation of toxic compounds (‘‘chemotherapy’’) that kill any kind of proliferating cell, though cancer cells somewhat more efficiently, at least at an early stage. Though effective (albeit toxic) in the short term, patients typically develop chemotherapy-resistant tumor cells after several rounds of darwinian selection, resulting in the eventual demise of the patient. Such escape mutants also arise in the setting of more ‘‘selective’’ compounds such as radioactive iodine, hormone receptor antagonists, or tyrosine kinase inhibitors. Based on this frustrating experience, therapies that bypass drug resistance and are less toxic to patients are urgently needed. Cancer immunotherapy offers one particularly exciting alternative therapeutic strategy. Severe immunodeficiencies increase the frequency of spontaneously arising tumors, both in humans and in mice. For example, mice that are deficient in lymphocytes and/or the interferon-g (IFN-g) system have a higher incidence of carcinogen-induced sarcoma, lymphoma, and spontaneous epithelial tumors than immunocompetent mice (Kaplan et al., 1998; Shankaran et al., 2001; Street et al., 2002). Similarly, perforin-deficient mice exhibit an abnormally high rate of spontaneous lymphoma and lung adenocarcinoma (Smyth et al., 2000), and neutralization of tumor necrosis factor (TNF)–related apoptosis-inducing ligand (TRAIL) by blocking antibodies promotes carcinogen-induced tumor development in mice (Takeda et al., 2002). The tumors arising in perforin-deficient or TRAIL-suppressed mice are readily rejected when transplanted into immunocompetent controls (Smyth et al., 2000; Takeda et al., 2002), thus confirming that their development is dictated by the absence of an immune response, rather than by cell autonomous phenomena. Immunocompromised patients having undergone allotransplantationassociated immunosuppression exhibit an increased incidence of virally 131 Copyright 2004, Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. 0065-2776/04 $35.00
132
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
induced skin neoplasia and lymphoproliferative disease, as well as non–virusassociated epithelial cancers (Bleday et al., 1993; Nalesnik, 2002; Penn, 2000; Trofe et al., 2002; Wu and Orengo, 2002). Although these observations suggest the existence of an immunosurveillance system that participates in the suppression of tumor development, there are also strong arguments to assume that such an immunosurveillance has limited importance, at least once tumors have been established. If cycles of immune pressure and immune escape were operative during tumor development, we would expect—in a Gedankenexperiment—that phases of progressive tumor growth will be interrupted by one or more periods of contraction. Nonetheless, once clinically detectable, solid tumors generally grow and continue to grow, without evidence of significant drops or depressions. In addition, there is normally no clear-cut clinical or histological evidence of local inflammation in uninfected tumors, with the notable exception of melanoma (Mihm et al., 1996), renal carcinoma (Nakano et al., 2001), and ovarian carcinoma (Zhang et al., 2003), in which the presence of tumor-infiltrating lymphocytes (TILs) has a favorable prognostic impact. It can be argued that the generation of immunoresistant tumor cell variants is a side effect of the initial steps of carcinogenesis, as a result of genomic instability and dysregulation that characterizes the transformed genome (Khong and Restifo, 2002). In that case, the selection for immunoresistance would take place early and thus be clinically imperceptible. Immunoresistance would be acquired before tumors reach a cell mass of 109 cells or more, and only once the battle has already been lost, tumors would become clinically detectable and enter a phase of ever progressive growth. Although doubts can be shed on the importance of immunosurveillance in normal cancer development, it is commonly agreed that the immune system can be manipulated to respond to established and developing tumors, especially in experimental animals. Antitumor responses can be induced by vaccination, usually by providing a formulation of concentrated tumor antigens whose optimal presentation is ensured in vitro (by pulsing dendritic cells [DCs]) or in vivo by the application of suitable immunostimulatory agents (adjuvants, cytokines, or blockade of T-cell inactivation). Moreover, antitumor responses can be induced by passive transfer of tumor-specific cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTLs) that have been selected and expanded in vitro. Promising results have been obtained in several clinical studies employing such strategies (Banchereau et al., 2001; Coulie et al., 2001; Dreno et al., 2002; Dudley and Rosenberg, 2003; Pardoll, 2002; Phan et al., 2003a; Ribas et al., 2003; Rosenberg, 2001). In this context, clear evidence in favor of tumor escape mechanisms has been obtained. For instance, melanomas from patients experiencing partial responses after T-cell–based immunotherapies reportedly lose b2-microglobulin (and hence, major histocompatibility complex [MHC]
ANTITUMOR IMMUNITY
133
class I) expression or downmodulate the target antigen (Khong and Restifo, 2002; Restifo et al., 1996). The central dilemma of cancer immunotherapy resides in the striking contrast between the lack of spontaneous antitumor immune responses and the apparent possibility to induce active antitumor immune responses experimentally. How do cancer cells tolerize (or paralyze) the immune system or simply manage to be ignored? And how is it possible that anticancer therapy by irradiation or by drugs, ideally resulting in massive death of cancer cells, does not elicit an immune response in the patient? Irradiation and chemotherapy mostly induce a type of cell death, apoptosis, which is widely thought to be immunologically silent or even tolerogenic. Thus, paradoxically, the standard treatments that are used in the clinical management of both solid and diffuse tumors would suppress any possibility that the patient’s immune system eradicates those residual tumor cells that will ultimately cause relapse. This chapter critically examines this hypothetical scenario and raises the question how the modality of tumor cell death and/or the immune system can be manipulated so dying tumor cells become immunogenic. II. Minimal Elements of the Antitumor Immune Response
A. Specific Tumor Antigens Tumor antigens can be categorized in the following groups: (a) nonmutated shared antigens (e.g., MAGE, BAGE, RAGE, and NY-ESO), which are expressed in testes and in multiple tumor cells, (b) differentiation antigens (e.g., prostate-specific membrane antigen [PSMA] and prostate-specific antigen [PSA] in prostate carcinoma, Mart1/MelanA and tyrosinase present in many melanoma, and carcino embryonic antigen [CEA] present in a large percentage of colon cancers), which are tissue restricted and present in lineage-specific tumor cell, (c) mutated oncogenes and tumor suppressor genes (e.g., mutated ras, rearranged bcr/abl, mutated p53), which provide novel epitopes for immune recognition, (d) unique idiotypes (e.g., immunoglobulin antigensin myeloma and B-cell myeloma, T-cell receptor [TCR] expressed in CTCL), (e) oncovirus-derived epitopes (e.g., the human papillomavirus–encoded E6 and E7 proteins, Epstein–Barr virus [EBV]–associated antigens present in primary brain lymphoma), and (f) nonmutated oncofetal proteins such as CEA, a-fetoprotein, and survivin (Ribas et al., 2003). In experimental models, it is possible to elicit specific T-cell responses against such tumor antigens, and this can lead to tumor prophylaxis or eradication, at least in murine models. The existence of T cells specifically recognizing different tumor antigens and mediating antitumor responses in vitro or in vivo has been extensively documented. There are benefits and risks associated with targeting each group of tumor antigens. For example, in responses
134
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
specific for differentiation antigens, tumor immunity may result in autoimmune responses. Breast or ovarian cancers that ectopically express CDR2 (normally confined to neurons and testis) can elicit an autoimmune response against CDR2, which then causes paraneoplastic cerebellar degeneration (Albert et al., 1998a). Similarly, in therapeutic trials of patients with melanoma, it has been reported that patients develop vitiligo (Mackensen et al., 2000; Yee et al., 2000). It is unclear whether antitumor immune responses specific for differentiation antigens can be dissociated from the autoimmune response to such targets. On the other hand, the development of interventions targeting mutated antigens has been more difficult because of the diversity of individual tumors and the polymorphism of the immune system. It is particularly interesting that apoptotic cell death can lead to unmasking (or destruction) of specific tumor antigens. Thus, different classes of proteases selectively activated during the death of apoptotic cells may expose hidden or cryptic antigens that were previously ignored by T cells (Rosen and Casciola-Rosen, 1999). For instance, hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC) is accompanied by an autoantibody response to nuclear proteins in 30% of patients. Several targets of the antinucleolar autoantibody response in HCC were identified, including nucleophosmin/B23, fibrillarin, and NOR-90 (Imai et al., 1992). Interestingly, anti-B23 autoantibodies are also found in patients with other tumors (e.g., breast cancer) (Brankin et al., 1998), indicating that this immune response may indeed be linked to novel features of the transformed cell. B23 and in particular a B23 variant expressed in tumors (that is transcribed starting on methionine residue 7) has been shown to be a substrate of granzyme-B, and the resulting cleavage product is recognized by autoantibodies (Ulanet et al., 2003). Novel tumor antigens can also be created by the cell surface expression of proteins that are normally secluded in the cytoplasm. For example, the prominent lymphoplasmacytic cell infiltrate characteristic of medullary carcinoma of the breast (MCB) contains an oligoclonal B cell population that recognizes bactin expressed on the surface of MCB cells, after apoptosis induction, perhaps as the result of an aberrant granzyme-B activation (Hansen et al., 2001). Thus, in particular circumstances, malignancy can lead to the generation of neo-autoantigens that are created, presumably as a result of cell death, by cleavage by granzyme-B (normally restricted in expression to CTLs, natural killer [NK] cells, NK T cells [NKTs], and gd T cells). In contrast, immunodominant epitopes may be destroyed as a result of apoptosis, subsequent to caspase activation. For example, injection of C57BL/6 mice either with apoptotic RMA lymphoma cells or with bone marrow-derived dendritic cells (BM-DCs) pulsed with apoptotic RMA cells mount a specific and protective CTL response; however, it is not directed against the immunodominant CTL epitope gag85–93 because this epitope is destroyed by active caspases (Castiglioni et al., 2002).
ANTITUMOR IMMUNITY
135
B. Exosomes and Heat Shock Proteins as a Source of Multiple Tumor Antigens A novel source of undefined tumor antigens has been found in small vesicles secreted by hematopoietic and tumor cells. Such vesicles, which are called exosomes, originate from multivesicular late endosomes (MVBs) that are secreted upon fusion of the external limiting membrane of MVB with the plasma membrane. Exosomes were initially described as vesicles containing proteins discarded by reticulocytes during their transformation into red blood cells (Johnstone et al., 1987). Interest in exosomes was renewed after their description in antigen-presenting cells (APCs) (Raposo et al., 1996) and the observation that they can stimulate immune responses in vivo (Zitvogel et al., 1998). Importantly, exosomes contain MHC class I (and when produced by professional APCs, MHC class II) peptide complexes, heat shock proteins (HSPs), and cytosolic antigens that could account for their immunogenicity in vitro and in vivo (Thery et al., 2002b). MHC–peptide complexes contained in exosomes can indeed be transferred to DCs to induce primary T-cell responses leading to tumor eradication (Thery et al., 2002a). Exosomes may also transfer antigens from tumor cells to DCs. Like DCderived exosomes, exosomes produced by melanoma tumor cells contain MHC class I molecules. Interestingly, tumor cell–derived exosomes contain tumor antigens, such as MelanA/Mart1, in the case of melanoma cell tumors, or HER-2/neu for ovarian tumors. DCs expressing the appropriate MHC class I molecules can trigger effective T-cell activation in vitro, when they are fed with exosomes derived from tumor cells expressing the corresponding antigen but not the restriction element (the MHC class I recognized by the T-cell clone). Tumor cell–derived exosomes may, therefore, be used as a source of antigen for cross-presentation by DCs, and DCs loaded with tumor cell– derived exosomes induce tumor rejection (Wolfers et al., 2001). Surprisingly, this effect is not entirely tumor specific, because exosomes from some tumors can protect against allogeneic tumors, whereas irradiated tumor cells protect against tumor challenge in a strictly tumor-specific manner (Wolfers et al., 2001). The reason for this ‘‘cross-protection’’ remains unclear, but it could be due to an enrichment of shared tumor antigens in exosomes. Exosomes have been identified in vivo, first by Denzer et al. (2000a,b) by electron microscopy of follicular DCs and later by Andre´ et al. (2002) in tumoral biological fluids. Exosomes from ascites harvested from metastatic patients may constitute an abundant source of candidate tumor antigens (such as HER-2/neu) and are able to elicit antitumor T-cell responses in vitro when transferred to DCs (Andre´ et al., 2002). Exosomes derived from DCs or tumor cells do not induce DC maturation by themselves and thus are not immunogenic unless they are delivered with additional stimuli. Thus, the functional
136
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
outcome of exosome-mediated stimulation depends on external factors, such as local inflammation, the route of injection (when exosomes are used for vaccination), and the cellular source of exosomes. According to one report (Karlsson et al., 2001), 40-nm vesicles produced by rat intestinal epithelial cells cultured in the presence of IFN-g (to induce MHC class II expression) and predigested ovalbumine induced antigen-specific tolerance. Similarly, vesicles purified from the serum of rats previously fed an ovalbumine diet also induced some tolerogenic effects to ovalbumine in delayed-type hypersensitivity (DTH) assays (Karlsson et al., 2001). The vesicles used in these studies, however, were not fully characterized, and whether they are genuine exosomes remains a matter of debate. Proteomic analyses of DC-derived exosomes revealed a particular abundance of molecules such as tetraspanins, CD11b, and lactadherin, which have a putative role in targeting APCs (Thery et al., 2001). However, the exact role of these proteins in the immunogenicity of exosomes remains elusive. Although several similarities exist between exosomes and apoptotic microvesicles, exosome production is not enhanced in apoptotic cells, suggesting that living and dying cells may produce different types of membrane vesicles (Thery et al., 2001). The differential immunogenicity of exosomes secreted from stressed/dying and nonstressed tumor cells awaits further studies. Interestingly, exosomes contain elevated levels of several HSPs, in particular of the HSP60, HSP70, and HSP90 families, depending from which cell type the exosomes have been derived (Skokos et al., 2003; Thery et al., 1999; Wubbolts et al., 2003). Molecular chaperones (such as HSP70, Grp94, but also HSP60, HSP90, and calreticulin) can serve as immune adjuvant for crosspriming with antigenic peptides (Srivastava et al., 1994). APCs internalize HSPs with bound peptides, presumably through receptor-mediated endocytosis (Singh-Jasuja et al., 2000), resulting in antigen presentation via MHC class I molecules (Castellino et al., 2000). For example, HSP70–peptide complexes (HSP70–PC) purified from tyrosinase-positive (but not from tyrosinasenegative) melanoma cells resulted in the specific DC-mediated activation of a class I–restricted tyrosine peptide-specific cytotoxic T-cell clone (Noessner et al., 2002). HSPs, thus, deliver chaperoned peptides from non-APCs, including tumor cells, to MHC molecules of APCs. CD91 is a common receptor for HSPs Gp96, HSP90, HSP70, and calreticulin, allowing for the uptake of complexes of peptides with HSPs by macrophages and DCs and presentation of these peptides through the classic endogenous pathway (Basu et al., 2001). In addition, the extracellular domain (ECD) of CD40 can reportedly bind to the aminoterminal adenosine triphosphatase (ATPase) domain of HSP70. This interaction would be found when HSP70 is in its adenosine diphosphate (ADP)–bound state (after ATP hydrolysis) and therefore tightly bound to its peptide substrate. Apparently, the
ANTITUMOR IMMUNITY
137
CD40–HSP70 interaction stimulates DC cells via p38 (Becker et al., 2002). HSP60 stimulates DCs for maturation and release of tumor necrosis factor-a (TNF-a), IL-12, and IL-1b (but not IL-10) and stimulates several kinases (p38, JNK, and ERK) and IkB phosphorylation via toll-like receptor-4 (TLR4) (Flohe et al., 2003). HSP70 may also elicit cytokine secretion via TLR2 and TLR4 with their cofactor CD14 (Asea et al., 2002) and thus may stimulate DC maturation. Indeed, HSP70 causes MyD88 relocalization (a typical downstream effect of TLR ligation), and MyD88-deficient DCs do not respond to HSP70 with proinflammatory cytokine production (Vabulas et al., 2002). In addition, HSP70 expressed on the surface of tumor cells can activate the NK cell receptor CD94 (Gross et al., 2003a) and facilitate perforin-independent apoptosis by specific binding and uptake of granzyme-B (Gross et al., 2003b). The improved NK-, lymphokine activated killer cell (LAK)-, or CTL-mediated lysis of tumor cells then conceivable could lead to cross-presentation of antigen by DCs to prime adaptive T-cell immunity. Together, these data suggest that HSPs can enhance the antitumor immune response at three levels, by increasing ‘‘signal one,’’ through the delivery of antigenic peptides to the APC, by increasing ‘‘signal two,’’ that is, by enhancing DC activation and maturation, and possibly by providing a stimulus for ‘‘signal three,’’ for the production of proinflammatory cytokines. It has been suggested (but by no means proven) that HSPs would come into action in particular when tumor cells die from necrosis, in which case HSPs (and HSP–peptide complexes) would shed in the extracellular space and become available for binding to surface receptors of APCs. In contrast, HSPs would be confined within apoptotic cells, bodies, and blebs. However, there is some evidence that HSPs can increase the immunogenicity of apoptotic cells and that HSP-bound antigenic peptides are transferred within the phagosome or possibly the endoplasmic reticulum (ER) of the APC, postretrograde transport of internalized HSPs (Moroi et al., 2000). Alternatively, HSPs could serve as vehicles of tumor antigens associated with exosomes (Thery et al., 1999). This means that conditions (and in particular stress) leading to an increase in the expression of HSPs may favor immune responses against tumors (and perhaps against tumor-derived exosomes). C. Dendritic Cells: The Key Unlocking the Immune Response Although there is some evidence that tumor cells can directly prime naive T cells (Ochsenbein et al., 2001), it is commonly assumed that the tumor itself does not present tumor autoantigens to T cells efficiently. Rather, DCs are capable of capturing tumor-derived antigen for the generation of MHC–peptide complexes and the initiation of CD4þ and CD8þ T-cell immune responses. With respect to the activation of CD8þ T-cells or CTLs, the mechanism of
138
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
antigen presentation is referred to as cross-presentation for the crossing of the classically defined MHC class I restriction for endogenously produced antigen (Fig. 1). That cross-presentation is a cardinal feature of antitumor immune responses has become clear first in a series of experiments showing that immunity to tumors that express influenzavirus nucleoproteins is mediated by indirect presentation of antigens from tumor cells by bone marrow–derived APCs (presumably DCs) (Huang et al., 1994). More recently, it was demonstrated in vitro and later in vivo that DCs are the only APC capable of antigen cross-presentation. These rare bone marrow–derived leukocytes possess high levels of MHC and costimulatory molecules, have the capacity to produce immunostimulatory cytokines (e.g., IL-12), and are capable of trafficking antigen from the periphery to the T-cell areas of lymph nodes (Banchereau and Steinman, 1998). DCs use a variety of surface receptors for the phagocytosis of apoptotic cells, including the avb5 integrin, which works in concert with CD36 (Albert et al., 1998b), FcR that engulf antibody-opsonized dying cells (Rovere et al., 1998a), and scavenger receptors (Peiser et al., 2002). Moreover, opsonization of apoptotic cells by the complement factor iC3b can facilitate their uptake by immature DCs (Verbovetski et al., 2002). With respect to internalization via
Fig 1 The minimal components of the antitumor immune response. When tumor cells enter the apoptotic pathway, they display ‘‘eat-me’’ signals that lead to specific interactions with antigenpresenting cells and in particular dendritic cells (DCs) (step 1). DCs take up antigen and present tumor-derived peptides bound to major histocompatibility complex (MHC) class I molecules while expressing costimulatory signals (exemplified by B7) on the surface. In doing so, DCs migrate to the draining lymph node (step 2), where they undergo cognate interactions with MHC class I–restricted naive CD8þ T cells (cytotoxic T lymphocyte [CTL] precursors) and MHC class II–restricted CD4þ T cells (which provide help to either the CTL precursor or the DC, step 4). The CD8þ T cells then exit from lymph nodes (step 5) into peripheral locations to exert their cytotoxic activity against the tumor (step 6).
ANTITUMOR IMMUNITY
139
the avb5 integrin, the intracellular signaling pathway has been characterized; it recruits a CrkII–Dock180 molecular complex, which in turn activates Rac1 for cytoskeletal rearrangement and the formation of a phagocytic cup capable of enveloping apoptotic cells (Albert et al., 2000). Although which pathways are critically required remains unclear, it is evident that DCs are able to present internalized antigen derived from apoptotic cells to T cells (Albert et al., 1998c), through a pathway that likely involves capture of the apoptotic cell, proteolysis by cathepsin D in the acidic endosomal compartment, further cytosolic proteolysis by the proteasome, translocation into the lumen of the ER by specific transporters associated with antigen presentation (TAP), and their loading into newly synthesized MHC class I molecules. An alternative pathway for antigen presentation may involve phagosomes containing apoptotic cells fusing with the ER, thus generating a specialized mixed compartment for optimal antigen presentation and offering an explanation for the particular efficacy of DCs as a professional APC (Fonteneau et al., 2003b; Guermonprez et al., 2003; Houde et al., 2003). DCs are effective in presenting antigens taken up from dying tumor cells. Thus, for instance, DCs from HLA-A*0201 patients with paraneoplastic cerebellar degeneration phagocytose apoptotic tumor cells and induce autologous T cells to lyse cells expressing the tumor antigen CDR2 (Albert et al., 1998a). Monocyte-derived DCs loaded with dead melanoma cells (killed with betulinic acid, a bona fide apoptosis inducer) (Fulda and Debatin, 2000) can prime naive CD45RAþCD27þCD8þT cells against the four shared melanoma antigens: MAGE3, gp100, tyrosinase and Mart1 (Berard et al., 2000). Similarly, immature DCs loaded with apoptotic bodies from multiple myeloma cells (irradiated), then stimulated with TNF-a for maturation, stimulate significantly higher T-cell proliferation than DCs pulsed with freeze-thaw lysates (Hayashi et al., 2003). By contrast, monocytes or macrophages, though more efficient at phagocytosis, reportedly cannot stimulate resting CD8þ T cells to develop into CTLs or are by far less efficient in doing so as compared to DCs (Albert et al., 1998c; Yrlid and Wick, 2000). Although most studies focus on DC interactions with classic T cells, it is important to note that DCs may also engage and activate gd T cells, NK cells, and NKT cells. The interaction between DCs and T lymphocytes occurs by antigen presentation in a multimolecular complex called the immunological synapse, which contains an antigen epitope bound to MHC and flanked by receptor–ligand interactions from costimulatory and adhesion molecules, formed by transient cell membrane contacts between the interacting cells (van Der Merwe and Davis, 2002). A similar ‘‘synapse’’ may be the morphological substrate of the immunostimulatory interaction between DCs and NK cells (Borg et al., 2004).
140
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
D. Effector Cells of the Antitumor Immune Response: T and NK Cells One of the principal functions of CD4þ T lymphocytes is to provide help to APCs (in particular to DCs) for the activation of CD8þ T cells and the maintenance of memory responses. This help is mediated in part by the interaction between CD40-L on the surface of the CD4þ T cell and the CD40 receptor on the surface of the APC (Grammer and Lipsky, 2000). Although tumor-specific CD4þ T cells with cytotoxic properties have been reported, CD8þ T cells are considered the principal killer cells of the adaptive immune response. When interacting with tumor cells bearing the peptide– MHC class I complex that their TCR can engage activated CD8þ T cells induce apoptosis via two mechanisms: the predominant Ca2þ perforin– granzyme-B pathway and the CD95–CD95 ligand (FAS–FAS-L) pathway. In the perforin–granzyme-B pathway, perforin facilitates the delivery of granzyme-B (and other granzymes) from the lumen of the CTL granule to the cytosol of the tumor cell (Barry and Bleackley, 2002). Granzyme-B, which is a cysteine protease, then directly sets off the caspase activation cascade (by direct proteolytic activation of proenzymes) and/or cleavage of the proapoptotic Bcl-2 family protein Bid, in turn triggering mitochondrial failure and indirectly activating effector caspases activation. In contrast, the interaction of the CD95 ligand (CD95L, on the surface of CTL) with CD95 (expressed on tumor cells) can trigger the recruitment of the so-called ‘‘death-inducing signaling complex’’ (DISC), a complex that causes the apical activation of caspase-8 and then stimulates the activation of other caspases, either directly (in a proteolytic cascade) or indirectly (via activation of Bid) (Scaffidi et al., 1998). In addition, infiltrating T cells may secrete cytokines (in particular IFN-g and TNF-a) that stimulate tumor cell death, either directly (by ligation of specific cytokine receptors on the tumor cell surface) or indirectly (by stimulating local inflammation and macrophage-mediated tumor cell lysis). NK cells serve as the first line of the innate immunological defense, recognizing and eliminating cells with aberrant or loss of MHC class I expression. Thus, for tumors with low to undetectable MHC molecule expression, NK cells may be the predominant immune effector cells, killing primarily through the perforin–granzyme-B pathway and perhaps by means of IFN-g secretion. Alternatively, the presence of still undefined surface receptors may result in the engagement of activation receptors of NK cells. III. Subroutines of Cell Death: Apoptosis and Necrosis
Tumor cells can die through a variety of different subroutines of cell death, depending on the death-inducing stimulus and on the particular conditions of the cell’s metabolic and signal transduction networks. ‘‘Programmed cell
ANTITUMOR IMMUNITY
141
death’’ may be considered a type of cell death that involves an active metabolism (with sustained ATP levels, at least at the beginning of the process), whereas ‘‘accidental cell death’’ (frequently called necrosis) would involve cell death with low or minimal ATP levels. However, ‘‘programmed cell death’’ is by no means synonymous with ‘‘apoptosis’’ and can be divided into different subtypes. Thus, cells can die from apoptosis (Kerr et al., 1972) or from other types of cell death considered to be different from apoptosis, namely apoptosis-like programmed cell death (Leist and Jaattela, 2001), necrapoptosis (Jaeschke and Lemasters, 2003), aponecrosis (Formigl et al., 2000), oncosis (Majno and Joris, 1995), paraptosis (Sperandio et al., 2000), limoktonia (Xue et al., 2001), autoschizis (Jamison et al., 2002), autophagic cell death (Bursch, 2001), mitotic catastrophe (Roninson et al., 2001), or terminal senescence (Roninson, 2003), just to mention a few expressions used in the specialized literature. These different types of cell death are defined by morphological criteria, a fact that misguides into the illusion that each of these categories is biochemically and functionally uniform. For example, apoptosis, by far the most common subroutine of cell death, also nicknamed type 1 programmed cell death, is defined as a type of cell death in which chromatin loses its substructures (chromatinolysis) and condenses (pyknosis), nuclear fragments are generated (karyorrhexis), the cells shrink, cytoplasmic organelles manifest no major ultrastructural changes, the plasma membrane remains near to impermeable, blebbing of the plasma membrane occurs, and eventually the cells breaks up in apoptotic bodies (Kerr et al., 1972). In contrast, autophagic cell death, type 2 programmed cell death, is characterized by the accumulation of multiple autophagic vacuoles containing degenerating cytoplasmic organelles without (or before?) cells undergoing apoptosis (Boya, 2003; Lockshin, 2001). Mitotic castastrophe has been tentatively defined as a type of cell death resulting from abnormal mitosis, which usually ends in the formation of large cells with multiple micronuclei and uncondensed chromatin (Roninson et al., 2001). Oncosis (frequently also called necrosis) is characterized by swelling of the cell, vacuolization of mitochondria and the ER, and an early rupture of the plasma membrane (Majno and Joris, 1995). Though interesting starting points and certainly relevant as historical anecdotes, we argue that phenomenological definitions are not operative and not particularly helpful. In medical jargon, it would be analagous to describing death by a ruptured cerebral aneurysm as ‘‘a type of death in which the patient, apparently in good health, having made some physical effort, screams and then collapses, dying after a short period of convulsion’’ without mentioning the underlying cause of the disease. For the sake of this discussion and in hopes of offering molecular definition to morphological classifications of death, we
142
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
briefly summarize the biochemical definition of the most prominent types of cell death. A. Biochemical Definition of Apoptosis Apoptosis is a highly organized mode of cell death that is employed to eliminate superfluous, aged, injured, or infected cells in diverse biological settings. Anticancer chemotherapy is also largely mediated by apoptosis (Debatin et al., 2002; Herr and Debatin, 2001). Moreover, when the immune system (and in particular cytotoxic T and NK cells) attacks cancer cells, cell death involves apoptosis (Barry and Bleackley, 2002). During apoptosis, cells are dismantled from within and display plasma membrane alterations that provoke their removal by phagocytic cells. Thus, apoptosis is largely interpreted as a regulated process that involves the controlled demise of cellular structures and removal of the resulting debris so collateral damage to surrounding tissue may be minimized. As apoptosis is induced by a plethora of different inducers (Kroemer, 1995; Kroemer et al., 1995; Penninger and Kroemer, 1998) yet demonstrates a rather stereotypical pattern of morphological changes, irrespective of the cell type and the initial trigger, several investigators have postulated the existence of a so-called ‘‘central executioner’’ (Martin and Green, 1995) or ‘‘death machine’’ (Chinnaiyan and Dixit, 1996). Activation of the hypothetical central executioner during the effector stage would allow the ‘‘decision to die,’’ streamlining the specific and sometimes tissue-specific apoptotic pathways into one common mechanism of death and clearance. At present, two separate yet mechanistically intertwined phenomena are acknowledged to play a pivotal role in the death–life decision, namely caspase activation and mitochondrial membrane permeabilization (MMP). Caspases, a family of aspartic acid–specific proteases, are widely thought to be the demolition experts, coordinating and executing the apoptotic process (Nicholson and Thornberry, 1997). Because of their potentially lethal nature, caspases are synthesized as inactive precursors (zymogens) that either require limited proteolysis at internal aspartic acid (Asp) residues to become fully active and/or have to interact with an allosteric activator. This strategy provides an important means of keeping caspase activities under control and reduces the possibility that cells will inadvertently enter apoptosis. Caspases have a rare substrate specificity for Asp and require limited processing at Asp residues to become fully activated. Thus, caspases either become activated through autoproteolysis or are activated by other caspases or noncaspase proteases with a similar specificity for Asp residues. The 13 known mammalian caspases are expressed as single-chain proenzymes composed of three domains: an N-terminal propeptide (or pro-domain), a large subunit, and a small subunit. The group of caspases involved in apoptosis can be divided into several functional subgroups. Initiator or apical caspases (caspases-2,-8,-9,-10) are
ANTITUMOR IMMUNITY
143
Fig 2 A scheme of the apoptotic program with particular emphasis on caspase activation cascades. Different types of signals or damage elicit the activation of a range of distinct initiator caspases that in turn stimulate the activation of the effector caspases. Effector caspases then cleave essential cellular components, inactivate survival pathways, and stimulate other catabolic hydrolases, thus sealing the cell’s fate.
responsible for initiating apoptotic caspase-activation cascades (Fig. 2). They have long N-terminal prodomains that contain recognizable protein–protein interaction motifs (caspase recruitment domains [CARDs] or death effector domains [DEDs]) that are also found in molecules that promote caspase activation. The second subgroup, the downstream or effector caspases (caspase-3,-6,-7), are held responsible for the dismantling of the cell during apoptosis and have relatively short prodomains or no prodomain at all. Effector caspases (Fig. 2) orchestrate the direct dismantling of cellular structures, disruption of cellular metabolism, inactivation of cell death inhibitory proteins, and the activation of additional destructive enzymes such as the caspase-activated DNAse, the DNAse largely responsible for internucleosomal DNA fragmentation (Adams, 2003). Caspase-1 is the prototype of the four inflammatory caspases; the family includes caspase-1,-4,-5, and -13 (caspase11 and -12 are the mouse homologs) (Nicholson and Thornberry, 1997). Knockout mice lacking caspase-1,-11, and-12 have been generated and all exhibit rather selective defects in cell death (Joza et al., 2002). With respect
144
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
to their role in inflammation, caspase-1 and-5 have been shown to associate with Pycard/ASC and NALP1, a pyrin domain–containing protein with homology to NOD proteins (Tschopp et al., 2003). Together, these proteins constitute the inflammasome—a large signal-induced multiprotein complex that results in the activation of proinflammatory caspases and the cleavage of IL-1b and IL-18 (Martinon et al., 2002). The link between secretion of proinflammatory cytokines, cell death, and protective immunity must be explored. Apical caspases are typically activated by the recruitment of several procaspase molecules into protein complexes by specific adaptor molecules, thereby facilitating their allosteric activation and/or the close proximity between several caspase zymogens and their auto-proteolytic maturation. It appears that each apical caspase can be activated in a specific fashion. For example, the CARD of caspase-9 can interact with the CARD of Apaf-1, which in turn is activated and oligomerized when it comes into contact with cytochrome c leaking out from mitochondria. Thus, loss of the integrity of the outer mitochondrial membrane (which normally sequesters cytochrome c) leads to the prompt activation of caspase-9, through the cytochrome c/Apaf-1/caspase9 activation complex (also called apoptosome) (Wang, 2002). In contrast, caspase-2 (which also possesses a CARD) is likely to be activated by another protein complex that forms in the nucleus after DNA damage (Read et al., 2002). Caspase-8 and-10 (which both possess DED) are activated upon homotypic interaction with the DED of FADD, which in turn is either activated upon its recruitment into the DISC of so-called ‘‘death receptors’’ (the prototype being CD95/Fas) (Krammer, 2000). This implies that different types of cellular damage, affecting, for instance, different organelles, trigger distinct initiator caspases (Ferri and Kroemer, 2001b). Although there has been a marked tendency in the field to consider caspases as the principal regulators and executors of apoptotic cell death, it has become clear that the point of no return of the cell death process is largely determined by MMP (Penninger and Kroemer, 2003; Perfettini and Kroemer, 2003; Zamzami and Kroemer, 2003). Thus, multiple signal transduction pathways including caspases and caspase cleavage products (e.g., the caspase-8 cleavage product of Bid, a proapoptotic Bcl-2 protein) act on mitochondria to induce MMP, which is locally regulated by antiapoptotic members of the Bcl-2 family (inhibitors of MMP) and proapoptotic Bcl-2 homologs (inducers of MMP) (Cheng et al., 2001; Kroemer, 1997). MMP results in progressive bioenergetic failure with a loss of the mitochondrial transmembrane potential (DCm), as well as in the release of potentially toxic proteins from mitochondria (Fig. 3). Such apoptogenic effectors include the caspase-9 activator cytochrome (Liu et al., 1996), meaning that there is a considerable degree of cross-talk between caspase activation and MMP, to the extent that MMP constitutes a near-to-obligatory link between apical caspase activation and the explosive lethal activation of
ANTITUMOR IMMUNITY
145
Fig 3 A scheme of the apoptotic program with particular emphasis on mitochondrial membrane permeabilization (MMP) as a central mechanism of cell death. A number of proapoptotic signal transduction pathways (some of which involve the activation of apical caspases) lead to mitochondrial dysfunction with the consequent release of a plethora of caspase activators and caspase-independent death effectors. These effectors can stimulate caspase-dependent apoptosis (full-blown apoptosis), caspase-independent subapoptosis (with some but not all morphological features of apoptosis), and cell death with prominent features of necrosis, depending on the local concentration of the death effectors and their endogenous inhibitors.
downstream effector caspase. In addition, MMP can culminate in the release of a series of caspase-independent death effectors, one of which is apoptosisinducing factor (AIF), a flavoprotein that translocates into the nucleus where it causes large-scale DNA fragmentation (Susin et al., 1999). Depending on the relative abundance of these effectors (e.g., caspases, AIF) versus their cellular inhibitors, the cell death process may involve a larger contribution of either caspases or caspase-independent death effectors, with important effects on the biochemistry of cellular dismantling (Green and Kroemer, 1998). Indeed, it appears that under the seemingly homogenous cover of ‘‘apoptosis,’’ cell death phenomena involving a variable degree of caspase activation and/or MMP are hidden.
146
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
As we discuss, the central point is that in distinguishing death pathways, we may uncover important mechanisms by which dying cells control immune responsiveness. One important counterpoint to this argument has been offered by Green and Evan (2002), who argue that cell death is likely the summation of multiple hits—that it may appear as if one particular pathway were mediating cell death—when in reality that particular pathway may merely be the final straw that breaks the ‘‘apoptotic camel’s back.’’ We agree that in wild-type cells, a complex integration of death pathways occurs but argue that in fact the use of distinct death pathways may influence immunity in diverse ways. B. Incomplete Apoptosis without Caspase Activation ‘‘Complete’’ apoptosis, as described earlier, can be defined as a process in which caspases are activated and MMP occurs. However, in many cases, cell death exhibiting most if not all morphological signs of apoptosis is not accompanied by full caspase activation and/or lacks some of the features of MMP. Frequently, this type of ‘‘incomplete apoptosis’’ (also called apoptosis-like programmed cell death [Jaattela and Tschopp, 2003]) lacks full-blown chromatin condensation and oligonucleosomal DNA fragmentation (Susin et al., 2000). In contrast, we are not aware of convincing data showing that cell death can occur without some features of mitochondrial dysfunction, suggesting that MMP does constitute an important point of no return of the death process (Kroemer and Reed, 2000; Kroemer et al., 1998). Here, we enumerate a few examples of incomplete apoptosis that may be relevant to this discussion. Cross-linking of a number of cell surface receptors with monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) can provoke rapid cell death without the morphological features of apoptosis. For example, rituximab, a chimeric mAb targets the pan-B-cell marker CD20 and has been successfully used for the treatment of relapsed or refractory CD20-positive follicular non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma (Smith, 2003). In vitro data suggest that it can cause phosphatidylserine exposure and MMP without caspase activation (Chan et al., 2003). Ligation of CD47 by its natural ligand thrombospondin (TSP), or cross-linking by CD47 antibodies triggers caspase-independent cell death in normal and chronic lymphocytic leukemic B cells, through a pathway that involves the proapoptotic Bcl-2 family protein BNIP3 to mitochondria, dissipation of the DCm yet no cytochrome c release (Lamy et al., 2003). Importantly, BNIP3 is also involved in other pathophysiologically relevant models of caspase-independent cell death, including myocardial infarction (Kubasiak et al., 2002). Other examples include use of anti-CD99 (Pettersen et al., 2001) and anti–MHC class II antibodies (Nagy and Mooney, 2003), which kill cells without caspase activation. Alternatively, genetic alterations in the cell may modify the death pathway used. MCF-7 breast cancer cells treated with the active form of vitamin D3 or the vitamin D analog EB 1089, which now enters phase III trials, succumb
ANTITUMOR IMMUNITY
147
in vitro with an apoptosis-like morphology. However, such cells do not show evidence of active caspases, instead they die via a calpain-dependent pathway (Mathiasen et al., 2002). A second example concerns the treatment of BCRABL–positive leukemic cells with imatinib mesylate (STI-571, Gleevec), a highly specific tyrosine kinase inhibitor. Again, a caspase-independent cell death with DCm loss (albeit no release of cytochrome c or AIF) is observed (Okada et al., 2004). In contrast, treatment of gliomas with flavopiridol induced cell death without mitochondrial cytochrome c release (and hence, without caspase activation), yet AIF does translocate from mitochondria to the nucleus, presumably accounting for the execution phase of apoptosis (Alonso et al., 2003). Together, these examples illustrate that some mechanisms of cell death induction may induce apoptosis with nonclassic features (in particular, absent caspase activation). It is, however, an ongoing conundrum whether this kind of manipulation, if applied to the treatment of cancer, may modulate an antitumor immune response. In addition to apoptosis, a number of different types of cell death that are energy demanding and thus belong to the realm of ‘‘programmed cell death’’ have been defined in morphological terms. In the next paragraphs, we critically address the question whether ‘‘autophagic cell death,’’ ‘‘mitotic catastrophe,’’ and ‘‘premature senescence’’ do share biochemical features of apoptosis. C. Autophagic Cell Death During macroautophagy, cytoplasmic organelles or a portion of the cytosol is engulfed by a structure known as autophagosome, which is defined by a double membrane from the rest of the cell. Subsequently, the autophagosome fuses with lysosomes, and the inner membrane of the resulting autophagolysosome, as well as the sequestered materials, is digested by lysosomal enzymes. Autophagic cell death (also called type 2 cell death), as characterized by the appearance of abundant vacuoles in the cytoplasm, has been initially described as a prominent form of programmed cell death in development (Lockshin and Zakeri, 2002). In addition, autophagy-inducing stimuli acting on cancer cells include starvation, hypoxia, radiation, antiestrogens, and cytokines such as TNF-a, IFN-g, and the tumor suppressor protein DAP kinase (Ogier-Denis and Codogno, 2003). Other tumor-relevant inducers of morphological signs of autophagic cell death include arsenic (in malignant glioma) (Kanzawa et al., 2003), oncogenic Ras (Kitanaka et al., 2002), DAP kinase (Inbal et al., 2002), and lysosomotropic agents such as chloroquine, hydroxychloroquine (Boya et al., 2003b), norfloxacine, and cyprofloxacine (Boya et al., 2003a). HeLa cells stimulated with IFN-g have also been reported to manifest some features of autophagic cell death (Inbal et al., 2002). Currently, the biochemical mechanisms of type 2 cell death remain unknown. As such, the definition of this modality of death is strictly morphological. What is known is that the accumulation of autophagic vacuoles may be due
148
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
to either a stimulation of autophagy (and hence, the formation of autophagosomes) or an inhibition of their turnover (by fusion with lysosomes and subsequent degradation). In addition, there is some evidence suggesting that autophagic cell death just constitutes an early morphological manifestation of cellular damage that will lead to apoptosis at later stages and hence involves caspase activation and/or induction of MMP (Boya et al., 2003a,b). D. Mitotic Catastrophe The expression ‘‘mitotic catastrophe’’ has been widely used to describe yet another form of death affecting mammalian cells occurring during or shortly after mitosis, without cellular shrinkage or apoptotic chromatin condensation (Roninson et al., 2001). However, most reports describing ‘‘mitotic catastrophe’’ actually show cells with some phenotypical characteristic of apoptosis (such as hypercondensed chromatin aggregates) (Heald et al., 1993), which were interpreted in the past ‘‘premature chromatin condensation’’ (Chakrabarti and Chakrabarti, 1987; Sperling and Ra, 1974). Thus, there is no consensus on the distinctive morphological appearance of mitotic catastrophe as far as the extent of chromatin condensation (which is the morphological hallmark of apoptosis) (Ferri and Kroemer, 2001a; Kerr et al., 1972) is concerned, and there is increasing evidence that death through mitotic catastrophe may result from nuclear caspase-2 activation and subsequent MMP and thus may indeed constitute a special case of apoptosis, at least in biochemical terms (Castedo et al., 2004a,b,c). E. Premature Senescence Premature senescence (also called cytostasis) is characterized by terminal cell cycle arrest and may be triggered by DNA-damaging or differentiationinducing chemotherapies (Schmitt, 2003). The principal effectors of premature senescence are p53, p21, and p16INK4a (Schmitt et al., 2002b; te Poele et al., 2002). The downstream determinants of apoptosis (specifically Bcl-2 in a murine transgenic lymphoma model) can profoundly influence the response of malignant cells to chemotherapy in vivo, inducing a shift from apoptosis to senescence-like growth arrest (Schmitt et al., 2002a). Similarly, in vitro the suppression of apoptosis by the pan-caspase inhibitor Q-VD-OPH can lead to a shift from apoptosis to senescence, as defined by the cells flatten down, becoming irreversibly arrested in G1, overexpress p21 and the senescenceassociated b-galactosidase (Rebbaa et al., 2003). Conversely, HCT116 colon carcinoma cells treated with SN38 (the active metabolite of irinotecan) demonstrate a senescent phenotype (which depends on p21 and p53 but not on Bax). When treated with anti-sense Bcl-XL oligonucleotides, such cells manifest a switch from senescence to apoptosis (Hayward et al., 2003). Senescenceassociated b-galactosidase induction has also been found in vivo, in human
ANTITUMOR IMMUNITY
149
breast tumor specimens post-neoadjuvant chemotherapy (te Poele et al., 2002). It is not known whether senescent cells finally undergo apoptosis and it is also a complete enigma whether senescent (dormant?) tumor cells are simply ignored by the immune system or whether they may actually constitute an extension of the immunogical ‘‘self’’ and thus trigger tolerance. F. Necrosis Necrotic cell death is frequently viewed as a type of cellular demise that occurs beyond any kind of regulation, as a result of ‘‘accidental cell death,’’ without any of the hallmarks of apoptosis. Rather, necrosis would be accompanied by a cellular hydrops or ‘‘oncosis,’’ shortly before the cells burst with release of cytosol and organelle contents into the intercellular space. One interpretation of the phenomenon of necrosis is to assume that acute disruption of the cellular metabolism, for instance, by ATP depletion, would be incompatible with any kind of cellular regulation. However, at least in some instances, stimuli that normally would induce apoptosis can induce necrosis in vitro, if the cellular ATP production is blocked (Leist et al., 1997). In some examples, antiapoptotic proteins from the Bcl-2 family can still block necrotic cell death, indicating that there is some kind of biochemical overlap in the regulation of apoptosis and necrosis (Kroemer et al., 1998). Accordingly, intermediate phenotypes (such as ‘‘necro-apoptosis’’) have been observed (Jaeschke and Lemasters, 2003). The mouse fibrosarcoid L929 cell line can be manipulated to undergo typical necrosis (by addition of TNF-a) or apoptosis (by addition of agonist CD95 antibodies), and the mechanistic differences between apoptosis and necrosis have been investigated to some extent in this model (Beyaert et al., 2002). Thus, in L929 cells, necrosis is not accompanied by the release of mitochondrial intermembrane proteins and lacks signs of caspase activation but is associated with an increased ROS production by mitochondria (Denecker et al., 2001). Inhibition of caspases can shift an apoptotic response to a necrotic one (Hirsch et al., 1997; Vercammen et al., 1998), and vice versa, inhibition of HSP90 can shift the necrotic death subroutine to apoptosis (Vanden Berghe et al., 2003). These findings illustrate that the current definition of necrosis, in biochemical terms, is still arguable. However, we suggest that a strong delineation should be made between the two forms of cell death with ‘‘programmed cell death’’ involving an active process that consumes energy (or at least maintains cellular viability at the beginning of the process) versus necrosis, where no ATP is consumed during what is typically an explosive death. Though of questionable relevance for physiological questions, there are examples of anticancer treatments/interventions that can be expected to induce necrosis as the preponderant death modality. This applies to cauterization, electrocoagulation, cryosurgical procedures, local application of microwaves,
150
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
embolization, and to some extent photodynamic therapy. Unfortunately, there are no studies, at least to our knowledge, whether this kind of intervention stimulates anticancer immune responses in patients. IV. In Vivo Immunogenicity of Apoptotic Versus Necrotic Tumor Cells
Given that apoptosis is a physiological phenomenon affecting several million cells per second (Thompson, 1995), it is tempting to assume that in immunological terms, apoptosis must be either silent or tolerogenic (Fig. 4). Similarly, if apoptosis is the preponderant type of cell death induced by anticancer chemotherapy, yet chemotherapy does not trigger any antitumor immune response, then it is tempting to expect that tumor cell apoptosis is immunologically ‘‘null’’ or negative (although it is also possible that chemotherapy is simply immunosuppressive). However, intramuscular DNA vaccines elicit improved CD4þ and CD8þ responses, when proapoptotic genes (caspase-2 or -3, CD95) are coinjected (Chattergoon et al., 2000; Sasaki et al., 2001), indicating that apoptosis by itself is not by definition tolerogenic. Nonetheless, numerous investigators have formulated theories, including the following apoptosis occurring in a fashion in which the dying cells are not ‘‘seen’’ by the immune system (e.g., as the result of rapid phagocytosis by neighboring cells and macrophages) (Kerr et al., 1972); apoptosis as intrinsically immunosuppressive (because of the production or elicitation of immunosuppressive cytokines) (Fadok et al., 1998); apoptosis as a trigger for antigen-specific immune tolerance (Sauter et al., 2000; Steinman et al., 2000) (perhaps because of the deletion of antigen-specific T cells (Albert et al., 2001; Kurts et al., 1997b); apoptotic cells as inducers of regulatory T cells (Ferguson et al., 2002); and/or that apoptosis would fail to emit the ‘‘danger signals’’ required to trigger an active immune response (Gallucci et al., 1999; Matzinger, 2002). In strict contrast, it is widely assumed that necrosis, the type of cell death that leads to ‘‘spilling of the cell’s content into the tissue’’ (Savill and Fadok, 2000), causes local inflammatory reactions, and provides ‘‘danger signals’’ that (Matzinger, 2002) must be highly immunogenic. DCs treated with freeze-thaw lysates from fibroblasts (but not apoptotic fibroblast cells generated by ceramide treatment) express B7.2, MHC class II, and CD40 (Gallucci et al., 1999; Sauter et al., 2000). This suggests that lysates contain ‘‘danger signals’’ endowed with the capacity of stimulating DCs (and by extension T cells). Indeed, necrotic cells (but not apoptotic cells) activate nuclear factor-kB (NF-kB) and induce expression of genes involved in inflammatory and tissue repair responses, in fibroblasts, macrophages, and DCs (Basu et al., 2000; Li et al., 2001), in a reaction that depends on the expression of TLR2 (Li et al., 2001). Such genes include the cytokine-induced neutrophil chemoattractant (KC) and macrophage inflammatory protein-2 (MIP-2),
Fig 4 Schematic illustration of the immune response initiated by dying tumor cells. (A) When dying cells are recognized by macrophages (or neighboring cells) at an early stage of apoptosis, corpses are cleared in a silent fashion, without any local response. (B) At a later stage of apoptosis, macrophages are stimulated to reduce the production of proinflammatory mediators and to increase that of anti-inflammatory cytokines. The net result
152
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
metalloproteinase-3, and vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF). Necrotic (but not apoptotic) cells release the chromatin protein high-mobility group box chromosomal protein-1 (HMGB1), and this protein can actually stimulate inflammation. This is possible because apoptosis leads to hypoacetylation of histone H4, which causes HMGB1 to bind to chromatin, where it is retained (Scaffidi et al., 2002). Altogether many studies have produced evidence that necrotic cells must be more immunostimulatory than apoptotic ones. If the aforementioned assumption—that apoptosis is the nonimmunogenic form of cell death—is true, then one corollary would include that necrotic tumor cells must be a more potent source of antigen for anticancer vaccination. This is not the case in most studies that have comparatively addressed the immunogenicity of apoptotic versus necrotic tumor cells (Table I). It can be argued that these studies possess several methodological problems rendering the results difficult to interpret. First, in most instances, ‘‘necrosis’’ is produced by repeated freezing and thawing, a process that is unlikely to mimic necrotic cell death (oncosis) induced by hypoxia or anticancer therapy in vivo. Moreover, in some instances, ‘‘necrotic cells’’ have been obtained by induction of apoptosis, followed by cellular lysis (e.g., freeze-thaw postinfluenza infection) (Fonteneau et al., 2003). Many experiments have been undertaken under the influence of the misguided view that the apoptotic death comes in a single variety. In experiments performed by immunologists, tumor cell apoptosis is mostly induced by ultraviolet B (UVB) induction—that is, with one particular death inducer that, different from metabolic or differentiating agents, induces apoptosis without HSP70 expression and thus fails to ‘‘stress’’ the cells well before antigen transfer to the immune system (Gregoire et al., 2003). Worse, in most if not all cases the ‘‘apoptotic’’ population generated by treatment of cancer cells in vivo is actually a mixture of cells that are in the process of apoptosis, of late-stage apoptotic cells, and of cells that have undergone secondary necrosis (i.e., lysis after apoptosis). Such cells are not (or rarely) seen in vivo (Castedo et al., 1995, 1996), because in situ dying cells are rapidly and efficiently cleared by professional and nonprofessional phagocytes (Surh and Sprent, 1994). of this effect is immune suppression. (C) If apoptotic cells interact with immature dendritic cells (iDCs), such cells can cause tolerance, either by transfer of the antigen to resident lymph node DCs, by eliciting immunosuppressive mechanisms, or by silencing (anergizing or deleting) tumor antigen–specific T cells. (D) If apoptotic cells interact with iDCs, which subsequently mature by stimulation of toll-like receptors (either by endogenous ligands or by pathogen-associated molecular patterns [PAMPs]) and/or receive stimuli via engagement with T-cell help (exemplified by CD40L), they become effective in cross-priming cytotoxic T lymphocyte precursors. (E) Necrotic cells (and in particular heat shock protein–expressing stressed cells) may stimulate themselves and iDCs to undergo maturation, thereby stimulating an active immune response. Consult the main text for a detailed discussion of the experimental evidence for or against these mechanisms.
ANTITUMOR IMMUNITY
153
Attempts have been undertaken to purify apoptotic cells, for instance, by staining them with propidium iodide plus annexin-V-FITC followed by fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) of the propidium iodide-negative, annexin-V-FITC–positive population (Kotera et al., 2001). However, this manipulation masks phosphatidylserine residues on the surface of apoptotic cells (because of binding of annexin-V-FITC), thereby interfering with the recognition of the apoptotic cell by phosphatidylserine receptors and possibly altering its in vivo fate. Moreover, it is reasonable to expect that even this population of cells is at a stage of apoptosis beyond that usually found in vivo because evidence suggests that phagocytosis may occur upstream of our earliest measures of cell death (Brown et al., 2002; Castedo et al., 1995, 1996; Kurosaka et al., 2003). Keeping these critiques in mind, it is still revealing to consider that in most experiments in which DCs were pulsed with apoptotic or necrotic tumor cells, followed by evaluation of their antitumor vaccination efficacy in vivo, DCs pulsed with apoptotic tumor cells turned out to be more potent activators of T-cell responses (Table I). The one exception is the observation that DCs pulsed with lysates form B16 melanoma cells or with FACS-purified apoptotic cells (annexin VþPI cells after UVB induction) were found equivalent in the induction of a protective antitumor (Kotera et al., 2001). In addition, in vivo induction of apoptosis in established hemagglutinin (HA) transfected AB1 mesotheliomas with gemcitabine caused cross-presentation of HA to CD8þ T cells, proliferation of HA-specific CD8þ T cells, in vivo CTL activity, and no signs of deletion or functional tolerance of HA-specific CD8þ T cells (Nowak et al., 2003a). Altogether these data are in apparent conflict with what might have been expected, namely that necrosis would be more immunostimulatory than apoptosis. To date, there are only a few convincing series of experiments suggesting that apoptotic cells are less immunogenic than necrotic debris. One example is the PROb rat colon cancer model system. A PROb clone (REGb) that failed to undergo normal apoptosis but spontaneously died from atypical cell death (without caspase activation and without mitochondrial cytochrome c release), different from the parental PROb line (Larmonier et al., 2002), tended to induce a protective antitumor immune response when inoculated subcutaneously (Bonnotte et al., 2000). Fluorescence-labeled REGb cells were found as apoptotic bodies within DCs of the T-cell area of the draining lymph node several days after injection. When these cells were transfected with Bcl-2, no such relocalization to the draining lymph node was observed and the priming of CD8þ T cells was impaired (Bonnotte et al., 2000), whereas tumor rejection was suppressed (Bonnotte et al., 1998). Similarly, a PROb clone manipulated to stably express an antisense cytochrome c complementary DNA (cDNA) underwent atypical apoptosis without caspase activation (Schmitt et al., 2004). In vivo
TABLE I Comparative Analysis of Necrotic and Apoptotic Tumor Cells as Elicitors of the Antitumor Immune Response Tumor cell type B16 melanoma
154
E.G7 thymoma expressing ovalbumin SCCVII squamous carcinoma PROb rat colon carcinoma
Death inducers A: UVB+FACS purification of AnnV+PI cells N: lysate A: irradiation N: freeze thaw A: irradiation N: freeze thaw A: butyrate
CT26 colon carcinoma
N: lysate A: g-irradiation
RENCA renal carcinoma
N: freeze thaw A: g-irradiation N: freeze thaw
Observation
Conclusion
Reference
A ¼ Na
Kotera et al., 2001
A>N
Strome et al., 2002
DCs pulsed with A have higher anti-tumor activity than DCs pulsed with N.
A>N
Strome et al., 2002
Thioglucollate-induced peritoneal exudate cells pulsed with A elicit higher anti-tumor activity than cells pulsed with N.
A>N
Henry et al., 1999
DCs pulsed with A are more efficient anti-tumor vaccines.
A>N
Scheffer et al., 2003
DCs pulsed with A are more efficient anti-tumor vaccines.
A>N
Scheffer et al., 2003
DCs pulsed with A or N have similar antitumor activity in vivo. A induces more IL-12 p70 secretion than N in vitro. No difference in HSP70 content. DCs pulsed with A have higher anti-tumor activity than DCs pulsed with N.
B16 melanoma
RMT T-cell lymphoma
PROb rat colon carcinoma
PROb rat colon carcinoma
A: g-irradiation N: freeze thaw A: mitomycin plus serum depletion or UVB N: freeze thaw None
None
DCs pulsed with A are more efficient anti-tumor vaccines.
A>N
Scheffer et al., 2003
Subcutaneous of A (but not N) enhances the frequency of mice not developing tumors.
A>N
Ronchetti et al., 1999
A clone expressing antisense cytochrome c dies from atypical (nonapoptotic) cell death without caspase activation and is more immunogenic than the vector-only control line. A subclone undergoing atypical (nonapoptotic) cell death without caspase activation is more immunogenic than the wild-type control line.
A
Schmitt et al., 2004
A
Larmonier et al., 2002
155
Note: DC, dendritic cell; FACS, fluorescence-activated cell sorting; HSP, heat shock protein; IL, interleukin; UVB, ultraviolet B. a Quantitative comparison of the immune response stimulated by apoptotic cells (A) versus necrotic cells (N).
156
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
depletion of cytochrome c decreased the tumorigenicity of colon cancer cells in syngeneic rats without influencing their growth in immune-deficient animals. Reduced expression of cytochrome c in tumor cells facilitated in vivo ‘‘necrotic’’ cell death and the induction of a specific immune response (Schmitt et al., 2004). Exosomes obtained from HT1080 induced to form syncytia after transfection with viral fusogenic glycoproteins (a manipulation than can induce necrotic cell death without caspase activation and without cytochrome c release) (Bateman et al., 2002) also are reportedly more immunogenic (in assays of tumor vaccination) than exosomes derived from normal cells or cells induced to undergo apoptosis by transfection with herpes virus thymidine kinase plus gancyclovir (Bateman et al., 2002). Altogether, it appears that in some models, cell death without caspase activation is more immunogenic than full-blown apoptosis. That said, it must be pointed out that in each of these instances, the death achieved is consuming energy and therefore occurring via a cell death program inconsistent with necrosis. Intriguingly, the apoptosis/necrosis dilemma may also extend to another kind of antitumor vaccination protocol. DC tumor cell hybrids have been used both experimentally and in clinical trials, with some success. Such multinuclear syncytia, generated by fusogenic viral glycoproteins, polyethylene glycol, or electrofusion, are condemned to undergo cell death (Phan et al., 2003b), although the mode of cell death is not well characterized. Syncytia reportedly undergo apoptosis (Castedo et al., 2001; Ferri et al., 2000) or necrosis (Bateman et al., 2002). Moreover, the preparation of DC tumor cell hybrids with either polyethylene glycol or electrofusion gives rise to DCs having phagocytosed apoptotic tumor cells (approximately 5–10% of DCs) that ‘‘contaminate’’ the preparation of DC tumor cell hybrids (Gottfried et al., 2002). Because DCs loaded with apoptotic tumor cells may induce stronger T-cell responses than DC tumor hybrids (at least in B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia) (Kokhaei et al., 2003), the question of which formulation of the antigen actually elicits the antitumor response has to be reevaluated. V. Apoptosis: A Tolerogenic Type of Tumor Cell Death?
Many explanations have been advanced to explain the expected nonimmunogenic nature of apoptosis. Very early apoptotic cells (which have a reduced DCm and still express a low quantity of phosphatidylserine residues on the plasma membrane surface) (Castedo et al., 1996), such as IL-2–dependent CTLL-2 cells cultured in the absence of IL-2 for 4 hours or P388 leukemia cells exposed to etoposide for 5 hours, are phagocytosed by human or mouse macrophages without any induction of cytokines (pro-inflammatory or antiinflammatory) (Kurosaka et al., 2003). Thus, early apoptotic cells can be silently cleaned up by macrophages. At a later stage of apoptosis, dying cells reportedly
ANTITUMOR IMMUNITY
157
exert an anti-inflammatory effect. When dying cells are scavenged by cells from the macrophage lineage, they suppress inflammatory responses by producing TGF-b1, prostaglandin E2, platelet-activating factor (PAF), IL-10, and IL-13 while downmodulating nitric oxide synthase and reducing the secretion of proinflammatory cytokines such as TNF-a, IL-1, and IL-12 (Fadok et al., 1998; Savill and Fadok, 2000). Similarly, the cytolysis of tumor cells by activated macrophages is inhibited by the ingestion of apoptotic but not necrotic cells (Reiter et al., 1999). As a result, apoptotic cell–macrophage interactions have the potential of suppressing the immune response. Importantly, it appears that the effect of apoptotic cells on macrophages is modulated by archetypal ligands for TLRs such as Staphylococcus aureus peptidoglycan (TLR2), lipopolysaccharide (TLR4), and CpG (TLR9). When added to macrophages, apoptotic cells plus lipopolysaccharide induce higher levels of TNF-a than either alone, early after stimulation, and the late apoptotic body-mediated inhibition of TNF-a is overridden by exogenous IFN-g (Lucas et al., 2003). Thus, in the context of inflammation triggered by exogenous or endogenous TLR ligands and cytokines, apoptotic cell–macrophage interactions could actually be immunostimulatory. According to a few studies, cells dying from apoptosis themselves might overproduce TGF-b1, a cytokine that inhibits the activation, proliferation, and activity of lymphocytes in vivo (Chen et al., 2001). However, no evidence has been obtained that such TGF-b1 overproduction would be a general feature of apoptosis. In favor of the idea that apoptosis (followed by silent removal of the corpses) is tolerogenic, circumstantial evidence suggests that the infusion of apoptotic leukocytes in stored blood can contribute to immunosuppression and prolongation of allograft survival (Snyder and Kuter, 2000) and that massive apoptosis of trophoblast cells contributes to the establisment of fetoplacental tolerance (Coumans et al., 1999). Direct intratracheal or intraperitoneal instillation of apoptotic cells can enhance the resolution of acute inflammation induced in the lung (with lipopolysaccharide) or in the peritoneum (with thioglycollate), respectively, through a mechanism that requires PS exposure and local induction of TGF-b1 (Huynh et al., 2002). In cystic fibrosis, local accumulation of elastase leads to the cleavage of the PS receptor, thereby preventing the clearance of apoptotic cells, which then might compromise local immune reactions (Vandivier et al., 2002). Insufficient clearance of apoptotic cells results in the accumulation of autoantigens in the circulation, which activates the immune system and leads to systemic autoimmunity (Rodenburg et al., 2000). Thus, C1q-deficient mice show delayed clearance of apoptotic cells, and this condition predisposes to the development of systemic lupus erythematosus and immune complex–mediated renal disease (Bickerstaff et al., 1999; Taylor et al., 2000). Mice carrying mutations in the Mer tyrosine kinase have impairments in phagocytosis and
158
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
clearance of apoptotic cells and develop anti-DNA autoantibodies (Scott et al., 2001). Thus, an excess of apoptotic cells can be immunogenic, perhaps because their clearance is deviated from local nonprofessional phagocytes and macrophages to DCs. Alternatively, or in addition, secondary necrosis of apoptotic cells escaping clearance could provide ‘‘danger signals’’ that might switch the presentation by DCs of self peptides derived from ingested apoptotic cells from tolerogenic to proimmune. Steinman et al. (2000) proposed that immune activation or immunosuppression upon phagocytosis of apoptotic cells is dependent on the maturity of DCs, that is, whereas immature DCs induce tolerance, mature DCs initiate immune activation. Indeed, immature DCs are much more efficient in capturing apoptotic cells than mature cells, perhaps because they express higher levels of avb5 integrin (Albert et al., 1998b). However, to induce a productive immune response, DCs would have to mature. This is based on the observations that immature DCs do not process antigen (Mellman and Steinman, 2001; Turley et al., 2000), they do not upregulate CCR7, and therefore, they cannot traffic to the draining lymph organs with captured antigen (Sozzani et al., 1998); even if they did get there with small amounts of MHC–peptide complexes on the surface, data suggest that immature DCs are not capable of forming stable T-cell synapses (Quaranta et al., 2003). All of these are requirements for tolerance induction. So where would the DC maturation come from? One possibility would be determined by the presence of ‘‘danger signals’’ (Matzinger, 2002); however, a constitutive trigger for DC maturation and migration is more likely the stimulus for the trafficking of tolerogenic DCs. In such a model, exposure to maturation signals (endogenous or exogenous) would allow DCs to cross-present antigen from the captured apoptotic body to naive CD8þ T cells, for either the crosstolerization or the cross-priming of a CD8þ T-cell response. In this way, a third signal might serve as the regulatory switch between tolerance and immunostimulaton, and such a signal may be offered by T-cell help (at least partially via CD40 engagement on DCs) (Albert et al., 2001). Is the theory that apoptotic cells are intrinsically tolerogenic (or nonimmunogenic) compatible with the results published on tumor immunology? In spite of scarce experimental evidence, there are three considerations that might ‘‘save’’ the theory. First, most experiments, as done thus far, are overshadowed by methodological flaws, in particular as far as the definition of ‘‘apoptotic’’ and ‘‘necrotic’’ tumor cells is considered (see earlier discussion). Second, there may be a quantitative problem, which ultimately determines the qualitative outcome of the system. Apoptosis occurring at a low level would be immunologically silent (or tolerogenic) (Hugues et al., 2002). Only when massive apoptosis occurs, the normally efficient phagocytic system is overwhelmed, resulting in secondary necrosis in vivo, release of proinflammatory mediators, and an
ANTITUMOR IMMUNITY
159
increase in cross-presentation (Ronchetti et al., 1999). A low level of apoptosis would be handled locally, by macrophages and neighboring cells, whereas a higher level of apoptosis (which saturates the local capacity of dead corps removal) would involve presentation by DCs, thus introducing a shift from macrophage-mediated to DC-mediated clearance and antigen presentation. Third, it might be possible that the apoptotic process itself produces a ‘‘danger signal.’’ Indeed, cytosolic extracts from apoptotic cells have been reported to contain an activity that stimulates DCs (Shi et al., 2000). Systematic fractionation studies revealed that one such ‘‘danger signal’’ may be uric acid (Shi et al., 2003). Uric acid is contained in the cytosol of normal cells and its intracellular concentration rises in response to apoptosis inducers such as protein synthesis inhibitors, ultraviolet light, and heat shock (Shi et al., 2003), presumably when injured cells degrade their RNA and DNA. It is well known that large amounts of uric acid are produced during the in vivo chemotherapy of hematological malignancies, leading to the ‘‘tumor lysis syndrome’’ (Jeha, 2001). Monosodium urate crystals can form in the extracellular space, but presumably only in conditions of local massive apoptosis, when the cell’s content is released. Such crystals stimulate DCs to express CD80 and CD86 in vitro and have an adjuvant effect in vivo, resulting in the stimulation of cytotoxic T-cell responses (Shi et al., 2003). We also consider the possibility that uric acid within the dying cells could activate a DC from within the phagosome via still undefined receptors. VI. Strategies to Enhance the Immunogenicity of Dying Tumor Cells
Theoretically, one can imagine several strategies to enhance the immunogenicity of chemotherapy (Fig. 5). In considering new therapeutics, criteria include: tumor specificity, lack of effects on the innate and cognate immune mechanisms, and the induction of proinflammatory death in tumor cells. In this way, it may be possible for DCs to capture antigen from tumor tissue, and in the presence of maturation stimuli and adequate T-cell help (both of which could be provided as part of a combination therapy, e.g., CD40L), we might achieve effective T-cell activation. A. Nonimmunosuppressive Chemotherapeutic Agents Inducing Immunogenic Cancer Cell Death Many of the chemotherapeutic drugs used in contemporary medicine are highly immunosuppressive. In fact, drugs designed to kill rapidly dividing cells (including the antimetabolites, spindle poisons, and DNA alkylating agents) kill proliferating lymphocytes and thus blunt the antitumor response. Some attempts to select chemotherapeutic agents with little or absent immunosuppressive effects are under development (Nowak et al., 2003a,b), but there is still a long way to go before such agents reach the clinic. It may be expected
160
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
Fig 5 The central dilemma of chemotherapy in view of the antitumor immune response. (A) The standard anticancer chemotherapy causes immunosuppression and elicits a poorly immunogenic type of cell death, apoptosis. (B) To ameliorate the antitumor immune response, it would be necessary to use a nonimmunosuppressive chemotherapy regimen that elicits an immunogenic type of tumor cell death. In addition, it may be necessary to stimulate the immune response by the provision of external costimuli.
that at least some of the tyrosine kinase inhibitors specifically targeting a subset of tumor-relevant kinases have little or no immunosuppressive side effects. However, imatinib mesylate (STI571, Gleevec), a specific inhibitor of Bcr-Abl, c-Kit, and PDGF-R, has recently been described to impede DC differentiation in vitro (Appel et al., 2003) and in vivo (Taieb et al., 2004). As discussed earlier, there are a number of therapeutic regimens that induce abnormal or incomplete apoptosis. Pending confirmation that incomplete apoptosis is more immunogenic than full-blown apoptosis, it appears tempting to explore the possibility of inducing nonclassic apoptosis in cancer, either by using a specific set of chemotherapeutic agents endowed with the intrinsic potential of triggering subapoptosis or by deviating apoptotic responses to incomplete apoptosis, for instance, by blocking caspases (or other apoptogenic hydrolases)
ANTITUMOR IMMUNITY
161
in combination therapy. Intense work is required to perform such manipulations in vivo and to study their impact on the anticancer immune response. B. Manipulation of DCs DC maturation is induced by exposure to microbial RNA or DNA, viruses, bacteria, lipopolysaccharide, immune complexes, cytokines, and HSPs. Maturation is characterized by downregulation of antigen acquisition, increased expression of MHC and costimulatory molecules, IL-12 production, and altered expression of chemokine receptors. As they mature, DCs migrate to the T-cell area of lymphoid organs, where antigen is presented to naive CD4þ and CD8þ T cells. Thus, paradoxically it is the immature DC that can efficiently phagocytose apoptotic (or necrotic) cells; however, for efficient cross-presentation, the DC has to undergo a maturation step. Although there is little doubt that exposure of DCs to necrotic tumor cell lines or tissues results in DC maturation, some studies reported that coculture with apoptotic cells fails to induce DC maturation (Gallucci et al., 1999; Sauter et al., 2000). In contrast, several authors published DC maturation induced by apoptotic cells (e.g., UVB- or canarypox virus–induce induced), possibly through TNF-a–dependent pathways (Ignatius et al., 2000; Rovere et al., 1998b). As a result, it may constitute a valuable strategy to stimulate DC maturation in vivo and/or to augment the number of DCs by suitable growth factors (granulocyte–macrophage colorystimulating factor, [GM-CSF], Flt3 ligand, etc.) to boost the immune response against apoptotic cells. Thus, it has been shown that the intraperitoneal injection of silica (which elicits DCs) increases the vaccination efficiency of apoptotic (butyrate-killed) PROb colon carcinoma cells in vivo (Masse et al., 2002). C. Targeting of Apoptotic Tumor Cells to FcgR IgG-complexed antigens (immune complexes) are internalized through FcgR present on DCs. Antigens taken up by FcgR can be presented up to 100-fold more efficiently than soluble antigens ingested by pinocytosis, and immune complexes can trigger DC maturation (Amigorena, 2002). Similarly, antigens entrapped in liposomes can enhance MHC class I–restricted antigen presentation on DCs (Machy et al., 2000). A study indicates that apoptotic cells can also be directed to the FcgR on DCs. To this end, Akiyama et al. (2003) X-irradiated thymoma E.G7 cells, haptenized them by addition of trinitrophenol (TNP), and opsonized them by addition anti-TNP mouse IgG1. When added to DCs, opsonized apoptotic cells were more efficient than nonoposonized controls to induce DC maturation and priming of CTL. Moreover, DCs pulsed with opsonized apoptotic cells reportedly are comparatively better antitumor vaccines in vivo in mouse models than DCs pulsed with nonopsonized apoptotic cells (Akiyama et al., 2003). The mAb trastuzumab (Herceptin), specific for HER-2 (a member of the human epidermal growth factor [EGF] receptor family) is now routinely
162
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
used for the treatment of HER-2–expressing breast cancers. In addition to its tumor cell–autonomous (and apoptosis-sensitizing) effects, trastuzumab may stimulate the antibody-mediated cytotoxicity mediated by macrophages and NK cells (Clynes et al., 2000). Presumably, this effect is obtained by directing antibody-opsonized apoptotic tumor cells toward DCs for the cross-priming of tumor-reactive T cells. Thus, C2B8 (Rituximab, MabThera), a chimeric mouse/ human mAb directed against the human B-cell–restricted cell surface antigen CD20, promotes phagocytosis by DCs and cross-priming of CD8þ cytotoxic T cells (Selenko et al., 2001). Rather than using such antibodies in combination with chemotherapy, we should be considering the development of antitumor mAbs that activate complement and trigger antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC)—in turn preserving immune activity and generating a potent source of antigen (Clynes et al., 2000; Selenko et al., 2001). D. Provision of T-Cell Help In several mouse models, it has been demonstrated that neo-self, tissuerestricted antigen (e.g., OVA protein transgenically expressed under the tissue-restricted insulin promoter) can be captured and cross-presented by bone marrow–derived cells (Kurts et al., 1996); and captured antigen may be transported by APCs to the draining lymph node where engagement of antigenspecific, MHC class I–restricted T cells results in expansion and active deletion (or tolerance) (Kurts et al., 1997a). In contrast, when helper T cells were included in the adoptive transfer, the CD8þ T cells expanded and differentiated into effector cells (Bennett et al., 1997, 1998). It was, therefore, proposed that a bone marrow–derived cell may capture exogenous antigen for both class I and class II presentation, transport these epitopes to the draining lymph node, and present them to naive CD4þ and CD8þ T cells. It has since been demonstrated that the cross-presenting APC responsible for cross-tolerance and cross-priming is indeed the DC (Albert et al., 1998c, 2001; Kurts, 2000). Therapeutically, it appears that the stimulation of CD40 with an agonistic mAb (FGK45) is sufficient to increase the efficacy of chemotherapy (with gemcitabine) of established murine solid tumors, and this effect requires the presence of CD8 T cells in the animal (Nowak et al., 2003b). This might mimic the help provided by cognate CD4þ cells (via CD40) required for the stimulation of a productive immune response (Albert et al., 2001; Heath and Carbone, 2001; Liu et al., 2002). Similar effects might be expected by other techniques to mimic T-cell help. E. Heat Shock Proteins Accumulating evidence indicates that HSPs can increase the immunogenicity of live and apoptotic tumor cells. Thus, B16 melanoma and CMT93 colorectal carcinoma cells transfected with HSP70 are significantly more
ANTITUMOR IMMUNITY
163
immunogenic than their vector-only transfected counterparts (Melcher et al., 1998). Heat stressed (surface HSP70 and HSP60-expressing) 12B1-D1 mouse leukemia cells (BR-ALþ) are more immunogenic when induced to undergo apoptosis and inoculated into mice than their nonstressed counterparts. Thus, vaccination with heat-stressed autologous apoptotic tumor cells induces antitumor immunity that significantly retards tumor progression when compared with vaccination with nonstressed apoptotic cells (Feng et al., 2001). Moreover, stressed apoptotic tumor cells are effective immunogens when loaded onto syngeneic DCs (Feng et al., 2001). Heat-stressed apoptotic 12B1-D1 leukemia cells elicit a more important upregulation of costimulatory molecules (CD40, CD80, CD86) on the surface of DCs and higher IL-12 secretion than nonstressed control cells (Feng et al., 2002). Immunization of mice with stressed apoptotic 12B1-D1 cells (but not with nonstressed ones) induced a preponderant T helper type 1 response and an efficient cytotoxic T-cell response (Feng et al., 2002). Purified HSP70 or chaperone-rich cell lysate from syngeneic normal tissue (liver) can be used as an adjuvant with nonimmunogenic apoptotic 12B1-D1 cells in vaccination, yielding potent antitumor CTL responses, the production of T helper type 1 cytokines and long-lasting antitumor immunity in the mouse (Feng et al., 2003). In contrast, in one particular model (PRO colon carcinoma cells inoculated into rats), the downmodulation of HSP70 can enhance the immunogenicity of the tumor (Gurbuxani et al., 2001). One possible means of increasing the expression of HSPs in vivo is local hyperthermia, a treatment modality that has clinical benefit in a variety of malignancies. Several phase III trials comparing radiotherapy alone or with hyperthermia have shown a beneficial effect of hyperthermia in terms of local control (e.g., recurrent breast cancer and malignant melanoma) and survival (e.g., head and neck lymph node metastases, glioblastoma, and cervical carcinoma) (Wust et al., 2002). It is tempting to speculate that part of this therapeutic effect might be due to an improved immune response against dying tumor cells. Of note, it appears that different proapoptotic chemotherapeutic agents can induce different levels of cellular stress. Thus, cisplatin and NK cells reportedly kill KATO cells without HSP70 induction, whereas doxorubicin and 5-fluorouracil kill after HSP70 induction. These agents also differ in the kinetics in which they induce apoptosis and secondary necrosis, as well in their capacity to stimulate DCs (Buttiglieri et al., 2003; Galetto et al., 2003). As a general rule, tubulin-interacting agents, including vincristine and paclitaxel, but not DNA-interacting agents, including cytarabidine and ifosfamide, selectively increase the amount of cytoplasmic HSP70 in tumor and normal cells (Gehrmann et al., 2002). A systematic study on which chemotherapeutic agents induce HSPs, however, has not yet been performed. It would be an error to assume that the induction of immunogenic chaperones in tumor cells would be automatically beneficial for the patient’s survival.
164
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
Indeed, it appears that tumors frequently overexpress HSP70, and increased HSP70 is a negative prognostic factor in some cancers (Garrido et al., 2001, 2003). HSP70 interferes with the apoptotic machinery at several levels. It prevents MMP, inhibits the assembly of a functional apoptosome, and neutralizes AIF (Beere and Green, 2001; Garrido et al., 2001, 2003; Gurbuxani et al., 2003; Rashmi et al., 2003; Ravagnan et al., 2001). Downmodulation of HSP70, for instance, with adenoviruses that express an HSP70 antisense construct, reduces tumor growth in vivo, in human cancer xenografts transplanted into mice (Nylandsted et al., 2002). Similarly, neutralization of HSP70 with AIFderived decoy for HSP70 (ADD70) can sensitize human cancer cells to chemotherapy, (Schmitt et al., 2003). Moreover, targeting of HSP90 with geldanamycin or its 17-allylamino-17-demethoxy analog (17-AAG) can increase tumor cell apoptosis in vitro and in vivo in combination chemotherapy regimens (Sausville et al., 2003). Altogether, these data suggest that manipulation of HSPs in tumors can influence their immunogenicity while altering their susceptibility to chemotherapy-induced cell death, with opposing consequences on disease outcome. VII. Concluding Remarks
In spite of a growing body of specific literature, the immune response against dying tumor cells is still poorly characterized. In particular, the precise phenomenological and mechanistic relationship between different cell death modalities and the immunogenicity of cell death remains an open conundrum. Most of the studies performed concentrate on the dichotomy of apoptosis and necrosis incurring in important methodological problems, which are discussed in this chapter. As it stands, the prevailing hypothesis is that apoptotic cell death would be poorly immunogenic (or even tolerogenic) while necrotic cell death would be truly immunogenic. This difference, which yet needs to be substantiated, may be due to the intrinsic capacity of cells dying from nonapoptotic cell death to stimulate the immune response, for instance, by stimulating local inflammatory responses (‘‘danger signals’’) and/or by triggering the maturation of DCs. Thus, a qualitative difference in the biochemical mechanisms of cellular demise would entail a qualitative difference in the resulting immune response. Alternatively, or in addition, it is possible that purely quantitative differences in cell death are perceived by the immune systems in rather distinct terms. Thus, the sporadic death of isolated tumor cells occurring spontaneously or in response to a protracted chemotherapy could be handled much in the same way as the physiological death of normal cells, meaning that the dying tumor cells would be phagocytosed by neighboring cells and tissue macrophages without eliciting a productive immune response. In contrast, massive cell death might saturate the local capacity of silent corps
ANTITUMOR IMMUNITY
165
removal, causing the accumulation of late-stage apoptotic cells and secondary necrosis, accumulation of cell-intrinsic proinflammatory mediators (such as uric acid), and phagocytosis by DCs, thereby laying the grounds for an immune response. Future studies will have to correlate antitumor immune reactions with biochemically (rather than morphologically) defined death modalities and/or quantitatively different spatiotemporal cell death patterns, both in experimental animals and in patients. Significant evidence for an indirect pathway for the loading of MHC class I molecules has emerged over the last 25 years. This includes data that would be relevant to the induction of antitumor immune responses. This exogenous pathway for the generation of MHC class I–peptide complexes has also been shown to result in the tolerization of T cells specific for tissue-restricted antigen, a phenomenon called ‘‘cross-tolerance.’’ Although these observations indicate that the immune system possesses a natural mechanism by which exogenous antigens may access MHC class I molecules of APCs, the efforts to capitalize on this for therapeutic intervention have been limited. In vitro studies have now defined that exosomes, HSPs immune complexes, and apoptotic cells can all serve as vehicles for the delivery of antigen to the DC system in a manner that permits the cross-presentation of antigen. A number of intellectually appealing strategies have been designed to stimulate the immune response against dying tumor cells, for instance, by inducing ‘‘abnormal’’ (nonapoptotic) tumor cell death, by changing the way tumor cells are handled by phagocytic cells (e.g., by opsonization), by enhancing DC maturation (e.g., by stimuing TLRs), or by mimicking signals provided by T helper cells (e.g., by ligation of CD40). In experimental animals, several among these manipulations have been able to ameliorate the anticancer immune response. The current challenge is to extrapolate these experimental data from rodent models to the human system. Moreover, we anticipate that a better understanding of the complexities of the apoptosis-dependant pathway for the generation of MHC class I–peptide complexes will be ultimately exploited for the design of antitumor immune therapies.
Acknowledgments This work has been partially supported by Agence Nationale pour la Recherche contre le Sida, Ligue contre le Cancer, European Commission (to G.K.); INSERM as well as a special grant by Ligue contre le Cancer (to L.Z.), INSERM Avenir 0201, Institut Pasteur and The Doris Duke Charitable Foundation (to M.L.A.). N.C. received a fellowship from the Basque Country, M.O.P. from IGR.
166
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
References Adams, J. M. (2003). Ways of dying: Multiple pathways to apoptosis. Genes Dev. 17, 2481–2495. Akiyama, K., Ebihara, S., Yada, A., Matsumura, K., Aiba, S., Nukiwa, T., and Takai, T. (2003). Targeting apoptotic tumor cells to Fc gamma R provides efficient and versatile vaccination against tumors by dendritic cells. J. Immunol. 170, 1641–1648. Albert, M. L., Darnell, J. C., Bender, A., Francisco, L. M., Bhardwaj, N., and Darnell, R. B. (1998a). Tumor-specific killer cells in paraneoplastic cerebellar degeneration. Nat. Med. 4, 1321–1324. Albert, M. L., Jegathesan, M., and Darnell, R. B. (2001). Dendritic cell maturation is required for the cross-tolerization of CD8þ T cells. Nat. Immunol. 2, 1010–1017. Albert, M. L., Kim, J. I., and Birge, R. B. (2000). Alphavbeta5 integrin recruits the CrkII-Dock180rac1 complex for phagocytosis of apoptotic cells. Nat. Cell Biol. 2, 899–905. Albert, M. L., Pearce, S. F., Francisco, L. M., Sauter, B., Roy, P., Silverstein, R. L., and Bhardwaj, N. (1998b). Immature dendritic cells phagocytose apoptotic cells via alphavbeta5 and CD36, and cross-present antigens to cytotoxic T lymphocytes. J. Exp. Med. 188, 1359–1368. Albert, M. L., Sauter, B., and Bhardwaj, N. (1998c). Dendritic cells acquire antigen from apoptotic cells and induce class I-restricted CTLs. Nature 392, 86–89. Alonso, M., Tamasdan, C., Miller, D. C., and Newcomb, E. W. (2003). Flavopiridol induces apoptosis in glioma cell lines independent of retinoblastoma and p53 tumor suppressor pathway alterations by a caspase-independent pathway. Mol. Cancer Ther. 2, 139–150. Amigorena, S. (2002). Fc gamma receptors and cross-presentation in dendritic cells. J. Exp. Med. 195, F1–3. Andre´ , F., Schartz, N. E., Movassagh, M., Flament, C., Pautier, P., Morice, P., Pomel, C., Lhomme, C., Escudier, B., Le Chevalier, T., Tursz, T., Amigorena, S., Raposo, G., Angevin, E., and Zitvogel, L. (2002). Malignant effusions and immunogenic tumour-derived exosomes. Lancet 360, 295–305. Appel, S., Boehmler, A. M., Grunebach, F., Muller, M. R., Rupf, A., Weck, M. M., Hartmann, U., Reichardt, V. L., Kanz, L., Brummendorf, T. H., and Brossart, P. (2003). Imatinib mesylate affects the development and function of dendritic cells generated from CD34þ peripheral blood progenitor cells. Blood 103, 538–544. Asea, A., Rehli, M., Kabingu, E., Boch, J. A., Bare, O., Auron, P. E., Stevenson, M. A., and Calderwood, S. K. (2002). Novel signal transduction pathway utilized by extracellular HSP70: Role of toll-like receptor (TLR) 2 and TLR4. J. Biol. Chem. 277, 15028–15034. Banchereau, J., Palucka, A. K., Dhodapkar, M., Burkeholder, S., Taquet, N., Rolland, A., Taquet, S., Coquery, S., Wittkowski, K. M., Bhardwaj, N., Pineiro, L., Steinman, R., and Fay, J. (2001). Immune and clinical responses in patients with metastatic melanoma to CD34(þ) progenitorderived dendritic cell vaccine. Cancer Res. 61, 6451–6458. Banchereau, J., and Steinman, R. M. (1998). Dendritic cells and the control of immunity. Nature 392, 245–252. Barry, M., and Bleackley, R. C. (2002). Cytotoxic T lymphocytes: All roads lead to death. Nat. Rev. Immunol. 2, 401–409. Basu, S., Binder, R. J., Ramalingam, T., and Srivastava, P. K. (2001). CD91 is a common receptor for heat shock proteins gp96, hsp90, hsp70, and calreticulin. Immunity 14, 303–313. Basu, S., Binder, R. J., Suto, R., Anderson, K. M., and Srivastava, P. K. (2000). Necrotic but not apoptotic cell death releases heat shock proteins, which deliver a partial maturation signal to dendritic cells and activate the NF-kappa B pathway. Int. Immunol. 12, 1539–1546. Bateman, A. R., Harrington, K. J., Kottke, T., Ahmed, A., Melcher, A. A., Gough, L. J., Linardakis, E., Riddle, D., Dietz, A., Lohse, C. M., Strome, S., Peterson, T., Simari, R., and Vile, R. G. (2002).
ANTITUMOR IMMUNITY
167
Viral fusogenic membrane glycoproteins kill solid tumor cells by nonapoptotic mechanisms that promote cross presentation of tumor antigens by dendritic cells. Cancer Res. 62, 6566–6578. Becker, T., Hartl, F. U., and Wieland, F. (2002). CD40, an extracellular receptor for binding and uptake of Hsp70-peptide complexes. J. Cell Biol. 158, 1277–1285. Beere, H. M., and Green, D. R. (2001). Stress management—Heat shock protein-70 and the regulation of apoptosis. Trends Cell Biol. 11, 6–10. Bennett, S. R., Carbone, F. R., Karamalis, F., Flavell, R. A., Miller, J. F., and Heath, W. R. (1998). Help for cytotoxic-T-cell responses is mediated by CD40 signaling. Nature 393, 478–480. Bennett, S. R., Carbone, F. R., Karamalis, F., Miller, J. F., and Heath, W. R. (1997). Induction of a CD8þ cytotoxic T lymphocyte response by cross-priming requires cognate CD4þ T cell help. J. Exp. Med. 198, 65–70. Berard, F., Blanco, P., Davoust, J., Neidhart-Berard, E. M., Nouri-Shirazi, M., Taquet, N., Rimoldi, D., Cerottini, J. C., Banchereau, J., and Palucka, A. K. (2000). Cross-priming of naive CD8 T cells against melanoma antigens using dendritic cells loaded with killed allogeneic melanoma cells. J. Exp. Med. 192, 1535–1544. Beyaert, R., Van Loo, G., Heyninck, K., and Vandenabeele, P. (2002). Signaling to gene activation and cell death by tumor necrosis factor receptors and Fas. Int. Rev. Cytol. 214, 225–272. Bickerstaff, M. C., Botto, M., Hutchinson, W. L., Herbert, J., Tennent, G. A., Bybee, A., Mitchell, D. A., Cook, H. T., Butler, P. J., Walport, M. J., and Pepys, M. B. (1999). Serum amyloid P component controls chromatin degradation and prevents antinuclear autoimmunity. Nat. Med. 5, 852–853. Bleday, R., Lee, E., Jessurun, J., Heine, J., and Wong, W. D. (1993). Increased risk of early colorectal neoplasms after hepatic transplant in patients with inflammatory bowel disease. Dis. Colon Rectum. 36, 908–912. Bonnotte, B., Favre, N., Moutet, M., Fromentin, A., Solary, E., Martin, M., and Martin, F. (1998). Bcl-2–mediated inhibition of apoptosis prevents immunogenicity and restores tumorigenicity of spontaneously regressive tumors. J. Immunol. 161, 1433–1439. Bonnotte, B., Favre, N., Moutet, M., Fromentin, A., Solary, E., Martin, M., and Martin, F. (2000). Role of tumor cell apoptosis in tumor antigen migration to the draining lymph nodes. J. Immunol. 164, 1995–2000. Borg, C., Abdelai, J., Laderach, D., Mareyama, K., Wakasugi, H., Charrier, S., Ryffel, B., Vainchenker, W., Galy, A., Caignard, A., and Zitvogel, L. (2004). Dendritic cell cytoskeleton remodeling promotes synapse formation and IL–12 polarization required for NK cell activation. Blood (in press). Boya, P., Andreau, K., Poncet, D., Zamzami, N., Perfettini, J.-L., Metivier, D., Ojcius, D. M., Jaattela, M., and Kroemer, G. (2003a). Lysosomal membrane permeabilization induces cell death in a mitochondrion-dependent fashion. J. Exp. Med. 197, 1323–1334. Boya, P., Gonzalez-Polo, R.-A., Poncet, D., Andreau, K., Roumier, T., Perfettini, J.-L., and Kroemer, G. (2003b). Mitochondrial membrane permeabilization is a critical step of lysosome-initiated apoptosis induced by hydroxychloroquine. Oncogene 22, 3927–3936. Brankin, B., Skaar, T. C., Brotzman, M., Trock, B., and Clarke, R. (1998). Autoantibodies to the nuclear phosphoprotein nucleophosmin in breast cancer patients. Cancer Epidemiol. Biomarkers Prev. 7, 1109–1115. Brown, S., Heinisch, I., Ross, E., Shaw, K., Buckley, C. D., and Savill, J. (2002). Apoptosis disables CD31-mediated cell detachment from phagocytes promoting binding and engulfment. Nature 418, 200–203. Bursch, W. (2001). The autophagosomal-lysosomal compartment in programmed cell death. Cell Death Differ. 8, 569–581. Buttiglieri, S., Galetto, A., Forno, S., De Andrea, M., and Matera, L. (2003). Influence of druginduced apoptotic death on processing and presentation of tumor antigens by dendritic cells. Int. J. Cancer 106, 516–520.
168
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
Castedo, M., Ferri, K. F., Blanco, J., Roumier, T., Larochette, N., Barretina, J., Amendola, A., Nardacci, R., Metivier, D., Este, J. A., Piacentini, M., and Kroemer, G. (2001). Human immunodeficiency virus 1 envelope glycoprotein complex-induced apoptosis involves mammalian target of rapamycin/FKBP12-rapamycin-associated protein-mediated p53 phosphorylation. J. Exp. Med. 194, 1097–1110. Castedo, M., Hirsch, T., Susin, S. A., Zamzami, N., Marchetti, P., Macho, A., and Kroemer, G. (1996). Sequential acquisition of mitochondrial and plasma membrane alterations during early lymphocyte apoptosis. J. Immunol. 157, 512–521. Castedo, M., Macho, A., Zamzami, N., Hirsch, T., Marchetti, P., Uriel, J., and Kroemer, G. (1995). Mitochondrial perturbations define lymphocytes undergoing apoptotic depletion in vivo. Eur. J. Immunol. 25, 3277–3284. Castedo, M., Perfettini, J.-L., Medema, J. P., and Kroemer, G. (2004a). Cell death by mitotic catastrophe: A molecular definition. Oncogene 23, 2825–2837. Castedo, M., Perfettini, J.-L., Roumier, T., Valent, A., Raslova, H., Yakushijin, K., Horne, D. A., Feunteun, J., Lenoir, G., Vainchenker, W., and Kroemer, G. (2004b). Mitotic catastrophe. A special case of apoptosis preventing aneuploidy. Oncogene (in press). Castedo, M., Perfettini, J.-L., Roumier, T., Yakushijin, K., Horne, D. A., Medema, R., and Kroemer, G. (2004c). Chk2 is a negative regulator of mitotic catastrophe. Oncogene (in press). Castellino, F., Boucher, P. E., Eichelberg, K., Mayhew, M., Rothman, J. E., Houghton, A. N., and Germain, R. N. (2000). Receptor-mediated uptake of antigen/heat shock protein complexes results in major histocompatibility complex class I antigen presentation via two distinct processing pathways. J. Exp. Med. 191, 1957–1964. Castiglioni, P., Martin-Fontecha, A., Milan, G., Tomajer, V., Magni, F., Michaelsson, J., Rugarli, C., Rosato, A., and Bellone, M. (2002). Apoptosis-dependent subversion of the T-lymphocyte epitope hierarchy in lymphoma cells. Cancer Res. 62, 1116–1122. Chakrabarti, A., and Chakrabarti, S. (1987). High yield of micronuclei and micronuclei premature chromosome condensation in a mouse tumor cell line cultured in vivo with prearrested mitotic metaphases. Neoplasma 34, 557–562. Chan, H. T., Hughes, D., French, R. R., Tutt, A. L., Walshe, C. A., Teeling, J. L., Glennie, M. J., and Cragg, M. S. (2003). CD20-induced lymphoma cell death is independent of both caspases and its redistribution into triton X-100 insoluble membrane rafts. Cancer Res. 63, 5480–5489. Chattergoon, M. A., Kim, J. J., Yang, J. S., Robinson, T. M., Lee, D. J., Dentchev, T., Wilson, D. M., Ayyavoo, V., and Weiner, D. B. (2000). Targeted antigen delivery to antigen-presenting cells including dendritic cells by engineered Fas-mediated apoptosis. Nat. Biotechnol. 18, 974–979. Chen, W., Frank, M. E., Jin, W., and Wahl, S. M. (2001). TGF-beta released by apoptotic T cells contributes to an immunosuppressive milieu. Immunity 14, 715–725. Cheng, E. H.-Y. A., Wei, M. C., Weiler, S., Flavell, R. A., Mak, T. W., Lindsten, T., and Korsmeyer, S. J. (2001). BCL-2, BCL-XL sequester BH3 domain-only molecules preventing BAX and BAK-mediated mitochondrial apoptosis. Mol. Cell 8, 705–711. Chinnaiyan, A. M., and Dixit, V. M. (1996). The cell-death machine. Curr. Biol. 6, 555–562. Clynes, R. A., Towers, T. L., Presta, L. G., and Ravetch, J. V. (2000). Inhibitory Fc receptors modulate in vivo cytoxicity against tumor targets. Nat. Med. 6, 443–446. Coulie, P. G., Karanikas, V., Colau, D., Lurquin, C., Landry, C., Marchand, M., Dorval, T., Brichard, V., and Boon, T. (2001). A monoclonal cytolytic T-lymphocyte response observed in a melanoma patient vaccinated with a tumor-specific antigenic peptide encoded by gene MAGE-3. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 98, 10290–10295. Coumans, B., Thellin, O., Zorzi, W., Melot, F., Bougoussa, M., Melen, L., Zorzi, D., Hennen, G., Igout, A., and Heinen, E. (1999). Lymphoid cell apoptosis induced by trophoblastic cells: A model of active feto-placental tolerance. J. Immunol. Methods 224, 185–196.
ANTITUMOR IMMUNITY
169
Debatin, K. M., Poncet, D., and Kroemer, G. (2002). Chemotherapy: Targeting the mitochondrial pathway. Oncogene 21, 8786–8803. Denecker, G., Declercq, W., Geuijen, C. A., Boland, A., Benabdillah, R., van Gurp, M., Sory, G., Zhivotovsky, B., Fiers, W., Grooten, J., Declecq, W., and Vandenabeele, P. (2001). Death receptor-induced apoptotic and necrotic cell death: Differential role of caspases and mitochondria. Cell Death Differ. 8, 829–840. Denzer, K., Kleijmeer, L. J., Heijnen, H. F., Stoorvogel, W., and Geuze, H. J. (2000a). Exosome: From internal vesicle of the multivesicular body to intercellular signaling device. J. Cell Sci. 113, 3365–3374. Denzer, K., van Eijk, M., Kleijmeer, M. J., Jakobson, E., de Groot, C., and Geuze, H. J. (2000b). Follicular dendritic cells carry MHC class II-expressing microvesicles at their surface. J. Immunol. 165, 1259–1265. Dreno, B., Nguyen, J. M., Khammari, A., Pandolfino, M., Tessier, M. H., Bercegeay, S., Cassidanius, A., Lemarre, P., Billaudel, S., Labarriere, N., and Jotereau, F. (2002). Randomized trial of adoptive transfer of melanoma tumor-infiltrating lymphocytes as adjuvant therapy for stage III melanoma. Cancer Immunol. Immunother. 2002, 539–546. Dudley, M. E., and Rosenberg, S. A. (2003). Adoptive-cell-transfer therapy for the treatment of patients with cancer. Nat. Rev. Cancer 3, 666–675. Fadok, V. A., Bratton, D. L., Freed, P. W., Westcott, J. Y., and Henson, P. M. (1998). Macrophages that have ingested apoptotic cells in vitro inhibit proinflammatory cytokine production through autocrine/paracrine mechanisms involving TGF-B, PGE2, and PAF. J. Clin. Invest. 101, 890–898. Feng, H., Zeng, Y., Graner, M. W., and Katsanis, E. (2002). Stressed apoptotic tumor cells stimulate dendritic cells and induce specific cytotoxic T cells. Blood 100, 4108–4115. Feng, H., Zeng, Y., Graner, M. W., Likhacheva, A., and Katsanis, E. (2003). Exogenous stress proteins enhance the immunogenicity of apoptotic tumor cells and stimulate antitumor immunity. Blood 101, 245–252. Feng, H., Zeng, Y., Whitesell, L., and Katsanis, E. (2001). Stressed apoptotic tumor cells express heat shock proteins and elicit tumor-specific immunity. Blood 97, 3505–3512. Ferguson, T. A., Herndon, J., Elzey, B., Griffith, T. S., Schoenberger, S., and Green, D. R. (2002). Uptake of apoptotic antigen-coupled cells by lymphoid dendritic cells and cross-priming of CD8þ T cells produce active immune unresponsiveness. J. Immunol. 168, 5589–5595. Ferri, K. F., Jacotot, E., Blanco, J., Este´ , J. A., Zamzami, A., Susin, S. A., Brothers, G., Reed, J. C., Penninger, J. M., and Kroemer, G. (2000). Apoptosis control in syncytia induced by the HIV-1-envelope glycoprotein complex. Role of mitochondria and caspases. J. Exp. Med. 192, 1081–1092. Ferri, K. F., and Kroemer, G. (2001a). Control of apoptotic DNA degradation. Nat. Cell Biol. 2, E63–E64. Ferri, K. F., and Kroemer, G. K. (2001b). Organelle-specific initiation of cell death pathways. Nat. Cell Biol. 3, E255–E263. Flohe, S. B., Bruggemann, J., Lendemans, S., Nikulina, M., Meierhoff, G., Flohe, S., and Kolb, H. (2003). Human heat shock protein 60 induces maturation of dendritic cells versus a Th1-promoting phenotype. J. Immunol. 170, 2340–2348. Fonteneau, J. F., Kavanagh, D. G., Lirvall, M., Sanders, C., Cover, T. L., Bhardwaj, N., and Larsson, M. (2003). Characterization of the MHC class I cross-presentation pathway for cellassociated antigens by human dendritic cells. Blood 102, 4448–4455. Formigl, L., Papucci, L., Tani, A., Schiavone, N., Tempestini, A., Orlandini, G. E., Capaccioli, S., and Orlandini, S. Z. (2000). Aponecrosis: Morphological and biochemical exploration of a syncretic process of cell death sharing apoptosis and necrosis. J. Cell Physiol. 182, 41–49.
170
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
Fulda, S., and Debatin, K. M. (2000). Betulinic acid induces apoptosis through a direct effect on mitochondria in neuroectodermal tumors. Med. Pediatr. Oncol. 35, 616–618. Galetto, A., Buttiglieri, S., Forno, S., Moro, F., Mussa, A., and Matera, L. (2003). Drug- and cellmediated antitumor cytotoxicities modulate cross-presentation of tumor antigens by myeloid dendritic cells. Anticancer Drugs 14, 833–843. Gallucci, S., Lolkema, M., and Matzinger, P. (1999). Natural adjuvants: Endogenous activators of dendritic cells. Nat. Med. 5, 1249–1255. Garrido, C., Gurbuxani, S., Ravagnan, L., and Kroemer, G. (2001). Heat shock proteins: Endogenous modulators of apoptotic cell death. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 286, 433–442. Garrido, C., Schmitt, E., Cande, C., Vahsen, N., Parcellier, A., and Kroemer, G. (2003). HSP27 and HSP70: Potentially oncogenic apoptosis inhibitors. Cell Cycle 2, 579–584. Gehrmann, M., Pfister, K., Hutzler, P., Gastpar, R., Margulis, B., and Multhoff, G. (2002). Effects of antineoplastic agents on cytoplasmic and membrane-bound heat shock protein 70 (Hsp70) levels. Biol. Chem. 383, 1715–1725. Gottfried, E., Krieg, R., Eichelberg, C., Andreesen, R., Mackensen, A., and Krause, S. W. (2002). Characterization of cells prepared by dendritic cell–tumor cell fusion. Cancer Immun. 2, 15. Grammer, A. C., and Lipsky, P. E. (2000). CD40-mediated regulation of immune responses by TRAF-dependent and TRAF-independent signaling mechanisms. Adv. Immunol. 76, 61–178. Green, D. R., and Evan, G. I. (2002). A matter of life and death. Cancer Cell 1, 19–30. Green, D. R., and Kroemer, G. (1998). The central executioner of apoptosis: Mitochondria or caspases? Trends Cell Biol. 8, 267–271. Gregoire, M., Ligeza-Poisson, C., Juge-Morineau, N., and Spisek, R. (2003). Anti-cancer therapy using dendritic cells and apoptotic tumour cells: Pre-clinical data in human mesothelioma and acute myeloid leukaemia. Vaccine 21, 791–794. Gross, C., Hansch, D., Gastpar, R., and Multhoff, G. (2003a). Interaction of heat shock protein 70 peptide with NK cells involves the NK receptor CD94. Biol. Chem. 384, 267–279. Gross, C., Koelch, W., DeMaio, A., Arispe, N., and Multhoff, G. (2003b). Cell surface-bound heat shock protein 70 (Hsp70) mediates perforin-independent apoptosis by specific binding and uptake of granzyme B. J. Biol. Chem. 278, 41173–41181. Guermonprez, P., Saveanu, L., Kleijmeer, M., Davoust, J., Van Endert, P., and Amigorena, S. (2003). ER–phagosome fusion defines an MHC class I cross-presentation compartment in dendritic cells. Nature 25, 397–402. Gurbuxani, S., Bruey, J. M., Fromentin, A., Larmonier, N., Parcellier, A., Jaattela, M., Martin, F., Solary, E., and Garrido, C. (2001). Selective depletion of inducible HSP70 enhances immunogenicity of rat colon cancer cells. Oncogene 20, 7478–7485. Gurbuxani, S., Schmitt, E., Cande, C., Parcellier, A., Hamman, A., Daugas, E., Kouranti, I., Spahr, C., Pance, A., Kroemer, G., and Garrido, C. (2003). Heat shock protein 70-binding inhibits the nuclear import of apoptosis inducing factor. Oncogene 22, 6669–6678. Hansen, M. H., Nielsen, H., and Ditzel, H. J. (2001). The tumor-infiltrating B cell response in medullary breast cancer is oligoclonal and directed against the autoantigen actin exposed on the surface of apoptotic cancer cells. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 98, 12659–12664. Hayashi, T., Hideshima, T., Akiyama, M., Raje, N., Richardson, P., Chauhan, D., and Anderson, K. C. (2003). Ex vivo induction of multiple myeloma-specific cytotoxic T lymphocytes. Blood 102, 1435–1442. Hayward, R. L., Macpherson, J. S., Cummings, J., Monia, B. P., Smyth, J. F., and Jodrell, D. J. (2003). Antisense Bcl-xl down-regulation switches the response to topoisomerase I inhibition from senescence to apoptosis in colorectal cancer cells, enhancing global cytotoxicity. Clin. Cancer Res. 9, 2856–2865. Heald, R., McLoughlin, M., and McKeon, F. (1993). Human weel maintains mitotic timing by protecting the nucleus from cytoplasmically activated Cdc2 kinase. Cell 74, 463–474.
ANTITUMOR IMMUNITY
171
Heath, W. R., and Carbone, F. R. (2001). Cross-presentation, dendritic cells, tolerance and immunity. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 19, 47–64. Henry, F., Boisteau, O., Bretaudeau, L., Lieubeau, B., Meflah, K., and Gregoire, M. (1999). Antigen-presenting cells that phagocytose apoptotic tumor-derived cells are potent tumor vaccines. Cancer Res. 59, 3329–3332. Herr, I., and Debatin, K. M. (2001). Cellular stress response and apoptosis in cancer therapy. Blood 98, 2603–2614. Hirsch, T., Marchetti, P., Susin, S. A., Dallaporta, B., Zamzami, N., Marzo, I., Geuskens, M., and Kroemer, G. (1997). The apoptosis-necrosis paradox. Apoptogenic proteases activated after mitochondrial permeability transition determine the mode of cell death. Oncogene 15, 1573–1582. Houde, M., Bertholet, S., Gagnon, E., Brunet, S., Goyette, G., Laplante, A., Princiotta, M. F., Thibault, P., Sacks, D., and Desjardins, M. (2003). Phagosomes are competent organelles for antigen cross-presentation. Nature 425, 351–352. Huang, A. V., Golumbek, P., Ahmadzadeh, M., Jaffee, E., Pardoll, D., and Levitsky, H. (1994). Role of bone marrow–derived cells in presenting MHC class I–restricted tumor antigens. Science 264, 961–965. Hugues, S., Mougneau, E., Ferlin, W., Jeske, D., Hofman, P., Homann, D., Beaudoin, L., Schrike, C., Von Herrath, M., Lehuen, A., and Glaichenhaus, N. (2002). Tolerance to islet antigens and prevention from diabetes induced by limited apoptosis of pancreatic beta cells. Immunity 16, 169–181. Huynh, M. L., Fadok, V. A., and Henson, P. M. (2002). Phosphatidylserine-dependent ingestion of apoptotic cells promotes TGF-beta1 secretion and the resolution of inflammation. J. Clin. Invest. 109, 41–50. Ignatius, R., Marovich, M., Mehlhop, E., Villamide, L., Mahnke, K., Cox, W. I., Isdell, F., Frankel, S. S., Mascola, J. R., Steinman, R. M., and Pope, M. (2000). Canarypox virus–induced maturation of dendritic cells is mediated by apoptotic cell death and tumor necrosis factor alpha secretion. J. Virol. 74, 11329–11338. Imai, H., Ochs, R. L., Kiyosawa, K., Furuta, S., Nakamura, R. M., Tan, E. M., and Keck, W. M. (1992). Nucleolar antigens and autoantibodies in hepatocellular carcinoma and other malignancies. Am. J. Pathol. 140, 859–870. Inbal, B., Bialik, S., Sabanay, I., Shani, G., and Kimchi, A. (2002). DAP kinase and DRP-1 mediate membrane blebbing and the formation of autophagic vesicles during programmed cell death. J. Cell Biol. 157, 455–468. Jaattela, M., and Tschopp, J. (2003). Caspase-independent cell death in T lymphocytes. Nat. Immunol. 4, 416–423. Jaeschke, H., and Lemasters, J. J. (2003). Apoptosis versus oncotic necrosis in hepatic ischemia/ reperfusion injury. Gastroenterology 125, 246–257. Jamison, J. M., Gilloteaux, J., Taper, H. S., Calderon, P. B., and Summers, J. L. (2002). Autoschizis: A novel cell death. Biochem. Pharmacol. 63, 1773–1783. Jeha, S. (2001). Tumor lysis syndrome. Semin Hematol. 38, 4–8S. Johnstone, R. M., Adam, M., Hammond, J. R., Orr, L., and Turbide, C. (1987). Vesicle formation during reticulocyte maturation. Association of plasma membrane activities with released vesicles (exosomes). J. Biol. Chem. 262, 9412–9420. Joza, N., Kroemer, G., and Penninger, J. M. (2002). Genetic analysis of the mammalian cell death machinery. Trends Genet. 18, 142–149. Kanzawa, T., Kondo, Y., Ito, H., Kondo, S., and Germano, I. (2003). Induction of autophagic cell death in malignant glioma cells by arsenic trioxide. Cancer Res. 63, 2103–2108. Kaplan, D. H., Shankaran, V., Dighe, A. S., Stockert, E., Aguet, M., Old, L. J., and Schreiber, R. D. (1998). Demonstration of an interferon gamma-dependent tumor surveillance system in immunocompetent mice. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95, 7556–7561.
172
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
Karlsson, M., Lundin, S., Dahlgren, U., Kahu, H., Pettersson, I., and Telemo, E. (2001). ‘‘Tolerosomes’’ are produced by intestinal epithelial cells. Eur. J. Immunol. 31, 2892–2900. Kerr, J. F. R., Wyllie, A. H., and Currie, A. R. (1972). Apoptosis: A basic biological phenomenon with wide-ranging implications in tissue kinetics. Br. J. Cancer 26, 239–257. Khong, H. T., and Restifo, N. P. (2002). Natural selection of tumor variants in the generation of ‘‘tumor escape’’ phenotypes Nat. Immunol. 3, 999–1005. Kitanaka, C., Kato, K., Ijiri, R., Sakurada, K., Tomiyama, A., Noguchi, K., Nagashima, Y., Nakagawara, A., Momoi, T., Toyoda, Y., Kigasawa, H., Nishi, T., Shirouzu, M., Yokoyama, S., Tanaka, Y., and Kuchino, Y. (2002). Increased Ras expression and caspase-independent neuroblastoma cell death: Possible mechanism of spontaneous neuroblastoma regression. J. Natl. Cancer. Inst. 94, 358–368. Kokhaei, P., Rezvany, M. R., Virving, L., Choudhury, A., Rabbani, H., Osterborg, A., and Mellstedt, H. (2003). Dendritic cells loaded with apoptotic tumour cells induce a stronger T-cell response than dendritic cell-tumor hybrids in B-CLL. Leukemia 17, 894–899. Kotera, Y., Shimizu, K., and Mule, J. J. (2001). Comparative analysis of necrotic and apoptotic tumor cells as a source of antigen(s) in dendritic cell–based immunization. Cancer Res. 61, 8105–8109. Krammer, P. H. (2000). CD95’s deadly mission in the immune system. Nature 407, 789–795. Kroemer, G. (1995). The pharmacology of T cell apoptosis. Adv. Immunol. 58, 211–296. Kroemer, G. (1997). The proto-oncogene Bcl-2 and its role in regulating apoptosis. Nat. Med. 3, 614–620. Kroemer, G., Dallaporta, B., and Resche-Rigon, M. (1998). The mitochondrial death/life regulator in apoptosis and necrosis. Annu. Rev. Physiol. 60, 619–642. Kroemer, G., Petit, P. K., Zamzami, N., Vayssie`re, J.-L., and Mignotte, B. (1995). The biochemistry of apoptosis. FASEB J. 9, 1277–1287. Kroemer, G., and Reed, J. C. (2000). Mitochondrial control of cell death. Nat. Med. 6, 513–519. Kubasiak, L. A., Hernandez, O. M., Bishopric, N. H., and Webster, K. A. (2002). Hypoxia and acidosis activate cardiac myocyte death through the Bcl-2 family protein BNIP3. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99, 12825–12830. Kurosaka, K., Takahashi, M., Watanabe, N., and Kobayashi, Y. (2003). Silent cleanup of very early apoptotic cells by macrophages. J. Immunol. 171, 4672–4679. Kurts, C. (2000). Cross-presentation: Inducing CD8 T cell immunity and tolerance. J. Mol. Med. 78, 326–332. Kurts, C., Carbone, F. R., Barnden, M., Blanas, E., Allison, J., Heath, W. R., and Miller, J. F. (1997a). CD4þ T cell help impairs CD8þ T cell deletion induced by cross-presentation of selfantigens and favors autoimmunity. J. Exp. Med. 186, 2057–2062. Kurts, C., Heath, W. R., Carbone, F. R., Allison, J., Miller, J. F., and Kosaka, H. (1996). Constitutive class I–restricted exogenous presentation of self antigens in vivo. J. Exp. Med. 184, 923–930. Kurts, C., Kosaka, H., Carbone, F. R., Miller, J. F., and Heath, W. R. (1996). Class I–restricted cross-presentation of exogenous self-antigens leads to deletion of autoreactive CD8(þ) T cells. J. Exp. Med. 186, 239–245. Lamy, L., Ticchioni, M., Rouquette-Jazdanian, A. K., Samson, M., Deckert, M., Greenberg, A. H., and Bernard, A. (2003). CD47 and the 19 kDa interacting protein-3 (BNIP3) in T cell apoptosis. J. Biol. Chem. 278, 23915–23921. Larmonier, N., Billerey, C., Rebe, C., Parcellier, A., Moutet, M., Fromentini, A., Kroemer, G., Garrido, C., Solary, E., Martin, F., and Bonnotte, B. (2002). An atypical caspase-independent death pathway for an immunogenic cancer cell line. Oncogene 21, 6091–6100. Leist, M., and Jaattela, M. (2001). Four deaths and a funeral: From caspases to alternative mechanisms. Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell Biol. 2, 589–598.
ANTITUMOR IMMUNITY
173
Leist, M., Single, B., Castoldi, A. F., Ku¨ hnle, S., and Nicotera, P. (1997). Intracellular adenosine triphosphate (ATP) concentration: A switch in the decision between apoptosis and necrosis. J. Exp. Med. 185, 1481–1486. Li, M., Carpio, D. F., Zheng, Y., Bruzzo, P., Singh, V., Ouaaz, F., Medzhitov, R. M., and Beg, A. A. (2001). An essential role of the NF-kappa B/Toll-like receptor pathway in induction of inflammatory and tissue-repair gene expression by necrotic cells. J. Immunol. 166, 7128–7135. Liu, K., Iyoda, T., Saternus, M., Kimura, Y., Inaba, K., and Steinman, R. M. (2002). Immune tolerance after delivery of dying cells to dendritic cells in situ. J. Exp. Med. 196, 1091–1097. Liu, X. S., Kim, C. N., Yang, J., Jemmerson, R., and Wang, X. (1996). Induction of apoptotic program in cell-free extracts: Requirement for dATP and cytochrome. c. Cell 86, 147–157. Lockshin, R. A., and Zakeri, Z. (2002). Caspase-independent cell deaths. Curr. Opin. Cell Biol. 14, 727–733. Lucas, M., Stuart, L. M., Savill, J., and Lacy-Hulbert, A. (2003). Apoptotic cells and innate immune stimuli combine to regulate macrophage cytokine secretion. J. Immunol. 171, 2610–2615. Machy, P., Serre, K., and Leserman, L. (2000). Class I–restricted presentation of exogenous antigen acquired by Fcgamma receptor–mediated endocytosis is regulated in dendritic cells. Eur. J. Immunol. 30, 848–857. Mackensen, A., Herbst, B., Chen, J. L., Kohler, G., Noppen, C., Herr, W., Spagnoli, G. C., Cerundolo, V., and Lindemann, A. (2000). Phase I study in melanoma patients of a vaccine with peptide-pulsed dendritic cells generated in vitro from CD34(þ) hematopoietic progenitor cells. Int. J. Cancer 86, 385–392. Majno, G., and Joris, I. (1995). Apoptosis, oncosis, and necrosis. An overview of cell death. Am. J. Pathol. 146, 3–15. Martin, S. J., and Green, D. R. (1995). Protease activation during apoptosis: Death by a thousand cuts? Cell 82, 349–352. Martinon, F., Burns, K., and Tschopp, J. (2002). The inflammasome: A molecular platform triggering activation of inflammatory caspases and processing of proIL-beta. Mol. Cell 10, 417–426. Masse, D., Voisine, C., Henry, F., Cordel, S., Barbieux, I., Josien, R., Meflah, K., Gregoire, M., and Lieubeau, B. (2002). Increased vaccination efficiency with apoptotic cells by silica-induced, dendritic-like cells. Cancer Res. 62, 1050–1056. Mathiasen, I. S., Sergeev, I. N., Bastholm, L., Elling, F., Norman, A. W., and Jaattela, M. (2002). Calcium and calpain as key mediators of apoptosis-like death induced by vitamin D compounds in breast cancer cells. J. Biol. Chem. 277, 30738–30745. Matzinger, P. (2002). The danger model: A renewed sense of self. Science 296, 301–305. Melcher, A., Todryk, S., Hardwick, N., Ford, M., Jacobson, M., and Vile, R. G. (1998). Tumor immunogenicity is determined by the mechanism of cell death via induction of heat shock protein expression. Nat. Med. 4, 581–587. Mellman, I., and Steinman, R. M. (2001). Dendritic cells: Specialized and regulated antigen processing machines. Cell 106, 255–258. Mihm, M. H. J., Clemente, C. G., and Cascinelli, N. (1996). Tumor infiltrating lymphocytes in lymph node melanoma metastases: A histopathologic prognostic indicator and an expression of local immune response. Lab. Invest. 74, 43–47. Moroi, V., Mayhew, M., Trcka, J., Hoe, M. H., Takechi, Y., Hartl, F. U., Rothman, J. E., and Houghton, A. N. (2000). Induction of cellular immunity by immunization with novel hybrid peptides complexed to heat shock protein 70. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 97, 3485–3490. Nagy, Z. A., and Mooney, N. A. (2003). A novel, alternative pathway of apoptosis triggered through class II major histocompatibility complex molecules. J. Mol. Med. 81, 157–165. Nakano, O., Sato, M., Naito, Y., Suzuki, K., Orikasa, S., Aizawa, M., Suzuki, Y., Shintaku, I., Nagura, H., and Ohtani, H. (2001). Proliferative activity of intratumoral CD8(þ) T-lymphocytes as a
174
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
prognostic factor in human renal cell carcinoma: Clinicopathologic demonstration of antitumor immunity. Cancer Res. 61, 5132–5136. Nalesnik, M. A. (2002). Clinicopathologic characteristics of post-transplant lymphoproliferative disorders. Recent Results Cancer Res. 159, 9–18. Nicholson, D. W., and Thornberry, N. A. (1997). Caspases: Killer proteases. Trends Biochem. Sci. 22, 299–306. Noessner, E., Gastpar, R., Milani, V., Brandl, A., Hutzler, P. J., Kuppner, M. C., Roos, M., Kremmer, E., Asea, A., Calderwood, S. K., and Issels, R. D. (2002). Tumor-derived heat shock protein 70 peptide complexes are cross-presented by human dendritic cells. J. Immunol. 169, 5424–5432. Nowak, A. K., Lake, R. A., Marzo, A. L., Scott, B., Heath, W. R., Collins, E. J., Frelinger, J. A., and Robinson, B. W. (2003a). Induction of tumor cell apoptosis in vivo increases tumor antigen cross-presentation, cross-priming rather than cross-tolerizing host tumor-specific CD8 T cells. J. Immunol. 170, 4905–4913. Nowak, A. K., Robinson, B. W., and Lake, R. A. (2003b). Synergy between chemotherapy and immunotherapy in the treatment of established murine solid tumors. Cancer Res. 63, 4490–4496. Nylandsted, J., Wick, W., Hirt, U. A., Brand, K., Rohde, M., Leist, M., Weller, M., and Jaattela, M. (2002). Eradication of glioblastoma, and breast and colon carcinoma xenografts by Hsp70 depletion. Cancer Res. 62, 7139–7142. Ochsenbein, A. F., Sierro, S., Odermatt, B., Pericin, M., Karrer, U., Hermans, J., Hemmi, S., Hengartner, H., and Zinkernagel, R. M. (2001). Roles of tumour localization, second signals and cross priming in cytotoxic T-cell induction. Nature 411, 1058–1064. Ogier-Denis, E., and Codogno, P. (2003). Autophagy: A barrier or an adaptive response to cancer. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1603, 113–128. Okada, M., Adachi, S., Imai, T., Watanabe, K., Toyokuni, S., Ueno, M., Zervos, A. S., Kroemer, G., and Nakahata, T. (2004). A novel mechanism for imatinib mesylate–induced cell death of BCRABL positive human leukemic cells—Caspase-independent, necrosis-like programmed cell death mediated by serine protease activity. Blood (in press). Pardoll, D. M. (2002). Spinning molecular immunology into successful immunotherapy. Nat. Rev. Immunol. 2, 227–238. Peiser, L., Mukhopadhyay, S., and Gordon, S. (2002). Scavenger receptors in innate immunity. Curr. Opin. Immunol. 14, 123–128. Penn, I. (2000). Post-transplant malignancy: The role of immunosuppression. Drug Saf. 23, 101–113. Penninger, J. M., and Kroemer, G. (1998). Molecular and cellular mechanisms of T lymphocyte apoptosis. Adv. Immunol. 68, 51–144. Penninger, J. M., and Kroemer, G. (2003). Caspases, AIF, and mitochondria: Rivaling for cell death execution. Nat. Cell Biol. 5, 97–99. Perfettini, J.-L., and Kroemer, G. (2003). Caspase activation is not death. Nat. Immunol. 4, 308–310. Pettersen, R. D., Bernard, G., Olafsen, M. K., Pourtein, M., and Lie, S. O. (2001). CD99 signals caspase-independent T cell death. J. Immunol. 166, 4931–4942. Phan, G. Q., Yang, J. C., Sherry, R. M., Hwu, P., Topalian, S. L., Schwartzentruber, D. J., Restifo, N. P., Haworth, L. R., Seipp, C. A., Freezer, L. J., Morton, K. E., Mavroukakis, S. A., Duray, P. H., Steinberg, S. M., Allison, J. P., Davis, T. A., and Rosenberg, S. A. (2003a). Cancer regression and autoimmunity induced by cytotoxic T lymphocyte-associated antigen 4 blockade in patients with metastatic melanoma. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 100, 8372–8377. Phan, V., Errington, F., Cheong, S. C., Kottke, T., Gough, M., Altmann, S., Brandenburger, A., Emery, S., Strome, S., Bateman, A., Bonnotte, B., Melcher, A., and Vile, R. (2003b). A new genetic method to generate and isolate small, short-lived but highly potent dendritic cell-tumor cell hybrid vaccines. Nat. Med. 9, 1215–1219.
ANTITUMOR IMMUNITY
175
Quaranta, M. G., Mattioli, B., Spadaro, F., Straface, E., Giordani, L., Ramoni, C., Malorni, W., and Viora, M. (2003). HIV-1 Nef triggers Vav-mediated signaling pathway leading to functional and morphological differentiation of dendritic cells. FASEB J. 17, 2025–2036. Raposo, G., Nijman, H. W., Stoorvogel, W., Liejendekker, R., Harding, C. V., Melief, C. J., and Geuze, H. J. (1996). B lymphocytes secrete antigen-presenting vesicles. J. Exp. Med. 183, 1161–1172. Rashmi, R., Kumar, S., and Karunagaran, D. (2004). Ectopic expression of hsp70 confers resistance, and silencing its expression sensitizes human colon cancer cells to curcumin-induced apoptosis. Carcinogenesis 25, 179–187. Ravagnan, L., Gurbuxani, S., Susin, S. A., Maisse, C., Daugas, E., Zamzami, N., Mak, T., Jaattela, M., Penninger, J. M., Garrido, C., and Kroemer, G. (2001). Heat shock protein 70 antagonizes apoptosis inducing factor. Nat. Cell Biol. 3, 839–843. Read, S. H., Baliga, B. C., Ekert, P. G., Vaux, D. L., and Kumar, S. (2002). A novel Apaf-1– independent putative caspase-2 activation complex. J. Cell Biol. 159, 739–745. Rebbaa, A., Zheng, X., Chou, P. M., and Mirkin, B. L. (2003). Caspase inhibition switches doxorubicin-induced apoptosis to senescence. Oncogene 22, 2805–2811. Reiter, I., Krammer, B., and Schwamberger, G. (1999). Cutting edge: Differential effect of apoptotic versus necrotic tumor cells on macrophage antitumor activities. J. Immunol. 163, 1730–1732. Restifo, N. P., Marincola, F. M., Kawakami, Y., Taubenberger, J., Yannelli, J. R., and Rosenberg, S. A. (1996). Loss of functional beta 2-microglobulin in metastatic melanomas from five patients receiving immunotherapy. J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 88, 100–108. Ribas, A., Butterfield, L. H., Glaspy, J. A., and Economou, J. S. (2003). Current developments in cancer vaccines and cellular immunotherapy. J. Clin. Oncol. 21, 2415–2432. Rodenburg, R. J., Raats, J. M., Pruijn, G. J., and van Venrooij, W. J. (2000). Cell death: A trigger of autoimmunity? Bioessays 22, 627–636. Ronchetti, A., Rovere, P., Iezzi, G., Galati, G., Heltai, S., Protti, M. P., Garancini, M. P., Manfredi, A. A., Rugarli, C., and Bellone, M. (1999). Immunogenicity of apoptotic cells in vivo: Role of antigen load, antigen-presenting cells, and cytokines. J. Immunol. 163, 130–136. Roninson, I. B. (2003). Tumor cell senescence in cancer treatment. Cancer Res. 63, 2705–2715. Roninson, I. B., Broude, E. V., and Chang, B.-D. (2001). If not apoptosis, then what? Treatmentinduced senescence and mitotic catastrophe in tumor cells. Drug Resistance Updates 4, 303–313. Rosen, A., and Casciola-Rosen, L. (1999). Autoantigens as substrates for apoptotic proteases: Implications for the pathogenesis of systemic autoimmune disease. Cell Death Differ. 6, 6–12. Rosenberg, S. A. (2001). Progress in human tumour immunology and immunotherapy. Nature 411, 380–384. Rovere, P., Manfredi, A. A., Vallinoto, C., Zimmermann, V. S., Fascio, U., Balestrieri, G., RicciardiCastagnoli, P., Rugarli, C., Tincani, A., and Sabbadini, M. G. (1998a). Dendritic cells preferentially internalize apoptotic cells opsonized by anti-beta2-glycoprotein I antibodies. J. Autoimmun. 11, 403–411. Rovere, P., Vallinoto, C., Bondanza, A., Crosti, M. C., Rescigno, M., Ricciardi-Castagnoli, P., Rugarli, C., and Manfredi, A. A. (1998b). Bystander apoptosis triggers dendritic cell maturation and antigen-presenting function. J. Immunol. 161, 4467–4471. Sasaki, S., Amara, R. R., Oran, A. E., Smith, J. M., and Robinson, H. L. (2001). Apoptosis-mediated enhancement of DNA-raised immune responses by mutant caspase. Nat. Biotechnol. 19, 543–547. Sausville, E. A., Tomaszewski, J. E., and Ivy, P. (2003). Clinical development of 17-allylamino, 17-demethoxygeldanamycin. Curr. Cancer Drug Targets 3, 377–383. Sauter, B., Albert, M. L., Francisco, L., Larsson, M., Somersan, S., and Bhardwaj, N. (2000). Consequences of cell death: Exposure to necrotic tumor cells, but not primary tissue cells or apoptotic cells, induces the maturation of immunostimulatory dendritic cells. J. Exp. Med. 191, 423–434.
176
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
Savill, J., and Fadok, V. (2000). Corpse clearance defines the meaning of cell death. Nature 407, 784. Scaffidi, C., Fulda, S., Srinivasan, A., Friesen, C., Li, F., Tomaselli, K. J., Debatin, K.-M., Krammer, P. H., and Peter, M. E. (1998). Two CD95 (APO-1/Fas) signaling pathways. EMBO J. 17, 1675–1687. Scaffidi, P., Misteli, T., and Bianchi, M. E. (2002). Release of chromatin protein HMGB1 by necrotic cells triggers inflammation. Nature 418, 191–195. Scheffer, S. R., Nave, H., Korangy, F., Schlote, K., Pabst, R., Jaffee, E. M., Manns, M. P., and Greten, T. F. (2003). Apoptotic, but not necrotic, tumor cell vaccines induce a potent immune response in vivo. Int. J. Cancer 103, 205–211. Schmitt, C. A. (2003). Senescence, apoptosis and therapy–cutting the lifelines of cancer. Nat. Rev. Cancer 3, 286–295. Schmitt, C. A., Fridman, J. S., Yang, M., Baranov, E., Hoffman, R. M., and Lowe, S. W. (2002a). Dissecting p53 tumor suppressor functions in vivo. Cancer Cell 1, 289–298. Schmitt, C. A., Fridman, J. S., Yang, M., Lee, S., Baranov, E., Hoffman, R. M., and Lowe, S. W. (2002b). A senescence program controlled by p53 and p16INK4a contributes to the outcome of cancer therapy. Cell 109, 335–346. Schmitt, E., Gurbuxani, S., Cande, C., Parcellier, A., Hamman, A., Morales, M. C., Kroemer, G., Giordanetto, F., Jaattela, M., Pance, A., Penninger, J. M., Kroemer, G., and Garrido, C. (2003). Chemosensitization by a non-apoptogenic heat shock protein 70-binding apoptosis inducing factor mutant. Cancer Res. 63, 8233–8240. Schmitt, E., Parcellier, A., Ghiringhelli, F., Casares, N., Gurbuxani, S., Droin, N., Hamai, A., Pequignot, M., Hamman, A., Moutet, M., Fromentin, A., Kroemer, G., Solary, E., and Garrido, C. (2004). Increased immunogenicity of colon cancer cells by selective depletion of cytochrome. c. Cancer Res. 64, 2705–2711. Scott, R. S., McMahon, E. J., Pop, S. M., Reap, E. A., Caricchio, R., Cohen, P. L., Earp, H. S., and Matsushima, G. K. (2001). Phagocytosis and clearance of apoptotic cells is mediated by MER. Nature 411, 207–211. Selenko, N., Maidic, O., Draxier, S., Berer, A., Jager, U., Knapp, W., and Stockl, J. (2001). CD20 antibody (C2B8)-induced apoptosis of lymphoma cells promotes phagocytosis by dendritic cells and cross-priming of CD8þ cytotoxic T cells. Leukemia 15, 1619–1626. Shankaran, V., Ikeda, H., Bruce, A. T., White, J. M., Swanson, P. E., Old, L. J., and Schreiber, R. D. (2001). IFNgamma and lymphocytes prevent primary tumour development and shape tumour immunogenicity. Nature1107–1111. Shi, Y., Evans, J. E., and Rock, K. L. (2003). Molecular identification of a danger signal that alerts the immune system to dying cells. Nature 425, 516–521. Shi, Y., Zheng, W., and Rock, K. L. (2000). Cell injury releases endogenous adjuvants that stimulate cytotoxic T cell responses. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 97, 14590–14595. Singh-Jasuja, H., Toes, R. E., Spee, P., Munz, C., Hilf, N., Schoenberger, S. P., Ricciardi-Castagnoli, P., Neefjes, J., Rammensee, H. G., Arnold-Schild, D., and Schild, H. (2000). Cross-presentation of glycoprotein 96-associated antigens on major histocompatibility complex class I molecules requires receptor-mediated endocytosis. J. Exp. Med. 191, 1965–1974. Skokos, D., Botros, H. G., Demeure, C., Morin, J., Peronet, R., Birkenmeier, G., Boudaly, S., and Mecheri, S. (2003). Mast cell–derived exosomes induce phenotypic and functional maturation of dendritic cells and elicit specific immune responses in vivo. J. Immunol. 170, 3037–3045. Smith, M. R. (2003). Rituximab (monoclonal anti-CD20 antibody): Mechanisms of action and resistance. Oncogene 22, 7359–7368. Smyth, M. J., Thia, K. V., Street, S. E., MacGregor, D., Godfrey, D. I., and Trapani, J. A. (2000). Perforin-mediated cytotoxicity is critical for surveillance of spontaneous lymphoma. J. Exp. Med. 192, 755–760.
ANTITUMOR IMMUNITY
177
Snyder, E. L., and Kuter, D. J. (2000). Apoptosis in transfusion medicine: Of death and dying—is that all there is? Transfusion 40, 135–138. Sozzani, S., Allavena, P., D’Amico, G., Luini, W., Bianchi, G., Kataura, M., Imai, T., Yoshie, O., Bonecchi, R., and Mantovani, A. (1998). Differential regulation of chemokine receptors during dendritic cell maturation: A model for their trafficking properties. J. Immunol. 161, 1083–1086. Sperandio, S., de Belle, I., and Bredesen, D. E. (2000). An alternative, nonapoptotic form of programmed cell death. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 97, 14376–14381. Sperling, K., and Ra, P. N. (1974). Mammalian cell fusion. V. Replication behaviour of heterochromatin as observed by premature chromosome condensation. Chromosoma 14, 121–131. Srivastava, P. K., Udono, H., Blachere, N. E., and Li, Z. (1994). Heat shock proteins transfer peptides during antigen processing and CTL priming. Immunogenetics 39, 93–98. Steinman, R. M., Turley, S., Mellman, I., and Inaba, K. (2000). The induction of tolerance by dendritic cells that have captured apoptotic cells. J. Exp. Med. 191, 411–416. Street, S. E., Trapani, J. A., MacGregor, D., and Smyth, M. J. (2002). Suppression of lymphoma and epithelial malignancies effected by interferon gamma. J. Exp. Med. 196, 129–134. Strome, S. E., Voss, S., Wilcox, R., Wakefield, T. L., Tamada, K., Flies, D., Chapoval, A., Lu, J., Kasperbauer, J. L., Padley, D., Vile, R., Gastineau, D., Wettstein, P., and Chen, L. (2002). Strategies for antigen loading of dendritic cells to enhance the antitumor immune response. Cancer Res. 62, 1884–1889. Surh, C. D., and Sprent, J. (1994). T-cell apoptosis detected in situ during positive and negative selection in the thymus. Nature 372, 100–103. Susin, S. A., Daugas, E., Ravagnan, L., Samejima, K., Zamzami, N., Loeffler, M., Costantini, P., Ferri, K. F., Irinopoulou, T., Pre´ vost, M.-C., Brothers, G., Mak, T. W., Penninger, J., Earnshaw, W. C., and Kroemer, G. (2000). Two distinct pathways leading to nuclear apoptosis. J. Exp. Med. 192, 571–579. Susin, S. A., Lorenzo, H. K., Zamzami, N., Marzo, I., Snow, B. E., Brothers, G. M., Mangion, J., Jacotot, E., Costantini, P., Loeffler, M., Larochette, N., Goodlett, D. R., Aebersold, R., Siderovski, D. P., Penninger, J. M., and Kroemer, G. (1999). Molecular characterization of mitochondrial apoptosis-inducing factor. Nature 397, 441–446. Taieb, J., Maruyama, K., Terme, M., Borg, C., and Zitvogel, L. (2004). Imatinib mesylate inhibits Flt-3 ligand-mediated tumor eradication in vivo. Blood 103, 538–544. Takeda, K., Smyth, M. J., Cretney, E., Hayakawa, Y., Kayagaki, N., Yagita, H., and Okumura, K. (2002). Critical role for tumor necrosis factor–related apoptosis-inducing ligand in immune surveillance against tumor development. J. Exp. Med. 195, 161–169. Taylor, P. R., Carugati, A., Fadok, V. A., Cook, H. T., Andrews, M., Carroll, M. C., Savill, J. S., Henson, P. M., Botto, M., and Walport, M. J. (2000). A hierarchical role for classical pathway complement proteins in the clearance of apoptotic cells in vivo. J. Exp. Med. 192, 359–366. te Poele, R. H., Okorokov, A. L., Jardine, L., Cummings, J., and Joel, S. P. (2002). DNA damage is able to induce senescence in tumor cells in vitro and in vivo. Cancer Res. 62, 1876–1883. Thery, C., Boussac, M., Veron, P., Ricciardi-Castagnoli, P., Raposo, G., Garin, J., and Amigorena, S. (2001). Proteomic analysis of dendritic cell–derived exosomes: A secreted subcellular compartment distinct from apoptotic vesicles. J. Immunol. 166, 7309–7318. Thery, C., Duban, L., Segura, E., Veron, P., Lantz, O., and Amigorena, S. (2002a). Indirect activation of naive CD4þ T cells by dendritic cell–derived exosomes. Nat. Immunol. 3, 1156–1162. Thery, C., Regnault, A., Garin, J., Wolfers, J., Zitvogel, L., Ricciardi-Castagnoli, P., Raposo, G., and Amigorena, S. (1999). Molecular characterization of dendritic cell–derived exosomes. Selective accumulation of the heat shock protein hsc73. J. Cell. Biol. 147, 599–610. Thery, C., Zitvogel, L., and Amigorena, S. (2002b). Exosomes: Composition, biogenesis and function. Nat. Rev. Immunol. 2, 569–579.
178
LAURENCE ZITVOGEL ET AL.
Thompson, C. B. (1995). Apoptosis in the pathogenesis and treatment of disease. Science 267, 1456–1462. Trofe, J., Buell, J. F., First, M. R., Hanaway, M. J., Beebe, T. M., and Woodle, E. S. (2002). The role of immunosuppression in lymphoma. Recent Results Cancer Res. 159, 55–66. Tschopp, J., Martinon, F., and Burns, K. (2003). NALPs: A novel protein family involved in inflammation. Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell Biol. 4, 95–104. Turley, S. J., Inaba, K., Garrett, W. S., Ebersold, M., Unternaehrer, J., Steinman, R. M., and Mellman, I. (2000). Transport of peptide–MHC class II complexes in developing dendritic cells. Science 288, 522–527. Ulanet, D. B., Torbenson, M., Dang, C. V., Casciola-Rosen, L., and Rosen, A. (2003). Unique conformation of cancer autoantigen B23 in hepatoma: A mechanism for specificity in the autoimmune response. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 100, 12361–12366. Vabulas, R. M., Ahmad-Nejad, P., Ghose, S., Kirschning, C. J., Issels, R. D., and Wagner, H. (2002). HSP70 as endogenous stimulus of the toll/interleukin-1 receptor signal pathway. J. Biol. Chem. 277, 15107–15112. van Der Merwe, P. A., and Davis, S. J. (2002). Immunology. The immunological synapse—a multitasking system. Science 295, 1479–1480. Vanden Berghe, T., Kalai, M., Van Loo, G., Declercq, W., and Vandenabeele, P. (2003). Disruption of HSP90 function reverts tumor necrosis factor-induced necrosis to apoptosis. J. Biol. Chem. 278, 5622–5629. Vandivier, R. W., Fadok, V. A., Hoffmann, P. R., Bratton, D. L., Penvari, C., Brown, K. K., Brain, J. D., Accurso, F. J., and Henson, P. M. (2002). Elastase-mediated phosphatidylserine receptor cleavage impairs apoptotic cell clearance in cystic fibrosis and bronchiectasis. J. Clin. Invest. 109, 661–670. Verbovetski, I., Bychkov, H., Trahtemberg, U., Shapira, I., Hareuveni, M., Ben-Tal, O., Kutikov, I., Gill, O., and Mevorach, D. (2002). Opsonization of apoptotic cells by autologous iC3b facilitates clearance by immature dendritic cells, down-regulates DR and CD86, and up-regulates CC chemokine receptor 7. J. Exp. Med. 196, 1553–1561. Vercammen, D., Brouckaert, G., Denecker, G., VandeCraen, M., Declercq, W., Fiers, W., and Vandenabeele, P. (1998). Dual signaling of the Fas receptor: Initiation of both apoptotic and necrotic cell death pathways. J. Exp. Med. 188, 919–930. Wang, X. (2002). The expanding role of mitochondria in apoptosis. Genes Dev. 15, 2922–2933. Wolfers, J., Lozier, A., Raposo, G., Regnault, A., Thery, C., Masurier, C., Flament, C., Pouzieux, S., Faure, F., Tursz, T., Angevin, E., Amigorena, S., and Zitvogel, L. (2001). Tumor-derived exosomes are a source of shared tumor rejection antigens for CTL cross-priming. Nat. Med. 7, 297–303. Wu, J. J., and Orengo, I. F. (2002). Squamous cell carcinoma in solid-organ transplantation. Dermatol. Online J. 8, 4. Wubbolts, R., Leckie, R. S., Veenhuizen, P. T., Schwarzmann, G., Mobius, W., Hoernschemeyer, J., Slot, J. W., Geuze, H. J., and Stoorvogel, W. (2003). Proteomic and biochemical analyses of human B cell–derived exosomes. Potential implications for their function and multivesicular body formation. J. Biol. Chem. 278, 10963–10972. Wust, P., Hildebrandt, B., Sreenivasa, G., Rau, B., Gellermann, J., Riess, H., Felix, R., and Schlag, P. M. (2002). Hyperthermia in combined treatment of cancer. Lancet Oncol. 3, 487–497. Xue, L., Fletcher, G. C., and Tolkovsky, A. M. (2001). Mitochondria are selectively eliminated from eukaryotic cells after blockade of caspases during apoptosis. Curr. Biol. 6, 361–365. Yee, C., Thompson, J. A., Roche, P., Byrd, D. R., Lee, P. P., Piepkorn, M., Kenyon, K., Davis, M. M., Riddell, S. R., and Greenberg, P. D. (2000). Melanocyte destruction after antigen-specific immunotherapy of melanoma: Direct evidence of T cell–mediated vitiligo. J. Exp. Med. 192, 1637–1644.
ANTITUMOR IMMUNITY
179
Yrlid, U., and Wick, M. J. (2000). Salmonella-induced apoptosis of infected macrophages results in presentation of a bacteria-encoded antigen after uptake by bystander dendritic cells. J. Exp. Med. 191, 613–624. Zamzami, N., and Kroemer, G. (2003). Mitochondrial membrane permeabilization in apoptosis. The (w)hole story? Curr. Biol. 13, R71–R73. Zhang, L., Conejo-Garcia, J. R., Katsaros, D., Gimotty, P. A., Massobrio, M., Regnani, G., Makrigiannakis, A. H. G., Schlienger, K., Liebman, M. N., Rubin, S. C., and Coukos, G. (2003). Intratumoral T cells, recurrence, and survival in epithelial ovarian cancer. N. Engl. J. Med. 348, 203–213. Zitvogel, L., Regnault, A., Lozier, A., Wolfers, J., Flament, C., Tenza, D., Ricciardi-Castagnoli, P., Raposo, G., and Amigorena, S. (1998). Eradication of established murine tumors using a novel cell-free vaccine: Dendritic cell–derived exosomes. Nat. Med. 4, 594–600.
advances in immunology, vol. 84
HMGB1 in the Immunology of Sepsis (Not Septic Shock) and Arthritis CHRISTOPHER J. CZURA, HUAN YANG, CAROL ANN AMELLA, AND KEVIN J. TRACEY Laboratory of Biomedical Science, North Shore-LIJ Research Institute Manhasset, New York
I. Introduction
In 1347 a mysterious disease swept from Italy north across Europe, killing 20 million people by the time it arrived in Sweden 3 years later (Cantor, 2002). The cause of the disease was not known, so it was referred to simply as the pestilence. Some writers of the time made vague references to toxins and poisons, but it was not until the causative organism was isolated at the end of the nineteenth century that effective treatments became possible. Without a known causative agent, physicians spent tremendous efforts documenting high fatality rates, categorizing signs and symptoms, and naming clinical syndromes. Most patients fit into one of two common clinical syndromes. The first clinical form, termed septicemic pestilence, was a rapidly progressive and highly lethal syndrome of shock and tissue injury that killed within 24 hours after the onset of fever. Shock was invariably accompanied by ischemic necrosis in the digits of the hands and feet, prostration, cardiovascular collapse, and 100% mortality. Centuries later, during a London outbreak in the nineteenth century, observers of necrotic extremities coined the term black death. The acute shock syndrome of ‘‘septicemic pestilence’’ affected some 20% of the victims of the fourteenth century epidemic. Most victims of the epidemic developed the second more common clinical form, termed bubonic pestilence. This less acute form killed more slowly, progressing over 7–14 days. In these cases, the onset of fever and a roseola rash was followed by flulike symptoms, enlarged lymph nodes (‘‘buboes’’) and prostration. The mortality rate of this syndrome was between 35% and 70%; its signs have been forever memorialized by the childhood nursery rhyme ‘‘Ring around the rosy … ’’ in reference to the rash (Cantor, 2002). Effective treatments for pestilence became possible only once the clinical focus shifted from describing the patient’s signs and symptoms to identifying the causative agent, Yersinia pestis, and treating it directly by the early development of passive immunization strategies and later, antibiotics. Today a different ‘‘pestilence’’ affects hospitalized patients and like their predecessors centuries before, present-day physicians have expended tremendous efforts in describing the manifestations of the disease, categorizing the patients into clinical groups, and characterizing various clinical conditions. The 181 Copyright 2004, Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. 0065-2776/04 $35.00
182
CHRISTOPHER J. CZURA ET AL.
modern pestilence is ‘‘severe sepsis,’’ a clinically defined syndrome of unknown cause that is the most common cause of death in hospitalized patients in the United States (Angus et al., 2001). Sepsis is defined by signs of a systemic immunological response to an infection or injury (Abraham et al., 2000; Matot and Sprung, 2001). The constellation of signs and symptoms used to make the diagnosis of sepsis includes abnormalities of body temperature, heart rate, respiratory rate, and white blood cell count. Sepsis is defined as ‘‘severe’’ when these findings occur in association with signs of organ dysfunction, such as hypoxemia, oliguria, lactic acidosis, elevated liver enzymes, or altered cerebral function (Abraham et al., 2000; Matot and Sprung, 2001). Years of discussion and frequently lively debate among sepsis specialists have led to a general acceptance of the basic definitions of the clinical syndrome. These definitions are arguably non-specific, because they often lump together diverse groups of patients with varying underlying diseases. Lacking a confirmed causative agent to treat, these discussions have focused largely on the recognizable clinical parameters. A major consensus conference noted that ‘‘a group of experts and opinion leaders revisited the 1992 sepsis guidelines and found that apart from expanding the list of signs and symptoms of sepsis to reflect clinical bedside experience, no evidence exists to support a change to the definitions’’ (Levy et al., 2003). There are some unequivocal facts about sepsis. Its cause is unknown. It kills more than 250,000 people each year in the United States, at an annual cost of $17 billion (Angus et al., 2001). The currently accepted definitions of sepsis are quite broad, serving to encompass heterogeneous patients who do not necessarily have a single disease (Abraham et al., 2000; Matot and Sprung, 2001). There is only one Food and Drug Administration (FDA)–approved treatment for sepsis, activated protein C (Drotrecogin a), a partially effective anti-inflammatory and anti-coagulant therapy approved for use in a subset of patients with severe sepsis (Bernard et al., 2001). Here we review evidence implicating high mobility group box 1 (HMGB1) as an immunological mediator of severe sepsis. An important contrast is made to distinguish the immunology of sepsis as distinct from the immunology of septic shock, a syndrome mediated by tumor necrosis factor (TNF). HMGB1 is produced during severe sepsis in humans and animals, and passive immunization with neutralizing anti-HMGB1 antibodies prevents lethality from established sepsis in animals. HMGB1 administration does not cause shock, but it is lethal, in part by causing epithelial cell barrier dysfunction. It is a proinflammatory mediator that contributes to the development of arthritis in animals and is produced in humans with rheumatoid arthritis; monoclonal anti-HMGB1 antibodies are in preclinical development for this therapeutic target. The identification of these immunological and cytokine activities of
HMGB1 IN THE IMMUNOLOGY OF SEPSIS AND ARTHRITIS
183
HMGB1 has renewed interest in a molecule first described 30 years ago as an abundant nuclear and cytosolic DNA-binding protein. II. Modern Clinical Syndromes: Septic Shock is Not Severe Sepsis
The onset of septic shock can occur suddenly as an overwhelming event in some patients with disseminated intravascular coagulation, widespread necrotic injury in critical organs, and death within 24–48 hours (as illustrated in Fig. 1A). Like the fourteenth century patient with septicemic pestilence, in today’s patients the mortality rates of septic shock can reach 80% depending on the presence of underlying organ failure. A well-recognized example of this acute syndrome is septic shock caused by meningococcemia (Brandtzaeg and van Deuren, 2002). If the patient survives the acute episode, he or she may progress into a state of severe sepsis, with a more drawn out clinical course of progressive organ damage in the liver, kidneys, and lungs, as illustrated in Fig. 1B. However, other clinical scenarios can also occur, because some patients gradually progress into the protracted form of severe sepsis without ever developing shock, and others develop shock only after a protracted period
Fig 1 Immunological mediators (tumor necrosis factor [TNF] and high-mobility group box1 [HMGB1] mediate distinct clinical syndromes. Severe sepsis and acute septic shock are distinct clinical syndromes that develop in some, but not all, patients after infection or injury. Note: The clinical syndromes are defined by the presence of underlying mediators. In the development of septic shock, TNF is produced early and at high levels (A) and is associated in a number of cases with tissue injury and death. Surviving patients may progress to severe sepsis (B) where HMGB1 levels rise later and plateau. This delayed HMGB1 production is associated with epithelial dysfunction and severe sepsis, but not necessarily shock. Additional clinical scenarios are when patients progress to severe sepsis without ever developing shock (C) or develop shock after a period of severe sepsis (D).
184
CHRISTOPHER J. CZURA ET AL.
of severe sepsis (Figs. 1C and D). The explanation for these divergent clinical patterns is that acute septic shock syndrome and severe sepsis syndrome are different diseases, caused by different mediators. Not all patients with severe sepsis develop septic shock, and indeed, patients with acute septic shock who survive may not progress to severe sepsis. That the clinical syndromes of septic shock and severe sepsis are distinct both clinically and immunologically has not been widely appreciated. III. TNF Is a Mediator of Septic Shock Syndrome, but Not Severe Sepsis Syndrome
Beginning 20 years ago, research into acute septic shock caused by overwhelming gram-negative bacterial infection revealed that the clinical manifestations of this syndrome are mediated directly by TNF and other cytokines produced in response to the invading pathogen. In the early 1980s Tracey et al. (1986, 1987a) and Fong et al. (1989) identified TNF as a necessary and sufficient mediator of acute septic shock syndrome because (a) it is produced during acute bacterial infection, (b) it causes shock and lethal tissue injury in normal uninfected animals, and (c) neutralizing monoclonal anti-TNF antibodies prevent septic shock during lethal bacteremia. Necropsy of animals succumbing to TNF-induced hypotension (shock) revealed widespread hemorrhagic necrosis in the bowel, inflammatory injury in the kidneys and lungs, and adrenal necrosis (Tracey et al., 1986, 1987b); these findings are virtually identical to the pathology of acute septic shock induced, for instance, by overwhelming meningococcemia (Brandtzaeg and van Deuren, 2002). TNF knock-out animals are protected from acute septic shock, and a large and compelling body of work has confirmed that anti-TNF antibodies are indeed protective in both small and large animal models of acute septic shock (Acton et al., 1996; Tracey et al., 1987a). These animal studies clearly indicate that TNF is required for the complete manifestation of acute septic shock during infection, and that it can trigger a downstream cytokine cascade that can amplify and propagate subsequent tissue injury and organ dysfunction. The kinetics of the TNF response in these models of shock is characteristically early and rapid, peaking within 90 minutes. Similar kinetics for TNF are observed in humans with acute septic shock syndrome. By the time the patients receive emergency medical treatment, TNF levels have returned to baseline, undetectable levels. Since the mid-1980s, we have known that this short therapeutic window would make it nearly impossible to target TNF and successfully apply anti-TNF therapies for acute shock. From a practical standpoint, therefore, it is difficult or nearly impossible to transfer an anti-TNF approach to the clinic for human diseases like overwhelming meningococcemia.
HMGB1 IN THE IMMUNOLOGY OF SEPSIS AND ARTHRITIS
185
Quite different results are observed when anti-TNF is applied in animal models of severe sepsis. In a widely standardized model of peritonitis, which mimics the protracted course of the severe sepsis syndrome in humans, antiTNF antibodies either are ineffective or even worsen outcome, causing an increase in death rates (Eskandari et al., 1992; Remick et al., 1995). TNF knockout animals are not protected from severe sepsis lethality, and they are significantly more susceptible to infection by intracellular pathogens (Kindler et al., 1989). Whereas pretreatment with TNF antagonists significantly prevents the development of acute septic shock syndrome, it appears that pretreatment or posttreatment with TNF antagonists is at best ineffective and at worst dangerous in severe sepsis. TNF production is tightly regulated to prevent the development of shock and tissue injury, and to assure that low (beneficial) levels of TNF are produced during a healthy and effective innate immune response to infection (Tracey, 2002). We propose here that advances in understanding the immunology of sepsis allow the description of sepsis and septic shock as clinically, biochemically, and immunologically distinct diseases. Most patients with sepsis do not achieve the shock-inducing TNF levels observed in acute septic shock models. Clinical data from large-scale trials of severe sepsis reveal that the majority of patients had either nondetectable or quite low (<10 pg/ml) levels of TNF (Calandra et al., 1990; Marks et al., 1990). These patients with sepsis would not have been expected to derive significant benefit from a specific therapy that targets shock-inducing levels of TNF (>5 ng/ml), and indeed, as a general principle they do not. Recognizing that TNF defines acute septic shock syndrome but not severe sepsis, we wondered whether a previously unrecognized immunological mediator might be a causative agent in severe sepsis. The kinetics of such a putative mediator might be downstream of the early inflammatory response, providing a larger therapeutic window for intervention after the onset of signs and symptoms of severe sepsis. IV. HMGB1 and Anti-HMGB1 in Severe Sepsis, Not Septic Shock
Beginning in the early 1990s, we established a research program to search for putative mediators of severe sepsis. We considered that the time to death from severe sepsis occurs days after the early TNF response had resolved (Yang et al., 2001). Accordingly, we began to screen for putative delayed mediator(s) appearing in media conditioned by endotoxin-stimulated macrophages, beginning 16–24 hours after the early TNF response (Wang et al., 1999a). HMGB1 was identified as a secreted factor released by macrophages beginning 16–24 hours after cell activation with endotoxin or proinflammatory cytokines. Most of the HMGB1 released within the first 24 hours is derived from a preformed cellular pool. In mice exposed to endotoxin, serum HMGB1 achieves peak
186
CHRISTOPHER J. CZURA ET AL.
levels approximately 20 hours after the onset of endotoxemia, and these levels are maintained for at least 36 hours. High levels of HMGB1 are lethal, but administration of lethal doses of HMGB1 does not cause shock. Rather, animals succumbing to HMGB1 poisoning maintain normal blood pressure and heart rate, dying suddenly of abrupt cardiac standstill. Necropsy of animals dying from HMGB1 toxicity reveals no evidence of shock and tissue injury, as observed in animals dying from TNF poisoning. Contrary to TNF death, HMGB1 death causes no signs of hemorrhagic necrosis in the bowel or other tissues, no significant inflammatory responses in the kidneys or lungs, and no adrenal necrosis (Li et al., 2003; Tracey et al., 1986, 1987b). The pathology of animals dying from HMGB1 is remarkably bland, with only minimal changes observed in the liver, showing mild active inflammation, and heart, where there was some evidence of ischemia (Li et al., 2003). The near absence of significant pathological findings is quite similar to the autopsy results of patients dying from severe sepsis and to the necropsy results of animals dying from severe sepsis (Hotchkiss and Karl, 2003; Li et al., 2003). Mechanisms of HMGB1-mediated lethality may be largely due to the development of epithelial cell dysfunction and resultant failure of electrolyte and protein gradients in the liver, kidney, and gut. Sappington et al. (2002) discovered that application of HMGB1 to epithelial monolayer cell cultures leads to the downregulation of occludens, cell surface proteins that normally maintain tight junctions between cells. This in turn causes the monolayer to become permeable to dextran beads, a sign of barrier failure (Sappington et al., 2002). The cells remain viable, but because the major functional role of the epithelium is to maintain barriers and gradients, HMGB1-mediated responses lead to organ dysfunction, futile cycling of metabolites as they leak through the barrier and then are pumped back by the cells, and depletion of energy stores. Administration of the cytokine domain of HMGB1 (B box) to mice causes increased ileal mucosal permeability to dextran beads and bacterial translocation to mesenteric lymph nodes (Sappington et al., 2002). Epithelial barrier failure and increased HMGB1 levels are observed in humans and animals with severe sepsis. Proof of a causative mediator role of HMGB1 in severe sepsis recently came from studies of neutralizing anti-HMGB1 antibodies in animals with established infection. Yang et al. (2004) discovered that HMGB1 appears with a significantly delayed kinetic profile in serum of mice with lethal sepsis caused by surgical perforation of the cecum, a widely used and standardized model of severe sepsis known as ‘‘cecal ligation and puncture.’’ In the first few hours after the onset of peritonitis, serum HMGB1 levels remain undetectable (<5 ng/ml), but after a 16hour delay, very high levels develop (>100 ng/ml) and remain elevated for at least 72 hours (Yang et al., 2004). This delayed release of HMGB1 is in agreement with the previously described release kinetics from macrophages (Wang et al., 1999a),
HMGB1 IN THE IMMUNOLOGY OF SEPSIS AND ARTHRITIS
187
but it is possible that circulating HMGB1 is also derived from activated platelets, neutrophils, and endothelial cells and/or by passive release from intracellular HMGB1 pools in somatic cells during cellular injury or necrosis (Scaffidi et al., 2002). Administration of neutralizing anti-HMGB1 antibodies to infected animals is protective, converting lethality rates in this model of severe sepsis from 75% to as low as 30% (Yang et al., 2004). Antibody administration was associated with protection against sepsis-induced organ failure, as indicated by decreased creatinine and blood urea nitrogen levels. Passive immunization with neutralizing antibodies is protective even when the first antibody dose is administered 24 hours after the onset of peritonitis, a time frame that is consistent with HMGB1 release kinetics, and is clinically meaningful and relevant. Antibody treatment did not significantly influence bacterial clearance, because comparable bacterial colonization of the spleen and blood was observed in animals treated with either anti-HMGB1 or irrelevant antibodies (Yang et al., 2004). This contrasts significantly to targeting other cytokines in this model of severe sepsis. For instance, anti–macrophage migration inhibitory factor (MIF) antibodies are not protective if administered more than 8 hours after the onset of infection (Calandra et al., 2000), and (as noted earlier) anti-TNF can actually worsen, rather than improve, survival. To our knowledge, HMGB1 is the first immunological mediator of sepsis to be identified that is sufficient to cause lethality in a manner that is pathologically similar to severe sepsis, is produced as a delayed mediator (>16 hours) after the onset of severe sepsis, and can be therapeutically targeted 24 hours after the onset of severe sepsis. Additional evidence of the mediator role of HMGB1 in severe sepsis has been obtained by observing the effects of inhibiting HMGB1 in established sepsis using two additional independent strategies (ethyl pyruvate or A box) to inhibit HMGB1 release or activity in animals subjected to cecal ligation and puncture. A. Ethyl Pyruvate Administration of ethyl pyruvate, an experimental therapeutic in preclinical development as an anti-inflammatory agent that inhibits macrophage activation, prevents the release of HMGB1 in mice subjected to lethal endotoxemia (Ulloa et al., 2002). Treatment with ethyl pyruvate significantly improves survival in murine sepsis induced by cecal ligation and puncture, even when animals receive the first dose of the material 24 hours after the onset of infection. Animals receiving ethyl pyruvate are rescued from clinical progression of severe sepsis; most treated animals become active, resume eating and grooming, and are completely protected against lethality. Exposure of macrophage cultures to ethyl pyruvate inhibited endotoxin-induced intracellular signal transduction through p38 MAP kinase and nuclear factor-kB (NF-kB) pathways and blocked HMGB1 release. The mechanisms controlling HMGB1
188
CHRISTOPHER J. CZURA ET AL.
release and the molecular target of ethyl pyruvate are being studied further, but inhibition of HMGB1 release correlates with improved survival. The observation that systemic administration of ethyl pyruvate suppresses HMGB1 levels and confers a survival advantage, even 24 hours after the onset of sepsis, indicates that it may be possible to develop this or a related small molecule inhibitor of HMGB1 for treatment of sepsis. B. A Box Another strategy to inhibit HMGB1 signaling is by administration of a fragment of HMGB1 itself, termed the A box. Yang et al. (2004) discovered that the A box, one of the two DNA-binding domains within HMGB1, competitively antagonizes the cytokine-stimulating activity of HMGB1 in vitro. Administration of recombinant A box to mice with established severe sepsis from cecal ligation and puncture significantly improves survival, even when the first dose of A box is administered 24 hours after the onset of sepsis. Exposure of macrophage cultures to A box significantly inhibits the activity of exogenously added recombinant HMGB1 but fails to inhibit signaling from interleukin-1 (IL-1) or TNF, indicating that the effects of A box are specific to HMGB1. Binding studies indicate that the A box functions as a weak agonist, and as such, it is an HMGB1 antagonist. A box administration does not alter bacterial clearance from infected animals, indicating that protection cannot be attributed to an unanticipated direct antibacterial effect of A box, but to interfering with HMGB1 signaling. Notably, A box administration also does not inhibit bacterial clearance, suggesting that blocking endogenous HMGB1 does not compromise the immune system’s capacity to clear the pathogens (Yang et al., 2004). Thus, three independent methods to inhibit HMGB1 signaling (antibodies or A box) or release (ethyl pyruvate) significantly improve survival from established sepsis in a standardized animal model, even when treatments are initiated 24 hours after the onset of severe sepsis. The clinical resolution of the disease in each of these cases is striking, because the animals are quite ill with severe sepsis before initiating anti-HMGB1 treatment. To our knowledge, no other cytokine inhibitor has been demonstrated to reverse established sepsis this late in the course of experimental disease. Other new evidence about the immunology of HMGB1, reviewed in abridged form in the following section, provides additional insight into the molecular and cellular basis for this and other cytokine activities of HMGB1. V. Biochemistry and Molecular Biology of HMGB1
A ubiquitous and conserved protein, HMGB1 is highly expressed by nearly all cell types. HMGB1 was first identified as a chromosomal protein in calf thymus but has now been found in the nucleus, cytoplasm, and on the cell
HMGB1 IN THE IMMUNOLOGY OF SEPSIS AND ARTHRITIS
189
membrane, and its subcellular localization can change with cell cycle, differentiation, or activation. The complementary DNA (cDNA) sequence of HMGB1 predicts a molecular mass of approximately 25 kd, but the protein migrates as a 30 kd band on denaturing gels because it is highly positively charged (Goodwin et al., 1973). Posttranslational modifications including phosphorylation, methylation, ADP-ribosylation, and glycosylation can effect HMGB1 conformation and DNA binding (Yang et al., 2001). The 219 amino acids of HMGB1 are organized into three functional domains: the highly homologous ‘‘A’’ and ‘‘B’’ boxes, and the negatively charged highly conserved ‘‘acidic tail’’ in the C terminus. The A and B boxes are ‘‘L’’-shaped domains, each containing three a-helices that provide structural requirements for structure-specific binding to distorted DNA, including four-way junctions, cruciform DNA, and DNA-cisplatin adducts. The structure-specific binding of HMGB1 is important for its diverse roles in DNA recombination, repair, replication, and transcription. HMGB1 protein sequences are identical between rats and mice; the rodent protein shares more than 98% identity with the human protein (Bustin and Reeves, 1996). HMGB1 is essential for postnatal survival and is under the control of complex regulatory processes (Yang et al., 2002). Disruption of the Hmgb1 gene, located on murine chromosome 5 (or human chromosome 13), is incompatible with survival; pups die within a few hours of birth. Hmgb1 contains a robust TATA-less promoter, which is under the direct control of an upstream silencer element. The promoter region of Hmgb1 includes binding sites for activating transcription factor (ATF) and activator protein 2 (AP-2), and CCAAT-binding transcription factor/nuclear factor-1 (CTF/NF-1), which serve as positive enhancer elements. Transcription of the Hmgb1 gene begins 57 nucleotides upstream of the first exon–intron boundary, and a CpG island and estrogen response elements (EREs) within the first intron further regulate gene transcription (Bustin, 2002; Czura et al., 2001; Yang et al., 2002). Monocytes, macrophages, platelets, pituicytes, and endothelial cells actively secrete HMGB1 in response to endotoxin, TNF, IL-1b, and interferon-g (IFN-g) in a time- and concentration-dependent manner (Fiuza et al., 2003; Rendon-Mitchell et al., 2003; Rouhiainen et al., 2000; Wang et al., 1999a,b). HMGB1 release from macrophages in culture is significantly delayed in comparison to classic ‘‘early’’ proinflammatory cytokines. In response to endotoxin stimulation, TNF and IL-1b are released within minutes and reach peak levels within a few hours. In contrast, HMGB1 levels in culture media begin to increase 8 hours after endotoxin stimulation and reach peak levels after approximately 20 hours (Czura et al., 2003; Wang et al., 1999a). Activated cells release preformed pools of HMGB1 via a vesicle-mediated pathway (Gardella et al., 2002; Rendon-Mitchell et al., 2003). HMGB1 mRNA and intracellular protein levels are unaffected during the first 12–18 hours
190
CHRISTOPHER J. CZURA ET AL.
after endotoxin stimulation (Wang et al., 1999a). Quiescent cells express high levels of HMGB1, which can be found throughout the nucleus and cytoplasm; upon stimulation, HMGB1 is translocated into the cytoplasmic compartment, where it aggregates into granules (Kokkola et al., 2002; Rendon-Mitchell et al., 2003). Increases in intracellular Ca2þ, perhaps through a calcium-dependent isoform of protein kinase C, promote HMGB1 release (Kokkola et al., 2002; Ramachandran et al., 1989). IL-1b, which is also secreted from activated monocytes, accumulates in cytosolic secretory lysosomes and is released from cells via Ca2þ-dependent exocytosis (Bakouche et al., 1987). Like IL-1b, HMGB1 lacks a classic signal sequence in the N-terminus but collects in vesicles that bear some similarity to IL-1b–containing secretory lysosomes. Endotoxin, TNF, and INF-g induce nuclear translocation and aggregation of HMGB1 into cytoplasmic vesicles. Proinflammatory stimuli induce HMGB1 release because multiple signaling cascades converge on the HMGB1 secretory pathway. Cellular activation via the endotoxin/CD14/ TLR4 pathway activates signaling through the MAP kinases p38 and ERK1/ 2, leading to activation of transcription of early proinflammatory cytokines including TNF and IL-1b (Fenton et al., 1987; Tapping et al., 2000). TNF, which signals via the TNF receptors 1 and 2 (TNFR1 and TNFR2), also activates signaling cascades that converge on MAP kinase and ERK1/2 (Wang et al., 2003). IFN-g has been shown to activate HMGB1 release via a JAK2/ STAT1-dependent mechanism (Rendon-Mitchell et al., 2003). IFN-g–induced mobilization of HMGB1 is independent of MAP kinases. Other proinflammatory cytokines, such as MIF macrophase inflammatory protein-1b (MIP-1b), and IL-6, do not induce HMGB1 release, suggesting that the signaling cascades downstream of their receptors do not activate the HMGB1 secretory pathway (Rendon-Mitchell et al., 2003). Although it is clear that HMGB1 release is specifically controlled via discrete signals, ongoing work should better define the regulation of these secretory paths. Several lines of evidence indicate that HMGB1 is a major proinflammatory signal of cell damage. The mediator role of HMGB1 also offers an explanation why how some patients develop severe sepsis syndrome, eventhough that they do not have an infection. For example, after a crush injury, the clinical presentation of severe sepsis may be attributed to HMGB1 released directly from injured cells, because HMGB1 is released from cells undergoing necrosis, and necrotic cells, but not apoptotic cells, activate macrophages to release proinflammatory cytokines. The proinflammatory effect of necrotic cells is dependent upon HMGB1, because fibroblasts isolated from HMGB1-deficient mouse embryos and rendered necrotic fail to activate inflammatory responses (Degryse et al., 2001; Scaffidi et al., 2002). Thus, HMGB1 acts as an ‘‘injury’’ signal that activates the innate immune system after cellular injury or trauma
HMGB1 IN THE IMMUNOLOGY OF SEPSIS AND ARTHRITIS
191
and mediate severe sepsis, whether it is released by activated monocytes as an immunological mediator or released by necrosis in injured somatic cells (Muller et al., 2001). VI. HMGB1 Signaling via RAGE and TLR2
HMGB1 binds to the surface of macrophages with specific saturable firstorder kinetics (Yang et al., 2004). Early work indicated that HMGB1 elicits cell signals via interaction with the receptor for advanced glycation endoproducts (RAGE), a cell surface protein member of the immunoglobulin G (IgG) superfamily. RAGE is expressed on diverse cell types, including neurons, smooth muscle cells, endothelium, and monocytes/macrophages (Hori et al., 1995; Neeper et al., 1992; Schmidt and Stern, 2000). RAGE interacts with a several ligands, including advanced glycation end products (AGEs), amyloid peptide, members of the S100 family, and HMGB1. The affinity of HMGB1 for RAGE is more than seven-fold greater than its originally identified ligand, AGEs (Neeper et al., 2002). RAGE activation by AGEs or HMGB1 leads to nuclear translocation of NF-kB via a redox-sensitive pathway that includes Ras; it also activates the MAP kinases p38 and ERK1/2, the SAPK/JNK pathways, and the small guanosine triphosphatases (GTPases) Rac and Cdc42 (Degryse et al., 2001). Ligation with HMGB1 induces activation of p38 MAP kinase, but MEK1/2 and P13K also contribute to HMGB1-induced RAGE signaling. In epithelial cells, HMGB1 and isolated B box each induce inducible nitric oxide synthase (iNOS) mRNA expression and the release of NO 2 and NO into culture supernatants (Sappington et al., 2002). HMGB1 binding and 3 signaling via RAGE are dependent upon a 34 amino acid residue motif within the C terminus of HMGB1 (aa 150–183) that mediates the interaction of HMGB1 with RAGE (Huttenen et al., 2002). New evidence reveals that interaction with RAGE does not account fully for the proinflammatory cytokine activity of HMGB1, because the HMGB1 B box, which does not contain the RAGE interaction domain, recapitulates the cytokine-stimulating activity of full-length HMGB1 (Li et al., 2003). This suggests that HMGB1 may signal through other receptors, in addition to RAGE. AntiRAGE antibodies only partially suppress the bioactivity of full-length HMGB1 or B box (Li et al., 2003; Sappington et al., 2002). Moreover, HMGB1 signaling in macrophages is only partially dependent upon RAGE, because anti-RAGE antibodies reduce HMGB1-induced macrophage activation by only about 40% (Yang and Tracey, unpublished observations, 2004). This prompted us to search for other HMGB1 receptors and led to the identification of HMGB1 signaling via toll-like receptor-2 (TLR2). Using human embryonic kidney (HEK) cells engineered to overexpress TLR2, we observed that HMGB1 dose-dependently stimulated interleukin-8 (IL-8)
192
CHRISTOPHER J. CZURA ET AL.
release. Highly purified HMGB1 from either recombinant or mammalian sources failed to induce signals via TLR4-expressing HEK cells. A synthetic 17-mer peptide fragment derived from the B box of HMGB1 significantly activated TLR2 signaling, but not TLR4 signaling. Anti-HMGB1 or anti-TLR2 antibodies each significantly inhibited HMGB1-induced IL-8 release by more than 80%, indicating that HMGB1 can specifically signal via TLR2 (Yang and Tracey, 2004 unpublished observations). These results differ somewhat from the report of Park et al. (2003) who suggested that HMGB1 may also signal via TLR4. Their experiments were performed with HMGB1 purified from pig thymus that contained small amounts of contaminating endotoxin. In our hands, when all endotoxin is removed by exhaustive purification, HMGB1 does not signal via TLR4 but can signal via TLR2 and RAGE (Li et al., 2004). These results are clearly consistent with a central role of HMGB1 that evolved primarily as an intracellular protein and acquired extracellular cytokine activities later in evolution. TLR2 has been implicated as a critical receptor mediating the inflammatory response to cell lysates, which contain high levels of immunologically active HMGB1 (Li et al., 2001; Scaffidi et al., 2002). Thus, it now appears that the release of cell-associated HMGB1 provides a primitive signal (at least to other cells that express TKR2 and/or RAGE) that cell damage has occurred. This is likely one of the earliest signals in activating an innate immune response to injury and in initiating the switch from innate to acquired immune responses. VII. Cytokine Activities of HMGB1
The proinflammatory cytokine activity of HMGB1 includes stimulating release of other proinflammatory cytokines from human monocytes, including TNF, IL-1a, IL-1b, IL-6, IL-8, and MIP-1a and MIP-1b (Andersson et al., 2000). The kinetics of HMGB1-induced cytokine release are significantly delayed as compared to endotoxin-induced cytokine release. HMGB1 induces TNF mRNA and protein release with biphasic kinetics, peaking first at 4 hours after HMGB1 exposure and then again at approximately 10 hours in primary human peripheral blood mononuclear cells (Andersson et al., 2000). HMGB1 and endotoxin each also stimulate distinct gene expression profiles in neutrophils (Park et al., 2003). HMGB1 activates human endothelial cells to express intercellular adhesion molecule (ICAM) and vascular cell adhesion molecule (VCAM) (Fiuza et al., 2003) and to release TNF and IL-8, demonstrating that HMGB1 can amplify proinflammatory responses by interacting with the endothelium and cells of the innate immune system. Structure–function relationship studies have revealed that a DNA-binding domain of HMGB1, known as the B box, recapitulates the cytokine-stimulating activity of HMGB1 and is sufficient to induce the release of TNF and IL-1b
HMGB1 IN THE IMMUNOLOGY OF SEPSIS AND ARTHRITIS
193
from cultured macrophages (Li et al., 2003). These observations suggest that the B box conveys dual functionality to HMGB1—both as a DNA-binding protein and as a cytokine. Consistent with this model, both full-length HMGB1 and isolated recombinant B box increase the permeability of cultured enterocytes and ileal permeability in vivo (Sappington et al., 2002), suggesting that the cytokine activity of HMGB1 induces alterations in epithelial barrier function in the gut and other organs and may thereby contribute to the lethal sequelae of systemic inflammatory responses. Before its identification as a cytokine, HMGB1 was known to have diverse extracellular roles including stimulating cell growth in neurites, inducing differentiation of myeloid cells, enhancing motility of smooth muscle cells, and promoting neurite outgrowth. In the nervous system, HMGB1 is developmentally regulated, associating with membranes of the filopodia of advancing neurites and participating in regeneration of peripheral neurons via interaction with syndecan; it may also contribute to the interaction between neurons and Schwann cells (Daston and Ratner, 1991; Merenmies et al., 1991; Rauvala and Pihlaskari, 1987; Salmivirta et al., 1992). Extracellular HMGB1 induces the differentiation of several cell types directly, including murine erythroleukemia (MEL) cells, neuroblastoma cells, and promyelocytic cells (Passalacqua et al., 1997; Rauvala et al., 1988; Sparatore et al., 1993). HMGB1 released from MEL cells can be cleaved by a serine protease to generate a 10 amino acid residue fragment (corresponding to HMGB1 residues 129–138), which retains the full cell-differentiating activity of the full-length protein (Sparatore et al., 2001). This fragment does not, however, express the proinflammatory activity of full-length HMGB1, and the potential contribution of this serine protease to the regulation of HMGB1 cytokine activity from sources other than MEL cells remains unclear. HMGB1 can induce the migration of smooth muscle cells and fibroblasts and activate the expression of protease activity (Wang et al., 2001). On the cell surface, HMGB1 colocalizes with and activates tissue-type plasminogen activator (tPA), an important component of coagulation processes (Parkkinen and Rauvala, 1991). HMGB1 has been implicated in the switch from innate to adaptive immunity by a study revealing that HMGB1 functions as a maturation stimulus to dendritic cells (DCs). Application of either HMGB1 itself or a fragment of the protein localized to the proinflammatory cytokine domain in the B box induced phenotypic maturation of DCs as evidenced by increased CD83, CD54, CD80, CD40, CD58, and major histocompatibility complex class II expression. In a mixed leukocyte reaction, HMGB1-stimulated DCs functioned as stimulators of allogeneic T cells with a response magnitude equivalent to activation endotoxin or CD40L (Messmer et al., 2004). These results support the hypothesis that release of HMGB1 at sites of either cell injury or inflammation can enhance adaptive immune responses and facilitate
194
CHRISTOPHER J. CZURA ET AL.
the switch from the early innate responses to the delayed adaptive responses. Teleological reasoning suggests that this may be beneficial in the development of immunity to infection, but if HMGB1 release is excessive or inappropriately controlled, it may lead to immune responses against self-proteins and autoimmune disease. VIII. HMGB1 in Arthritis
HMGB1 has been implicated as a mediator of arthritis because HMGB1 levels are increased in the joints of animals and humans with the disease; it mediates the development of arthritis when applied into the joints of naive animals; and administration of either anti-HMGB1 antibodies or recombinant A box significantly attenuates the progression of arthritis in mice or rats with established collagen-induced arthritis. Enhanced HMGB1 expression has been observed in collagen-induced arthritis in animals and in biopsy specimens from human rheumatoid arthritic joints (Kokkola et al., 2002, 2003). Immunohistochemistry reveals distinct cell-associated localization of HMGB1 in the cytoplasm and nucleus of inflammatory macrophage-like cells in the pannus and in the synovial fluid. Soluble HMGB1 levels also are significantly increased in the synovial fluid and serum of patients with rheumatoid arthritis (Pullerits et al., 2003; Taniguchi et al., 2003). The causative inflammatory role of HMGB1 in this disease has been revealed by studies with anti-HMGB1 therapies in established arthritis, which reverse disease progression even when therapy is not initiated until the disease has progressed to a relatively advanced stage. Animals treated with either anti-HMGB1 antibodies or A box demonstrated significant improvement, with reduction of paw swelling and edema, improved mobility and attenuation of both clinical and pathological signs of joint inflammation (Kokkola et al., 2003). It is plausible that the overexpression of HMGB1 by macrophages or other inflammatory cells in autoimmune arthritis can amplify and propagate the development of arthritis. It is intriguing to consider as well that in cases of joint destruction by osteoarthritis or trauma, the local release of HMGB1 from injured cells may activate a subsequent inflammatory response that further damages cells and stimulates HMGB1 release. As in the clinical scenario of sepsis syndromes in the absence of infection (discussed earlier), the immunological proinflammatory activity of HMGB1 in joints may explain how diverse arthritis syndromes converge on a common phenotype of joint destruction and inflammation. When these data are considered with a failure rate of anti-TNF antibodies in approximately 60% of patients with rheumatoid arthritis, it will now be interesting to study whether overexpression of HMGB1 defines a distinct clinical arthritis syndrome that will respond to HMGB1 inhibitors. It is also theoretically possible
HMGB1 IN THE IMMUNOLOGY OF SEPSIS AND ARTHRITIS
195
that HMGB1 may be useful as a vaccine adjunct and that it underlies the immune-enhancing effects of adjuvants that cause tissue damage at the vaccination site. IX. Perspective and Future
The early studies of the immunology of TNF in acute septic shock syndrome initiated an era of rationally targeting cytokines, culminating in the clinical success of anti-TNF therapies for chronic autoimmune diseases (rheumatoid arthritis and inflammatory bowel disease). Now it appears from studies of the immunology of HMGB1 in sepsis syndrome that it may be possible to target this downstream proinflammatory mediator in sepsis syndrome as a distinct pathological state. It is likely that HMGB1 defines a subset of patients with severe sepsis that can be defined with objective criteria (HMGB1 levels or activity) and treated as distinct from patients with sepsis caused by other cytokines. HMGB1 is a causative agent of severe sepsis in animals and may be a causative agent in some patients with severe sepsis. This does not exclude the perhaps likely possibility that other (as yet unknown) agents cause severe sepsis as well, but a clinical trial of anti-HMGB1 may be warranted in patients with severe sepsis and elevated HMGB1 levels. Observations of HMGB1 in arthritis similarly suggest that it may be possible to define patients objectively by HMGB1 production in either their joints or their serum and to explore the possibility of treating them with specific HMGB1 inhibitors. Clinical trials are needed to assess the feasibility of these approaches, but the efficacy of anti-HMGB1 antibodies administered relatively late in animals with either established sepsis or arthritis raises the possibility that a clinically relevant time frame may be identified in humans. Significant immunological questions related to HMGB1 activity and signaling are being explored at dozens of laboratories including regulation of HMGB1 release by activated immunocytes; role of TLR2, RAGE, or other receptors in HMGB1 signal transduction; cytokine activity in mediating the switch from innate to adaptive immunity; systemic release in human diseases including shock, sepsis, arthritis, trauma, and inflammatory bowel disease; and the structure of the circulating biologically active HMGB1 found in serum from diseased subjects. Despite our incomplete understanding in these and other areas, the discovery of the cytokine activity of HMGB1 provides a framework to approach complex diseases like sepsis and arthritis from an immunological perspective that generates testable hypotheses and perhaps new therapeutics.
196
CHRISTOPHER J. CZURA ET AL.
References Abraham, E., Matthay, M. A., Dinarello, C. A., Vincent, J. L., Cohen, J., Opal, S. M., Glauser, M., Parsons, P., Fisher, C. J., Jr., and Repine, J. E. (2000). Consensus conference definitions for sepsis, septic shock, acute lung injury, and acute respiratory distress syndrome: Time for a reevaluation. Crit. Care Med. 28, 232–235. Acton, R. D., Dahlberg, P. S., Uknis, M. E., Klaerner, H. G., Fink, G. S., Norman, J. G., and Dunn, D. L. (1996). Differential sensitivity to Escherichia coli infection in mice lacking tumor necrosis factor p55 or interleukin-1 p80 receptors. Arch. Surg. 131, 1216–1221. Andersson, U., Wang, H., Palmblad, K., Aveberger, A. C., Bloom, O., Erlandsson-Harris, H., Janson, A., Kokkola, R., Zhang, M., Yang, H., and Tracey, K. J. (2000). High mobility group 1 protein (HMG-1) stimulates proinflammatory cytokine synthesis in human monocytes. J. Exp. Med. 192, 565–570. Angus, D. C., Linde-Zwirble, W. T., Lidicker, J., Clermont, G., Carcillo, J., and Pinsky, M. R. (2001). Epidemiology of severe sepsis in the United States: Analysis of incidence, outcome, and associated costs of care. Crit. Care Med. 29, 1303–1310. Bakouche, O., Brown, D. C., and Lachman, L. B. (1987). Subcellular localization of human monocyte interleukin 1: Evidence for an inactive precursor molecule and a possible mechanism for IL 1 release. J. Immunol. 138, 4249–4255. Bernard, G. R., Vincent, J. L., Laterre, P. F., LaRosa, S. P., Dhainaut, J. F., Lopez-Rodriguez, A., Steingrub, J. S., Garber, G. E., Helterbrand, J. D., Ely, E. W., and Fisher, C. J., Jr. (2001). Recombinant human protein C Worldwide Evaluation in Severe Sepsis (PROWESS) study group. Efficacy and safety of recombinant human activated protein C for severe sepsis. N. Engl. J. Med. 344, 699–709. Brandtzaeg, P., and van Deuren, M. (2002). Current concepts in the role of the host response in Neisseria meningitidis septic shock. Curr. Opin. Infect. Dis. 15, 247–252. Bustin, M. (2002). At the crossroads of necrosis and apoptosis: Signaling to multiple cellular targets by HMGB1. Sci. STKE. 2002, E39. Bustin, M., and Reeves, R. (1996). High-mobility-group chromosomal proteins: Architectural components that facilitate chromatin function. Prog. Nucleic Acid Res. Mol. Biol. 54, 35–100. Calandra, T., Baumgartner, J. D., Grau, G. E., Wu, M. M., Lambert, P. H., Schellekens, J., Verhoef, J., and Glauser, M. P. (1990). Prognostic values of tumor necrosis factor/cachectin, interleukin-1, interferon-alpha, and interferon-gamma in the serum of patients with septic shock. Swiss–Dutch J5 Immunoglobulin Study Group. J. Infect. Dis. 161, 982–987. Calandra, T., Echtenacher, B., Roy, D. L., Pugin, J., Metz, C. N., Hultner, L., Heumann, D., Mannel, D., Bucala, R., and Glauser, M. P. (2000). Protection from septic shock by neutralization of macrophage migration inhibitory factor. Nat. Med. 6, 164–170. Cantor, N. F. (2002). In ‘‘The Wake of the Plague: The Black Death and the World It Made,’’ 1st ed. Perennial, New York. Czura, C. J., Wang, H., and Tracey, K. J. (2001). Dual roles for HMGB1: DNA binding and cytokine. J. Endotoxin Res. 7, 315–321. Czura, C. J., Yang, H., and Tracey, K. J. (2003). High mobility group box-1 as a therapeutic target downstream of tumor necrosis factor. J. Infect. Dis. 187(Suppl. 2), S391–S396. Daston, M. M., and Ratner, N. (1991). Expression of P30, a protein with adhesive properties, in Schwann cells and neurons of the developing and regenerating peripheral nerve. J. Cell Biol. 112, 1229–1239. Degryse, B., Bonaldi, T., Scaffidi, P., Muller, S., Resnati, M., Sanvito, F., Arrigoni, G., and Bianchi, M. E. (2001). The high mobility group (HMG) boxes of the nuclear protein HMG1 induce
HMGB1 IN THE IMMUNOLOGY OF SEPSIS AND ARTHRITIS
197
chemotaxis and cytoskeleton reorganization in rat smooth muscle cells. J. Cell. Biol. 152, 1197–1206. Eskandari, M. K., Bolgos, G., Miller, C., Nguyen, D. T., DeForge, L. E., and Remick, D. G. (1992). Antitumor necrosis factor antibody therapy fails to prevent lethality after cecal ligation and puncture or endotoxemia. J. Immunol. 148, 2724–2730. Fenton, M. J., Clark, B. D., Collins, K. L., Webb, A. C., Rich, A., and Auron, P. E. (1987). Transcriptional regulation of the human prointerleukin 1 beta gene. J. Immunol. 138, 3972–3979. Fiuza, C., Bustin, M., Talwar, S., Tropea, M., Gerstenberger, E., Shelhamer, J. H., and Suffredini, A. F. (2003). Inflammation-promoting activity of HMGB1 on human microvascular endothelial cells. Blood 101, 2652–2660. Fong, Y., Tracey, K. J., Moldawer, L. L., Hesse, D. G., Manogue, K. B., Kenney, J. S., Lee, A. T., Kuo, G. C., Allison, A. C., Lowry, S. F., and Cerami, A. (1989). Antibodies to cachectin/tumor necrosis factor reduce interleukin 1 beta and interleukin 6 appearance during lethal bacteremia. J. Exp. Med. 170, 1627–1633. Gardella, S., Andrei, C., Ferrera, D., Lotti, L. V., Torrisi, M. R., Bianchi, M. E., and Rubartelli, A. (2002). The nuclear protein HMGB1 is secreted by monocytes via a non-classical, vesiclemediated secretory pathway. EMBO Rep. 3, 995–1001. Goodwin, G. H., Sanders, C., and Johns, E. W. (1973). ‘‘A new group of chromatin-associated proteins with a high content of acidic and basic amino acids.’’ Eur. J. Biochem. 38, 14–17. Hesse, D. G., Tracey, K. J., Fong, Y., Manogue, K. R., Palladino, M. A., Jr., Cerami, A., Shires, G. T., and Lowry, S. F. (1988). Cytokine appearance in human endotoxemia and primate bacteremia. Surg. Gynecol. Obstet. 166, 147–153. Hori, O., Brett, J., Slattery, T., Cao, R., Zhang, J., Chen, J. X., Nagashima, M., Lundh, E. R., Vijay, S., Nitecki, D., et al. (1995). The receptor for advanced glycation end products (RAGE) is a cellular binding site for amphoterin. Mediation of neurite outgrowth and co-expression of rage and amphoterin in the developing nervous system. J. Biol. Chem. 270, 25752–25761. Hotchkiss, R. S., and Karl, I. E. (2003). The pathophysiology and treatment of sepsis. J. Engl. J. Med. 348, 138–150. Huttunen, H. J., Fages, C., Kuja-Panula, J., Ridley, A. J., and Rauvala, H. (2002). Receptor for advanced glycation end products-binding COOH-terminal motif of amphoterin inhibits invasive migration and metastasis. Cancer Res. 62, 4805–4811. Kindler, V., Sappino, A. P., Grau, G. E., Piguet, P. F., and Vassalli, P. (1989). The inducing role of tumor necrosis factor in the development of bactericidal granulomas during BCG infection. Cell 56, 731–740. Kokkola, R., Li, J., Sundberg, E., Aveberger, A. C., Palmblad, K., Yang, H., Tracey, K. J., Andersson, U., and Harris, H. E. (2003). Successful treatment of collagen-induced arthritis in mice and rats by targeting extracellular high mobility group box chromosomal protein 1 activity. Arthritis Rheum. 48, 2052–2058. Kokkola, R., Sundberg, E., Ulfgren, A. K., Palmblad, K., Li, J., Wang, H., Ulloa, L., Yang, H., Yan, X. J., Furie, R., Chiorazzi, N., Tracey, K. J., Andersson, U., and Harris, H. E. (2002). High mobility group box chromosomal protein 1: A novel proinflammatory mediator in synovitis. Arthritis Rheum. 46, 2598–2603. Levy, M. M., Fink, M. P., Marshall, J. C., Abraham, E., Angus, D., Cook, D., Cohen, J., Opal, S. M., Vincent, J. L., and Ramsay, G. (2003). SCCM/ESICM/ACCP/ATS/SIS. 2001 SCCM/ESICM/ ACCP/ATS/SIS International Sepsis Definitions Conference. Crit. Care Med. 31, 1250–1256. Li, M., Carpio, D. F., Zheng, Y., Bruzzo, P., Singh, V., Ouaaz, F., Medzhitov, R. M., and Beg, A. A. (2001). An essential role of the NF-kappa B/Toll-like receptor pathway in induction of inflammatory and tissue-repair gene expression by necrotic cells. J. Immunol. 166, 7128–7135.
198
CHRISTOPHER J. CZURA ET AL.
Li, J., Kokkola, R., Tabibzadeh, S., Yang, R., Ochani, M., Qiang, X., Harris, H. E., Czura, C. J., Wang, H., Ulloa, L., Wang, H., Warren, H. S., Moldawer, L. L., Fink, M. P., Andersson, U., Tracey, K. J., and Yang, H. (2003). Structural basis for the proinflammatory cytokine activity of high mobility group box 1. Mol. Med. 9, 34–45. Li, J., Wang, H., Mason, J. M., Levine, J., Yu, M., Ulloa, L., Czura, C. J., Tracey, K. J., and Yang, H. (2004). Recombinant HMGB1 with cytokine-stimulating activity. J. Immunol. Meth. (in press). Marks, J. D., Marks, C. B., Luce, J. M., Montgomery, A. B., Turner, J., Metz, C. A., and Murray, J. F. (1990). Plasma tumor necrosis factor in patients with septic shock. Mortality rate, incidence of adult respiratory distress syndrome, and effects of methylprednisolone administration. Am. Rev. Respir. Dis. 141, 94–97. Matot, I., and Sprung, C. L. (2001). Definition of sepsis. Intensive Care Med. 27(Suppl. 1), S3–S9. Merenmies, J., Pihlaskari, R., Laitinen, J., Wartiovaara, J., and Rauvala, H. (1991). 30-kDa heparinbinding protein of brain (amphoterin) involved in neurite outgrowth. Amino acid sequence and localization in the filopodia of the advancing plasma membrane. J. Biol. Chem. 266, 16722–16729. Messmer, D., Yang, H., Telusma, G., Knoll, F., Li, J., Messmer, B., Tracey, K. J., and Chiorazzi, N. (2004). High mobility group box protein 1: An endogenous signal for dendritic cell maturation and Th1 polarization. J. Immunol. (in press). Muller, S., Scaffidi, P., Degryse, B., Bonaldi, T., Ronfani, L., Agresti, A., Beltrame, M., and Bianchi, M. E. (2001). New EMBO members’ review: The double life of HMGB1 chromatin protein: architectural factor and extracellular signal. EMBO J. 20, 4337–4340. Neeper, M., Schmidt, A. M., Brett, J., Yan, S. D., Wang, F., Pan, Y. C., Elliston, K., Stern, D., and Shaw, A. (1992). Cloning and expression of a cell surface receptor for advanced glycosylation end products of proteins. J. Biol. Chem. 267, 14998–15004. Park, J. S., Arcaroli, J., Yum, H. K., Yang, H., Wang, H., Yang, K. Y., Choe, K. H., Strassheim, D., Pitts, T. M., Tracey, K. J., and Abraham, E. (2002). Activation of gene expression in human neutrophils by high mobility group box 1 protein. Am. J. Physiol. Cell Physiol. 284, C870–C879. Park, J. S., Svetkauskaite, D., He, Q., Kim, J. Y., Strassheim, D., Ishizaka, A., and Abraham, E. (2003). Involvement of TLR 2 and TLR 4 in cellular activation by high mobility group box 1 protein (HMGB1). J. Biol. Chem. [Epub ahead of print]. Parkkinen, J., and Rauvala, H. (1991). Interactions of plasminogen and tissue plasminogen activator (t-PA) with amphoterin. Enhancement of t-PA-catalyzed plasminogen activation by amphoterin. J. Biol. Chem. 266, 16730–16735. Passalacqua, M., Zicca, A., Sparatore, B., Patrone, M., Melloni, E., and Pontremoli, S. (1997). Secretion and binding of HMG1 protein to the external surface of the membrane are required for murine erythroleukemia cell differentiation. FEBS Lett. 400, 275–279. Pullerits, R., Jonsson, I. M., Verdrengh, M., Bokarewa, M., Andersson, U., Erlandsson-Harris, H., and Tarkowski, A. (2002). High mobility group box chromosomal protein 1, a DNA binding cytokine, induces arthritis. Arthritis Rheum. 48, 1693–1700. Ramachandran, C., Yau, P., Bradbury, E. M., Shyamala, G., Yasuda, H., and Walsh, D. A. (1984). Phosphorylation of high-mobility-group proteins by the calcium-phospholipid-dependent protein kinase and the cyclic AMP-dependent protein kinase. J. Biol. Chem. 259, 13495–13503. Rauvala, H., and Pihlaskari, R. (1987). Isolation and some characteristics of an adhesive factor of brain that enhances neurite outgrowth in central neurons. J. Biol. Chem. 262, 16625–16635. Rauvala, H., Merenmies, J., Pihlaskari, R., Korkolainen, M., Huhtala, M. L., and Panula, P. (1988). The adhesive and neurite-promoting molecule p30: Analysis of the amino-terminal sequence and production of antipeptide antibodies that detect p30 at the surface of neuroblastoma cells and of brain neurons. J. Cell Biol. 107(6 Pt 1), 2243–2305.
HMGB1 IN THE IMMUNOLOGY OF SEPSIS AND ARTHRITIS
199
Remick, D., Manohar, P., Bolgos, G., Rodriguez, J., Moldawer, L., and Wollenberg, G. (1995). Blockade of tumor necrosis factor reduces lipopolysaccharide lethality, but not the lethality of cecal ligation and puncture. Shock 4, 89–95. Rendon-Mitchell, B., Ochani, M., Li, J., Han, J., Wang, H., Yang, H., Susarla, S., Czura, C., Mitchell, R. A., Chen, G., Sama, A. E., Tracey, K. J., and Wang, H. (2003). IFN-gamma induces high mobility group box 1 protein release partly through a TNF-dependent mechanism. J. Immunol. 170, 3890–3897. Rouhiainen, A., Imai, S., Rauvala, H., and Parkkinen, J. (2000). Occurrence of amphoterin (HMG1) as an endogenous protein of human platelets that is exported to the cell surface upon platelet activation. Thromb. Haemost. 84, 1087–1094. Salmivirta, M., Rauvala, H., Elenius, K., and Jalkanen, M. (1992). Neurite growth-promoting protein (amphoterin, p30) binds syndecan. Exp. and Cell Res. 200, 444–451. Sappington, P. L., Yang, R., Yang, H., Tracey, K. J., Delude, R. L., and Fink, M. P. (2002). HMGB1 B box increases the permeability of Caco-2 enterocytic monolayers and impairs intestinal barrier function in mice. Gastroenterology 123, 790–802. Scaffidi, P., Misteli, T., and Bianchi, M. E. (2002). Release of chromatin protein HMGB1 by necrotic cells triggers inflammation. Nature 418, 191. Schmidt, A. M., and Stern, D. M. (2000). RAGE: A new target for the prevention and treatment of the vascular and inflammatory complications of diabetes. Trends Endocrinol. Metab. 11, 368–375. Sparatore, B., Passalacqua, M., Patrone, M., Pessino, A., Melloni, E., and Pontremoli, S. (1993). Differentiation of HL60 promyelocytic cells is promoted by a ‘differentiation enhancing factor’ produced by erythroleukemia cells. FEBS Lett. 334, 198–202. Sparatore, B., Patrone, M., Passalacqua, M., Pedrazzi, M., Gaggero, D., Pontremoli, S., and Melloni, E. (2001). Extracellular processing of amphoterin generates a peptide active on erythroleukaemia cell differentiation. Biochem. J. 357(Pt 2), 569–574. Taniguchi, N., Kawahara, K., Yone, K., Hashiguchi, T., Yamakuchi, M., Goto, M., Inoue, K., Yamada, S., Ijiri, K., Matsunaga, S., Nakajima, T., Komiya, S., and Maruyama, I. (2003). High mobility group box chromosomal protein 1 plays a role in the pathogenesis of rheumatoid arthritis as a novel cytokine. Arthritis Rheum. 48, 971–981. Tapping, R. I., Akashi, S., Miyake, K., Godowski, P. J., and Tobias, P. S. (2000). Toll-like receptor 4, but not toll-like receptor 2, is a signaling receptor for Escherichia and Salmonella lipopolysaccharides. J. Immunol. 165, 5780–5787. Tracey, K. J. (2002). The inflammatory reflex. Nature 420, 853–859. Tracey, K. J., Beutler, B., Lowry, S. F., Merryweather, J., Wolpe, S., Milsark, I. W., Hariri, R. J., Fahey, T. J., 3rd, Zentella, A., Albert, J. D., Shires, G. T., and Cerami, A. (1986). Shock and tissue injury induced by recombinant human cachectin. Science 234, 470–474. Tracey, K. J., Fong, Y., Hesse, D. G., Manogue, K. R., Lee, A. T., Kuo, G. C., Lowry, S. F., and Cerami, A. (1987). Anti-cachectin/ TNF monoclonal antibodies prevent septic shock during lethal bacteraemia. Nature 330, 662–664. Tracey, K. J., Lowry, S. F., Fahey, T. J., 3rd, Albert, J. D., Fong, Y., Hesse, D., Beutler, B., Manogue, K. R., Calvano, S., Wei, H., and Cerami, A. (1987). Cachectin/tumor necrosis factor induces lethal shock and stress hormone responses in the dog. Surg. Gynecol. Obstet. 164, 415–422. Ulloa, L., Ochani, M., Yang, H., Tanovic, M., Halperin, D., Yang, R., Czura, C. J., Fink, M. P., and Tracey, K. J. (2002). Ethyl pyruvate prevents lethality in mice with established lethal sepsis and systemic inflammation. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99, 12351–12356. Vincent, J. L., Bakker, J., Marecaux, G., Schandene, L., Kahn, R. J., and Dupont, E. (1992). Administration of anti-TNF antibody improves left ventricular function in septic shock patients. Results of a pilot study. Chest 101, 810–815.
200
CHRISTOPHER J. CZURA ET AL.
Wang, H., Czura, C. J., and Tracey, K. J. (2003). Tumor necrosis factor. In ‘‘The Cytokine Handbook’’ (A. Thomson and M. T. Lotze, Eds.), 4th edition, pp. 837–860. Academic Press. Wang, H., Bloom, O., Zhang, M., Vishnubhakat, J. M., Ombrellino, M., Che, J., Frazier, A., Yang, H., Ivanova, S., Borovikova, L., Manogue, K. R., Faist, E., Abraham, E., Andersson, J., Andersson, U., Molina, P. E., Abumrad, N. N., Sama, A., and Tracey, K. J. (1999a). HMG-1 as a late mediator of endotoxin lethality in mice. Science 285, 248–251. Wang, H., Vishnubhakat, J. M., Bloom, O., Zhang, M., Ombrellino, M., Sama, A., and Tracey, K. J. (1999b). Proinflammatory cytokines (tumor necrosis factor and interleukin 1) stimulate release of high mobility group protein-1 by pituicytes. Surgery 126, 389–392. Wang, H., Yang, H., Czura, C. J., Sama, A. E., and Tracey, K. J. (2001). HMGB1 as a late mediator of lethal systemic inflammation. Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med. 164(10 Pt 1), 1768–1773. Wichmann, M. W., Haisken, J. M., Ayala, A., and Chaudry, I. H. (1996). Melatonin administration following hemorrhagic shock decreases mortality from subsequent septic challenge. J. Surg. Res. 65, 109–114. Yang, H., Ochani, M., Li, J., Qiang, X., Tanovic, M., Harris, H. E., Susarla, S. M., Ulloa, L., Wang, H., DiRaimo, R., Czura, C. J., Wang, H., Roth, J., Warren, H. S., Fink, M. P., Fenton, M. J., Andersson, U., and Tracey, K. J. (2004). Reversing established sepsis with antagonists of endogenous high-mobility group box 1. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 101, 296–301. Yang, H., Wang, H., and Tracey, K. J. (2001). HMG-1 rediscovered as a cytokine. Shock 15, 247–253. Yang, H., Wang, H., Czura, C. J., and Tracey, K. J. (2002). High mobility group box-1 (HMGB1). Cytokine reference available online at http://apresslp.gvpi.net /apcyto/ lpext.dll?f¼templatemplates&fn¼main-h.htm&2.0). doi:10.1006/rwcy.2002.0813.
advances in immunology, vol. 84
Selection of the T-Cell Repertoire: Receptor-Controlled Checkpoints in T-Cell Development HARALD VON BOEHMER Harvard Medical School, Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Boston, Massachusetts
I. Thymic Selection: A Historical Perspective
Hypothesis-driven research appears to be less prominent at a time when molecular ‘‘fishing expeditions’’ seem more rewarding than formulating and testing original ideas. For that reason, it may be useful to review for the younger scholars of immunology how hypotheses generated experiments and vice versa at a time when molecular techniques were just beginning to have an impact on immunological research. A. The Negative Selection Hypothesis The notion of repertoire selection through selection of immature lymphocytes is not exactly novel. It was first put forward in the frame of the clonal selection theory by Burnet (1959), as well as Lederberg (1959) in order to explain the lack of autoaggression by the immune system. Both Burnet and Lederberg postulated that immature lymphocytes with receptors for ‘‘self’’ would be subject to deletion when encountering self. Their concept of ‘‘negative selection’’ implied that consequences of antigen receptor engagement, that is, activation and inactivation of genes, differed in immature versus mature lymphocytes, resulting in cell death in the former and activation, expansion, and differentiation in the latter. B. The First Positive Selection Hypothesis A different type of lymphocyte selection, ‘‘positive selection,’’ was proposed by Jerne (1971) to accommodate the high frequency of lymphocytes specific for tissue antigens of allogeneic individuals (Simonsen, 1968) and the control of immune responses by major histocompatibility complex (MHC)–linked immune response (lr) genes (Benacerraf and McDevitt, 1972) within the clonal selection theory. These observations had previously been interpreted by some (Simonsen, 1968) to challenge the clonal selection theory (Burnet, 1959; Jerne, 1955) and to reflect the fact that antigen receptors on T cells were encoded by MHC-linked genes (Benacerraf and McDevitt, 1972). Jerne (1977) refused these extrapolations and (unnecessarily) insisted, perhaps influenced by ‘‘overwhelming’’ evidence by European ‘‘protagonists’’ Binz and Wigzell (1977) and Krawinkel et al. (1977) that T-cell receptors 201 Copyright 2004, Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. 0065-2776/04 $35.00
202
HARALD VON BOEHMER
(TCRs) for antigen, like B-cell receptors, were encoded by immunoglobulin (lg) heavy-chain variable genes. It is of interest to note how (some) U.S. scientists, specifically Hedrick et al. (1984a,b), resisted this apparently unavoidable trend and consequently became the first to identify proper TCR genes that turned out to be neither Ig v-genes nor genes linked to the MHC. To accommodate the high frequency of alloreactive T cells and MHC-linked Ir genes, Jerne proposed that immature lymphocytes would initially express germline genes encoding receptors specific for MHC antigens of the species. He further argued that receptors specific for non-MHC genes were generated by somatic mutation of genes encoding self MHC-specific receptors: Self MHC antigen would positively select lymphocytes bearing such receptors to undergo proliferation and mutation ( Jerne, 1971). The latter scenario could then serve as an explanation for MHC-controlled immune responsiveness because of the MHC-dependent selection of the to be mutated receptor genes. Jerne chose the thymus as the mutant breeding organ because of the high turnover of lymphocytes in this organ (Matsuyama et al., 1966). This bold idea turned out to be wrong, but it contained several aspects that were later found to be true, for example, the somatic generation of antigen receptor diversity and the positive selection of lymphocytes by MHC molecules in the thymus. Most importantly, this hypothesis kept immunologists busy to design experiments supporting or disproving it. C. MHC Restriction: Altered Self Versus Dual Recognition A further complexity to the understanding of T-cell immunity was added by the discovery of MHC-restricted antigen recognition (Katz et al., 1973; Rosenthal and Shevach, 1973; Zinkernagel and Doherty, 1974) by both T helper and T killer cells that appeared to belong to different lineages of lymphocytes (Cantor and Boyse, 1975; Kisielow et al., 1975). Because at the time the TCR for antigen was still not identified and the structure of MHC molecules was not known, two major hypotheses were put forward to explain MHC-restricted antigen recognition by T cells: the so-called ‘‘altered’’ self model (initially favored by Zinkernagel and Doherty [1974]) proposed that MHC-encoded cell surface molecules would be ‘‘altered’’ when colliding with other cell surface molecules and that such alterations would be recognized by TCRs. This idea, which is also referred to as a biochemist’s nightmare was inconceivable to some (von Boehmer et al., 1978) but adopted by others (Bevan, 1977a). The competing hypothesis was that MHC and non-MHC molecules were recognized as distinct entities (dual recognition) as likewise discussed by Zinkernagel and Doherty (1974). One particular form of the dualrecognition hypothesis was the idea that MHC-linked genes encoded cell interaction molecules that had to interact in a like-like fashion in addition
SELECTION OF THE T-CELL REPERTOIRE
203
to the binding of a clonotypic TCR to its ligand for T cells to be activated and to exert cell-mediated immunity (Katz and Benacerraf, 1975). This form of the dual-recognition hypothesis was effectively ruled out when it was shown that T cells derived from hemopoietic chimeras could recognize antigen on and interact with cells expressing allogeneic MHC molecules only (von Boehmer and Haas, 1976; von Boehmer et al., 1975; Zinkernagel, 1976). These crucial experiments indicated that T cells of one particular MHC genotype were endowed with the genetic potential to interact in an MHC-restricted fashion with cells expressing any MHC antigen of the species. This left immunologists with the option to explain MHC-restricted antigen recognition with receptors binding in a complementary (key-lock) rather than like-like fashion either in an ‘‘altered self’’ model (Zinkernagel and Doherty, 1974) or in a ‘‘dual-recognition’’ model, the latter invoking distinct binding sites in either one (Zinkernagel et al., 1978b) or two receptors (von Boehmer et al., 1978). The models, however, not only needed to explain MHC-restricted antigen recognition, but also needed to explain the high frequency of alloreactive T cells and MHC-linked lr genes. This was done by Bevan (1977a) by combining both the altered self model and Jerne’s model of positive selection, arguing that somatically mutated receptors that were originally specific for self MHC would now recognize altered self MHC. Jerne thought this model was ‘‘biochemically’’ impossible and augmented his original hypothesis, arguing that T cells initially expressed two identical receptors for MHC molecules of the species and that in self MHC-specific T cells only one of the receptor genes would be changed by somatic mutation to be able to bind to non-MHC molecules while cells specific for allogeneic MHC molecules would continue to express two identical receptors (von Boehmer et al., 1978). It was also clear that dual-recognition models but not necessarily the altered self models required some form of lymphocyte selection, as, for instance, postulated by von Boehmer et al. (1978), to avoid the accumulation of ‘‘useless’’ T cells with one receptor for allogeneic MHC molecules and another specific for non-MHC molecules because such cells could never be activated by antigen-presenting cells (APCs) bearing self MHC molecules. D. Environmental MHC Molecules Influence the T-Cell Repertoire It is a certain irony that eventually positive selection was indeed found to exist, but all explicit models of positive selection before the 1980s turned out to be wrong. Initial evidence compatible with positive selection, without actually documenting it, was published by Bevan (1977a), Zinkernagel et al. (1978a,b), von Boehmer et al. (1978), and Kappler and Marrack (1978) who analyzed immune responses in chimeric mice. The common tenor of all four papers was
204
HARALD VON BOEHMER
that MHC molecules in the environment of T cells, rather than those of the T cells themselves had an influence on the repertoire of T cells so that after immunization, effector T cells preferentially interacted with targets bearing MHC antigen that the T cells had experienced in their environment during development and priming. It was initially the report by Zinkernagel et al. (1978a) that drew attention to the role of the thymus in this process. But did this shaping occur by positive selection of cells, and if so, by expansion of certain clones and not others as postulated by Bevan (1977a) and von Boehmer et al. (1978) and named repertoire bending by Matzinger (1978)? These questions could not be answered by the indirect experiments that involved immunization and generation of effector cells, especially because a plethora of data, likewise obtained in chimeric mice or even normal mice, appeared to contradict the idea that thymic MHC molecules shaped the repertoire through positive selection (Nagy and Klein, 1981; Smith and Miller, 1980; Wagner et al., 1981; Zinkernagel et al., 1980). E. MHC-Restricted Antigen Recognition: Facts It was obvious then that clarification of these highly controversial issues required more molecular approaches, which began with the cloning of MHCrestricted T cells (Kappler et al., 1981; von Boehmer et al., 1979), cloning of TCR genes (Hedrick et al., 1984a,b), and TCR gene transfer (Dembic et al., 1986). These studies turned out to be disappointing for Jerne despite that much of his thinking had inspired them: the TCR was encoded by genes other than Ig v-genes (Hedrick et al., 1984b) and one rather than two different TCRs for antigen were sufficient for MHC-restricted antigen recognition (Dembic et al., 1986). The latter notion had become much more likely because of structural analysis of MHC molecules that realized antigen processing and loading of peptides into MHC molecules (Babbitt et al., 1985; Bjorkman et al., 1987; Buus et al., 1986). F. New Hypotheses Required Jerne, who saw much of his later thinking concerning T cells refuted by experimental data, did not attempt to incorporate such results into new concepts. Because changes of older hypotheses were, however, required, it was postulated (von Boehmer, 1986), again taking into consideration the high production rate of lymphocytes in the thymus without accumulation in peripheral lymphoid organs (Matsuyama et al., 1966), that hemopoietic precursors would enter the thymus and rearrange their receptor genes (Raulet et al., 1985; Snodgrass et al., 1985a,b) and be programmed to die irrespective of whether they expressed an ab TCR or not. Only those cells with receptors of appropriate (low) affinity for self MHC molecules would be rescued from programmed cell death (positive selection) and be allowed to exit the thymus.
SELECTION OF THE T-CELL REPERTOIRE
205
Cells with receptors of higher affinity for self would be deleted, as envisaged by Burnet (1959) and Lederberg (1959). Thus, there was no longer a distinction between alloreactive T cells with germline-encoded receptors and self MHC-restricted T cells with mutated receptors based on previous observations that self MHC-restricted T cells (Bevan, 1977b) and even self MHC-restricted T-cell clones could also be allo-MHC (cross) reactive (von Boehmer et al., 1979). (Perhaps the required selection by low-affinity self MHC ligands is ultimately responsible for the high frequency of cells that can be activated by allogeneic MHC molecules). In this model, there was no more repertoire bending by expansion of some but not other immature T cells, and thus, all mature T cells were derived from cells having undergone positive selection by self MHC molecules. It was envisaged that the positive selection process began among CD4þ/CD8þ thymocytes because such cells exhibited the highest turnover in the thymus (Shortman and Jackson, 1974). Also, at that time it had become clear that CD4 and CD8 molecules represented invariant co-receptors that could bind to class II or class I MHC molecules, respectively, and enhanced T-cell activation (Dembic et al., 1987; Doyle and Strominger, 1987; Gay et al., 1988; Norment et al., 1988). It was, thus, further postulated that coligation of TCRs and CD4 or CD8 co-receptors by the same MHC molecule would not only rescue developing T cells from programmed cell death but also determine the lineage fate of the developing cell. Thus, coligation of TCR and CD8 by class I and co-ligation of TCR and CD4 by class II MHC molecules would result in the generation of CD8 and CD4 cells that were committed to become killer and helper cells, respectively, after antigenic stimulation. It was envisaged that this alignment of receptor specificity and functional commitment would occur through signals that instructed the cells to develop along different pathways (von Boehmer, 1986, 1988). At the time, this hypothesis appeared consistent with all published data but needed experimental testing. G. Experimental Support for Receptor-Controlled Checkpoints in T-Cell Development Positive and negative selection could be studied directly and independently of immunization and generation of effector cells in TCR transgenic mice where it became clear that negative selection deleted immature T cells with receptors for self-agonist peptide–self MHC complexes (Kisielow et al., 1988a; Swat et al., 1991) and that positive selection by self MHC molecules in the absence of self-agonist peptide was essential to generate mature T cells from immature CD4þ/CD8þ precursors (Scott et al., 1989). Evidence supporting negative selection of immature thymocytes was also obtained in normal mice by studying the impact of so-called superantigens (which turned out to be different from conventional peptide–MHC complexes) on developing T cells (Kappler et al., 1987). As predicted, positive selection was not only required
206
HARALD VON BOEHMER
in order to obtain mature T cells but positive selection through a class I MHC– restricted receptor determined the CD4/CD8þ phenotype of the selected cell (Kisielow et al., 1988b; Teh et al., 1988), while class II MHC–restricted TCRs ended preferentially up on CD4þ/CD8 cells (Kaye et al., 1989). These findings supporting the aforementioned principles of T-cell repertoire selection were reproduced in a large number of laboratories, too numerous to be listed here but contained in review articles (von Boehmer, 1990; von Boehmer et al., 1989). Thus, in 1988 we had for the first time, solid information on the basic principles governing T-cell repertoire selection (von Boehmer, 1994; von Boehmer and Kisielow, 1991) that then became a new platform for further experimental work filling in the molecular details of the selection processes. H. More Recent Ideas about the Purpose of Positive Selection Even though the structure of the TCR and the recognized MHC–peptide complexes became known, this did not really offer an immediate explanation addressing the purpose of positive selection, in spite of the notion that it would select ‘‘useful’’ self MHC-restricted T cells (von Boehmer et al., 1989). This issue became even more obscure when scholars noted that self-peptides contributed to positive selection (Ashton-Rickardt et al., 1993; Hogquist et al., 1993). Surely, to select T cells only for low-affinity binding to selfpeptides would not serve the purpose to select ‘‘useful’’ cells that had to recognize a large spectrum of foreign peptides with higher affinity. Thus, a hypothesis was put forward arguing that the influence of self-peptides on positive selection serves the purpose to select cells that can be constantly preactivated by self-peptide–self MHC complexes in peripheral lymphoid organs such that they may respond more efficiently when confronted with ‘‘foreign peptide–self MHC’’ complexes. Some data appeared to support this idea (Stefanova et al., 2002). It is difficult, however, to accept that preactivation of T cells represents the sole purpose of positive selection rather than just being a byproduct of positive selection because a similar effect could be achieved by generally lowering the activation threshold for naive T cells. Perhaps the problem in rationalizing the purpose of positive selection has been that the more recent studies on positive selection were too narrowly focused on the role of peptides and have neglected the role of polymorphic MHC residues on positive selection. There is no doubt that positive selection serves the purpose to align TCR specificity for class I and class II MHC molecules with commitment to the killer and helper lineage, respectively (Teh et al., 1988; von Boehmer, 1986). In addition, it could be argued, in concert with evidence by Wu et al. (2002), that positive selection serves the purpose to select receptors that are optimally oriented over self MHC molecules so that they are most effective in detecting
SELECTION OF THE T-CELL REPERTOIRE
207
foreign peptides in the grooves of these. This is in line with evidence by Wu et al. (2002) that polymorphic MHC residues contacted by the TCR have a major influence on the onrate of TCR binding while the (more flexible) part of the TCR contacting the peptide determines the offrate. Thus, the important feature of positive selection may be the orientation of the TCR over the MHC molecules rather than the unavoidable contribution of self-peptide to the selection process. Of course, this brings one back to dual recognition of MHC and non-MHC molecules, which requires positive selection to avoid the accumulation of ‘‘useless’’ allo-MHC–restricted T cells in the repertoire. Thus, some debate on T-cell repertoire selection continues today, but it appears that the major principles have been accepted by the scientific community and that the focus has shifted to molecular details of the selection processes. II. Early T-Cell Development
In the following paragraphs an attempt is made to describe the generation of the T-cell repertoire as it occurs in the mammalian organism beginning with multipotent hemopoietic stem cells (HSCs). Emphasis is placed on recent data while older data that have already been discussed is cited by drawing attention to the respective reviews. A. From Hematopoietic Stem Cells to T Lineage–Committed Precursors Several studies have identified subpopulations of murine bone marrow cells in the adult that contain a high proportion of cells able to reconstitute all hematopoietic lineages (Benveniste et al., 2003; Uchida and Weissman, 1992); however, only a fraction of these cells will give long-term reconstitution of the hematopoietic system (Benveniste et al., 2003). Pluripotent HSCs have a lin, c-kitþ, Sca-1þ, IL-7R phenotype and in addition to self-renewal capacity can spin off more committed precursors such as FLt3þ HSC that have reduced myeloid potential but intact lymphoid potential (Sitnicka et al., 2002). Some of the latter cells also can express a reporter gene from the RAG locus, which was interpreted to indicate that such cells represent the earliest lymphoid precursors. This is actually not quite certain because they still have some myeloid potential and have not been analyzed in clonogenic assays (Igarashi et al., 2002). Lymphoid committed cells in the bone marrow are represented by lin c-kitlo, Sca-1lo, IL-7Rþ cells that have lost myeloid potential and can generate all mature lymphocytes (Kondo et al., 1997). It is of interest that lymphoid-committed precursors can express lymphocyte-specific genes for several distinct lymphocyte lineages, for example, Pax5 of the B cell receptor and pre-TCRa of the T lineage, indicating that commitment is accompanied
208
HARALD VON BOEHMER
by changes, possibly epigenetic changes, which permit transcription of a variety of different genes that become essential during further commitment (Gounari et al., 2002). Lymphoid-committed precursors appear to have little self-renewal capacity because they generate only a transient wave of short-lived, immature CD4þCD8þ thymocytes. The progeny of CD4þCD8þ thymocytes consist of mature lymphocytes that are long lived and can replenish through expansion of some T-cell subsets such as memory T cells but not naive T cells in the mature T-cell pool. In vitro the lin c-kitlo, Sca-1lo, and IL-7Rþ lymphoid-committed cells can quickly generate first B220þ CD19 and subsequently B220þ CD19þ lymphocytes. Whereas the latter are committed to the B-cell lineage, the former still have multilymphoid lineage potential in clonogenic assays (i.e., they can produce B cells, natural killer [NK] cells [Rolink et al., 1996], and T cells [Martin et al., 2003]). These cells have been named pro-B cells (Hardy and Hayakawa, 2001), but their potential to generate other lineages is not fully consistent with that terminology (Martin et al., 2003; Rolink et al., 1996). Although lymphoid commitment can occur in the bone marrow, it is actually not clear at which stage of development immature precursor cells from the bone marrow enter the thymus. It is clear, however, that the thymus is a poor source of pluripotent HSC, and that lymphoid-committed precursor activity can be detected in a CD44þ 25 c-kitþ CD4lo subset giving rise to T cells and dendritic cells (DCs) inside the thymus and to B cells after intravenous injection but not to myeloid cells (Shortman and Wu, 1996). In a 2003 report, some myeloid potential was also detected in c-kitþ cells in the thymus (Allman et al., 2003). However, because no clonogenic assays were employed, it is difficult to decide whether one is dealing with pluripotent precursors rather than multiple precursors of different lineages. It is clear, however, that the c-kitþ thymic subset differs markedly from pluripotent HSC in both surface markers (Shortman and Wu, 1996) as well as gene expression (Gounari et al., 2002; Martin et al., 2003), consistent with progressing commitment to the T-cell lineage. Because a phenotypically similar subset is not found in bone marrow, the phenotype of thymic immigrants has remained elusive. Here, it is of interest to note that the earliest immigrants that can be detected intrathymically a few days after intravenous injection of immature bone marrow cells from adult mice do not contain any c-kitþ cells but consist exclusively of B220þ CD19 c-kit cells (Martin et al., 2003). Because such cells were shown to possess B, T precursor potential and likely contain the precursors of B220þ plasmacytoid DCs, the question arises whether some or all of the intrathymic c-kitþ precursors are derived from these immigrants. Respective analyses have shown that at least some of the intrathymic c-kitþ T-cell precursors can be derived from these cells (Martin et al., 2003) in addition to the fact that in
SELECTION OF THE T-CELL REPERTOIRE
209
clonogenic assays B220þ CD19 c-kit bone marrow precursors can generate a wave of immature CD4þ/CD8þ and mature T cells in the thymus (Martin et al., 2003). Thus, it remains an open question whether the thymus is colonized by additional T-cell precursors. Although such a proposal has been deduced from a comparison of T-cell thymocyte precursor potential of intrathymically injected c-kitþ cells and bone marrow–derived common lymphoid progenitor (CLP) cells, such extrapolation is not warranted because it only takes into consideration the precursor potential of intrathymically injected cells on a percell basis but neglects the capacity of thymus entry and multilineage potential (Allman et al., 2003). Nevertheless, we cannot rule out that c-kitþ bone marrow cells have the capacity to enter the thymus independently of B220þ immigrants; the fact, however, that c-kitþ cells cannot be detected among thymic immigrants in the first few days makes it a difficult task to demonstrate the existence of such putative c-kitþ immigrants (Martin et al., 2003). There is some (indirect) evidence that the thymus is colonized by T-cell–committed precursors in fetal life (Douagi et al., 2002), but this issue remains highly controversial and the reader is referred to an extensive review on this topic (Rodewald and Fehling, 1998). B. The Role of Transcription Factors in T-Lineage Commitment It has become clear that the Notch1 receptor has an essential role in committing cells to the T lineage. The most convincing data are those by Radtke et al. (1999) showing that a conditional ablation of the Notch1 receptor in early hematopoietic development results in a depletion of thymocytes at an early double-negative (DN) stage while instead immature B cells are being produced intrathymically (Wilson et al., 2001). The conclusions derived from these data are supported by studies (Allman et al., 2001) reporting that overexpression of intracellular Notch1 results in expression of T-lineage–specific genes in bone marrow cells and the generation of TCR-expressing CD4þ/ CD8þ thymocytes in the apparent absence of the thymic microenvironment. Expression of the Delta1-like but not Jagged ligands for the Notch1 receptor on stromal cells interfered with B-cell development of hematopoietic precursors while inducing the expression of T-lineage–specific genes (Jaleco et al., 2001). In one particular culture system, large numbers of TCRb-expressing CD4þ/CD8þ thymocytes could be generated in this way by confronting immature precursors with Delta1-like ligands on certain stromal cells in vitro (Schmitt and Zuniga-Pflucker, 2002). Thus, Notch1 is an essential player in the B versus T lymphocyte lineage choice, which in the adult mouse appears to take place inside the thymus (Koch et al., 2001) under physiological conditions. Again this may be different in fetal life, as previously discussed.
210
HARALD VON BOEHMER
It is also clear that the conversion of the repressor CSL by intracellular Notch1 into a transcriptional activator is responsible for the T versus B lineage decision (Han et al., 2002), yet the target genes that are regulated by CSL and responsible for T-lineage commitment are unknown. Although some Notch1dependent regulation of T-cell–specific genes has been reported (see below), this process does not explain T-lineage commitment. In a 2002 study, an elevated level of Notch1 and HES-1 transcripts was observed in the intrathymic c-kitþ, CD4lo T-cell precursor subset, which may indicate that commitment to the T-cell lineage is beginning in this relatively small subset of the very heterogeneous CD44þ/CD25 (DN1) thymocytes (Gounari et al., 2002). Apart from Notch1-dependent CSL activation, the Ikaros and E2A-as well as HEB-encoded basic helix loop helix (bHLH) transcription factors appear essential for proper T-cell development because in Ikaros (Allman et al., 2003) and E2A-deficient (Engel and Murre, 2001) mice there is a marked reduction of extrathymic CLP and intrathymic DN2 CD44þCD25þ (Winandy et al., 1999) cells and thymocyte numbers are generally low. In the interpretation of these findings, the possibility must be considered that the absence of these transcription factors does not necessarily cause the absence of CLP, but interferes with the expression of cell surface markers, for example IL-7 receptors or B220 molecules that are normally expressed by CLP. Ikaros that is associated with two different chromatin remodeling complexes (Brown et al., 1997; Kim et al., 1999) is expected by some to mainly silence genes by influencing chromatin structure, but interestingly so far Ikaros was shown to specifically activate gene transcription, for instance, of the CD8 genes (Harker et al., 2002). BHLH proteins bind to DNA E-box motifs that are present in the regulatory sequences of many genes and appear to control rearrangement and expression of T-cell–specific genes. Interestingly, although both Ikaros and E2A deficiency result in a deficit of early T-cell precursors, these transcription factors are required to set the pre-TCR–controlled checkpoint at which cells with productive TCRb rearrangement are selected for further maturation. In the absence of either Ikaros or E2A, TCRb-negative cells can pass this checkpoint and develop into CD4þ/CD8þ thymocytes (Engel and Murre, 2001; Winandy et al., 1999). The early stages at which thymocytes proliferate independently of TCRinitiated signals require the expression of the IL-7 receptor and c-kit (Di Santo et al., 1999; Rodewald et al., 1997). PU.1 transcription factors are responsible, at least in part, for the upregulation of the IL-7 receptor on developing T cells, whereas GATA3 has a more indirect role in T-cell development by affecting a variety of other transcription factors (Warren and Rothenberg, 2003). GATA3 deficiency causes an arrest at the earliest stages of T-cell development (Warren and Rothenberg, 2003), and data on inducible GATA3 ablation in T-cell precursors were interpreted to indicate that GATA3 is required for posttranslational
SELECTION OF THE T-CELL REPERTOIRE
211
events that result in the effective production of TCRb proteins in immature thymocytes (Pai et al., 2003). It was shown that the survival of cells at the cytokine-dependent early intrathymic stages of development is essentially dependent on the expression of the antiapoptotic Bcl-2 member MCL-1 (Opferman et al., 2003), which appears to selectively inhibit proapoptotic BIM, another member of the Bcl-2 family (Marsden and Strasser, 2003). C. The First T-Cell Receptor–Controlled Checkpoint TCR gene rearrangement can take place inside and outside the thymus provided that early lymphoid precursors undergo Notch1 signaling (Allman et al., 2001). Initially, gene segments of the TCRg and TCRd as well as the TCRb locus rearrange, and thus, developing cells can either express the gdTCR or the pre-TCR consisting of a TCRb chain covalently paired with a pre-TCR a chain (Groettrup et al., 1993; Rodewald and Fehling, 1998; Saint-Ruf et al., 1994). TCRb rearrangement proceeds in a temporal order involving first the joining of D segments to J segments and subsequently the joining of V segments to the DJ joint. Theoretically, according to the 12/23 spacer rule of recombination signal sequences (RSS) controlling rearrangement, RSS of TCRb V gene segments could directly allow joining to either D or J gene segments but the ‘‘beyond 12/23’’ observation of recombination shows that V gene segments join to 50 D RSS much more efficiently than to 50 J RSS (Jung et al., 2003; Wu et al., 2003). TCR rearrangement takes place in CD44þ/ CD25þ (DN2) as well as in CD44/CD25þ (DN3) cells, and cells that fail to express either the gdTCR or the pre-TCR are destined to die at these developmental stages. This first TCR-controlled checkpoint in the development of gd or ab T cells offers many features that are also valid at the second abTCR-controlled checkpoint, namely rescue from programmed cell death and lineage fate determination through TCR signaling. In addition the pre-TCR initiates extensive cell division in thymocytes with productive TCRb genes, thus facilitating the pairing of a large number of different TCR a chains with a single TCR b chain. In contrast, expression of the gdTCR does not result in extensive proliferation but relatively quick maturation of functional gd T cells (von Boehmer et al., 1999). D. The Misconception of a ‘‘Surrogate’’ TCR a Chain The pre-TCR a chain has been named by some a surrogate TCR a chain, that is, a chain that can substitute for a TCR a chain before TCRa rearrangement. This notion appeared to be supported by a variety of experimental data that seemingly suggested that an early transgenically expressed TCR a chain could in fact substitute for the pre-TCR a chain (Haks et al., 2003). These data were incorporated in a hypothesis stating that the unique structure of the
212
HARALD VON BOEHMER
pre-TCR was not associated with any specific functions such as cell-autonomous signaling and ab lineage fate determination, but that timing and developmental stage of cells expressing a pre-TCR were responsible for some of the specific features associated with pre-TCR signaling. For instance, it was argued that the content of lipid rafts in CD44/CD25þ (DN3) cells rather than the specific structure of the pre-TCR was responsible for cell-autonomous signaling and that an abTCR expressed in the same cell type could fully substitute for the pre-TCR (Haks et al., 2003). The competing hypothesis proposed that the unique structure of the preTCR versus the gd or abTCR enabled this receptor to not only rescue cells from programmed cell death but to confer commitment to the ab lineage, which is associated with extensive proliferation (Aifantis et al., 1998; von Boehmer et al., 1999). The reason for these divergent hypotheses was that much of the evidence was based on imperfectly controlled experiments that made a proper evaluation of the functional capabilities of a TCR a chain versus a pre-TCR a chain at the same developmental stage difficult (Fehling et al., 1997; Gibbons et al., 2001; Haks et al., 1999). Nevertheless, it had become clear that although an early expressed TCRa chain could apparently compensate to some extent for a pre-TCRa deficit (Buer et al., 1997), it also was associated with the generation of CD4/CD8 cells expressing high levels of the abTCR. TCR ligation on these cells resulted in cytokine secretion similar to that induced in gd T cells. These observations led to the proposal that early expression of a non-ligated abTCR could mimic gdTCR signaling much better than pre-TCR signaling (Bruno et al., 1996; Fritsch et al., 1998; Terrence et al., 2000; von Boehmer et al., 2003). The issue of interchangeability of pre-TCR a and TCR a chains was addressed more appropriately by expressing pre-TCRa, TCRa, and mutant receptor transgenes controlled by the proximal p56lck promoter in pre-TCRa– deficient thymocytes and by comparing various partners of TCR b chains expressed at similar RNA levels in their ability to cause reconstitution of the thymus in competitive assays (Borowski et al., 2004). The following salient points emerged from this analysis. First, an early expressed TCR a chain did not confer any competitive advantage to pre-TCR/ precursors when competing with cells expressing a wild-type pre-TCRa transgene: Although the ratio of the different pre-TCRa or TCRa transgenic precursors at the DN1 stage was 1:1, the ratio of CD4þ/CD8þ thymocytes was 60:1 in favor of descendants of precursors expressing the wt pre-TCRa transgene. Second, similar analysis in competitive reconstitution analysis showed that the cytoplasmic tail of the pre-TCRa transgene was essential for conferring a competitive advantage of pre-TCR expressing over pre-TCRa–deficient precursors of T cells (Borowski et al., 2004). Finally, it became clear that transgenes with two extracellular Ig-like domains such as TCRa or a hybrid between TCRa
SELECTION OF THE T-CELL REPERTOIRE
213
and pre-TCRa, presumably by allowing better pairing with TCR b chains, resulted in CD4/CD8 cells that expressed significantly higher levels of TCR b chains in the cell surface than transgenes encoding pre-TCR a chains. Interestingly, these abTCRhi cells did not divide, had the surface phenotype of gd T cells, and some cells in fact coexpressed an abTCR and a gdTCR (Borowski et al., 2004). Thus, these findings extended earlier observations that an early expressed abTCR, presumably by ligand-independent weak signaling, mimics gd rather than pre-TCR signaling (Bruno et al., 1996; Fritsch et al., 1998; Terrence et al., 2000). In contrast, the ligand-independent pre-TCR signaling, which is different because of special properties of the pre-TCR a chain, is associated with lower surface levels of the receptor, proliferation, and efficient transition into the ab lineage. Again, the low surface levels of the pre-TCR versus ab or gdTCR may be caused by the poorer TCRb pairing capability of the preTCR a chain when compared to the TCR a chain (Trop et al., 2000): The latter may rescue TCR b chains from degradation in the endoplasmic reticulum (ER) much more efficiently than the former. In addition, the constitutive signaling by the surface-expressed pre-TCR results in rapid endocytosis and degradation (Carrasco et al., 2003; Panigada et al., 2002), a property not shared by the unligated ab and/or gdTCR. Interestingly, precursors expressing a hybrid molecule consisting of the extracellular and transmembrane domains of TCRa and the cytoplasmic tail of pre-TCRa displayed an intermediate phenotype; although DN cells with high TCR levels existed in these mice, the ability to compete with wild-type pre-TCRa–expressing cells and the ability to generate DP cells was increased in precursors expressing a receptor composed of the TCR b chain paired with the TCRa/pre-TCRa hybrid molecule when compared to precursors expressing the TCR a chain (Borowski et al., 2004). On the basis of these data, it was concluded that the idea of a ‘‘surrogate TCR a chain’’ represents a misconception and that the specific structure of the pre-TCR, especially the cytoplasmic portion of the pre-TCR a chain, permits cell-autonomous and ligand-independent signaling of this receptor when compared to the unligated ab or gdTCR and thus enables rescue from cell death, strong proliferation, and commitment to the ab T-cell lineage. Thus, in this model it is signal strength and/or duration that influences the ab versus gd lineage. E. Pre-TCR Signaling By and large pre-TCR signaling appears to involve similar signal transmitters as abTCR signaling (Love and Chan, 2003), however, a note of caution concerns the finding that progression beyond the pre-TCR-controlled checkpoint requires Notch 1 signaling as well (Ciofani et al., 2004). There is good
214
HARALD VON BOEHMER
evidence for the essential involvement of the src kinase p56lck, Zap-70, and the LAT and SLP-76 adaptor proteins. Several studies indicate that the ‘‘mitogenactivated protein’’ (MAP) kinase pathway involving the ‘‘extracellular-signal regulated kinase’’ (ERK) has a nonredundant role. Furthermore, it has been established that pre-TCR signaling results in Ca2þ mobilization and activation of the NFAT as well as nuclear factor-kB (NF-kB) transcription factors (Aifantis et al., 2001; Voll et al., 2000). Interestingly, a mutation of a single tyrosine residue in the ‘‘linker for activation of T cells’’ (LAT), which inhibited ‘‘phospholipase Cg’’ (PLCg) binding and activation, caused a severe block in thymocyte development at the pre-TCR checkpoint (Aguado et al., 2002; Sommers et al., 2002). That could be consistent with the notion of pre-TCRdependent Ca2þ flux (Aifantis et al., 2001), but it is at present not clear whether the LAT mutation affects only the activation of PLCg or incapacitates pre-TCR signaling in other ways. Other investigators, however, have failed to see a role for calcineurin at the pre-TCR checkpoint (Bueno et al., 2002), while in a more recent report, others found clear evidence for deficient progression beyond the pre-TCR checkpoint in calcineurin B1-deficient mice (Neilson et al., 2004). In addition there is some, albeit weak, evidence that NF-kB has a nonredundant function in early T-cell development (Voll et al., 2000). In addition to the aforementioned pathways, it appears that the Wnt signaling pathway contributes to expansion and differentiation of thymocytes after the pre-TCR–controlled checkpoint because mice defective in Lef-1 and expressing certain mutant forms of Tcf1 exhibit an early arrest in T-cell development (Staal and Clevers, 2003). It is clear that b-catenin plays a crucial role in activating these transcription factors and b-catenin overexpression was in fact shown to replace some of the pre-TCR signaling because under such conditions pre-TCR–defective DN cells could proceed to the DP stage of T-cell development (Gounari et al., 2001). Another important aspect of pre-TCR signaling is the ERK-dependent production of HLH Id proteins that can interfere with the binding of bHLH proteins such as E47, E12, and HEB to E-box motifs and thus permit proliferation of T cells after the first pre-TCR–controlled checkpoint (Engel and Murre, 2001). The target genes that are activated by several transcription factors at the pre-TCR checkpoint are largely unknown, but cyclin D3 is an excellent candidate as the key mediator of proliferation because this is the only gene of the cyclin D family that is expressed after pre-TCR signaling, and because cyclin D3–deficient mice have a remarkably specific defect in proliferation of DN4 cells and thereby a small thymus (Sicinska et al., 2003). Several experiments are consistent with the notion that cyclin D3 is directly activated through pre-TCR signaling perhaps by NF of activated T-cell (NFAT) transcription factors. It is possible that survival genes are activated by NF-kB, but
SELECTION OF THE T-CELL REPERTOIRE
215
no specific gene has been identified that is essential for rescue from programmed cell death at the pre-TCR–controlled checkpoint. F. Role of the Pre-TCR in gd Versus ab Lineage Development In addition to the points discussed under Section E, there is a clear-cut difference in gd T cells in pre-TCR–competent versus pre-TCR–deficient mice: In the former about 10% of gd T cells express intracellular b chains, whereas in the latter some 20% of gd T cells contain intracellular TCR b proteins (Aifantis et al., 1998). This indicates that the pre-TCR takes away from the gd lineage cells with in-frame TCR b rearrangements. This and the fact that ab lineage cells are mostly depleted of in-frame TCR g and d rearrangements (Livak et al., 1995) constitutes a major argument that the lineage choice might be instructed by different signals emanating from the gd versus pre-TCR. There are other views on this issue (von Boehmer et al., 2003). It suffices to state here that arguments about mechanisms of lineage decisions have always been rather indirect and it is in fact difficult to design conclusive experiments that prove any view beyond a reasonable doubt because what one basically wants to show is that different receptors can push the same cell in different directions. G. TCRb Allelic Exclusion and TCRb Selection Pre-TCR signaling is required for feedback inhibition of TCRb rearrangement by a productive TCRb gene. In addition, for effective TCRb allelic exclusion, the onset of rearrangement of the two TCRb alleles must differ. The latter may be achieved by differential nuclear location, histone acetylation, nucleosome remodeling, and/or DNA methylation, that is, epigenetic modifications that make one allele more accessible to the recombination machinery than the other. To ensure allelic exclusion, there must then be feedback inhibition by a productively rearranged allele to avoid further rearrangement on the other allele that will only proceed if the first attempt of rearrangement was unsuccessful. Thus, both asynchronous onset and feedback inhibition are essential elements for allelic exclusion of the TCRb locus (von Boehmer et al., 2003). Feedback inhibition would be ineffective if it only affected recombinase activity, because recombinase activity is needed for subsequent TCRa rearrangement. Thus, feedback inhibition must make the second TCRb allele inaccessible for the recombination machinery while TCRa rearrangement continues. The epigenetic mechanisms that may control accessibility are incompletely understood (Bergman et al., 2003). It has been shown that the pre-TCR is required for feedback inhibition controlling TCRb rearrangement, and that in its absence, immature T cells accumulate that exhibit a much higher frequency of two productively rearranged TCRb alleles (Aifantis et al., 1998). These cells do, however, not persist because they cannot be rescued from programmed cell death by the pre-TCR.
216
HARALD VON BOEHMER
It is of interest to note that those cells that pass the pre-TCR checkpoint because of expression of a gdTCR or early expression of an abTCR and subsequent entering into the ab lineage do not exhibit a highly significant increase in the frequency of ab T cells with two productive TCRb rearrangements (unpublished results, Aifantis, I., Azogui, O., and von Boehmer, H., 1998). Thus, in this pre-TCR–independent pathway of differentiation (which is rather ineffective), there must be control of TCRb allelic exclusion by an unknown pre-TCR–independent mechanism. The pre-TCR–controlled developmental checkpoint is also referred to as b selection (Passoni et al., 1997). This could be a misleading term because there is no selection for particular TCR b chains at this checkpoint, but there is selection for cells with in-frame TCRb rearrangements. The lack of selection of particular TCR b chains, which could possibly be due to differential pairing of certain TCR b chains with the pre-TCR a chain, is evident by the fact that the frequency of different rearranged Vb gene segments in selected cells is precisely the same as found in the absence of pre-TCR selection; that is, it is the mode of TCRb rearrangement rather than the pairing ability of TCR b chains with the pre-TCR a chain that determines the frequency of certain Vb gene segments in the T-cell repertoire (von Boehmer et al., 2003). III. Late T-Cell Development
Late T-cell development after the pre-TCR–controlled checkpoint is characterized by the generation of large numbers of CD4þ/CD8þ thymocytes, most of which are noncycling and have a short intermitotic lifespan of 3–4 days. Most of these cells express RAG1 and RAG2 genes and undergo continual TCRa rearrangement while the TCRb locus is inaccessible. Eventually most of the newly formed CD4þ/CD8þ thymocytes will die and a few cells are selected for further maturation and become mature T cells specialized in certain effector functions subsequent to antigenic stimulation. Positive selection involves the rescue from programmed cell death of CD4þ/CD8þ thymocytes (Huesmann et al., 1991) rather than the originally anticipated expansion of thymocytes (Beran, 1977a; Jerne, 1971; Matzinger, 1978). In the last one and a half decades much detail of these developmental pathways has been elaborated with emphasis on the ligands involved in positive and negative selection, signaling pathways and downstream mediators, various cell types involved in selection, and mechanisms of lineage commitment. The results have generally supported the notions put forward in early proposals, namely that ligands involved in positive selection are of lower affinity than those mediating negative selection, that signaling pathways are essentially not different from those used in mature T cells, that positive selection is mostly dependent on ligand presentation by epithelial cells, and finally that lineage
SELECTION OF THE T-CELL REPERTOIRE
217
commitment occurs by instructive rather than stochastic/selective mechanisms. Perhaps the most important results were that recessive and dominant pathways of tolerance that are initiated by cellular selection in the thymus are indeed crucial for the survival of the mammalian species. A. TCRa Rearrangement It is by now well established that TCRa rearrangement unlike Ig light-chain rearrangement continues independently of abTCR expression by an immature T cell and stops only when the cell produces a selectable receptor or dies from ‘‘neglect’’ (Borgulya et al., 1992; Petrie et al., 1993). The TCRa locus is ideally suited for this venture, and independent approaches such as shortening the duration of RAG expression (Guo et al., 2002; Yannoutsos et al., 2001) or prolonging the lifespan of CD4þ CD8þ thymocytes (Guo et al., 2002) have demonstrated that continual TCRa rearrangement contributes significantly to the abTCR repertoire. The question whether ligation of the abTCR can prolong or enhance TCR rearrangement continues to be discussed with most evidence favoring deletion of cells rather than receptor editing (Starr et al., 2003). Continuing TCRa rearrangement provides a single cell with the possibility to express consecutively several TCRs and thus could enable effective TCR repertoire screening for positive selection. It is not clear, however, whether there is sufficient time between consecutive rearrangements in the same cell to test each novel TCR a chain for binding to intrathymic ligands. Once a TCR is ligated and selection of a cell is initiated, TCRa rearrangement needs to stop in order to not defeat the purpose of the selection process, and most studies agree that ligation by both high- and low-affinity ligands leads to diminished RAG expression in CD4þ/CD8þ thymocytes (Borgulya et al., 1992; Buch et al., 2002; Kouskoff et al., 1995). Double TCR expressing T cells are a reality because TCRa rearrangement appears to proceed on both alleles with similar efficacy so about 30% of Tcells contain two productive TCRa rearrangements (Casanova et al., 1991), but posttranslational processes such as preferred pairing reduce the number of cells with two distinct abTCRs on the cell surface (Heath et al., 1995). B. Ligands in Positive and Negative Selection In some instances, the affinity of ligands involved in either positive or negative selection of a given TCR has been measured with the result that lower affinity suffices for positive but not negative selection (Alam and Gascoigne, 1998). The so-called avidity model of thymic selection in its strict sense (Ashton-Rickardt et al., 1994) has been discarded because selection by low avidity does not permit the selected cell to respond to the same ligand when presented in a high-avidity (high-density) configuration (Girao et al., 1997). This makes some sense because otherwise such a scenario would regularly lead to autoimmunity. Naturally occurring positively selecting ligands
218
HARALD VON BOEHMER
can be divided into those that are ‘‘similar’’ to the agonist ligand and those that are not (Starr et al., 2003). Again this makes sense because if such ligands ‘‘had to be’’ similar to agonist ligands, the TCR repertoire might be rather limited, only capable of recognizing peptides similar to self-peptides. As mentioned earlier, perhaps too much attention is being paid to the contribution of peptides to positive selection and too little to the contribution of the surface of the peptide-presenting MHC molecule. Thus, it is important to determine the contribution of the MHC molecule itself to the selection process (Wu et al., 2002). C. Cells Involved in Mediating Positive and Negative Selection There is good experimental evidence indicating that for effective positive selection, ligands need to be expressed on epithelial cells (Benoist and Mathis, 1989; Hara et al., 2001). It is suspected that this is due to special properties of epithelial cells expressing relatively high levels of not only class I and class II MHC molecules but also other molecules that may play a crucial role in positive selection of immature T cells. Although such molecules have not yet been unambiguously identified, factors such as ‘‘bone morphogenetic proteins’’ (BMPs) could possibly be associated with such functions (Graf et al., 2002). An alternative view could suggest that because epithelial cells represent the major cell group inside the thymus, especially in the cortex, that express high levels of MHC molecules, they may have only for this reason a predominant role in positive selection. The view that epithelial cells play an essential role in positive selection is, however, not shared by all investigators in the field. A report by Martinic et al. (2003) in fact was interpreted to indicate that hemopoietic (dendritic?) rather than stromal cells are important in positive selection. The problem with these experiments is the readout, which relied on MHC specificity of effector cells after immunization. Such protocols have contributed much to the confusion about the existence of positive selection in the past because hemopoietic cells have a major role in driving expansion after antigenic stimulation, and thus, one would like to see these experiments carried out under conditions where positive selection can be monitored in the absence of antigenic stimulation. In addition, experiments in which class II or class I MHC antigens are expressed on DCs only (Brocker, 1999) have indicated that this is insufficient for positive selection of T cells restricted by class II and conventional and nonconventional class I MHC molecules. Nevertheless, this issue remains somewhat controversial and will probably not be settled until molecular properties of epithelial cells that play an essential role in positive selection are identified.
SELECTION OF THE T-CELL REPERTOIRE
219
D. Signals Involved in Positive and Negative Selection Because the affinity of TCR ligands that mediate positive selection is lower than that of negative selection, one might expect that different signals are responsible for the diametrical opposite outcomes of the selection process. Initial extrapolations that these selection events may occur at different stages of T-cell development (e.g., positive selection early and negative selection late) did not really help the problem unless one invoked a difference in receptor affinity required for positive versus negative selection. It would appear now that the developmental stages at which positive or negative selection can occur are largely overlapping with the negative selection process, depending on the availability of ligands, being able to affect CD4þ/CD8þ cells in the outer cortex as well as not yet fully mature CD4þ/CD8 or CD4/CD8þ cells in the thymic medulla (von Boehmer et al., 2003). The emerging picture with regard to signaling suggests that positive selection perhaps involves only partial phosphorylation of the LAT adapter and mostly RasGRP-dependent (Dower et al., 2000) activation of ERK1 (AlberolaIIa et al., 1995, 1996; Pages et al., 1999), which in turn activates the SAP1 transcription factor of the ternary complex, which then activates EGR1 (Bettini et al., 2002; Miyazaki and Lemonnier, 1998; Shao et al., 1997) and possibly Id3 (Bain et al., 2001; Engel and Murre, 2001). ERK1 activation alone, however, is not sufficient for positive selection, even though it can influence the outcome. In fact, evidence suggests that calcineurin has an essential role in this process (Bueno et al., 2002; Neilson et al., 2004). Interestingly, the thymocyte selection associated high-mobility group box (HMGB) protein TOX was shown to function downstream of calcineurin signaling, and overexpression was shown to result at least in the initiation of positive selection of CD8þ T cells and was associated with Runx3 upregulation even in the absence of TCR–MHC binding (Aliahmad et al., 2004). There is evidence that the transcription factor Schnurri (Takagi et al., 2001) has a role in positive selection. On the other hand, negative selection may require the full phosphorylation of LAT and the Grb2-dependent (Gong et al., 2001) activation of p38 (Sugawara et al., 1998) and JNK kinases (Rincon et al., 1998), which are dependent on ‘‘stronger’’ activation signals from the TCR and may activate the Nur77 transcription factors (Calnan et al., 1995). Calcineurin activity appears dispensable for the negative selection process (Neilson et al., 2004). It is perhaps not surprising that the weaker signaling required for positive selection is more easily perturbed by mutilations of the ab TCR, that is, changes in a conserved element in the TCR a chain that is required for inclusion of the CD3 d chain in the receptor complex (Werlen et al., 2000). Thus, a suboptimal configuration of the ab TCR affects positive selection to a greater extent than negative selection. The genes targeted by the distinct
220
HARALD VON BOEHMER
signaling pathways that are essential for survival or cell death continue to be discussed: Although Bcl-2 is being upregulated in positively selected cells, this does not appear to represent an essential feature because positive selection occurs normally in Bcl-2–deficient mice. Negative selection resulting in apoptotic cell death appears to be dependent, at least to some extent, on the proapoptotic Bcl-2 member bim (Marsden and Strasser, 2003). E. The CD4/CD8 Lineage Decision The question whether the CD4/CD8 lineage decision is instructed by signals generated when the TCR and CD4/CD8 co-receptors bind to class II or class I MHC molecules or occurs by a stochastic/selective process during which the lineage decision is made stochastically (i.e., cells become either CD4þ/CD8 or CD8þ/CD4 cells but then only those cells with a matching, that is, class II–or class I–specific TCR, respectively, survive) has been debated for years (von Boehmer, 1996). It appears that a variety of experiments have come out in favor of an instructive mechanism that aligns TCR specificity with functional potential (Basson and Zamoyska, 2000). The idea is that even among signals that result in positive selection, there are differences in strength and/or duration, with the stronger or longer signals resulting in the generation of CD4þ T cells (Hernandez-Hoyos et al., 2000; Sharp et al., 1997; Yasutomo et al., 2000). This may explain why the overexpression of certain TCR transgenes encoding a class II but not a class I MHC–restricted TCR in thymocytes occasionally results in negative rather than positive selection. Quite often such class II MHC–restricted transgenic TCRs could also be expressed on a few CD8þ T cells (Kirberg et al., 1994), and it was shown that interference with the signaling of a class II–restricted TCR by changing the environment (adding large numbers of nonselectable thymocytes) increased the proportion of CD8þ T cells with the class II MHC–restricted TCR (Canelles et al., 2003). Thus, in spite of sophisticated mechanisms that have been evolutionarily selected to match functional potential of a cell with its TCR specificity, such mechanisms do occasionally fail and produce a mismatch. F. Regulation of CD4/CD8 Expression Because the expression of CD4/CD8 on mature T cells correlates with specific functional phenotypes after antigenic stimulation, the analysis of regulation of these genes during development is of considerable interest; it may reveal mechanisms of lineage commitment. With regard to CD8, several putative enhancer binding sites have been identified in four distinct clusters of DNAse hypersensitive sites located either 30 of the CD8a exons (cluster I) or between the CD8b and CD8a exons (clusters II–IV). In cluster II, multiple GATA3 and Ikaros binding sites have been identified, and compound deletion
SELECTION OF THE T-CELL REPERTOIRE
221
of these putative enhancer sites has led to the variegated loss of CD8 expression in immature double-positive thymocytes, which then became CD4þ/ CD8 thymocytes that unlike mature CD4þ/CD8 cells could, however, not be induced to effector function by TCR ligation (Ellmeier et al., 2002; Garefalaki et al., 2002). It is likely that Ikaros has in fact a major role in activating CD8 expression (Harker et al., 2002). The regulation of CD4 expression is more complex and in addition to enhancers that may bind a variety of transcription factors such as the bHLH protein HEB (Sawada and Littman, 1991) involves a silencer region (Donda et al., 1996; Sawada et al., 1994) that contains binding domains for runt sequences of Runx transcription factors (Taniuchi et al., 2002). It is of interest that silencing of the CD4 gene is differently regulated at different stages of development: Runx1 has a role in silencing CD4 expression in DN cells, perhaps by recruiting epigenetic mechanisms that result in histone deacetylation and DNA methylation in which the BAF complex (Chi et al., 2002) is also involved. Runx1 also upregulates in immature thymocytes. Runx3 is required to silence CD4 expression in mature CD4/CD8þ cells. Runx3 apparently also works by recruiting epigenetic mechanisms because in mature CD8 T cells, Runx3 is no longer required to silence CD4 (Zou et al., 2001). It is of interest that in Runx3/ mice, CD8þ T cells are impaired in their responsiveness to antigenic stimulation, suggesting that Runx3 may have functions in CD8-lineage commitment, in addition to silencing CD4 gene expression (Taniuchi et al., 2002). A note of caution concerns the fact that Runx3 is expressed at similar levels in both CD4þ/CD8 and CD4/CD8þ T cells, and thus, that most likely posttranslational modifications led to a distinct role in the different T-cell subsets. G. Positive Selection of Unconventional Lineages of T Cells One now distinguishes positive selection of T cells by ‘‘classical’’ class I MHC molecules from selection by ‘‘nonconventional’’ class I TCR ligands such as CD1d or class Ib molecules. The CD1d molecules are held responsible for the selection of NK T cells with a restricted T-cell repertoire (Bendelac et al., 1997; Benlagha et al., 2002) and the class Ib molecules for selection of CD8þ T cells that have a more activated phenotype than conventional CD8þ T cells (Sullivan et al., 2002; Urdahl et al., 2002). Such cells can respond faster to antigenic stimulation than conventional T cells and thus may provide a link between the innate and adaptive immune system. Experimental evidence supports the notion that these NK T cells and CD8þ cells are selected by ligands on hemopoietic cells (Bendelac et al., 1997; Urdahl et al., 2002). The fact that positive selection of ab T cells by different ligands results in distinct functionally committed lineages underscores the view that thymic development represents one of the most accessible and best studied examples of mammalian development. Perhaps lineage commitment is determined by
222
HARALD VON BOEHMER
instructive processes that depend on subtle differences in receptor signaling. Interestingly, the ligands selecting the unconventional lineages of NK T cells and class Ib–restricted T cells cause an ‘‘activated’’ phenotype of the selected cells; that is, they are more akin to agonist ligands than to ligands that positively select conventional ab T cells. This is also true for the selection of CD4þ/ CD25þ regulatory T cells, as discussed later. IV. The Role of Thymic Selection in Recessive and Dominant Mechanisms of Self-Tolerance
Recent years have seen some doubts over whether thymic selection, in particular negative selection as predicted by Burnet (1959) and Lederberg (1959), really has an essential role in the adaptation of the immune system to its unique environment in a given individual to avoid autoimmunity (Pennisi, 1996). It was argued that this process was inefficient and basically useless because the immune system would not be activated by ‘‘self’’ unless ‘‘self’’ was presented by activated APCs. In fact it was proposed that antigen presentation by nonactivated self was tolerogenic rather than immunogenic (Matzinger, 2002). The crux with this simple proposal was that it did not account for situations where normally hidden self-antigens would be presented by otherwise activated APCs. Nevertheless, the proposal (Matzinger, 1994), which contained a number of unnecessary extrapolations, survived until it became clear that thymic negative selection by promiscuously or ectopically expressed antigens in the thymus was in fact essential for preventing autoimmunity that would otherwise severely diminish the evolutionary fitness of the species (Anderson et al., 2002). Thus, the ‘‘danger’’ hypothesis was not necessarily proven wrong but was simply found insufficient to explain immunological tolerance to self by recessive tolerance mechanisms. In addition, it became clear that thymic selection can contribute significantly to dominant tolerance mechanisms, that is, tolerance that can be transferred by intrathymically generated suppressor cells (Sakaguchi et al., 1995), and that failure of generating dominant tolerance was associated with even more severe forms of autoimmunity (Khattri et al., 2003). Interestingly, the dominant tolerance involved the generation of yet another lineage of ‘‘activated’’ CD4þ T cells that were committed to suppress immune responses of other T cells after activation by antigen. A. Intrathymic Promiscuous or Ectopic Expression of Organ-Specific Antigens The ectopic expression of insulin in the thymus was first noted by Jolicoeur et al. (1994), and the implication with regard to tolerance induction by such ectopically expressed proteins was realized. The original observation was extended by other investigators to a variety of other organ-specific antigens
SELECTION OF THE T-CELL REPERTOIRE
223
(Sospedra et al., 1998), and it was shown that such ectopic expression in a particular TCR transgenic system could lead to the deletion of immature cortical CD4þ/CD8þ thymocytes expressing the relevant TCR (Klein et al., 1998). The issue became somewhat confusing when a broad survey of ectopically expressed antigens in rigorously purified thymic stromal cells identified medullary epithelial cells as the cellular subset that represented this phenotype most extensively (Derbinski et al., 2001; Kyewski et al., 2002). It appeared that not all medullary epithelial cells expressed one particular antigen at similar levels; rather it looked as if only a few cells of this subset exhibited ectopic expression in situ. This raised the question of how cells located in the corticomedullary junction could affect CD4þ/CD8þ thymocytes in the cortex. It was argued that in TCR transgenic mice, the ab TCR is already expressed on cells that immigrate at the corticomedullary junction and that perhaps these cells as precursors of CD4þ/CD8þ thymocytes were affected. The problem with this view is, however, that most DN cells expressing a transgenic ab TCR are in fact, not precursors of CD4þ/ CD8þ thymocytes. Thus, there are remaining questions how ectopically expressed antigens can tolerize developing T cells in the thymus and whether such determinants are cross-presented by other cells (Anderson et al., 2000; Klein et al., 2000). Nevertheless, it was shown that the intrathymic ectopic expression of certain splice variants of proteins that were normally present in the nervous system only correlated with the susceptibility to experimentally induced autoimmune disease affecting the nervous system (Klein, 2000). Analysis of gene expression in subsets of thymic stromal cells resulted in another interesting observation: The autoimmune regulator (AIRE) gene, whose mutation in humans was associated with multiorgan-specific autoimmune disease (autoimmune-polyendocrinopathy-candidiasis ectodermal dystrophy [APECED]), was highly expressed in medullary epithelial cells (Heino et al., 1999). Because this gene exhibits features of transcription factors, that is, a nuclear localization signal and a DNA-binding motif, it was hypothesized that this gene could have to do with the regulation of ectopic gene expression in medullary epithelial cells and thereby be involved in autoimmunity (Heino et al., 1999). B. Defective Negative Selection in AIRE/ Mice? AIRE-deficient mice were exploited by several laboratories to elucidate the mechanisms that may be responsible for the autoimmune symptomatology in patients with defective AIRE genes; it was shown that some features of the human disease could be reproduced in AIRE-deficient mice (Anderson et al., 2002; Ramsey et al., 2002) and that expression of the genetic defect in radioresistant thymic tissue was responsible for the disease, whereas expression in hemopoietic precursors that underwent lymphopoiesis in wild-type thymi did not result in disease (Anderson et al., 2002). Interestingly, gene expression analysis in medullary epithelial cells from AIRE-deficient versus wild-type
224
HARALD VON BOEHMER
mice indicated a deficit in the ectopic expression of RNA encoding a variety of organ-specific proteins (Anderson et al., 2002). In one particular report, it was argued that the diminished expression of a transgene controlled by an insulin promoter caused diminished negative selection of T cells with receptors specific for the transgene product (Liston et al., 2003). Although the data were consistent with that interpretation, there was actually no evidence presented about the reduced expression of the transgene in medullary epithelial cells. In addition, there is no evidence to date that the generation of CD4þ/CD25þ regulatory T cells is affected by the AIRE gene deficiency. Initially, it was noted that their number was not changed when compared to wild-type mice (Anderson et al., 2002). Obviously this is insufficient to rule out an effect on the CD4þ/CD25þ cell population because cell numbers do not provide information on the repertoire. Repertoire studies on CD4þ/CD25þ cells in TCR transgenic mice were not conducted on a RAG/ background to exclude the contribution of endogenous TCRs to numbers of CD4þ/CD25þ cells and thus were inconclusive (Liston et al., 2003). Our laboratory has conducted a study on the intrathymic selection of CD4þ/ CD25þ T cells in a TCR transgenic system, which is dependent on the ectopic expression of an insulin-promoter–controlled transgene in the thymus: Although ectopic expression of the antigen was down in medullary epithelial cells in the thymus from AIRE-deficient mice, this had no impact on the proportion of CD4þ/CD25þ regulatory T cells expressing only receptors specific for the ectopically expressed antigen (Apostolou, I., Edenkofer, F., Rajewsky, K., Buer, J., Bruder, D., von Boehmer, H., 2003 unpublished results). Thus, there may exist different modes of ectopic gene expression in the thymus, and the one controlled by AIRE is perhaps affecting mostly negative selection of developing T cells but not the generation of CD4þ/ CD25þ T cells that are committed to suppressive effector function. Because much of this evidence was gathered in transgenic systems, their implications with regard to more physiological conditions need to be validated. C. CD4þ/CD25þ Suppressor Cells Have an Essential Role in Preventing Autoimmunity Attention to the essential role of CD4þ/CD25þ T suppressor cells in preventing autoimmunity was drawn by reports that autoimmune disorders that appeared in mice following thymectomy in the neonatal period could be prevented by transfer of CD4þ/CD25þ cells from normal donors (Sakaguchi et al., 1995). These early observations were followed by in vitro characterization of CD4þ/CD25þ suppressor cells that were present in normal mice and TCR transgenic mice. In the latter, they were generated only when T cells expressed endogenous TCR a chains in addition to the transgenic receptor. Such cells were reported to be ‘‘anergic’’ when stimulated in vitro by antigen
SELECTION OF THE T-CELL REPERTOIRE
225
or TCR ligation by CD3 antibodies; that is, they did not proliferate despite that they could suppress proliferation of naive T cells present within the same culture. CD4þ/CD25þ cells proliferated to some extent when exogenous IL2 was provided and suppression appeared to require direct cell contact between suppressor and suppressed cells (Shevach, 2002). The CD4þ/CD25þ cells had generally an activated phenotype expressing relatively high levels of CTLA4 and CD44 and low levels of CD45RB. Of considerable interest is the notion that these CD4þ/CD25þ suppressor cells expressed high levels of the forkhead transcription factor Foxp3 (Fontenot et al., 2003; Hori et al., 2003; Khattri et al., 2003) because it was known from previous genetic analyses that mutations of Foxp3 were associated with severe autoimmunity in humans and mice (Bennett et al., 2001; Brunkow et al., 2001; Wildin et al., 2001), much more aggressive than, for instance, observed in AIRE-deficient mice. Thus, the early experiments by Sakaguchi et al. (1995), as well as the observations concerning Foxp3 expression and analysis of Foxp3-deficient mice, provided convincing evidence that CD4þ/CD25þ suppressor cells had an essential role in preventing autoimmunity. D. Intrathymic and Extrathymic Generation of CD4þ/CD25þ Suppressor Cells All early observations concerning CD4þ/CD25þ suppressor cells were made with polyclonal populations of cells that expressed diverse ab TCRs, and in fact, very little was known about the origin of these cells except that they could be found in intrathymic and extrathymic lymphoid tissue. A first notion on the origin of these cells came from experiments in TCR transgenic mice that coexpressed the agonist TCR ligand recognized by the transgenic TCR; such mice had clearly elevated numbers of CD4þ/CD25þ cells that expressed only the transgenic TCR. In fact, such mice contained both CD4þ/CD25þ and CD4þ/CD25 cells expressing the transgenic TCR, and the former could suppress the proliferation of the latter when co-cultured, that is, the CD4þ population as a whole was nonresponsive while the isolated CD4þ/CD25 but not the CD4þ/CD25þ cells could proliferate in response to antigen stimulation in vitro (Jordan et al., 2000). Follow-up studies in this particular TCR transgenic system revealed that expression of agonist ligands by radioresistant thymic tissue was a potent means of generating such CD4þ/CD25þ cells intrathymically. Curiously, although some data indicate that expression of such ligands in the thymic cortex was perhaps required to induce the formation of CD4þ/CD25þ cells (Bensinger et al., 2001), other data suggest that it might be possible to generate such cells from fully mature naive T cells in secondary lymphoid tissue (Apostolou et al., 2002). Follow-up studies in our laboratory have indicated that it is indeed possible to generate potent, Foxp3-expressing CD4þ/CD25þ
226
HARALD VON BOEHMER
regulatory T cells when mature naive T cells are confronted with agonist ligands in a subimmunogenic form in peripheral lymphoid tissue (Apostolou and von Boehmer, 2004). Thus, there is no requirement of a thymic environment for the generation of these cells, even though under physiological conditions, the thymus is the organ where CD4þ/CD25þ suppressor T cells are generated in significant numbers perhaps because in this organ, developing T cells encounter for the first time agonist ligands that are presented in a nonimmunogenic form. E. IN VIVO Analysis of Intrathymically and Extrathymically Generated CD4þ/CD25þ Suppressor T Cells The ability to generate antigen-specific suppressor T cells by agonist ligands has permitted us to draw important conclusions regarding their physiology in the intact organism. The first observation indicated that these cells represent a lineage of T cells rather than an antigen-dependent effector population; CD4þ/CD25þ regulatory T cells generated through confrontation with their agonist TCR ligand in the thymus could survive for long periods in an intermitotic state in peripheral lymphoid tissue without losing their commitment to suppressive activity, which becomes apparent when such cells are reactivated by antigen. CD4þ/CD25þ cells maintained their cell surface phenotype with the characteristics mentioned earlier for long periods (several months) (Fisson et al., 2003; Klein et al., 2003). In their normal in vivo environment, the CD4þ/ CD25þ suppressor T cells could be induced to undergo extensive clonal expansion irrespective of whether antigen was presented on preactivated DCs or was provided in the form of intravenously injected peptide. During the expansion phase, there was an upregulation of CD25 and an increase of suppressor activity on a per-cell basis, as determined in the in vitro co-culture assay (Fisson et al., 2003; Klein et al., 2003; Walker, 2003; Yamazaki et al., 2003). It is not clear whether the in vitro co-culture assay represents an accurate reflection of the in vivo suppression because in vivo cells with certain antigenic specificities are present at low frequency in lymphoid organs in a setting that is most likely not reflected by the in vitro culture conditions. It is, therefore, perhaps not surprising that the kinetics of suppression in vivo differ drastically from those observed in vitro. When the frequency of suppressor cells and ‘‘to be suppressed’’ cells is below 1% of all CD4þ T cells in vivo, there is initial exponential expansion of both populations after antigenic stimulation, the suppression of the expansion of CD4þ/CD25 cells becoming apparent only after about 4 days (Klein et al., 2003). Also, after antigenic stimulation, CD4þ T cells initially commit to the secretion of cytokines such as IL-2 and interferon-g which can be easily revealed in assays that bypass proximal TCR signaling such as stimulation with PMA and ionomycin or antigenic stimulation in the absence of CD4þ/CD25þ suppressor cells (Klein et al., 2003). However,
SELECTION OF THE T-CELL REPERTOIRE
227
antigenic stimulation of the entire CD4þ population reveals suppression of both IL-2 and interferon-g cytokine secretion sometimes with dominant secretion of IL-10 by the CD4þ/CD25þ suppressor T cells. The most likely interpretation of this scenario is that in vivo suppressor T cells inhibit TCR signaling of the CD4þ/CD25 cells by a mechanism that requires direct cell contact. Thus, we need many more details about the generation and function of this lineage of CD4þ/CD25þ ‘‘natural’’ suppressor cells that do have an essential role in the prevention of autoimmunity and immunopathology, which is just as important or perhaps even more important than negative selection. V. Concluding Remarks
Development of T cells is tightly associated with the adaptation of adaptive immune system to self MHC-peptide complexes. T cell development with special emphasis on antigen receptor–controlled differentiation programs, has been for decades and still is in the focus not only of immunologists but also scholars of mammalian development. Shortly before T-cell development could be approached by molecular techniques, hypotheses on the control of development correctly predicted positive selection that results in the alignment of functional commitment and receptor specificity of mature T cells and negative selection as essential component of self–nonself discrimination. Likewise, mechanisms that guide the development of distinct T-cell lineages appear to be consistent with the originally anticipated ideas that postulated instructive mechanisms of lineage commitment: Subtle differences in TCR signaling may decide lineage fate during positive selection. A note of caution concerns the fact that so far it has not been possible to delineate a continuous pathway all the way from proximal TCR signals resulting in activation of transcription factors that in turn determine lineage commitment. Delineation of such molecular pathways is required to more definitely support instructive models of lineage commitment versus different models in which the TCR has simply the role of confirming an otherwise established lineage choice. Thus, it is likely that developmental biologists will further build on the established principles of thymic selection to elucidate molecular pathways of development that when disturbed result in uncontrolled survival and proliferation leading to lymphoid malignancies and inappropriate lineage choice. Immunologists who have a greater interest in immune function and self– nonself discrimination by the immune system find themselves confronted with exciting questions concerning the regulation of ectopic antigen expression and its impact on negative selection, as well as new aspects of immunoregulation carried out by yet another lineage of CD4þ/CD25þ T cells that was barely recognized a decade ago. Finally, the interplay of the innate and adaptive immune system has come much more into focus with the recognition
228
HARALD VON BOEHMER
of lineages of T cells that are selected by nonclassical MHC molecules. Thus, the ‘‘waiting for the end’’ (Jerne, 1967) has to be passed on to the next generation of immunologists, who by a more complete understanding of the immune system may be in a better situation than today’s immunologists to manipulate immunity with beneficial outcomes for mankind. References Aguado, E., Richelme, S., Nunez-Cruz, S., Miazek, A., Mura, A. M., Richelme, M., Guo, X. J., Sainty, D., He, H. T., Malissen, B., and Malissen, M. (2002). Induction of T helper type 2 immunity by a point mutation in the LAT adaptor. Science 296, 2036. Aifantis, I., Azogui, O., Feinberg, J., Saint-Ruf, C., Buer, J., and von Boehmer, H. (1998). On the role of the pre-T cell receptor in alphabeta versus gammadelta T lineage commitment. Immunity 9, 649. Aifantis, I., Gounari, F., Scorrano, L., Borowski, C., and von Boehmer, H. (2001). Constitutive pre-TCR signaling promotes differentiation through Ca2þ mobilization and activation of NF-kappaB and NFAT. Nat. Immunol. 2, 403. Alam, S. M., and Gascoigne, N. R. (1998). Posttranslational regulation of TCR Valpha allelic exclusion during T cell differentiation. J. Immunol. 160, 3883. Alberola-lla, J., Forbush, K. A., Seger, R., Krebs, E. G., and Perlmutter, R. M. (1995). Selective requirement for MAP kinase activation in thymocyte differentiation. Nature 373, 620. Alberola-lla, J., Hogquist, K. A., Swan, K. A., Bevan, M. J., and Perlmutter, R. M. (1996). Positive and negative selection invoke distinct signaling pathways. J. Exp. Med. 184, 9. Aliahmad, P., O’Flaherty, E., Han, P., Goularte, O. D., Wilkinson, B., Satake, M., Molkentin, J. D., and Kaye, J. (2004). TOX provides a link between calcineurin activation and CD8 lineage commitment. J. Exp. Med. 199, 1089–1099. Allman, D., Karnell, F. G., Punt, J. A., Bakkour, S., Xu, L., Myung, P., Koretzky, G. A., Pui, J. C., Aster, J. C., and Pear, W. S. (2001). Separation of Notch1 promoted lineage commitment and expansion/transformation in developing T cells. J. Exp. Med. 194, 99. Allman, D., Sambandam, A., Kim, S., Miller, J. P., Pagan, A., Well, D., Meraz, A., and Bhandoola, A. (2003). Thymopoiesis independent of common lymphoid progenitors. Nat. Immunol. 4, 168. Anderson, A. C., Nicholson, L. B., Legge, K. L., Turchin, V., Zaghouani, H., and Kuchroo, V. K. (2000). High frequency of autoreactive myelin proteolipid protein-specific T cells in the periphery of naive mice: Mechanisms of selection of the self-reactive repertoire. J. Exp. Med. 191, 761. Anderson, M. S., Venanzi, E. S., Klein, L., Chen, Z., Berzins, S. P., Turley, S. J., von Boehmer, H., Bronson, R., Dierich, A., Benoist, C., and Mathis, D. (2002). Projection of an immunological self shadow within the thymus by the aire protein. Science 298, 1395. Apostolou, I., Sarukhan, A., Klein, L., and von Boehmer, H. (2002). Origin of regulatory T cells with known specificity for antigen. Nat. Immunol. 3, 756. Apostolou, I., and von Boehmer, H. (2004). Specific tolerance by generation of antigen-specific suppressor cells from naive T cells. J. Exp. Med. 199, 1401–1408. Ashton-Rickardt, P. G., Bandeira, A., Delaney, J. R., Van Kaer, L., Pircher, H. P., Zinkernagel, R. M., and Tonegawa, S. (1994). Evidence for a differential avidity model of T cell selection in the thymus. Cell 76, 651. Ashton-Rickardt, P. G., Van Kaer, L., Schumacher, T. N., Ploegh, H. L., and Tonegawa, S. (1993). Peptide contributes to the specificity of positive selection of CD8þ T cells in the thymus. Cell 73, 1041. Babbitt, B. P., Allen, P. M., Matsueda, G., Haber, E., and Unanue, E. R. (1985). Binding of immunogenic peptides to la histocompatibility molecules. Nature 317, 359.
SELECTION OF THE T-CELL REPERTOIRE
229
Bain, G., Cravatt, C. B., Loomans, C., Alberola-lla, J., Hedrick, S. M., and Murre, C. (2001). Regulation of the helix-loop-helix proteins, E2A and Id3, by the Ras-ERK MAPK cascade. Nat. Immunol. 2, 165. Basson, M. A., and Zamoyska, R. (2000). The CD4/CD8 lineage decision: Integration of signalling pathways. Immunol. Today 21, 509. Benacerraf, B., and McDevitt, H. O. (1972). Histocompatibility-linked immune response genes. Science 175, 273. Bendelac, A., Rivera, M. N., Park, S. H., and Roark, J. H. (1997). Mouse CD1-specific NK1 T cells: Development, specificity, and function. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 15, 535. Benlagha, K., Kyin, T., Beavis, A., Teyton, L., and Bendelac, A. (2002). A thymic precursor to the NK T cell lineage. Science 296, 553. Bennett, C. L., Christie, J., Ramsdell, F., Brunkow, M. E., Ferguson, P. J., Whitesell, L., Kelly, T. E., Saulsbury, F. T., Chance, P. F., and Ochs, H. D. (2001). The immune dysregulation, polyendocrinopathy, enteropathy, X-linked syndrome (IPEX) is caused by mutations of FOXP3. Nat. Genet. 27, 20. Benoist, C., and Mathis, D. (1989). Positive selection of the T cell repertoire: Where and when does it occur? Cell 58, 1027. Bensinger, S. J., Bandeira, A., Jordan, M. S., Caton, A. J., and Laufer, T. M. (2001). Major histocompatibility complex class II-positive cortical epithelium mediates the selection of CD4(þ)25(þ) immunoregulatory T cells. J. Exp. Med. 194, 427. Benveniste, P., Cantin, C., Hyam, D., and Iscove, N. N. (2003). Hematopoietic stem cells engraft in mice with absolute efficiency. Nat. Immunol. 4, 708. Bergman, Y., Fisher, A., and Cedar, H. (2003). Epigenetic mechanisms that regulate antigen receptor gene expression. Curr. Opin. Immunol. 15, 176. Bettini, M., Xi, H., Milbrandt, J., and Kersh, G. J. (2002). Thymocyte development in early growth response gene 1-deficient mice. J. Immunol. 169, 1713. Bevan, M. J. (1977a). In a radiation chimaera, host H-2 antigens determine immune responsiveness of donor cytotoxic cells. Nature 269, 417. Bevan, M. J. (1977b). Killer cells reactive to altered-self antigens can also be alloreactive. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74, 2094. Binz, H., and Wigzell, H. (1977). Antigen-binding, idiotypic receptors from T lymphocytes: An analysis of their biochemistry, genetics, and use as immunogens to produce specific immune tolerance. Cold Spring Harb. Symp. Quant. Biol. 41(Pt 1), 275. Bjorkman, P. J., Saper, M. A., Samraoui, B., Bennett, W. S., Strominger, J. L., and Wiley, D. C. (1987). The foreign antigen binding site and T cell recognition regions of class I histocompatibility antigens. Nature 329, 512. Borgulya, P., Kishi, H., Uematsu, Y., and von Boehmer, H. (1992). Exclusion and inclusion of alpha and beta T cell receptor alleles. Cell 69, 529. Borowski, C., Li, X., Aifantis, I., Gounari, F., and von Boehmer, H. (2004). Pre-TCRalpha and TCRalpha are not interchangeable partners of TCRbeta during T lymphocyte development. J. Exp. Med.(in press). Brocker, T. (1999). The role of dendritic cells in T cell selection and survival. J. Leukoc. Biol. 66, 331. Brown, K. E., Guest, S. S., Smale, S. T., Hahm, K., Merkenschlager, M., and Fisher, A. G. (1997). Association of transcriptionally silent genes with Ikaros complexes at centromeric heterochromatin. Cell 91, 845. Brunkow, M. E., Jeffery, E. W., Hjerrild, K. A., Paeper, B., Clark, L. B., Yasayko, S. A., Wilkinson, J. E., Galas, D., Ziegler, S. F., and Ramsdell, F. (2001). Disruption of a new forkhead/winged-helix protein, scurfin, results in the fatal lymphoproliferative disorder of the scurfy mouse. Nat. Genet. 27, 68. Bruno, L., Fehling, H. J., and von Boehmer, H. (1996). The alpha beta T cell receptor can replace the gamma delta receptor in the development of gamma delta lineage cells. Immunity 5, 343.
230
HARALD VON BOEHMER
Buch, T., Rieux-Laucat, F., Forster, I., and Rajewsky, K. (2002). Failure of HY-specific thymocytes to escape negative selection by receptor editing. Immunity 16, 707. Bueno, O. F., Brandt, E. B., Rothenberg, M. E., and Molkentin, J. D. (2002). Defective T cell development and function in calcineurin A beta-deficient mice. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99, 9398. Buer, J., Aifantis, I., DiSanto, J. P., Fehling, H. J., and von Boehmer, H. (1997). Role of different T cell receptors in the development of pre-T cells. J. Exp. Med. 185, 1541. Burnet, F. M. (1959). The clonal selection theory. London, Cambridge University Press. Buus, S., Sette, A., Colon, S. M., Jenis, D. M., and Grey, H. M. (1986). Isolation and characterization of antigen-la complexes involved in T cell recognition. Cell 47, 1071. Calnan, B. J., Szychowski, S., Chan, F. K., Cado, D., and Winoto, A. (1995). A role for the orphan steroid receptor Nur77 in apoptosis accompanying antigen-induced negative selection. Immunity 3, 273. Canelles, M., Park, M. L., Schwartz, O. M., and Fowlkes, B. J. (2003). The influence of the thymic environment on the CD4-versus-CD8 T lineage decision. Nat. Immunol. 4, 756. Cantor, H., and Boyse, E. A. (1975). Functional subclasses of T-lymphocytes bearing different Ly antigens. I. The generation of functionally distinct T-cell subclasses is a differentiative process independent of antigen. J. Exp. Med. 141, 1376. Carrasco, Y. R., Navarro, M. N., and Toribio, M. L. (2003). A role for the cytoplasmic tail of the preT cell receptor (TCR) alpha chain in promoting constitutive internalization and degradation of the pre-TCR. J. Biol. Chem. 278, 14507. Casanova, J. L., Romero, P., Widmann, C., Kourilsky, P., and Maryanski, J. L. (1991). T cell receptor genes in a series of class I major histocompatibility complex-restricted cytotoxic T lymphocyte clones specific for a Plasmodium berghei nonapeptide: Implications for T cell allelic exclusion and antigen-specific repertoire. J. Exp. Med. 174, 1371. Chi, T. H., Wan, M., Zhao, K., Taniuchi, I., Chen, L., Littman, D. R., and Crabtree, G. R. (2002). Reciprocal regulation of CD4/CD8 expression by SWI/SNF-like BAF complexes. Nature 418, 195. Ciofani, M., Schmitt, T. M., Ciofani, A., Michie, A. M., C,uburu, N., Aublin, A., Maryanski, J. L., and Zun˜ iga-pflu¨ cker, J. C. (2004). Obligatory role for cooperative signaling by pre-TCR and Notch during thymocyte differentiation. J. Immunol. 172, 5230–5239. Dembic, Z., Haas, W., Weiss, S., McCubrey, J., Kiefer, H., von Boehmer, H., and Steinmetz, M. (1986). Transfer of specificity by murine alpha and beta T-cell receptor genes. Nature 320, 232. Dembic, Z., Haas, W., Zamoyska, R., Parnes, J., Steinmetz, M., and von Boehmer, H. (1987). Transfection of the CD8 gene enhances T-cell recognition. Nature 326, 510. Derbinski, J., Schulte, A., Kyewski, B., and Klein, L. (2001). Promiscuous gene expression in medullary thymic epithelial cells mirrors the peripheral self. Nat. Immunol. 2, 1032. Di Santo, J. P., Aifantis, I., Rosmaraki, E., Garcia, C., Feinberg, J., Fehling, H. J., Fischer, A., von Boehmer, H., and Rocha, B. (1999). The common cytokine receptor gamma chain and the pre-T cell receptor provide independent but critically overlapping signals in early alpha/beta T cell development. J. Exp. Med. 189, 563. Donda, A., Schulz, M., Burki, K., De Libero, G., and Uematsu, Y. (1996). Identification and characterization of a human CD4 silencer. Eur. J. Immunol. 26, 493. Douagi, I., Colucci, F., Di Santo, J. P., and Cumano, A. (2002). Identification of the earliest prethymic bipotent T/NK progenitor in murine fetal liver. Blood 99, 463. Dower, N. A., Stang, S. L., Bottorff, D. A., Ebinu, J. O., Dickie, P., Ostergaard, H. L., and Stone, J. C. (2000). RasGRP is essential for mouse thymocyte differentiation and TCR signaling. Nat. Immunol. 1, 317. Doyle, C., and Strominger, J. L. (1987). Interaction between CD4 and class II MHC molecules mediates cell adhesion. Nature 330, 256.
SELECTION OF THE T-CELL REPERTOIRE
231
Ellmeier, W., Sunshine, M. J., Maschek, R., and Littman, D. R. (2002). Combined deletion of CD8 locus cis-regulatory elements affects initiation but not maintenance of CD8 expression. Immunity 16, 623. Engel, I., and Murre, C. (2001). The function of E- and Id proteins in lymphocyte development. Nat. Rev. Immunol. 1, 193. Fehling, H. J., Iritani, B. M., Krotkova, A., Forbush, K. A., Laplace, C., Perlmutter, R. M., and von Boehmer, H. (1997). Restoration of thymopoiesis in pT alpha/ mice by antiCD3epsilon antibody treatment or with transgenes encoding activated Lck or tailless pT alpha. Immunity 6, 703. Fisson, S., Darrasse-Jeze, G., Litvinova, E., Septier, F., Klatzmann, D., Liblau, R., and Salomon, B. L. (2003). Continuous activation of autoreactive CD4þ CD25þ regulatory T cells in the steady state. J. Exp. Med. 198, 737. Fontenot, J. D., Gavin, M. A., and Rudensky, A. Y. (2003). Foxp3 programs the development and function of CD4þCD25þ regulatory T cells. Nat. Immunol. 4, 330. Fritsch, M., Andersson, A., Petersson, K., and Ivars, F. (1998). A TCR alpha chain transgene induces maturation of CD4 CD8 alpha betaþ T cells from gamma delta T cell precursors. Eur. J. Immunol. 28, 828. Garefalaki, A., Coles, M., Hirschberg, S., Mavria, G., Norton, T., Hostert, A., and Kioussis, D. (2002). Variegated expression of CD8 alpha resulting from in situ deletion of regulatory sequences. Immunity 16, 635. Gay, D., Buus, S., Pasternak, J., Kappler, J., and Marrack, P. (1988). The T-cell accessory molecule CD4 recognizes a monomorphic determinant on isolated la. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85, 5629. Gibbons, D., Douglas, N. C., Barber, D. F., Liu, Q., Sullo, R., Geng, L., Fehling, H. J., von Boehmer, H., and Hayday, A. C. (2001). The biological activity of natural and mutant pTalpha alleles. J. Exp. Med. 194, 695. Girao, C., Hu, Q., Sun, J., and Ashton-Rickardt, P. G. (1997). Limits to the differential avidity model of T cell selection in the thymus. J. Immunol. 159, 4205. Gong, Q., Cheng, A. M., Akk, A. M., Alberola-Ila, J., Gong, G., Pawson, T., and Chan, A. C. (2001). Disruption of T cell signaling networks and development by Grb2 haploid insufficiency. Nat. Immunol. 2, 29. Gounari, F., Aifantis, I., Khazaie, K., Hoeflinger, S., Harada, N., Taketo, M. M., and von Boehmer, H. (2001). Somatic activation of beta-catenin bypasses pre-TCR signaling and TCR selection in thymocyte development. Nat. Immunol. 2, 863. Gounari, F., Aifantis, I., Martin, C., Fehling, H. J., Hoeflinger, S., Leder, P., von Boehmer, H., and Reizis, B. (2002). Tracing lymphopoiesis with the aid of a pTalpha-controlled reporter gene. Nat. Immunol. 3, 489. Graf, D., Nethisinghe, S., Palmer, D. B., Fisher, A. G., and Merkenschlager, M. (2002). The developmentally regulated expression of Twisted gastrulation reveals a role for bone morphogenetic proteins in the control of T cell development. J. Exp. Med. 196, 163. Groettrup, M., Ungewiss, K., Azogui, O., Palacios, R., Owen, M. J., Hayday, A. C., and von Boehmer, H. (1993). A novel disulfide-linked heterodimer on pre-T cells consists of the T cell receptor beta chain and a 33 kd glycoprotein. Cell 75, 283. Guo, J., Hawwari, A., Li, H., Sun, Z., Mahanta, S. K., Littman, D. R., Krangel, M. S., and He, Y. W. (2002). Regulation of the TCRalpha repertoire by the survival window of CD4(þ)CD8(þ) thymocytes. Nat. Immunol. 3, 469. Haks, M. C., Belkowski, S. M., Ciofani, M., Rhodes, M., Lefebvre, J. M., Trop, S., Hugo, P., Zuniga-Pflucker, J. C., and Wiest, D. L. (2003). Low activation threshold as a mechanism for ligand-independent signaling in pre-T cells. J. Immunol. 170, 2853.
232
HARALD VON BOEHMER
Haks, M. C., Krimpenfort, P., van den Brakel, J. H., and Kruisbeek, A. M. (1999). Pre-TCR signaling and inactivation of p53 induces crucial cell survival pathways in pre-T cells. Immunity 11, 91. Han, H., Tanigaki, K., Yamamoto, N., Kuroda, K., Yoshimoto, M., Nakahata, T., Ikuta, K., and Honjo, T. (2002). Inducible gene knockout of transcription factor recombination signal binding protein-J reveals its essential role in T versus B lineage decision. Int. Immunol. 14, 637. Hara, M., Kingsley, C. I., Niimi, M., Read, S., Turvey, S. E., Bushell, A. R., Morris, P. J., Powrie, F., and Wood, K. J. (2001). IL-10 is required for regulatory T cells to mediate tolerance to alloantigens in vivo. J. Immunol. 166, 3789. Hardy, R. R., and Hayakawa, K. (2001). B cell development pathways. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 19, 595. Harker, N., Naito, T., Cortes, M., Hostert, A., Hirschberg, S., Tolaini, M., Roderick, K., Georgopoulos, K., and Kioussis, D. (2002). The CD8alpha gene locus is regulated by the Ikaros family of proteins. Mol. Cell 10, 1403. Heath, W. R., Carbone, F. R., Bertolino, P., Kelly, J., Cose, S., and Miller, J. F. (1995). Expression of two T cell receptor alpha chains on the surface of normal murine T cells. Eur. J. Immunol. 25, 1617. Hedrick, S. M., Cohen, D. I., Nielsen, E. A., and Davis, M. M. (1984a). Isolation of cDNA clones encoding T cell-specific membrane-associated proteins. Nature 308, 149. Hedrick, S. M., Nielsen, E. A., Kavaler, J., Cohen, D. I., and Davis, M. M. (1984b). Sequence relationships between putative T-cell receptor polypeptides and immunoglobulins. Nature 308, 153. Heino, M., Peterson, P., Kudoh, J., Nagamine, K., Lagerstedt, A., Ovod, V., Ranki, A., Rantala, I., Nieminen, M., Tuukkanen, J., Scott, H. S., Antonarakis, S. E., Shimizu, N., and Krohn, K. (1999). Autoimmune regulator is expressed in the cells regulating immune tolerance in thymus medulla. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 257, 821. Hernandez-Hoyos, G., Sohn, S. J., Rothenberg, E. V., and Alberola-lla, J. (2000). Lck activity controls CD4/CD8 T cell lineage commitment. Immunity 12, 313. Hogquist, K. A., Gavin, M. A., and Bevan, M. J. (1993). Positive selection of CD8þ T cells induced by major histocompatibility complex binding peptides in fetal thymic organ culture. J. Exp. Med. 177, 1469. Hori, S., Nomura, T., and Sakaguchi, S. (2003). Control of regulatory T cell development by the transcription factor Foxp3. Science 299, 1057. Huesmann, M., Scott, B., Kisielow, P., and von Boehmer, H. (1991). Kinetics and efficacy of positive selection in the thymus of normal and T cell receptor transgenic mice. Cell 66, 533–540. Igarashi, H., Gregory, S. C., Yokota, T., Sakaguchi, N., and Kincade, P. W. (2002). Transcription from the RAG1 locus marks the earliest lymphocyte progenitors in bone marrow. Immunity 17, 117. Jaleco, A. C., Neves, H., Hooijberg, E., Gameiro, P., Clode, N., Haury, M., Henrique, D., and Parreira, L. (2001). Differential effects of Notch ligands Delta-1 and Jagged-1 in human lymphoid differentiation. J. Exp. Med. 194, 991. Jerne, N. K. (1955). The natural selection theory of antibody formation. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 41, 849. Jerne, N. K. (1967). Waiting for the end. Cold Spring Harb. Symp. Quant. Biol. 32, 591. Jerne, N. K. (1971). The somatic generation of immune recognition. Eur. J. Immunol. 1, 1. Jerne, N. K. (1977). The common sense of immunology. Cold Spring Harb. Symp. Quant. Biol. 41(Pt 1), 1. Jolicoeur, C., Hanahan, D., and Smith, K. M. (1994). T-cell tolerance toward a transgenic beta-cell antigen and transcription of endogenous pancreatic genes in thymus. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91, 6707.
SELECTION OF THE T-CELL REPERTOIRE
233
Jordan, M. S., Riley, M. P., von Boehmer, H., and Caton, A. J. (2000). Anergy and suppression regulate CD4(þ) T cell responses to a self peptide. Eur. J. Immunol. 30, 136. Jung, D., Bassing, C. H., Fugmann, S. D., Cheng, H. L., Schatz, D. G., and Alt, F. W. (2003). Extrachromosomal recombination substrates recapitulate beyond 12/23 restricted VDJ recombination in nonlymphoid cells. Immunity 18, 65. Kappler, J. W., and Marrack, P. (1978). The role of H-2 linked genes in helper T-cell function. IV. Importance of T-cell genotype and host environment in I-region and Ir gene expression. J. Exp. Med. 148, 1510. Kappler, J. W., Roehm, N., and Marrack, P. (1987). T cell tolerance by clonal elimination in the thymus. Cell 49, 273. Kappler, J. W., Skidmore, B., White, J., and Marrack, P. (1981). Antigen-inducible, H-2-restricted, interleukin-2-producing T cell hybridomas. Lack of independent antigen and H-2 recognition. J. Exp. Med. 153, 1198. Katz, D. H., and Benacerraf, B. (1975). The function and interrelationships of T-cell receptors, Ir genes and other histocompatibility gene products. Transplant Rev. 22, 175. Katz, D. H., Hamaoka, T., Dorf, M. E., Maurer, P. H., and Benacerraf, B. (1973). Cell interactions between histoincompatible T and B lymphocytes. IV. Involvement of the immune response (Ir) gene in the control of lymphocyte interactions in responses controlled by the gene. J. Exp. Med. 138, 734. Kaye, J., Hsu, M. L., Sauron, M. E., Jameson, S. C., Gascoigne, N. R., and Hedrick, S. M. (1989). Selective development of CD4þ T cells in transgenic mice expressing a class II MHCrestricted antigen receptor. Nature 341, 746. Khattri, R., Cox, T., Yasayko, S. A., and Ramsdell, F. (2003). An essential role for Scurfin in CD4þCD25þ T regulatory cells. Nat. Immunol. 4, 337. Kim, J., Sif, S., Jones, B., Jackson, A., Koipally, J., Heller, E., Winandy, S., Viel, A., Sawyer, A., Ikeda, T., Kingston, R., and Georgopoulos, K. (1999). Ikaros DNA-binding proteins direct formation of chromatin remodeling complexes in lymphocytes. Immunity 10, 345. Kirberg, J., Baron, A., Jakob, S., Rolink, A., Karjalainen, K., and von Boehmer, H. (1994). Thymic selection of CD8þ single positive cells with a class II major histocompatibility complexrestricted receptor. J. Exp. Med. 180, 25. Kisielow, P., Bluthmann, H., Staerz, U. D., Steinmetz, M., and von Boehmer, H. (1988a). Tolerance in T-cell-receptor transgenic mice involves deletion of nonmature CD4þ8þ thymocytes. Nature 333, 742. Kisielow, P., Hirst, J. A., Shiku, H., Beverley, P. C., Hoffman, M. K., Boyse, E. A., and Oettgen, H. F. (1975). Ly antigens as markers for functionally distinct subpopulations of thymus-derived lymphocytes of the mouse. Nature 253, 219. Kisielow, P., Teh, H. S., Bluthmann, H., and von Boehmer, H. (1988b). Positive selection of antigen-specific T cells in thymus by restricting MHC molecules. Nature 335, 730. Klein, B., and Kyewski, B. (2000). Self-antigen presentation by thymic stromal cells: A subtle division of labor. Curr. Opin. Immun. (in press). Klein, L., Khazaie, K., and von Boehmer, H. (2003). In vivo dynamics of antigen-specific regulatory T cells not predicted from behavior in vitro. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (in press). Klein, L., Klein, T., Ruther, U., and Kyewski, B. (1998). CD4 T cell tolerance to human C-reactive protein, an inducible serum protein, is mediated by medullary thymic epithelium. J. Exp. Med. 188, 5. Klein, L., Klugmann, M., Nave, K. A., and Kyewski, B. (2000). Shaping of the autoreactive T-cell repertoire by a splice variant of self protein expressed in thymic epithelial cells. Nat. Med. 6, 56. Koch, U., Lacombe, T. A., Holland, D., Bowman, J. L., Cohen, B. L., Egan, S. E., and Guidos, C. J. (2001). Subversion of the T/B lineage decision in the thymus by lunatic fringe-mediated inhibition of Notch-1. Immunity 15, 225.
234
HARALD VON BOEHMER
Kondo, M., Weissman, I. L., and Akashi, K. (1997). Identification of clonogenic common lymphoid progenitors in mouse bone marrow. Cell 91, 661. Kouskoff, V., Vonesch, J. L., Benoist, C., and Mathis, D. (1995). The influence of positive selection on RAG expression in thymocytes. Eur. J. Immunol. 25, 54. Krawinkel, U., Cramer, M., Berek, C., Hammerling, G., Black, S. J., Rajewsky, K., and Eichmann, K. (1977). On the structure of the T-cell receptor for antigen. Cold Spring Harb. Symp. Quant. Biol. 41(Pt 1), 285. Kyewski, B., Derbinski, J., Gotter, J., and Klein, L. (2002). Promiscuous gene expression and central T-cell tolerance: More than meets the eye. Trends Immunol. 23, 364. Lederberg, J. (1959). Genes and antibodies: Do antigens bear instructions for antibody specificity or do they select cell lines that arise by mutation? Science 129, 1649. Liston, A., Lesage, S., Wilson, J., Peltonen, L., and Goodnow, C. C. (2003). Aire regulates negative selection of organ-specific T cells. Nat. Immunol. 4, 350. Livak, F., Petrie, H. T., Crispe, I. N., and Schatz, D. G. (1995). In-frame TCR delta gene rearrangements play a critical role in the alpha beta/gamma delta T cell lineage decision. Immunity 2, 617. Love, P. E., and Chan, A. C. (2003). Regulation of thymocyte development: Only the meek survive. Curr. Opin. Immunol. 15, 199. Marsden, V. S., and Strasser, A. (2003). Control of apoptosis in the immune system: Bcl-2, BH3only proteins and more. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 21, 71. Martin, C. H., Aifantis, I., Scimone, M. L., Von Andrian, U. H., Reizis, B., Von Boehmer, H., and Gounari, F. (2003). Efficient thymic immigration of B220(þ) lymphoid-restricted bone marrow cells with T precursor potential. Nat. Immunol. 4, 866. Martinic, M. M., Rulicke, T., Althage, A., Odermatt, B., Hochli, M., Lamarre, A., Dumrese, T., Speiser, D. E., Kyburz, D., Hengartner, H., and Zinkernagel, R. M. (2003). Efficient T cell repertoire selection in tetraparental chimeric mice independent of thymic epithelial MHC. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 100, 1861. Matsuyama, M., Wiadrowski, M. N., and Metcalf, D. (1966). Autoradiographic analysis of lymphopoiesis and lymphocyte migration in mice bearing multiple thymus grafts. J. Exp. Med. 123, 559. Matzinger, P. (1978). T cell response: Nature or nurture. Nature 274, 840. Matzinger, P. (1994). Tolerance, danger, and the extended family. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 12, 991. Matzinger, P. (2002). The danger model: A renewed sense of self. Science 296, 301. Miyazaki, T., and Lemonnier, F. A. (1998). Modulation of thymic selection by expression of an immediate-early gene, early growth response 1 (Egr-1). J. Exp. Med. 188, 715. Nagy, Z. A., and Klein, J. (1981). Macrophage or T cell: That is the question. Immunol. Today 2, 228. Neilson, J. R., Winslow, M. M., Hur, E. M., and Crabtree, G. R. (2004). Calcineurin B1 is essential for positive but not negative selection during thymocyte development. Immunity 20, 255–266. Norment, A. M., Salter, R. D., Parham, P., Engelhard, V. H., and Littman, D. R. (1988). Cell-cell adhesion mediated by CD8 and MHC class I molecules. Nature 336, 79. Opferman, J. T., Letai, A., Beard, C., Sorcinelli, M. D., Ong, C. C., and Korsmeyer, S. J. (2003). Development and maintenance of B and T lymphocytes requires antiapoptotic MCL-1. Nature 426, 671. Pages, G., Guerin, S., Grall, D., Bonino, F., Smith, A., Anjuere, F., Auberger, P., and Pouyssegur, J. (1999). Defective thymocyte maturation in p44 MAP kinase (Erk 1) knockout mice. Science 286, 1374. Pai, S. Y., Truitt, M. L., Ting, C. N., Leiden, J. M., Glimcher, L. H., and Ho, I. C. (2003). Critical roles for transcription factor GATA-3 in thymocyte development. Immunity 19, 863.
SELECTION OF THE T-CELL REPERTOIRE
235
Panigada, M., Porcellini, S., Barbier, E., Hoeflinger, S., Cazenave, P. A., Gu, H., Band, H., von Boehmer, H., and Grassi, F. (2002). Constitutive endocytosis and degradation of the pre-T cell receptor. J. Exp. Med. 195, 1585. Passoni, L., Hoffman, E. S., Kim, S., Crompton, T., Pao, W., Dong, M. Q., Owen, M. J., and Hayday, A. C. (1997). Intrathymic delta selection events in gammadelta cell development. Immunity 7, 83. Pennisi, E. (1996). Teetering on the brink of danger. Science 271, 1665. Petrie, H. T., Livak, F., Schatz, D. G., Strasser, A., Crispe, I. N., and Shortman, K. (1993). Multiple rearrangements in T cell receptor alpha chain genes maximize the production of useful thymocytes. J. Exp. Med. 178, 615. Radtke, F., Wilson, A., Stark, G., Bauer, M., van Meerwijk, J., MacDonald, H. R., and Aguet, M. (1999). Deficient T cell fate specification in mice with an induced inactivation of Notch 1. Immunity 10, 547. Ramsey, C., Winqvist, O., Puhakka, L., Halonen, M., Moro, A., Kampe, O., Eskelin, P., PeltoHuikko, M., and Peltonen, L. (2002). Aire deficient mice develop multiple features of APECED phenotype and show altered immune response. Hum. Mol. Genet. 11, 397. Raulet, D. H., Garman, R. D., Saito, H., and Tonegawa, S. (1985). Developmental regulation of T-cell receptor gene expression. Nature 314, 103. Rincon, M., Whitmarsh, A., Yang, D. D., Weiss, L., Derijard, B., Jayaraj, P., Davis, R. J., and Flavell, R. A. (1998). The JNK pathway regulates the In vivo deletion of immature CD4(þ)CD8(þ) thymocytes. J. Exp. Med. 188, 1817. Rodewald, H. R., and Fehling, H. J. (1998). Molecular and cellular events in early thymocyte development. Adv. Immunol. 69, 1. Rodewald, H. R., Ogawa, M., Haller, C., Waskow, C., and DiSanto, J. P. (1997). Pro-thymocyte expansion by c-kit and the common cytokine receptor gamma chain is essential for repertoire formation. Immunity 6, 265. Rolink, A., ten Boekel, E., Melchers, F., Fearon, D. T., Krop, I., and Andersson, J. (1996). A subpopulation of B220þ cells in murine bone marrow does not express CD19 and contains natural killer cell progenitors. J. Exp. Med. 183, 187. Rosenthal, A. S., and Shevach, E. M. (1973). Function of macrophages in antigen recognition by guinea pig T lymphocytes. I. Requirement for histocompatible macrophages and lymphocytes. J. Exp. Med. 138, 1194. Saint-Ruf, C., Ungewiss, K., Groettrup, M., Bruno, L., Fehling, H. J., and von Boehmer, H. (1994). Analysis and expression of a cloned pre-T cell receptor gene. Science 266, 1208. Sakaguchi, S., Sakaguchi, N., Asano, M., Itoh, M., and Toda, M. (1995). Immunologic self-tolerance maintained by activated T cells expressing IL-2 receptor alpha-chains (CD25). Breakdown of a single mechanism of self-tolerance causes various autoimmune diseases. J. Immunol. 155, 1151. Sawada, S., and Littman, D. R. (1991). Identification and characterization of a T-cell-specific enhancer adjacent to the murine CD4 gene. Mol. Cell. Biol. 11, 5506. Sawada, S., Scarborough, J. D., Killeen, N., and Littman, D. R. (1994). A lineage-specific transcriptional silencer regulates CD4 gene expression during T lymphocyte development. Cell 77, 917. Schmitt, T. M., and Zuniga-Pflucker, J. C. (2002). Induction of T cell development from hematopoietic progenitor cells by delta-like-1 in vitro. Immunity 17, 749. Scott, B., Bluthmann, H., Teh, H. S., and von Boehmer, H. (1989). The generation of mature T cells requires interaction of the alpha beta T-cell receptor with major histocompatibility antigens. Nature 338, 591. Shao, H., Kono, D. H., Chen, L. Y., Rubin, E. M., and Kaye, J. (1997). Induction of the early growth response (Egr) family of transcription factors during thymic selection. J. Exp. Med. 185, 731.
236
HARALD VON BOEHMER
Sharp, L. L., Schwarz, D. A., Bott, C. M., Marshall, C. J., and Hedrick, S. M. (1997). The influence of the MAPK pathway on T cell lineage commitment. Immunity 7, 609. Shevach, E. M. (2002). CD4þ CD25þ suppressor T cells: More questions than answers. Nat. Rev. Immunol. 2, 389. Shortman, K., and Jackson, H. (1974). The differentiation of T lymphocytes. I. Proliferation kinetics and interrelationships of subpopulations of mouse thymus cells. Cell Immunol. 12, 230. Shortman, K., and Wu, L. (1996). Early T lymphocyte progenitors. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 14, 29. Sicinska, E., Aifantis, I., Le Cam, L., Swat, W., Borowski, C., Yu, Q., Ferrando, A. A., Levin, S. D., Geng, Y., von Boehmer, H., and Sicinski, P. (2003). Requirement for cyclin D3 in lymphocyte development and T-cell leukemias. Cancer Cell 4, 451. Simonsen, M. (1968). The clonal selection hypothesis evaluated by grafted cells reacting against their host. Cold Spring Harb. Symp. Quant. Biol. 32, 517. Sitnicka, E., Bryder, D., Theilgaard-Monch, K., Buza-Vidas, N., Adolfsson, J., and Jacobsen, S. E. (2002). Key role of flt3 ligand in regulation of the common lymphoid progenitor but not in maintenance of the hematopoietic stem cell pool. Immunity 17, 463. Smith, F. I., and Miller, J. F. (1980). Suppression of T cells specific for the nonthymic parental H-2 haplotype in thymus-grafted chimeras. J. Exp. Med. 151, 246. Snodgrass, H. R., Dembic, Z., Steinmetz, M., and von Boehmer, H. (1985a). Expression of T-cell antigen receptor genes during fetal development in the thymus. Nature 315, 232. Snodgrass, H. R., Kisielow, P., Kiefer, M., Steinmetz, M., and von Boehmer, H. (1985b). Ontogeny of the T-cell antigen receptor within the thymus. Nature 313, 592. Sommers, C. L., Park, C. S., Lee, J., Feng, C., Fuller, C. L., Grinberg, A., Hildebrand, J. A., Lacana, E., Menon, R. K., Shores, E. W., Samelson, L. E., and Love, P. E. (2002). A LAT mutation that inhibits T cell development yet induces lymphoproliferation. Science. 296, 2040. Sospedra, M., Ferrer-Francesch, X., Dominguez, O., Juan, M., Foz-Sala, M., and Pujol-Borrell, R. (1998). Transcription of a broad range of self-antigens in human thymus suggests a role for central mechanisms in tolerance toward peripheral antigens. J. Immunol. 161, 5918. Staal, F. J., and Clevers, H. C. (2003). Wnt signaling in the thymus. Curr. Opin. Immunol. 15, 204. Starr, T. K., Jameson, S. C., and Hogquist, K. A. (2003). Positive and negative selection of T cells. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 21, 139. Stefanova, I., Dorfman, J. R., and Germain, R. N. (2002). Self-recognition promotes the foreign antigen sensitivity of naive T lymphocytes. Nature 420, 429. Sugawara, T., Moriguchi, T., Nishida, E., and Takahama, Y. (1998). Differential roles of ERK and p38 MAP kinase pathways in positive and negative selection of T lymphocytes. Immunity 9, 565. Sullivan, B. A., Kraj, P., Weber, D. A., Ignatowicz, L., and Jensen, P. E. (2002). Positive selection of a Qa-1-restricted T cell receptor with specificity for insulin. Immunity 17, 95. Swat, W., Ignatowicz, L., von Boehmer, H., and Kisielow, P. (1991). Clonal deletion of immature CD4þ8þ thymocytes in suspension culture by extrathymic antigen-presenting cells. Nature 351, 150. Takagi, T., Harada, J., and Ishii, S. (2001). Murine Schnurri-2 is required for positive selection of thymocytes. Nat. Immunol. 2, 1048. Taniuchi, I., Osato, M., Egawa, T., Sunshine, M. J., Bae, S. C., Komori, T., Ito, Y., and Littman, D. R. (2002). Differential requirements for Runx proteins in CD4 repression and epigenetic silencing during T lymphocyte development. Cell 111, 621. Teh, H. S., Kisielow, P., Scott, B., Kishi, H., Uematsu, Y., Bluthmann, H., and von Boehmer, H. (1988). Thymic major histocompatibility complex antigens and the alpha beta T-cell receptor determine the CD4/CD8 phenotype of T cells. Nature 335, 229.
SELECTION OF THE T-CELL REPERTOIRE
237
Terrence, K., Pavlovich, C. P., Matechak, E. O., and Fowlkes, B. J. (2000). Premature expression of T cell receptor (TCR)alphabeta suppresses TCRgammadelta gene rearrangement but permits development of gammadelta lineage T cells. J. Exp. Med. 192, 537. Trop, S., Rhodes, M., Wiest, D. L., Hugo, P., and Zuniga-Pflucker, J. C. (2000). Competitive displacement of pT alpha by TCR-alpha during TCR assembly prevents surface coexpression of pre-TCR and alpha beta TCR. J. Immunol. 165, 5566. Uchida, N., and Weissman, I. L. (1992). Searching for hematopoietic stem cells: Evidence that Thy-1. 1lo Lin-Sca-1þ cells are the only stem cells in C57BL/Ka-Thy-1.1 bone marrow. J. Exp. Med. 175, 175. Urdahl, K. B., Sun, J. C., and Bevan, M. J. (2002). Positive selection of MHC class Ib-restricted CD8(þ) T cells on hematopoietic cells. PG-772–9. Nat. Immunol. 3. Voll, R. E., Jimi, E., Phillips, R. J., Barber, D. F., Rincon, M., Hayday, A. C., Flavell, R. A., and Ghosh, S. (2000). NF-kappaB activation by the pre-T cell receptor serves as a selective survival signal in T lymphocyte development. Immunity 13, 677. von Boehmer, H. (1986). The selection of the alpha, beta heterodimeric T-cell receptor for antigen. Immunol. Today 7, 333. von Boehmer, H. (1988). The development biology of T lymphocytes. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 6, 309. von Boehmer, H. (1990). Developmental biology of T cells in T cell-receptor transgenic mice. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 8, 531. von Boehmer, H. (1994). Positive selection of lymphocytes. Cell 76, 219. von Boehmer, H. (1996). CD4/CD8 lineage commitment: Back to instruction? J. Exp. Med. 183, 713. von Boehmer, H., Aifantis, I., Azogui, O., Saint-Ruf, C., and Grassi, F. (1999). The impact of pre-Tcell receptor signals on gene expression in developing T cells. Cold Spring Harb. Symp. Quant. Biol. 64, 283. von Boehmer, H., Aifantis, I., Gounari, F., Azogui, O., Haughn, L., Apostolou, I., Jaeckel, E., Grassi, F., and Klein, L. (2003). Thymic selection revisited: How essential is it? Immunol. Rev. 191, 62. von Boehmer, H., and Haas, W. (1976). Cytotoxic T lymphocytes recognise allogeneic tolerated TNP-conjugated cells. Nature 261, 141. von Boehmer, H., Haas, W., and Jerne, N. K. (1978). Major histocompatibility complex-linked immune-responsiveness is acquired by lymphocytes of low-responder mice differentiating in thymus of high-responder mice. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 75, 2439. von Boehmer, H., Hengartner, H., Nabholz, M., Lernhardt, W., Schreier, M. H., and Haas, W. (1979). Fine specificity of a continuously growing killer cell clone specific for H-Y antigen. Eur. J. Immunol. 9, 592. von Boehmer, H., Hudson, L., and Sprent, J. (1975). Collaboration of histoincompatible T and B lymphocytes using cells from tetraparental bone marrow chimeras. J. Exp. Med. 142, 989. von Boehmer, H., and Kisielow, P. (1991). How the immune system learns about self. Sci. Am. 265, 74. von Boehmer, H., Teh, H. S., and Kisielow, P. (1989). The thymus selects the useful, neglects the useless and destroys the harmful. Immunol. Today 10, 57. Wagner, H., Hardt, C., Stockinger, H., Pfizenmaier, K., Bartlett, R., and Rollinghoff, M. (1981). Impact of thymus on the generation of immunocompetence and diversity of antigen-specific MHC-restricted cytotoxic T-lymphocyte precursors. Immunol. Rev. 58, 95. Walker, L. S. K., Chodos, A., Eggena, M., Dooms, H., and Abbas, A. K. (2003). Antigen-dependent proliferation of CD4þCD25þ regulatory T cells in vivo. J. Exp. Med. 198, 249. Warren, L. A., and Rothenberg, E. V. (2003). Regulatory coding of lymphoid lineage choice by hematopoietic transcription factors. Curr. Opin. Immunol. 15, 166.
238
HARALD VON BOEHMER
Werlen, G., Hausmann, B., and Palmer, E. (2000). A motif in the alphabeta T-cell receptor controls positive selection by modulating ERK activity. Nature 406, 422. Wildin, R. S., Ramsdell, F., Peake, J., Faravelli, F., Casanova, J. L., Buist, N., Levy-Lahad, E., Mazzella, M., Goulet, O., Perroni, L., Bricarelli, F. D., Byrne, G., McEuen, M., Proll, S., Appleby, M., and Brunkow, M. E. (2001). X-linked neonatal diabetes mellitus, enteropathy and endocrinopathy syndrome is the human equivalent of mouse scurfy. Nat. Genet. 27, 18. Wilson, A., MacDonald, H. R., and Radtke, F. (2001). Notch 1-deficient common lymphoid precursors adopt a B cell fate in the thymus. J. Exp. Med. 194, 1003. Winandy, S., Wu, L., Wang, J. H., and Georgopoulos, K. (1999). Pre-T cell receptor (TCR) and TCR-controlled checkpoints in T cell differentiation are set by Ikaros. J. Exp. Med. 190, 1039. Wu, C., Bassing, C. H., Jung, D., Woodman, B. B., Foy, D., and Alt, F. W. (2003). Dramatically increased rearrangement and peripheral representation of Vbeta14 driven by the 30 Dbeta1 recombination signal sequence. Immunity 18, 75. Wu, L. C., Tuot, D. S., Lyons, D. S., Garcia, K. C., and Davis, M. M. (2002). Two-step binding mechanism for T-cell receptor recognition of peptide MHC. Nature 418, 552. Yamazaki, S., Iyoda, T., Tarbell, K., Olson, K., Velinzon, K., Inaba, K., and Steinman, R. M. (2003). Direct expansion of functional CD25þCD4þ regulatory T cells by antigen-processing dendritic cells. J. Exp. Med. 198, 235. Yannoutsos, N., Wilson, P., Yu, W., Chen, H. T., Nussenzweig, A., Petrie, H., and Nussenzweig, M. C. (2001). The role of recombination activating gene (RAG) reinduction in thymocyte development in vivo. J. Exp. Med. 194, 471. Yasutomo, K., Doyle, C., Miele, L., Fuchs, C., and Germain, R. N. (2000). The duration of antigen receptor signalling determines CD4þ versus CD8þ T-cell lineage fate. Nature 404, 506. Zinkernagel, R. M. (1976). Virus-specific T-cell-mediated cytotoxicity across the H-2 barrier to virus-altered alloantigen. Nature 261, 139. Zinkernagel, R. M., Althage, A., Callahan, G., and Welsh, R. M., Jr. (1980). On the immunocompetence of H-2 incompatible irradiation bone marrow chimeras. J. Immunol. 124, 2356. Zinkernagel, R. M., Althage, A., Cooper, S., Callahan, G., and Klein, J. (1978a). In irradiation chimeras, K or D regions of the chimeric host, not of the donor lymphocytes, determine immune responsiveness of antiviral cytotoxic T cells. J. Exp. Med. 148, 805. Zinkernagel, R. M., Callahan, G. N., Althage, A., Cooper, S., Klein, P. A., and Klein, J. (1978b). On the thymus in the differentiation of ‘‘H-2 self-recognition’’ by T cells: Evidence for dual recognition? J. Exp. Med. 147, 882. Zinkernagel, R. M., and Doherty, P. C. (1974). Immunological surveillance against altered self components by sensitised T lymphocytes in lymphocytic choriomeningitis. Nature 251, 547. Zou, Y. R., Sunshine, M. J., Taniuchi, I., Hatam, F., Killeen, N., and Littman, D. R. (2001). Epigenetic silencing of CD4 in T cells committed to the cytotoxic lineage. Nat. Genet. 29, 332.
advances in immunology, vol. 84
The Pathogenesis of Diabetes in the NOD Mouse MICHELLE SOLOMON AND NORA SARVETNICK Department of Immunology The Scripps Research Institute La Jolla, California
I. Introduction
It has been 30 years since the discovery of the nonobese diabetic (NOD) mouse (1974) at the Shionogi Research Laboratories in Osaka, Japan (Hanafusa et al., 1994). In this time the NOD mouse has greatly advanced our knowledge of the pathogenesis of type 1 diabetes (T1D) and helped to establish the etiology as autoimmune. With the development of spontaneous diabetes, the NOD mouse shares many pathological features with human T1D making it a valuable model for research. Disease is associated with specific major histocompatibility complex (MHC) alleles, anti-insulin autoantibodies precede diabetes, and b-cell–specific cellular responses have been well documented. Some important advantages of the NOD mouse autoimmune model for diabetes include access to the pancreas at preclinical stages in the immunopathology, the ability to breed and genetically manipulate animals, and the capacity to employ intervention strategies at preclinical and postclinical disease stages. There have been a number of ‘‘major breakthroughs’’ over the past 30 years that have helped advance our knowledge into the pathogenesis of T1D. This chapter starts by discussing the origin of the NOD mouse, the pathogenesis of diabetes, and the role of the immune cells in pathogenesis and then discusses some of the important discoveries that have facilitated and expanded our understanding of both immunity and autoimmunity. II. Origin of the NOD Mouse
Before the unintentional discovery of the NOD mouse, researchers endeavored to develop a mouse strain that spontaneously developed cataracts through selective breeding of normoglycemic outbred ‘‘Swiss’’ (Jcl-ICR) mice. During sibling matings, they noticed elevated fasting blood glucose levels in some mice that did not exhibit cataracts. These hyperglycemic mice were bred in the pursuit of finding a spontaneous animal model for diabetes. The outcome was a NON strain (model for type 2 diabetes) and a normoglycemic control subline that was shown to develop spontaneous diabetes at the twentieth generation, the NOD mouse (Atkinson and Leiter, 1999; Hanafusa et al., 1994). Currently, there are numerous NOD mouse colonies worldwide, which 239 Copyright 2004, Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. 0065-2776/04 $35.00
240
MICHELLE SOLOMON AND NORA SARVETNICK
differ in the frequency and the age onset of diabetes because of colony-specific environmental factors such as hygiene, diet, possible virus infection, and so on, which are discussed later in this chapter (The environment plays a role in the pathogenesis of diabetes in the NOD mouse) (Pozzilli et al., 1993). III. Pathogenesis of Diabetes in the NOD Mouse
The NOD mouse model has provided researchers with an excellent opportunity to examine islets at various stages of the diabetes disease process. There are two main stages of disease progression in the NOD mouse. First, a mixed lymphocytic infiltrate develops surrounding the pancreatic islets (insulitis) and subsequently, b-cell destruction, leading to insulin deficiency and hyperglycemia. The early form of insulitis, also known as peri-insulitis, is associated with an infiltrate of mononuclear cells that is located around the islets but does not penetrate the islet parenchyma (Fig. 1B). Insulitis is detectable in both male and female NOD mice as early as 2 weeks of age by electron microscopy, and after weaning at 1 month of age by light microscopy (Fujino-Kurihara et al., 1985). The infiltrate consists initially of antigen-presenting cells (APCs) such as macrophages and dendritic cells (DCs) (3 weeks); however, an influx of predominately CD4þ T cells, CD8þ T cells, and B cells follows (Jansen et al., 1994), with some natural killer (NK) cells also present (Miyazaki et al., 1985). At this stage of diabetes development (i.e., from the time of weaning up to 10–12 weeks of age), both male and female NOD mice have been described as being in a state of ‘‘benign autoimmunity’’ in which case the peri-insulitis is nondestructive but tolerance to b-cell antigens is lost, as exhibited by peripheral immunity to pancreatic islet antigens (Andre et al., 1996; Dilts and Lafferty, 1999). In contrast to the immunopathology in the NOD mouse,
Fig 1 Histological appearance of islets from 8-(A), 10-(B), and 14-(C) week-old NOD/Lt mice. A healthy intact islet with no infiltrating cells is visible in the pancreas of a prediabetic 8-week-old NOD (A). By 10 weeks there is an accumulation of mononuclear cells adjacent to the islet (periinsulitis) (B), which eventually infiltrates the islet (14 weeks) (C), resulting in the destruction of the islet b cells.
THE PATHOGENESIS OF DIABETES IN THE NOD MOUSE
241
peri-insulitis does not appear to be a prominent feature in the progression of T1D in humans. Furthermore, the composition of islet infiltrates varies greatly between the individuals examined. As insulitis progresses, the peri-islet infiltrate invades the islets (intraislet) and becomes destructive insulitis (Fig. 1C). Subsequently, the b-cell mass decreases and diabetes develops starting at approximately 14 weeks of age. The conversion from nondestructive insulitis to invasive insulitis and b-cell destruction in NOD mice occurs as the mice age. Hyperglycemia is initiated only when the insulin content of the pancreas reaches less than 10% of normal mice. At 30 weeks of age, the incidence of diabetes reaches 80% in female and 20% in male mice. IV. Leukocytes Involved in the Pathogenesis of Diabetes in the NOD Mouse
Many investigators believe that the destruction of b cells occurs through apoptosis in a process that requires macrophages, CD4 and CD8 T cells, and B lymphocytes. Adoptive transfer studies of diabetogenic NOD splenocytes into young irradiated NOD hosts revealed that infiltrates of macrophages and T cells (CD4 and CD8) were positioned at peri-islet locations 1 and 2 weeks after transfer, respectively. CD4 and CD8 T cells then progressively infiltrated the islet with associated b-cell destruction (O’Reilly et al., 1991). A. Macrophages The role of macrophages in the pathogenesis of autoimmune diabetes has been investigated. Macrophages and DCs are among the first cell types to infiltrate the pancreatic islets during the progression of diabetes (Amano and Yoon, 1990; Jansen et al., 1994; O’Reilly et al., 1991). Their infiltration precedes invasion of the islets by T lymphocytes, NK cells, and B lymphocytes (Amano and Yoon, 1990). Inactivation of macrophages in NOD mice via intraperitoneal injections of silica completely prevented the development of diabetes and insulitis in both cyclophosphamide-treated and untreated mice (Lee et al., 1988), suggesting that macrophages play an important role in the development of insulitis and diabetes in NOD mice. It has been proposed that they may play a role as APCs (Unanue, 1984) or that their early presence at the islet periphery creates a suitable microenvironment wherein T cells can differentiate into b-cell cytotoxic T cells (Jun et al., 1999). In the latter case, it was reported by Jun et al. that the prevention of autoimmune diabetes in macrophage-depleted NOD mice was due to the inability of T cells to differentiate into b-cell cytotoxic T cells. The lack of b-cell cytotoxic T-cell development was associated with the switch from a destructive T helper type 1 (Th1) immune response to a protective T helper type 2 (Th2) immune response because of reduced expression of macrophage-derived interleukin-12 (IL-12).
242
MICHELLE SOLOMON AND NORA SARVETNICK
Furthermore, administration of recombinant IL-12 in NOD mice reversed the protective effect conferred by macrophage depletion. In any case, the precise mechanisms involved in the prevention of cell destruction by the inactivation of macrophages in NOD mice remain unknown; perhaps inflammatory cytokines produced by macrophages such as IL-1b, tumor necrosis factor-a (TNF-a), interferon-g (IFN-g) (Pankewycz et al., 1995), and free radicals such as nitric oxide (Corbett and McDaniel, (1992), which are toxic to b-cells, can contribute to actual b-cell damage, whereas chemokines such as macrophage inflammatory protein-1a (MIP-1a) and macrophage chemoattractant protein-1 (MCP-1) (Cameron et al., 2000) also produced by macrophages could promote recruitment of additional macrophages and T cells (Meagher et al., 2003). B. Lymphocytes B lymphocytes may play a critical role in diabetes progression as APCs that process and present b-cell autoantigens to autoreactive T cells. Alternatively, B cells also have the ability to secrete autoantibodies that bind to pancreatic b-cells and trigger autoreactive T cells through an antibody-dependent cellmediated cytotoxicity response. A dramatically reduced pathology develops in B-cell deficient NOD mice (NOD.Igmnull; NOD mice with a target mutation of the m chain in the immunoglobulin M [IgM] heavy chain) that does not progress to overt diabetes, which indicates how essential B cells are for insulitis progression to the development of diabetes in the NOD mouse (Akashi et al., 1997). Because T cells from diabetic NOD mice are able to transfer diabetes to neonatal recipients in the absence of B cells, B cells are not required for the destruction of b-cells after diabetogenic effector T cells are generated. Furthermore, autoantibodies such as glutamic acid decarboxylase (GAD) do not appear to be directly pathogenic to b-cells (Serreze et al., 1998). Therefore, the role of B cells in the pathogenesis of diabetes appears to be that of antigen presentation. This theory is further supported by the study of two models. One performed using anti-m antibodies to deplete B cells in NOD mice and the other using NOD mice made deficient in B lymphocytes by congenic transfer of an Igm gene functionally disrupted by homologous recombination (Noorchashm et al., 1997; Serreze et al., 1996). Combined, these studies conclusively show that B cells are critical APCs for the initiation of T-cell–mediated autoimmune diabetes in NOD mice. Further studies reveal that antigen presentation requires the surface immunoglobulin (Ig)-mediated capture of the antigen by B cells and not the Fc receptor (Falcone et al., 1998). The action of B lymphocytes, therefore, remains to diversify the autoimmune response and is required for the generation of high-affinity islet T cells. Studies showed that autoantigen presentation by B cells is involved in the regulation of peripheral T-cell tolerance to islet b-cells. NOD mice with a
THE PATHOGENESIS OF DIABETES IN THE NOD MOUSE
243
deficiency of I-Ag7 in the B-cell compartment but with other functionally competent APCs (macrophages/DCs) that are capable of activating Ag-reactive T cells develop a peri-insulitis that can be converted to autoimmune diabetes with cyclophosphamide treatment (Noorchashm et al., 1999a). This suggests that once targeting of b-cells has occurred, I-Ag7-mediated b-cell autoantigen presentation by B cells can overcome T-cell tolerance to pancreatic b-cells (Noorchashm et al., 1999a, 1999b). Overall, these findings mainly indicate that B-cell–mediated MHC class II antigen presentation regulates autoreactive CD4 T-cell development in NOD mice (Greeley et al., 2001). C. CD4 T Cells CD4 T cells appear to be critical in the pathogenesis of type I diabetes. NOD mice depleted of CD4 T cells using anti-CD4 antibodies or engineered to be genetically deficient in CD4 are protected from diabetes (Shizuru and Fathman, 1993). Islet-specific T-cell clones have been isolated from the spleen, lymph nodes, and islets of NOD mice that require peptide presentation in the context of NOD class II I-Ag7 molecule and are reported to induce diabetes after adoptive transfer (Simone et al., 1997). The pathogenic role of CD4þ T cells has also been demonstrated in transfer experiments that have shown that CD4þ T cells are essential for the development of insulitis (Hanafusa et al., 1988; Koike et al., 1987). The role of CD4 T cells as possible effectors in b-cell destruction is discussed in detail. (Could CD4 T cells be the effector cells responsible for the destruction of islet b cells?) D. CD8 T Cells The precise function of the CD8 T cell in the pathogenesis of T1D remains unclear. b2-Microglobulin (b2m)–null NOD mice, which are deficient in CD8 T cells because of a lack of class I MHC expression in the thymus, do not develop insulitis or diabetes, and transfer of disease using diabetogenic NOD splenocytes is greatly delayed (Katz et al., 1993a; Serreze et al., 1997). Conferral of disease was restored only when transgenic b2m (null) mice that expressed class I MHC antigen under the control of an insulin promoter were produced, which suggests that the capacity of diabetogenic cell populations to induce diabetes requires class I MHC antigen expression on b cells (Serreze et al., 1997). Additionally, protection against diabetes was observed when NOD mice were treated with monoclonal antibody against CD8 or after backcrossing with CD8 T-cell–deficient mice whose MHC class I genes have been inactivated by homologous recombination (Katz et al., 1993a). Despite that CD8 T cells alone cannot transfer disease (Christianson et al., 1993), it is possible to generate b-cell–reactive CD8 T-cell clones that can damage islet b-cells by inflammatory tissue damage involving an Fas/FasL interaction. CD8 T-cell clones developed by activating NOD splenic T cells
244
MICHELLE SOLOMON AND NORA SARVETNICK
with B7-1 transgenic islet b-cells in vitro (Wong et al., 1995) are diabetogneic when transferred to NOD. Severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID) recipient mice and destroy islet cells through Fas/FasL interaction (Amrani et al., 1999; Nagata et al., 1994). Furthermore, transgenic NOD mice that carry B7-1–expressing b-cells show accelerated development of diabetes (Wong et al., 1998). There is also evidence that CD8 T cells from diabetic animals lyse b cells (Nagata et al., 1989; Shimizu et al., 1993). CD8 T cells expressing the cytolytic mediator perforin are found in the insulitis lesion in NOD mice (Young et al., 1989), and transgenic animals carrying the T-cell receptor (TCR) derived from the CD8 T-cell clone are able to damage islet b-cells in a perforin-independent manner (Amrani et al., 1999). Therefore, if activated under appropriate conditions, CD8 T cells can induce b-cell destruction. Contrary to these studies, transplantation experiments of allogenic MHC class I mismatched islets to NOD recipients demonstrate accelerated rejection in a CD4 T-cell–dependent manner (Wang et al., 1987, 1991; Stegall et al., 1996), which suggested that CD8 T cells may play a role in the disease process by facilitating the priming and expansion of autoreactive CD4þ cells (Hutchings et al., 1990; Wang et al., 1996). Nevertheless, the indefinite survival of syngeneic b2m-deficient islet transplants in NOD mice demonstrates that MHC class I molecules and CD8 T cells play a major role in autoimmune b-cell destruction and recurrent diabetes in transplanted islets (Prange et al., 2001). V. Other Autoimmune Diseases Associated with the NOD Mouse
Although diabetes is the most characterized disease associated with the NOD mouse, it is not the only one; other interesting inflammatory syndromes have been characterized. NOD mice are susceptible to other autoimmune diseases that arise spontaneously such as sialadenitis (Sjo¨ gren’s syndrome) (Goillot et al., 1991), thyroiditis (Bernard et al., 1992), and later in life hemolytic anemia (Baxter and Mandel, 1991). Sialadenitis is characterized by the infiltration of lymphocytes of predominately the CD4 phenotype into salivary submandibular glands. The disease is associated with the presence of autoantibodies against duct epithelial cells and anti-nuclear antibodies and occurs spontaneously in both male and female NOD mice that show insulitis; Sialadenitis can be adoptively transferred to NOD neonates by splenic T cells (Goillot et al., 1991). Thyroiditis in the NOD mouse is characterized by an early infiltration of the thyroid (<30 days). Disease severity intensifies as the mice age and does not correlate with diabetes or sex (Bernard et al., 1992). Resembling human T1D, which is also associated with autoimmune thyroid disease, antibodies against mouse thyroid membrane antigens are present in the serum of NOD mice. Hemolytic anemia is a B-cell–mediated autoimmune
THE PATHOGENESIS OF DIABETES IN THE NOD MOUSE
245
disease that is antibody mediated and develops in aged NOD mice (>200 days). Initially this disease is more common in diabetic mice, but by 550 days, there is no difference between diabetic and nondiabetic mice (Baxter and Mandel, 1991). Because of its predisposition to spontaneously produce natural IgG antibodies against self-antigens, the NOD mouse can also be used as a model for other diseases such as systemic lupus erythematosus (Silveira and Baxter, 2001), myasthenia gravis (Quintana et al., 2003), and rheumatoid arthritis (Kouskoff et al., 1997). VI. Breakthough Moments in the Study of the Pathogenesis of Diabetes in the NOD Mouse
A. Importance of T Cells In 1987, Bendelac et al. (1987) developed a model for syngeneic adoptive transfer of diabetes in NOD mice that definitively demonstrated that T cells are critical to the pathogenesis of autoimmune diabetes. They demonstrated that diabetes can be transferred from diabetic adult NOD mice into newborn (younger than 3 weeks) nondiabetic male or female NOD recipients by injecting spleen cells consisting of both CD4þ and CD8þ T cells. Since then, transfer of diabetes has also been demonstrated using T-cell clones derived from spleen or islets of NOD mice (Haskins and McDuffie, 1990; Shimizu et al., 1993). Similarly, athymic NOD mice and NOD SCID mice also do not develop insulitis or diabetes (Christianson et al., 1993; Matsumoto et al., 1993). Treatment of NOD mice with anti-CD3 antibodies inhibits the development of diabetes (Hayward and Shreiber, 1989), and selective T-cell elimination by an anti-TCR monoclonal antibody normalizes hyperglycemia in diabetic NOD mice (Sempe et al., 1991). Bendelac’s experiments illuminated the path for other studies that provide evidence beyond any doubt that T cells are the main b-cell aggressors in the pathogenesis of autoimmune diabetes. B. Could CD4 T Cells be the Effector Cells Responsible for the Destruction of Islet b-Cells? Originally it was believed that CD8 T cells were the effectors of islet b-cell destruction because the transfer of both CD4 and CD8 T cells is required for disease transfer. It was suggested by investigators that CD4 helper T cells were required for the activation of cytotoxic CD8 T cells (Amano et al., 1995; Bendelac et al., 1987; Christianson et al., 1993; Matsumoto et al., 1993; Miller et al., 1988; Nagata and Yoon, 1992; Shimizu et al., 1993). This theory was challenged when CD4þ T-cell clones (BDC2.5) that recognize islet antigen presented by NOD APCs and could confer disease were discovered in the spleen of diabetic NOD mice (Haskins et al., 1988; Bradley et al., 1990, 1992; Haskins and McDuffie, 1990; Katz et al., 1993b; Haskins and Wegmann, 1996).
246
MICHELLE SOLOMON AND NORA SARVETNICK
These CD4 T-cell clones generate Th1 cytokines (lymphokine) when triggered by islet antigen presented by NOD MHC class II molecules, accumulate around transplanted NOD islet tissue, and activate islet b-cell destruction after recruiting circulating cells, approximately 3 weeks after their transfer (Haskins and McDuffie, 1990; Shimizu et al., 1993). Islet destruction precipitated even after treatment of recipient mice with anti-CD8 T-cell antibody to rule out involvement of host CD8 T cells (Christianson et al., 1993). These important studies clearly demonstrate that the CD4 T cells can initiate islet b-cell damage in the absence of the CD8 T cell and somewhat conflict with earlier studies that suggest that CD8þ T cells are necessary for diabetes transfer in the NOD mouse (Christianson et al., 1993; Shimizu et al., 1993). The addition of CD8þ T cells from diabetic mice accelerates diabetes transfer by CD4 T-cell clones in irradiated recipients (Shimizu et al., 1993). The CD4 T cell is, therefore, a critical immunological effector that requires activity on the part of the CD8 T cell early in the pathogenic process to develop the capacity for islet reactive autoimmunity. C. Genetic Predisposition: The Role of MHC Class II MHC antigens play a major role in genetic predisposition to T1D, as shown by more than half of the inherited T1D patients maps to the region of chromosome 6 that contains the highly polymorphic human leukocyte antigen (HLA) class II genes, which determine immune responsiveness (Todd et al., 1987) and the high disease concordance rate in HLA-identical siblings (20%, and 25–40% in high-risk DR3/4 heterozygotes) (Rotter and Vadheim, 1986; Rotter et al., 1986; Redondo et al., 2001). In 1987, Wicker et al. performed genetic analysis studies to examine the development of diabetes and insulitis in NOD X C57BL/10 F1 and F2 and F1 X NOD first, second, and third backcross generations. Their elegant work determined that diabetes is controlled by at least three functionally recessive diabetogenic genes, or gene complexes, one of which is linked to the MHC of the NOD. Insulitis was controlled by a single incompletely dominant gene locus, and one of the two diabetogenic loci that is not linked to the MHC appears to be essential for the development of severe insulitis. Boitard et al. (1988) further supported the notion that the development of spontaneous diabetes in NOD mice is a genetic process associated with the MHC and linked to class II (I-A) MHC genes (Boitard et al., 1988). Treatment of NOD mice with anti–class II IgG2a monoclonal antibodies specific for NOD I-A antigen prevented the development of spontaneous diabetes and adoptive transfer of diabetogenic T cells into newborn mice but failed to prevent adoptive transfer into irradiated adult NOD recipients. It is now widely acknowledged through genetic analysis studies that there are in fact at least 10 diabetogenic gene loci in the NOD mouse that determine
THE PATHOGENESIS OF DIABETES IN THE NOD MOUSE
247
disease susceptibility (Ghosh et al., 1993). This has been confirmed in murine models of the disease by segregation studies (Todd et al., 1991), by the absence of diabetes observed in congenic mice genetically identical to NOD mice except for the MHC (Wicker et al., 1992), and by the prevention of the disease by introduction of various MHC trangenes differing from the NOD MHC, either class II (I-A) (Lund et al., 1990; Miyazaki et al., 1990; Slattery et al., 1990), I-E (Bohme et al., 1990; Lund et al., 1990; Nishimoto et al., 1987), or class I (Miyazaki et al., 1992). The MHC (termed Idd1) is necessary but not sufficient for disease. Sequence analysis of the class II region of the NOD mouse has shown that this allele has a serine residue at position 57 of the b chain (I-Ab), which is distinct with all common mouse strains that have an aspartic acid (Asp) at that position (Acha-Orbea and McDevitt, 1987). Nevertheless, the absence of Asp at position 57 does not entirely explain the role of the MHC, because transgenic mice that express I-A genes without an Asp at position 57 of the I-Ab chain can be protected from diabetes (Lund et al., 1990; Miyazaki et al., 1990). Additionally, NOD mice do not express I-E (the murine homolog of HLA-DR) because of a mutation in the Ea promoter (Hattori et al., 1986). The introduction of a normal I-Ea gene inhibits diabetes development in the NOD mouse, implying that its absence may predispose mice to insulitis (Bohme et al., 1990; Lund et al., 1990; Nishimoto et al., 1987; Uehira et al., 1989). Transgenic mice express a ‘‘normal’’ I-A or with animo acid substitutions of position 56 (I-A b56:His) and 57 (I-A b57:Ser) of the NOD I-Ag7 (homolog of the human class II DQ8) contribute to diabetes but are not sufficient to induce diabetes. It remains to be determined whether class II loci are exclusively involved in the MHC-associated predisposition to diabetes in the NOD mouse. D. The Existence of Regulatory Cells that Can Suppress Autoimmune Diabetes When Dardenne et al. (1989) determined that thymectomy at 3 weeks of age accelerates diabetes in the NOD mouse but has no effect at 6–7 weeks, they prophetically suggested that perhaps the onset of diabetes in NOD mice was regulated by the thymus and that T-cell–dependent suppressor mechanisms were lost (Dardenne et al., 1989). Boitard et al., (1989) also wisely projected a role for regulatory T cells of the CD4þ phenotype after demonstrating protection against the transfer of diabetes was conferred by spleen cells derived from anti–class II treated NOD donors and nondiabetic 8-week-old female NOD donors (Boitard et al., 1988, 1989). The mechanism of action of regulatory T cells is still not fully understood. In the NOD mouse, there is indeed significant delay between the first signs of autoreactive T-cell activity (insulitis) until onset of diabetes and islet cell destruction (from 11 weeks), although inflammation progresses during this time. It is now believed that an imbalance
248
MICHELLE SOLOMON AND NORA SARVETNICK
between autoreactive b-cell–specific effector T cells and T-cell–mediated regulatory processes may trigger development of destructive insulitis and diabetes. However, the phenotype of effector CD4 T cells and ‘‘regulators’’ is not readily distinguishable, hampering their evaluation. The main types of regulatory T cells that have been described in the NOD mouse are CD4þ/CD62Lþ thymocytes (Herbelin et al., 1998), CD4þ/CD25þ splenocytes (Salomon et al., 2000), NK T cells (Baxter et al., 1997; Falcone et al., 1999; Lehuen et al., 1998), and CD8 T cells (Quinn et al., 2001), which appear spontaneously during the aging process of the NOD mice development. CD4þ/CD62Lþ T cells reside in the thymus and have been shown to play a regulatory role during the final effector phase of autoimmune diabetes (Herbelin et al., 1998). These cells are considered to be the thymic precursors of immunoregulatory CD4þ/CD25þ T cells of peripheral lymphoid tissues (Itoh et al., 1999; Thornton and Shevach, 1998). Studies have demonstrated CD4þ/CD25þ T cells play a major role in regulating the switch from nondestructive insulitis in prediabetic mice to b-cell destruction. Further reports state that the splenocytes from prediabetic CD28-deficient NOD mice depleted of the CD4þ/CD25þ T cells induced a rapid diabetes after transfer in NOD. SCID mice (Salomon et al., 2000). Furthermore, compared to other strains of mice, NOD mice have a small reduction in the number of CD4þ/CD25þ T cells, which has been suggested to affect susceptibility of NOD mice to autoimmunity (Salomon et al., 2000). NK T cells are a unique subset of T cells that coexpress receptors of the NK lineage and a/b TCR (Bendelac et al., 1997). NK T cells recognize lipid antigen presented by CD1. After activation they produce cytokines, which may modulate immune responses. Wang et al. (2001) crossed CD1/ onto NOD mice and found that male CD1/. NOD mice exhibit significantly higher incidence and earlier onset of diabetes compared with the heterozygous controls. In support of this, CD1/. NOD/BDC2.5 TCR transgenic mice also show accelerated onset and increased incidence of diabetes when compared to control mice (Shi et al., 2001). Treatment of NOD mice with the NK T-cell activator a-galactosylceramide reduced the severity of diabetes in a CD1dependent manner (Hong et al., 2001; Sharif et al., 2001). This suggests a protective role of CD1-restricted NK T cells in autoimmune diabetes, possibly via the promotion of a Th2 type of cytokine response (IL-4 and IL-10); the protective effect of a-galactosylceramide treatment can be abrogated by blockade of IL-10 activity. E. The Environment Plays a Role in the Pathogenesis of Diabetes in the NOD Mouse Perhaps the major indication that epigenetic factors could play a role in the pathogenesis of disease in the NOD mouse is due to the large variation in
THE PATHOGENESIS OF DIABETES IN THE NOD MOUSE
249
disease frequency between NOD colonies around the world (Pozzilli et al., 1993). Environmental intervention can decrease or increase the incidence of diabetes in the NOD mouse. Observations that NOD mice show an increased incidence of diabetes when raised in germ-free conditions identify hygiene as a factor that contributes to disease (Bach, 1994). In gnotobiotic environments (germ-free or formerly germ-free organisms in which the composition of any associated microbial flora, if present, is fully defined), a single injection of young NOD mice with complete Freund’s adjuvant (CFA; mycobacteria in a water-in-oil emulsion) completely protects against diabetes (Sadelain et al., 1990; McInerney et al., 1991), and protection can be transferred by spleen cells from the CFA-treated animals to naive animals (Qin et al., 1992); injection with incomplete Freund’s adjuvant was unable to induce diabetes unless combined with an injection of the B chain of insulin (Daniel and Wegmann, 1996). Similar studies have been performed with bacille Calmette–Gue´ rin (BCG) strain of Mycobacterium bovis vaccinations of NOD mice (Harada et al., 1990; Yagi et al., 1991a, b). Studies have shown that neonatal immune stimulation with bacterial proteins is able to protect against autoimmunity through increased responses to the T-cell survival–regulating cytokine IL-21 (King et al., 2004). It appears that poor T-cell survival and exaggerated homeostatic-type proliferation of T cells results in lymphopenia that precipitates autoimmune disease. The presence of retrovirus particles in b-cells of the NOD mouse has been reported by electron microscopy (Fujino-Kurihara et al., 1985) and confirmed with detection of retrovirus gag protein (p30) (Nakagawa et al., 1992). It is suggested that these virus particles may be related to the inflammatory reaction occurring in the islets and to the development of T1D. Cloning studies have revealed that replication of this retrovirus is defective. The role of this virus in the pathogenesis of diabetes is, therefore, unclear, especially when infection with other viruses (e.g., mouse lymphocyic choriomeningitis virus [Oldstone, 1990; Oldstone et al., 1990], the lactodehydrogenase virus [Takei et al., 1992], or the murine hepatitis virus [Wilberz et al., 1991]) prevents T1D in NOD mice when contracted before 2 months of age. Perhaps some viruses nonspecifically protect against diabetes, whereas others can induce the disease, either by a direct cytolytic effect or through the T-cell response to viral antigens expressed at the surface of the b-cell. Sex hormones also play a role in diabetes development. Diabetes occurs at a higher frequency in female than in male NOD mice despite the development of insulitis in male mice (Makino et al., 1980); treatment with cyclophosphamide induces diabetes in NOD males (Harada and Makino, 1984; Yasunami and Bach, 1988). The onset of diabetes is accelerated in males by castration and female mice are protected from diabetes when treated with androgens. Diets that are low in fatty acids and high in protein (Elliott et al., 1988) are
250
MICHELLE SOLOMON AND NORA SARVETNICK
known to influence glucose metabolism and hence delay the onset of diabetes in the NOD mouse. Large doses of the vitamin nicotinamide can delay diabetes development. Stress has also been shown to accelerate the onset of diabetes in the NOD mouse (Durant et al., 1993), whereas raised environmental temperature reduces diabetes incidence (Williams et al., 1990). Together, these environmental factors may explain the variations in disease frequency between NOD colonies that have baffled researchers worldwide (Pozzilli et al., 1993). F. Autoantigens The first report of anti-islet autoantibodies was reported in diabetic humans with associated autoimmune polyendocrine deficiencies in 1974 by Bottazzo et al. Since then, myriad autoantigens have been identified in the NOD mouse such as GAD (Shieh et al., 1993; Tisch et al., 1993), insulin (Ziegler et al., 1989), and heat shock proteins (HSPs) (Elias et al., 1990, 1991). Adoptive transfer studies in the NOD mouse have clearly shown that b-cell destruction can be mediated by T cells in the absence of antibodies. This suggests that humoral immunity does not play a role in the pathogenesis of diabetes in the NOD mouse. Nevertheless, alloxan-treated NOD mice, which lack b-cells, cannot sustain the survival of pathogenic T cells (Boitard et al., 1994), which supports the hypothesis that the autoimmune response in T1D is driven by a b-cell autoantigen. Furthermore, several autoantibodies such as islet cell antibodies, anti-thyroid antibodies, anti-salivary gland antibodies, and anti-nuclear antibodies are detectable in the serum of mice (Bernard et al., 1992; Goillot et al., 1991). Monoclonal antibodies reacting with the islet cell surface have been produced that exhibit antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC) acitivity (Hari et al., 1986; Yokono et al., 1984), and NOD mouse spleen cells exhibit ADCC activity against sheep RBC (Nakajima et al., 1986). Several candidate autoantigens have been identified in the pathogenesis of diabetes in the NOD mouse, but none has been able to induce diabetes after the introduction into MHC-matched hosts and, therefore, claim the title ‘‘the diabetes autoantigen.’’ 1. Glutamic Acid Decarboxylase GAD is considered one of the strongest candidate autoantigens involved in triggering b-cell–specific autoimmunity. GAD is an enzyme that catalyzes the a-decarboxylation of l-glutamic acid to synthesize g-amino butyric acid (GABA), which functions as an inhibitory neurotransmitter. GAD was initially identified as a 64-Kd antigen detected in human patients with T1D by immunoprecipitation of islet extracts (Baekkeskov et al., 1987) before it was properly identified (Baekkeskov et al., 1990). NOD mice have anti-GAD antibodies in their sera, which are detectable as early as 4 weeks of age (Shieh et al., 1993;
THE PATHOGENESIS OF DIABETES IN THE NOD MOUSE
251
Tisch et al., 1993). Immunization of 3-week-old NOD mice with GAD intravenously (Kaufman et al., 1993) or intrathymically (Tisch et al., 1993) results in the prevention or delay of the disease. Autoimmune diabetes can also be prevented by the suppression of GAD expression in anti-sense GAD transgenic mice backcrossed with NOD mice for seven generations; however, these results have not been supported by independent studies (GAD knockouts, GAD transgenics). These results support the hypothesis that GAD plays an important but nonessential role in the development of T-cell–mediated autoimmune diabetes. 2. Insulin Insulin is a candidate for the T1D autoantigen. Its role in the pathogenesis of diabetes is unlikely because insulin is constantly circulating throughout the body inhibiting the loss of tolerance. Insulin autoantibodies can be found frequently in prediabetic humans (Eisenbarth et al., 1981). Nevertheless, vaccination of prediabetic NOD mice to insulin can protect them from diabetes (Muir et al., 1995; Zhang et al., 1991). 3. Heat Shock Protein 65 HSP65 (65-kd HSP) (Elias et al., 1990) and one of its constitutional peptides (Elias et al., 1991) have been reported to accelerate the onset of diabetes in the NOD mouse and even induce de novo diabetes, albeit only transiently in C57BL/6 mice when coupled to a carrier protein (Geenen and Kroemer, 1993). Other candiate autoantigens in the NOD mouse include peripherin, a neuron cytoskeleton molecule (Boitard et al., 1992), the insulin receptor (Elias et al., 1984), a 52-kd protein (Karounos and Thomas, 1990), a retroviral antigen (Choi et al., 2000), and sex-determining region Y-related protein (Kasimiotis et al., 2000). It was demonstrated that the priming of b-cell–reactive T cells occurs in the pancreatic lymph nodes of NOD mice. Gagnerault et al. (2002) demonstrated protection from insulin autoantibodies, insulitis, and diabetes in mice whose pancreatic lymph nodes had been removed at 3 weeks of age. Therefore, we can conclude that the anti-islet response plays an important role in the development of T-cell–mediated autoimmune diabetes. G. Affinity Maturation There is a window of time from the progression of nondestructive insulitis (2–4 weeks) to overt diabetes (from 11 weeks). Many studies have demonstrated that although treatment of young prediabetic NOD mice results in protection of diabetes, treatment later (e.g., from 6 weeks) has no effect on diabetes development. For example, whereas blocking costimulation with CTLA4Ig or B7-2 antibodies prevents diabetes in NOD females when treatment was
252
MICHELLE SOLOMON AND NORA SARVETNICK
administered at 2 weeks of age, treatment at more than 10 weeks has no effect (Lenschow et al., 1995). Wicker et al. (1986) demonstrated that successful transfer of diabetes to older (6 weeks) NOD mice required the recipient mice to be irradiated to remove the exisiting immune population of the NOD mouse before transfer of diabetogenic splenocytes. Amrani et al. (2000) demonstrated that the progression from benign insulitis to diabetes in the NOD mouse is driven by the ‘‘avidity maturation’’ of pancreatic b-cell–specific CD8 T cells that recognize peptides in the context of class I MHC (NRP and NRP-A7). They found that disease onset was associated with the increasing number of NRP-A7 reactive CD8 T-cell lymphocytes; treatment of prediabetic mice with soluble NRP-A7 diminishes the avidity maturation of the autoreactive CD8þ T-cell population by deleting T-cell clones that express TCR with highest affinity and low dissociation rates for peptide–MHC binding, that is, b-cell autoreactive T cells. H. Costimulation Costimulatory signals play a critical role in the development and progression of autoimmune diabetes in NOD mice. Treatment of NOD mice at the onset of insulitis (2 weeks) with CTLA4 immunoglobulin (a soluble CD28 antagonist that plays a role in T-cell peripheral tolerance [Perez et al., 1997]) or a monoclonal antibody specific for B7-2 (a CD28 ligand) prevents the development of diabetes, whereas administration at older than 10 weeks of age had no effect (Lenschow et al., 1995). Treatment with anti-B7-1 mAb alone or in conjunction with anti-B7-2 resulted in accelerated disease in female mice and induced diabetes in male mice. CD28-deficient NOD mice, which are defective in the CD28/B7 costimulatory pathway, similarly demonstrate exacerbated autoimmune diabetes (Lenschow et al., 1996). Studies of diabetes development in B7-1/B7-2–deficient NOD mice that lack both CD28 and CTLA4 signaling found that the absence of B7-1 results in exacerbation of autoimmunity, whereas the absence of B7-2 results in complete protection from disease (Salomon et al., 2000). It was initially suggested that accelerated diabetes was due to defective Th2 development in the absence of CD28 signaling mechanisms (Lenschow et al., 1996; Rulifson et al., 1997). However, T cells isolated from B7-deficient mice did not express Th2 cytokine IL-4 or Th1 cytokine IFN-g (Salomon et al., 2000). Salomon et al. (2000) suggested that CD28/B7 costimulation is essential for the homeostasis of the CD4þ CD25þ immunoregulatory T cells that control autoimmune diabetes. Hence, the enhanced diabetes in CD28/B7–deficient mice was due to the elimination of the population of the immunoregulatory CD4þ CD28þ CTLA-4þ T-cell subset essential for the protection of NOD mice from establishment of autoimmunity. In fact, the transfer of this regulatory T-cell subset from control NOD animals into CD28-deficient animals
THE PATHOGENESIS OF DIABETES IN THE NOD MOUSE
253
can delay or prevent diabetes (Salomon et al., 2000). Moreover, short-term therapy with anti-CTLA-4 mAbs of a diabetogenic TCR transgenic mouse strain results in rapid induction of insulitis and b-cell destruction (Luhder et al., 1998). These data were interpreted to demonstrate that immunoregulatory CD4þ CD25þ CTLA-4 T regulatory T cells play a major role in controlling the development of autoimmune diabetes. However, other equally plausible interpretations of these results could be relevant. I. Th1/Th2 Paradigm: The Effect of Cytokines on Islets Early studies demonstrated that autoimmune diabetes was regulated by a delicate balance between pathogenic and protective cytokines. Whereas destructive lesions in islets of NOD mice were characterized by the presence of high levels of Th1 cytokine–producing cells expressing IFN-g, TNF-b, IL-2, and IL-12, low frequencies of IL-4–producing cells and increased expression of the proinflammatory cytokines IL-1, TNF-a, IFN-a (Rabinovitch, 1998; Rabinovitch et al., 1995a, 1995b), nondestructive lesions were characterized by an abundance of Th2 cells expressing IL-4 and IL-10, few IFN-g–producing cells, and the immunosuppressive transforming growth factor-b (TGF-b) (Gazda et al., 1997; Shehadeh et al., 1993). In support of this notion, protection of NOD mice against diabetes has been demonstrated after treatment with IL-4 (Rapoport et al., 1993) or IL-10 (Pennline et al., 1994), whereas systemic administration of Th1 cytokine IL-12 (Trembleau et al., 1995) and TNF-a (Yang et al., 1994) can precipitate disease. Further studies using transgenic or knockout NOD mice suggest that the Th1/Th2 paradigm of autoimmune diabetes regulation is an oversimplification. Whereas NOD mice transgenic for IL-4 transgene islet b-cells show protection from diabetes, IL-4 knockout NOD mice do not show accelerated diabetes (Mueller et al., 1996; Wang et al., 1998). In addition, anti-IFN-g treatment prevents diabetes development in the NOD mouse (Campbell et al., 1991), but IFN-g-deficient NOD mice continue to develop diabetes albeit at a reduced rate (Hultgren et al., 1996) and transgenic NOD mice expressing IFN-g suffer an inflammatory destruction of the islets (Sarvetnick et al., 1988). Additionally, whereas NOD mice administered IL-10 are protected from diabetes (Pennline et al., 1994), mice transgenic for IL-10 develop accelerated diabetes (Wogensen et al., 1994). These data suggest that the interactions of the many different cytokines in the immune system are complicated (Sarvetnick, 1996). The ability to determine an individual role for each cytokine involves a wide variety of factors, such as the variation of expression of cytokines during the progression of the disease, the microenvironment of cytokine production, the modulation of other cytokine and chemokine expression, the redundancy of cytokine action depending on the dose and frequency of administration, and the age of the NOD mouse.
254
MICHELLE SOLOMON AND NORA SARVETNICK
Cytokines secreted by activated macrophages and T cells such as IL-1, TNF-a, TNF-b, and IFN-g may be directly cytotoxic to pancreatic b-cells by inducing nitric oxide and other free radicals. Cytotoxic T cells can destroy islets through the perforin (Kagi et al., 1997) and granzyme pathway and Fas–Fas ligand and TNF–TNF receptor interactions (Itoh et al., 1997; Kurrer et al., 1997; Su et al., 2000). IFN-g may also be involved in upregulation of class I MHC expression on b cells to mark them for T-cell–mediated lysis and IL-1, IFN-g, and TNFa in the induction of Fas expression on b-cells for Fas/FasL–mediated destruction (Rabinovitch, 1998). J. b-Cell Compensatory Mechanisms The initiation of disease in the NOD mouse is specifically targeted to islet b-cells and not other islet cells, such as a cells (Dilts and Lafferty, 1999). Moreover, lymphocytes are associated with the islet tissue only as long as insulin-producing b-cells are present (Dilts and Lafferty, 1999). The findings that islets of recently diabetic NOD mice, which show low insulin production, regain part of their function when cultured in vitro in the absence of T cells (Strandell et al., 1990) and the normalization of glycemia of diabetic NOD mice after anti-TCR mAb treatment (Chatenoud et al., 1994; Sempe et al., 1991) suggest that b-cells are able to compensate for the early stages of damage (Sreenan et al., 1999). b-cells are unable to proliferate and repair damage as fast as their destruction by T cells. Morphometric studies demonstrate that actual b-cell destruction takes place only when more than half of the islets in the pancreas have invasive insulitis (Debussche et al., 1994; Signore et al., 1994). When b-cell loss is such that the insulin content of the pancreas becomes less than 10%, irreversible clinical diabetes results (Sreenan et al., 1999). The knowledge of compensatory mechanisms for b-cell destruction is important in designing therapies for diabetes. VII. Concluding Remarks
The NOD mouse has been a useful model with which to study the mechanisms associated with the development of autoimmune diabetes. Its versatility as a model that can be selectively bred and genetically manipulated has facilitated studies in which the role of individual factors can be directly investigated in islet cell autoimmunity and therapies against clinical diabetes can be examined. Although research has demonstrated that CD4 or CD8 T cells are sufficient to cause b-cell destruction, the fact that NOD mice can be protected from clinical diabetes via the depletion of other leukocyte subsets, blockade of costimulation, expression of certain cytokines, immunization against autoantigens, as well as through the effects of variable environment factors makes it hard to believe that these cells are acting alone. It is more
THE PATHOGENESIS OF DIABETES IN THE NOD MOUSE
255
likely that there is a complex interaction between APCs (DCs, macrophages, and B cells), T lymphocytes, and numerous cytokines and chemokines that all participate in inducing b-cell destruction. Despite numerous reports describing the involvement of many of these molecules in the development of diabetes, the extent to which each participates in b-cell destruction during the disease process is still controversial. It appears that clinical diabetes develops only when many diabetogenic factors assemble. References Acha-Orbea, H., and McDevitt, H. O. (1987). The first external domain of the nonobese diabetic mouse class II I-A beta chain is unique. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84, 2435–2439. Akashi, T., Nagafuchi, S., Anzai, K., Kondo, S., Kitamura, D., Wakana, S., Ono, J., Kikuchi, M., Niho, Y., and Watanabe, T. (1997). Direct evidence for the contribution of B cells to the progression of insulitis and the development of diabetes in non-obese diabetic mice. Int. Immunol. 9, 1159–1164. Amano, K., Yokono, K., Hasegawa, Y., Taki, T., Tominaga, Y., Yoneda, R., Nagata, M., and Kasuga, M. (1995). A novel function of islet-derived CD8þT cells in initiating and developing autoimmune insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus in non-obese diabetic (NOD) mice. Diabetes. Res. Clin. Pract. 28, 161–172. Amano, K., and Yoon, J. W. (1990). Studies on autoimmunity for initiation of beta-cell destruction. V. Decrease of macrophage-dependent T lymphocytes and natural killer cytotoxicity in silica-treated BB rats. Diabetes 39, 590–596. Amrani, A., Verdaguer, J., Anderson, B., Utsugi, T., Bou, S., and Santamaria, P. (1999). Perforinindependent beta-cell destruction by diabetogenic CD8(þ) T lymphocytes in transgenic nonobese diabetic mice. J. Clin. Invest. 103, 1201–1209. Amrani, A., Verdaguer, J., Serra, P., Tafuro, S., Tan, R., and Santamaria, P. (2000). Progression of autoimmune diabetes driven by avidity maturation of a T-cell population. Nature 406, 739–742. Andre, I., Gonzalez, A., Wang, B., Katz, J., Benoist, C., and Mathis, D. (1996). Checkpoints in the progression of autoimmune disease: Lessons from diabetes models. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93, 2260–2263. Atkinson, M. A., and Leiter, E. H. (1999). The NOD mouse model of type 1 diabetes: As good as it gets? Nat. Med. 5, 601–604. Bach, J. F. (1994). Insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus as an autoimmune disease. Endocr. Rev. 15, 516–542. Baekkeskov, S., Aanstoot, H. J., Christgau, S., Reetz, A., Solimena, M., Cascalho, M., Folli, F., Richter-Olesen, H., De Camilli, P., and Camilli, P. D. (1990). Identification of the 64K autoantigen in insulin-dependent diabetes as the GABA-synthesizing enzyme glutamic acid decarboxylase. Nature 347, 151–156. Baekkeskov, S., Landin, M., Kristensen, J. K., Srikanta, S., Bruining, G. J., Mandrup-Poulsen, T., de Beaufort, C., Soeldner, J. S., Eisenbarth, G., Lindgren, F., Sundquist, G., and Lernmark, A. (1987). Antibodies to a 64,000 Mr human islet cell antigen precede the clinical onset of insulindependent diabetes. J. Clin. Invest. 79, 926–934. Baxter, A. G., Kinder, S. J., Hammond, K. J., Scollay, R., and Godfrey, D. I. (1997). Association between alphabetaTCRþCD4-CD8-T-cell deficiency and IDDM in NOD/Lt mice. Diabetes 46, 572–582. Baxter, A. G., and Mandel, T. E. (1991). Hemolytic anemia in non-obese diabetic mice. Eur. J. Immunol. 21, 2051–2055.
256
MICHELLE SOLOMON AND NORA SARVETNICK
Bendelac, A., Carnaud, C., Boitard, C., and Bach, J. F. (1987). Syngeneic transfer of autoimmune diabetes from diabetic NOD mice to healthy neonates. Requirement for both L3T4þ and Lyt-2þ T cells. J. Exp. Med. 166, 823–832. Bendelac, A., Rivera, M. N., Park, S. H., and Roark, J. H. (1997). Mouse CD1-specific NK1 T cells: Development, specificity, and function. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 15, 535–562. Bernard, N. F., Ertug, F., and Margolese, H. (1992). High incidence of thyroiditis and anti-thyroid autoantibodies in NOD mice. Diabetes 41, 40–46. Bohme, J., Schuhbaur, B., Kanagawa, O., Benoist, C., and Mathis, D. (1990). MHC-linked protection from diabetes dissociated from clonal deletion of T cells. Science 249, 293–295. Boitard, C., Bendelac, A., Richard, M. F., Carnaud, C., and Bach, J. F. (1988). Prevention of diabetes in nonobese diabetic mice by anti-I-A monoclonal antibodies: Transfer of protection by splenic T cells. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85, 9719–9723. Boitard, C., Larger, E., Timsit, J., Sempe, P., and Bach, J. F. (1994). IDDM: An islet or an immune disease? Diabetologia 37(Suppl. 2), S90–S98. Boitard, C., Villa, M. C., Becourt, C., Gia, H. P., Huc, C., Sempe, P., Portier, M. M., and Bach, J. F. (1992). Peripherin: An islet antigen that is cross-reactive with nonobese diabetic mouse class II gene products. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89, 172–176. Boitard, C., Yasunami, R., Dardenne, M., and Bach, J. F. (1989). T cell–mediated inhibition of the transfer of autoimmune diabetes in NOD mice. J. Exp. Med. 169, 1669–1680. Bottazzo, G. F., Florin-Christensen, A., and Doniach, D. (1974). Islet-cell antibodies in diabetes mellitus with autoimmune polyendocrine deficiencies. Lancet 2, 1279–1283. Bradley, B. J., Haskins, K., La Rosa, F. G., and Lafferty, K. J. (1992). CD8 T cells are not required for islet destruction induced by a CD4þ islet-specific T-cell clone. Diabetes 41, 1603–1608. Bradley, B. J., Wang, Y. Y., Lafferty, K. J., and Haskins, K. (1990). In vivo activity of an islet-reactive T-cell clone. J. Autoimmun. 3, 449–456. Cameron, M. J., Arreaza, G. A., Grattan, M., Meagher, C., Sharif, S., Burdick, M. D., Strieter, R. M., Cook, D. N., and Delovitch, T. L. (2000). Differential expression of CC chemokines and the CCR5 receptor in the pancreas is associated with progression to type I diabetes. J. Immunol. 165, 1102–1110. Campbell, I. L., Oxbrow, L., and Harrison, L. C. (1991). Reduction in insulitis following administration of IFN-gamma and TNF-alpha in the NOD mouse. J. Autoimmun. 4, 249–262. Chatenoud, L., Thervet, E., Primo, J., and Bach, J. F. (1994). Anti-CD3 antibody induces longterm remission of overt autoimmunity in nonobese diabetic mice. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91, 123–127. Choi, S. E., Kim, K. S., Kim, K. H., Choi, U. Y., Kim, H. M., Yoon, J. W., and Kang, Y. (2000). Endogenous ecotropic murine leukemia viral (MuL V) envelope protein as a new autoantigen reactive with non-obese diabetic mice sera. J. Autoimmun. 15, 347–357. Christianson, S. W., Shultz, L. D., and Leiter, E. H. (1993). Adoptive transfer of diabetes into immunodeficient NOD-scid/scid mice. Relative contributions of CD4þ and CD8þ T-cells from diabetic versus prediabetic NOD.NON-Thy-1a donors. Diabetes 42, 44–55. Corbett, J. A., and McDaniel, M. L. (1992). Does nitric oxide mediate autoimmune destruction of beta-cells? Possible therapeutic interventions in IDDM. Diabetes 41, 897–903. Daniel, D., and Wegmann, D. R. (1996). Protection of nonobese diabetic mice from diabetes by intranasal or subcutaneous administration of insulin peptide B-(9–23). Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93, 956–960. Dardenne, M., Lepault, F., Bendelac, A., and Bach, J. F. (1989). Acceleration of the onset of diabetes in NOD mice by thymectomy at weaning. Eur. J. Immunol. 19, 889–895. Debussche, X., Lormeau, B., Boitard, C., Toublanc, M., and Assan, R. (1994). Course of pancreatic beta cell destruction in prediabetic NOD mice: A histomorphometric evaluation. Diabetes Metab. 20, 282–290.
THE PATHOGENESIS OF DIABETES IN THE NOD MOUSE
257
Dilts, S. M., and Lafferty, K. J. (1999). Autoimmune diabetes: The involvement of benign and malignant autoimmunity. J. Autoimmun. 12, 229–232. Durant, S., Coulaud, J., Amrani, A., el Hasnaoui, A., Dardenne, M., and Homo-Delarche, F. (1993). Effects of various environmental stress paradigms and adrenalectomy on the expression of autoimmune type 1 diabetes in the non-obese diabetic (NOD) mouse. J. Autoimmun. 6, 735–751. Eisenbarth, G. S., Morris, M. A., and Scearce, R. M. (1981). Cytotoxic antibodies to cloned rat islet cells in serum of patients with diabetes mellitus. J. Clin. Invest. 67, 403–408. Elias, D., Markovits, D., Reshef, T., van der Zee, R., and Cohen, I. R. (1990). Induction and therapy of autoimmune diabetes in the non-obese diabetic (NOD/Lt) mouse by a 65-kDa heat shock protein. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87, 1576–1580. Elias, D., Maron, R., Cohen, I. R., and Schechter, Y. (1984). Mouse antibodies to the insulin receptor developing spontaneously as anti-idiotypes. II. Effects on glucose homeostasis and the insulin receptor. J. Biol. Chem. 259, 6416–6419. Elias, D., Reshef, T., Birk, O. S., van der Zee, R., Walker, M. D., and Cohen, I. R. (1991). Vaccination against autoimmune mouse diabetes with a T-cell epitope of the human 65-kDa heat shock protein. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88, 3088–3091. Elliott, R. B., Reddy, S. N., Bibby, N. J., and Kida, K. (1988). Dietary prevention of diabetes in the non-obese diabetic mouse. Diabetologia 31, 62–64. Falcone, M., Lee, J., Patstone, G., Yeung, B., and Sarvetnick, N. (1998). B lymphocytes are crucial antigen-presenting cells in the pathogenic autoimmune response to GAD65 antigen in nonobese diabetic mice. J. Immunol. 161, 1163–1168. Falcone, M., Yeung, B., Tucker, L., Rodriguez, E., and Sarvetnick, N. (1999). A defect in interleukin 12-induced activation and interferon gamma secretion of peripheral natural killer T cells in nonobese diabetic mice suggests new pathogenic mechanisms for insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. J. Exp. Med. 190, 963–972. Fujino-Kurihara, H., Fujita, H., Hakura, A., Nonaka, K., and Tarui, S. (1985). Morphological aspects on pancreatic islets of non-obese diabetic (NOD) mice. Virchows Arch. B Cell. Pathol. Incl. Mol. Pathol. 49, 107–120. Gagnerault, M. C., Luan, J. J., Lotton, C., and Lepault, F. (2002). Pancreatic lymph nodes are required for priming of beta cell reactive T cells in NOD mice. J. Exp. Med. 196, 369–377. Gazda, L. S., Charlton, B., and Lafferty, K. J. (1997). Diabetes results from a late change in the autoimmune response of NOD mice. J. Autoimmun. 10, 261–270. Geenen, V., and Kroemer, G. (1993). Multiple ways to cellular immune tolerance. Immunol. Today 14, 573–575. Ghosh, S., Palmer, S. M., Rodrigues, N. R., Cordell, H. J., Hearne, C. M., Cornall, R. J., Prins, J. B., McShane, P., Lathrop, G. M., Peterson, L. B., Wicker, L. S., and Todd, J. A. (1993). Polygenic control of autoimmune diabetes in nonobese diabetic mice. Nat. Genet. 4, 404–409. Goillot, E., Mutin, M., and Touraine, J. L. (1991). Sialadenitis in nonobese diabetic mice: transfer into syngeneic healthy neonates by splenic T lymphocytes. Clin. Immunol. Immunopathol. 59, 462–473. Greeley, S. A., Moore, D. J., Noorchashm, H., Noto, L. E., Rostami, S. Y., Schlachterman, A., Song, H. K., Koeberlein, B., Barker, C. F., and Naji, A. (2001). Impaired activation of islet-reactive CD4 T cells in pancreatic lymph nodes of B cell-deficient nonobese diabetic mice. J. Immunol. 167, 4351–4357. Hanafusa, T., Miyagawa, J., Nakajima, H., Tomita, K., Kuwajima, M., Matsuzawa, Y., and Tarui, S. (1994). The NOD mouse. Diabetes Res. Clin. Pract. 24(Suppl.), S307–S311. Hanafusa, T., Sugihara, S., Fujino-Kurihara, H., Miyagawa, J., Miyazaki, A., Yoshioka, T., Yamada, K., Nakajima, H., Asakawa, H., Kono, N., Fugiwara, H., Hamaoka, T., and Tarui, S. (1988). Induction of insulitis by adoptive transfer with L3T4þLyt2 T-lymphocytes in T-lymphocytedepleted NOD mice. Diabetes 37, 204–208.
258
MICHELLE SOLOMON AND NORA SARVETNICK
Harada, M., Kishimoto, Y., and Makino, S. (1990). Prevention of overt diabetes and insulitis in NOD mice by a single BCG vaccination. Diabetes Res. Clin. Pract. 8, 85–89. Harada, M., and Makino, S. (1984). Promotion of spontaneous diabetes in non-obese diabetesprone mice by cyclophosphamide. Diabetologia 27, 604–606. Hari, J., Yokono, K., Yonezawa, K., Amano, K., Yaso, S., Shii, K., Imamura, Y., and Baba, S. (1986). Immunochemical characterization of anti-islet cell surface monoclonal antibody from nonobese diabetic mice. Diabetes 35, 517–522. Haskins, K., and McDuffie, M. (1990). Acceleration of diabetes in young NOD mice with a CD4þ islet-specific T cell clone. Science 249, 1433–1436. Haskins, K., Portas, M., Bradley, B., Wegmann, D., and Lafferty, K. (1988). T-lymphocyte clone specific for pancreatic islet antigen. Diabetes 37, 1444–1448. Haskins, K., and Wegmann, D. (1996). Diabetogenic T-cell clones. Diabetes 45, 1299–1305. Hattori, M., Buse, J. B., Jackson, R. A., Glimcher, L., Dorf, M. E., Minami, M., Makino, S., Moriwaki, K., Kuzuya, H., Imura, H., Strauss, W. M., Seidman, J. C., and Eisenbarth, G. S. (1986). The NOD mouse: Recessive diabetogenic gene in the major histocompatibility complex. Science 231, 733–735. Hayward, A. R., and Shreiber, M. (1989). Neonatal injection of CD3 antibody into nonobese diabetic mice reduces the incidence of insulitis and diabetes. J. Immunol. 143, 1555–1559. Herbelin, A., Gombert, J. M., Lepault, F., Bach, J. F., and Chatenoud, L. (1998). Mature mainstream TCR alpha betaþCD4þ thymocytes expressing L-selectin mediate ‘‘Active tolerance’’ in the nonobese diabetic mouse J. Immunol. 161, 2620–2628. Hong, S., Wilson, M. T., Serizawa, I., Wu, L., Singh, N., Naidenko, O. V., Miura, T., Haba, T., Scherer, D. C., Wei, J., Kronenberg, M., Koezuka, Y., and Van Kaer, L. (2001). The natural killer T-cell ligand alpha-galactosylceramide prevents autoimmune diabetes in nonobese diabetic mice. Nat. Med. 7, 1052–1056. Hultgren, B., Huang, X., Dybdal, N., and Stewart, T. A. (1996). Genetic absence of gammainterferon delays but does not prevent diabetes in NOD mice. Diabetes 45, 812–817. Hutchings, P. R., Simpson, E., O’Reilly, L. A., Lund, T., Waldmann, H., and Cooke, A. (1990). The involvement of Ly2þ T cells in beta cell destruction. J. Autoimmun. 3(Suppl. 1), 101–109. Itoh, M., Takahaslli, T., Sakaguchi, N., Kuniyasu, Y., Shimizu, J., Otsuka, F., and Sakaguchi, S. (1999). Thymus and autoimmunity: Production of CD25þCD4þ naturally anergic and suppressive T cells as a key function of the thymus in maintaining immunologic self-tolerance. J. Immunol. 162, 5317–5326. Itoh, N., Imagawa, A., Hanafusa, T., Waguri, M., Yamamoto, K., Iwahashi, H., Moriwaki, M., Nakajima, H., Miyagawa, J., Namba, M., Makino, S., Nagata, S., Kono, N., and Matsuzawa, Y. (1997). Requirement of Fas for the development of autoimmune diabetes in nonobese diabetic mice. J. Exp. Med. 186, 613–618. Jansen, A., Homo-Delarche, F., Hooijkaas, H., Leenen, P. J., Dardenne, M., and Drexhage, H. A. (1994). Immunohistochemical characterization of monocytes-macrophages and dendritic cells involved in the initiation of the insulitis and beta-cell destruction in NOD mice. Diabetes 43, 667–675. Jun, H. S., Yoon, C. S., Zbytnuik, L., van Rooijen, N., and Yoon, J. W. (1999). The role of macrophages in T cell-mediated autoimmune diabetes in nonobese diabetic mice. J. Exp. Med. 189, 347–358. Kagi, D., Odermatt, B., Seiler, P., Zinkernagel, R. M., Mak, T. W., and Hengartner, H. (1997). Reduced incidence and delayed onset of diabetes in perforin-deficient nonobese diabetic mice. J. Exp. Med. 186, 989–997. Karounos, D. G., and Thomas, J. W. (1990). Recognition of common islet antigen by autoantibodies from NOD mice and humans with IDDM. Diabetes 39, 1085–1090. Kasimiotis, H., Myers, M. A., Argentaro, A., Mertin, S., Fida, S., Ferraro, T., Olsson, J., Rowley, M. J., and Harley, V. R. (2000). Sex-determining region Y-related protein SOX13 is a diabetes autoantigen expressed in pancreatic islets. Diabetes 49, 555–561.
THE PATHOGENESIS OF DIABETES IN THE NOD MOUSE
259
Katz, J., Benoist, C., and Mathis, D. (1993a). Major histocompatibility complex class I molecules are required for the development of insulitis in non-obese diabetic mice. Eur. J. Immunol. 23, 3358–3360. Katz, J. D., Wang, B., Haskins, K., Benoist, C., and Mathis, D. (1993b). Following a diabetogenic T cell from genesis through pathogenesis. Cell 74, 1089–1100. Kaufman, D. L., Clare-Salzler, M., Tian, J., Forsthuber, T., Ting, G. S., Robinson, P., Atkinson, M. A., Sercarz, E. E., Tobin, A. J., and Lehmann, P. V. (1993). Spontaneous loss of T-cell tolerance to glutamic acid decarboxylase in murine insulin-dependent diabetes. Nature 366, 69–72. King, C., Ilic, A., Koelsch, K., Santamaria, P., and Sarvetnick, N. (2004). Immune insufficiency generates autoimmunity. Cell 117, 265–277. Koike, T., Itoh, Y., Ishii, T., Ito, I., Takabayashi, K., Maruyama, N., Tomioka, H., and Yoshida, S. (1987). Preventive effect of monoclonal anti-L3T4 antibody on development of diabetes in NOD mice. Diabetes 36, 539–541. Kouskoff, V., Korganow, A. S., Duchatelle, V., Degott, C., Benoist, C., and Mathis, D. (1997). A new mouse model of rheumatoid arthritis: Organ-specific disease provoked by systemic autoimmunity. Ryumachi 37, 147. Kurrer, M. O., Pakala, S. V., Hanson, H. L., and Katz, J. D. (1997). Beta cell apoptosis in T cell-mediated autoimmune diabetes. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94, 213–218. Lee, K. U., Amano, K., and Yoon, J. W. (1988). Evidence for initial involvement of macrophage in development of insulitis in NOD mice. Diabetes 37, 989–991. Lehuen, A., Lantz, O., Beaudoin, L., Laloux, V., Carnaud, C., Bendelac, A., Bach, J. F., and Monteiro, R. C. (1998). Overexpression of natural killer T cells protects Valpha14-Jalpha281 transgenic nonobese diabetic mice against diabetes. J. Exp. Med. 188, 1831–1839. Lenschow, D. J., Herold, K. C., Rhee, L., Patel, B., Koons, A., Qin, H. Y., Fuchs, E., Singh, B., Thompson, C. B., and Bluestone, J. A. (1996). CD28/B7 regulation of Th1 and Th2 subsets in the development of autoimmune diabetes. Immunity 5, 285–293. Lenschow, D. J., Ho, S. C., Sattar, H., Rhee, L., Gray, G., Nabavi, N., Herold, K. C., and Bluestone, J. A. (1995). Differential effects of anti-B7-1 and anti-B7-2 monoclonal antibody treatment on the development of diabetes in the nonobese diabetic mouse. J. Exp. Med. 181, 1145–1155. Luhder, F., Hoglund, P., Allison, J. P., Benoist, C., and Mathis, D. (1998). Cytotoxic T lymphocyteassociated antigen 4 (CTLA-4) regulates the unfolding of autoimmune diabetes. J. Exp. Med. 187, 427–432. Lund, T., O’Reilly, L., Hutchings, P., Kanagawa, O., Simpson, E., Gravely, R., Chandler, P., Dyson, J., Picard, J. K., Edwards, A., Kioussis, D., and Cooke, A. (1990). Prevention of insulindependent diabetes mellitus in non-obese diabetic mice by transgenes encoding modified IA beta-chain or normal I-E alpha-chain. Nature 345, 727–729. Makino, S., Kunimoto, K., Muraoka, Y., Mizushima, Y., Katagiri, K., and Tochino, Y. (1980). Breeding of a non-obese, diabetic strain of mice. Jikken Dobutsu 29, 1–13. Matsumoto, M., Yagi, H., Kunimoto, K., Kawaguchi, J., Makino, S., and Harada, M. (1993). Transfer of autoimmune diabetes from diabetic NOD mice to NOD athymic nude mice: The roles of T cell subsets in the pathogenesis. Cell Immunol. 148, 189–197. McInerney, M. F., Pek, S. B., and Thomas, D. W. (1991). Prevention of insulitis and diabetes onset by treatment with complete Freund’s adjuvant in NOD mice. Diabetes 40, 715–725. Meagher, C., Sharif, S., Hussain, S., Cameron, M. J., Arreaza, G. A., and Delovitch, T. L. (2003). Cytokines and chemokines in the pathogenesis of murine type 1 diabetes. Adv. Exp. Med. Biol. 520, 133–158. Miller, B. J., Appel, M. C., O’Neil, J. J., and Wicker, L. S. (1988). Both the Lyt-2þ and L3T4þ T cell subsets are required for the transfer of diabetes in nonobese diabetic mice. J. Immunol. 140, 52–58.
260
MICHELLE SOLOMON AND NORA SARVETNICK
Miyazaki, A., Hanafusa, T., Yamada, K., Miyagawa, J., Fujino-Kurihara, H., Nakajima, H., Nonaka, K., and Tarui, S. (1985). Predominance of T lymphocytes in pancreatic islets and spleen of pre-diabetic non-obese diabetic (NOD) mice: A longitudinal study. Clin. Exp. Immunol. 60, 622–630. Miyazaki, T., Matsuda, Y., Toyonaga, T., Miyazaki, J., Yazaki, Y., and Yamamura, K. (1992). Prevention of autoimmune insulitis in nonobese diabetic mice by expression of major histocompatibility complex class I Ld molecules. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89, 9519–9523. Miyazaki, T., Uno, M., Uehira, M., Kikutani, H., Kishimoto, T., Kimoto, M., Nishimoto, H., Miyazaki, J., and Yamamura, K. (1990). Direct evidence for the contribution of the unique I-ANOD to the development of insulitis in non-obese diabetic mice. Nature 345, 722–724. Mueller, R., Krahl, T., and Sarvetnick, N. (1996). Pancreatic expression of interleukin-4 abrogates insulitis and autoimmune diabetes in nonobese diabetic (NOD) mice. J. Exp. Med. 184, 1093–1099. Muir, A., Peck, A., Clare-Salzler, M., Song, Y. H., Cornelius, J., Luchetta, R., Krischer, J., and Maclaren, N. (1995). Insulin immunization of nonobese diabetic mice induces a protective insulitis characterized by diminished intraislet interferon-gamma transcription. J. Clin. Invest. 95, 628–634. Nagata, M., Santamaria, P., Kawamura, T., Utsugi, T., and Yoon, J. W. (1994). Evidence for the role of CD8þ cytotoxic T cells in the destruction of pancreatic beta-cells in nonobese diabetic mice. J. Immunol. 152, 2042–2050. Nagata, M., Yokono, K., Hayakawa, M., Kawase, Y., Hatamori, N., Ogawa, W., Yonezawa, K., Shii, K., and Baba, S. (1989). Destruction of pancreatic islet cells by cytotoxic T lymphocytes in nonobese diabetic mice. J. Immunol. 143, 1155–1162. Nagata, M., and Yoon, J. W. (1992). Studies on autoimmunity for T-cell–mediated beta-cell destruction. Distinct difference in beta-cell destruction between CD4þ and CD8þ T-cell clones derived from lymphocytes infiltrating the islets of NOD mice. Diabetes 41, 998–1008. Nakagawa, C., Hanafusa, T., Miyagawa, J., Yutsudo, M., Nakajima, H., Yamamoto, K., Tomita, K., Kono, N., Hakura, A., and Tarui, S. (1992). Retrovirus gag protein p30 in the islets of non-obese diabetic mice: Relevance for pathogenesis of diabetes mellitus. Diabetologia 35, 614–618. Nakajima, H., Yamada, K., Hanafusa, T., Fujino-Kurihara, H., Miyagawa, J., Miyazaki, A., Saitoh, R., Minami, Y., Kono, N., Nonaka, K., Tochino, Y., and Tarui, S. (1986). Elevated antibodydependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity and its inhibition by nicotinamide in the diabetic NOD mouse. Immunol. Lett. 12, 91–94. Nishimoto, H., Kikutani, H., Yamamura, K., and Kishimoto, T. (1987). Prevention of autoimmune insulitis by expression of I-E molecules in NOD mice. Nature 328, 432–434. Noorchashm, H., Lieu, Y. K., Noorchashm, N., Rostami, S. Y., Greeley, S. A., Schlachterman, A., Song, H. K., Noto, L. E., Jevnikar, A. M., Barker, C. F., and Naji, A. (1999a). I-Ag7–mediated antigen presentation by B lymphocytes is critical in overcoming a checkpoint in T cell tolerance to islet beta cells of nonobese diabetic mice. J. Immunol. 163, 743–750. Noorchashm, H., Lieu, Y. K., Song, H. K., Rostami, S. Y., Greeley, S. A., Noorchashm, N., Barker, C. F., and Naji, A. (1999b). B lymphocytes influence the shape of the mature preimmune CD4þ TCR repertoire. Transplant Proc. 31, 832–833. Noorchashm, H., Noorchashm, N., Kern, J., Rostami, S. Y., Barker, C. F., and Naji, A. (1997). B-cells are required for the initiation of insulitis and sialitis in nonobese diabetic mice. Diabetes 46, 941–946. O’Reilly, L. A., Hutchings, P. R., Crocker, P. R., Simpson, E., Lund, T., Kioussis, D., Takei, F., Baird, J., and Cooke, A. (1991). Characterization of pancreatic islet cell infiltrates in NOD mice: Effect of cell transfer and transgene expression. Eur. J. Immunol. 21, 1171–1180. Oldstone, M. B. (1990). Viruses as therapeutic agents. I. Treatment of nonobese insulin-dependent diabetes mice with virus prevents insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus while maintaining general immune competence. J. Exp. Med. 171, 2077–2089.
THE PATHOGENESIS OF DIABETES IN THE NOD MOUSE
261
Oldstone, M. B., Ahmed, R., and Salvato, M. (1990). Viruses as therapeutic agents. II. Viral reassortants map prevention of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus to the small RNA of lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus. J. Exp. Med. 171, 2091–2100. Pankewycz, O. G., Guan, J. X., and Benedict, J. F. (1995). Cytokines as mediators of autoimmune diabetes and diabetic complications. Endocr. Rev. 16, 164–176. Pennline, K. J., Roque-Gaffney, E., and Monahan, M. (1994). Recombinant human IL-10 prevents the onset of diabetes in the nonobese diabetic mouse. Clin. Immunol. Immunopathol. 71, 169–175. Perez, V. L., Van Parijs, L., Biuckians, A., Zheng, X. X., Strom, T. B., and Abbas, A. K. (1997). Induction of peripheral T cell tolerance in vivo requires CTLA-4 engagement. Immunity 6, 411–417. Pozzilli, P., Signore, A., Williams, A. J., and Beales, P. E. (1993). NOD mouse colonies around the world–recent facts and figures. Immunol. Today 14, 193–196. Prange, S., Zucker, P., Jevnikar, A. M., and Singh, B. (2001). Transplanted MHC class I-deficient nonobese diabetic mouse islets are protected from autoimmune injury in diabetic nonobese recipients. Transplantation 71, 982–955. Qin, H. Y., Suarez, W. L., Parfrey, N., Power, R. F., and Rabinovitch, A. (1992). Mechanisms of complete Freund’s adjuvant protection against diabetes in BB rats: Induction of non-specific suppressor cells. Autoimmunity 12, 193–199. Quinn, A., McInerney, M. F., and Sercarz, E. E. (2001). MHC class I-restricted determinants on the glutamic acid decarboxylase 65 molecule induce spontaneous CTL activity. J. Immunol. 167, 1748–1757. Quintana, F. J., Pitashny, M., and Cohen, I. R. (2003). Experimental autoimmune myasthenia gravis in naive non-obese diabetic (NOD/LtJ) mice: Susceptibility associated with natural IgG antibodies to the acetylcholine receptor. Int. Immunol. 15, 11–16. Rabinovitch, A. (1998). An update on cytokines in the pathogenesis of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Diabetes Metab. Rev. 14, 129–151. Rabinovitch, A., Suarez-Pinzon, W. L., Sorensen, O., Bleackley, R. C., and Power, R. F. (1995a). IFN-gamma gene expression in pancreatic islet-infiltrating mononuclear cells correlates with autoimmune diabetes in nonobese diabetic mice. J. Immunol. 154, 4874–4882. Rabinovitch, A., Suarez-Pinzon, W. L., Sorensen, O., Bleackley, R. C., Power, R. F., and Rajotte, R. V. (1995b). Combined therapy with interleukin-4 and interleukin-10 inhibits autoimmune diabetes recurrence in syngeneic islet-transplanted nonobese diabetic mice. Analysis of cytokine mRNA expression in the graft. Transplantation 60, 368–374. Rapoport, M. J., Jaramillo, A., Zipris, D., Lazarus, A. H., Serreze, D. V., Leiter, E. H., Cyopick, P., Danska, J. S., and Delovitch, T. L. (1993). Interleukin 4 reverses T cell proliferative unresponsiveness and prevents the onset of diabetes in nonobese diabetic mice. J. Exp. Med. 178, 87–99. Redondo, M. J., Fain, P. R., and Eisenbarth, G. S. (2001). Genetics of type 1A diabetes. Recent Prog. Horm. Res. 56, 69–89. Rotter, J. I., and Vadheim, C. M. (1986). Differential HLA haplotype sharing conditional on proband genotype is likely a necessary consequence of all three allele heterogeneity models: A rebuttal. Genet. Epidemiol. (Suppl. 1), 359–362. Rotter, J. I., Vadheim, C. M., Petersen, G. M., Cantor, R. M., Riley, W. J., and Maclaren, N. K. (1986). HLA haplotype sharing and proband genotype in IDDM. Genet. Epidemiol. (Suppl. 1), 347–352. Rulifson, I. C., Sperling, A. I., Fields, P. E., Fitch, F. W., and Bluestone, J. A. (1997). CD28 costimulation promotes the production of Th2 cytokines. J. Immunol. 158, 658–665. Sadelain, M. W., Qin, H. Y., Lauzon, J., and Singh, B. (1990). Prevention of type I diabetes in NOD mice by adjuvant immunotherapy. Diabetes 39, 583–589. Salomon, B., Lenschow, D. J., Rhee, L., Ashourian, N., Singh, B., Sharpe, A., and Bluestone, J. A. (2000). B7/CD28 costimulation is essential for the homeostasis of the CD4þCD25þ immunoregulatory T cells that control autoimmune diabetes. Immunity 12, 431–440.
262
MICHELLE SOLOMON AND NORA SARVETNICK
Sarvetnick, N. (1996). Mechanisms of cytokine-mediated localized immunoprotection. J. Exp. Med. 184, 1597–1600. Sarvetnick, N., Liggitt, D., Pitts, S. L., Hansen, S. E., and Stewart, T. A. (1988). Insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus induced in transgenic mice by ectopic expression of class II MHC and interferon-gamma. Cell 52, 773–782. Sempe, P., Bedossa, P., Richard, M. F., Villa, M. C., Bach, J. F., and Boitard, C. (1991). Anti-alpha/ beta T cell receptor monoclonal antibody provides an efficient therapy for autoimmune diabetes in nonobese diabetic (NOD) mice. Eur. J. Immunol. 21, 1163–1169. Serreze, D. V., Chapman, H. D., Varnum, D. S., Gerling, I., Leiter, E. H., and Shultz, L. D. (1997). Initiation of autoimmune diabetes in NOD/Lt mice is MHC class I-dependent. J. Immunol. 158, 3978–3986. Serreze, D. V., Chapman, H. D., Varnum, D. S., Hanson, M. S., Reifsnyder, P. C., Richard, S. D., Fleming, S. A., Leiter, E. H., and Shultz, L. D. (1996). B lymphocytes are essential for the initiation of T cell-mediated autoimmune diabetes: analysis of a new ‘‘speed congenic’’ stock of NOD. Ig mu null mice J. Exp. Med. 184, 2049–2053. Serreze, D. V., Fleming, S. A., Chapman, H. D., Richard, S. D., Leiter, E. H., and Tisch, R. M. (1998). B lymphocytes are critical antigen-presenting cells for the initiation of T cell–mediated autoimmune diabetes in nonobese diabetic mice. J. Immunol. 161, 3912–3918. Sharif, S., Arreaza, G. A., Zucker, P., Mi, Q. S., Sondhi, J., Naidenko, O. V., Kronenberg, M., Koezuka, Y., Delovitch, T. L., Gombert, J. M., Leite-De-Moraes, M., Gouarin, C., Zhu, R., Hameg, A., Nakayama, T., Taniguchi, M., Lepault, F., Lehuen, A., Bach, J. F., and Herbelin, A. (2001). Activation of natural killer T cells by alpha-galactosylceramide treatment prevents the onset and recurrence of autoimmune type 1 diabetes. Nat. Med. 7, 1057–1062. Shehadeh, N. N., LaRosa, F., and Lafferty, K. J. (1993). Altered cytokine activity in adjuvant inhibition of autoimmune diabetes. J. Autoimmun. 6, 291–300. Shi, F. D., Flodstrom, M., Balasa, B., Kim, S. H., Van Gunst, K., Strominger, J. L., Wilson, S. B., and Sarvetnick, N. (2001). Germ line deletion of the CD1 locus exacerbates diabetes in the NOD mouse. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 98, 6777–6782. Shieh, D. C., Cornelius, J. G., Winter, W. E., and Peck, A. B. (1993). Insulin-dependent diabetes in the NOD mouse model. I. Detection and characterization of autoantibody bound to the surface of pancreatic beta cells prior to development of the insulitis lesion in prediabetic NOD mice. Autoimmunity 15, 123–135. Shimizu, J., Kanagawa, O., and Unanue, E. R. (1993). Presentation of beta-cell antigens to CD4þ and CD8þ T cells of non-obese diabetic mice. J. Immunol. 151, 1723–1730. Shizuru, J. A., and Fathman, C. G. (1993). Anti-CD4 antibodies in diabetes. Immunol. Ser. 59, 237–252. Signore, A., Procaccini, E., Toscano, A. M., Ferretti, E., Williams, A. J., Beales, P. E., Cugini, P., and Pozzilli, P. (1994). Histological study of pancreatic beta-cell loss in relation to the insulitis process in the non-obese diabetic mouse. Histochemistry 101, 263–269. Silveira, P. A., and Baxter, A. G. (2001). The NOD mouse as a model of SLE. Autoimmunity 34, 53–64. Simone, E., Daniel, D., Schloot, N., Gottlieb, P., Babu, S., Kawasaki, E., Wegmann, D., and Eisenbarth, G. S. (1997). T cell receptor restriction of diabetogenic autoimmune NOD T cells. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94, 2518–2521. Slattery, R. M., Kjer-Nielsen, L., Allison, J., Charlton, B., Mandel, T. E., and Miller, J. F. (1990). Prevention of diabetes in non-obese diabetic I-Ak transgenic mice. Nature 345, 724–726. Sreenan, S., Pick, A. J., Levisetti, M., Baldwin, A. C., Pugh, W., and Polonsky, K. S. (1999). Increased beta-cell proliferation and reduced mass before diabetes onset in the nonobese diabetic mouse. Diabetes 48, 989–996. Stegall, M. D., Lafferty, K. J., Kam, I., and Gill, R. G. (1996). Evidence of recurrent autoimmunity in human allogeneic islet transplantation. Transplantation 61, 1272–1274.
THE PATHOGENESIS OF DIABETES IN THE NOD MOUSE
263
Strandell, E., Eizirik, D. L., and Sandler, S. (1990). Reversal of beta-cell suppression in vitro in pancreatic islets isolated from nonobese diabetic mice during the phase preceding insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. J. Clin. Invest. 85, 1944–1950. Su, X., Hu, Q., Kristan, J. M., Costa, C., Shen, Y., Gero, D., Matis, L. A., and Wang, Y. (2000). Significant role for Fas in the pathogenesis of autoimmune diabetes. J. Immunol. 164, 2523–2532. Takei, I., Asaba, Y., Kasatani, T., Maruyama, T., Watanabe, K., Yanagawa, T., Saruta, T., and Ishii, T. (1992). Suppression of development of diabetes in NOD mice by lactate dehydrogenase virus infection. J. Autoimmun. 5, 665–673. Thornton, A. M., and Shevach, E. M. (1998). CD4þCD25þ immunoregulatory T cells suppress polyclonal T cell activation in vitro by inhibiting interleukin 2 production. J. Exp. Med. 188, 287–296. Tisch, R., Yang, X. D., Singer, S. M., Liblau, R. S., Fugger, L., and McDevitt, H. O. (1993). Immune response to glutamic acid decarboxylase correlates with insulitis in non-obese diabetic mice. Nature 366, 72–75. Todd, J. A., Aitman, T. J., Cornall, R. J., Ghosh, S., Hall, J., Hearne, C. M., Knight, A., Love, J., McAleer, M. A., Prins, J. B., Lathrop, M., Peterson, L., and Wicker, L. (1991). Genetic analysis of a complex, multifactorial disease, autoimmune type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes. Res. Immunol. 142, 483. Todd, J. A., Bell, J. I., and McDevitt, H. O. (1987). HLA-DQ beta gene contributes to susceptibility and resistance to insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Nature 329, 599–604. Trembleau, S., Penna, G., Bosi, E., Mortara, A., Gately, M. K., and Adorini, L. (1995). Interleukin 12 administration induces T helper type 1 cells and accelerates autoimmune diabetes in NOD mice. J. Exp. Med. 181, 817–821. Uehira, M., Uno, M., Kurner, T., Kikutani, H., Mori, K., Inomoto, T., Uede, T., Miyazaki, J., Nishimoto, H., Kishimoto, T., and Yamamura, K. (1989). Development of autoimmune insulitis is prevented in E alpha d but not in A beta k NOD transgenic mice. Int. Immunol. 1, 209–213. Unanue, E. R. (1984). Antigen-presenting function of the macrophage. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 2, 395–428. Wang, B., Geng, Y. B., and Wang, C. R. (2001). CD1-restricted NK T cells protect nonobese diabetic mice from developing diabetes. J. Exp. Med. 194, 313–320. Wang, B., Gonzalez, A., Benoist, C., and Mathis, D. (1996). The role of CD8þ T cells in the initiation of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Eur. J. Immunol. 26, 1762–1769. Wang, B., Gonzalez, A., Hoglund, P., Katz, J. D., Benoist, C., and Mathis, D. (1998). Interleukin-4 deficiency does not exacerbate disease in NOD mice. Diabetes 47, 1207–1211. Wang, Y., Hao, L., Gill, R. G., and Lafferty, K. J. (1987). Autoimmune diabetes in NOD mouse is L3T4 T-lymphocyte dependent. Diabetes 36, 535–538. Wang, Y., Pontesilli, O., Gill, R. G., La Rosa, F. G., and Lafferty, K. J. (1991). The role of CD4þ and CD8þ T cells in the destruction of islet grafts by spontaneously diabetic mice. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88, 527–531. Wicker, L. S., Appel, M. C., Dotta, F., Pressey, A., Miller, B. J., DeLarato, N. H., Fischer, P. A., Boltz, R. C., Jr., and Peterson, L. B. (1992). Autoimmune syndromes in major histocompatibility complex (MHC) congenic strains of nonobese diabetic (NOD) mice. The NOD MHC is dominant for insulitis and cyclophosphamide-induced diabetes. J. Exp. Med. 176, 67–77. Wicker, L. S., Miller, B. J., Coker, L. Z., McNally, S. E., Scott, S., Mullen, Y., and Appel, M. C. (1987). Genetic control of diabetes and insulitis in the nonobese diabetic (NOD) mouse. J. Exp. Med. 165, 1639–1654. Wicker, L. S., Miller, B. J., and Mullen, Y. (1986). Transfer of autoimmune diabetes mellitus with splenocytes from nonobese diabetic (NOD) mice. Diabetes 35, 855–860.
264
MICHELLE SOLOMON AND NORA SARVETNICK
Wilberz, S., Partke, H. J., Dagnaes-Hansen, F., and Herberg, L. (1991). Persistent MHV (mouse hepatitis virus) infection reduces the incidence of diabetes mellitus in non-obese diabetic mice. Diabetologia 34, 2–5. Williams, A. J., Krug, J., Lampeter, E. F., Mansfield, K., Beales, P. E., Signore, A., Gale, E. A., and Pozzilli, P. (1990). Raised temperature reduces the incidence of diabetes in the NOD mouse. Diabetologia 33, 635–637. Wogensen, L., Lee, M. S., and Sarvetnick, N. (1994). Production of interleukin 10 by islet cells accelerates immune-mediated destruction of beta cells in nonobese diabetic mice. J. Exp. Med. 179, 1379–1384. Wong, F. S., Visintin, I., Wen, L., Granata, J., Flavell, R., and Janeway, C. A. (1998). The role of lymphocyte subsets in accelerated diabetes in nonobese diabetic-rat insulin promoter-B7-1 (NOD-RIP-B7–1) mice. J. Exp. Med. 187, 1985–1993. Wong, S., Guerder, S., Visintin, I., Reich, E. P., Swenson, K. E., Flavell, R. A., and Janeway, C. A., Jr. (1995). Expression of the co-stimulator molecule B7-1 in pancreatic beta-cells accelerates diabetes in the NOD mouse. Diabetes 44, 326–329. Yagi, H., Matsumoto, M., Kishimoto, Y., Makino, S., and Harada, M. (1991a). Possible mechanism of the preventive effect of BCG against diabetes mellitus in NOD mouse. II. Suppression of pathogenesis by macrophage transfer from BCG-vaccinated mice. Cell Immunol. 138, 142–149. Yagi, H., Matsumoto, M., Suzuki, S., Misaki, R., Suzuki, R., Makino, S., and Harada, M. (1991b). Possible mechanism of the preventive effect of BCG against diabetes mellitus in NOD mouse. I. Generation of suppressor macrophages in spleen cells of BCG-vaccinated mice. Cell Immunol. 138, 130–141. Yang, X. D., Tisch, R., Singer, S. M., Cao, Z. A., Liblau, R. S., Schreiber, R. D., and McDevitt, H. O. (1994). Effect of tumor necrosis factor alpha on insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus in NOD mice. I. The early development of autoimmunity and the diabetogenic process. J. Exp. Med. 180, 995–1004. Yasunami, R., and Bach, J. F. (1988). Anti-suppressor effect of cyclophosphamide on the development of spontaneous diabetes in NOD mice. Eur. J. Immunol. 18, 481–484. Yokono, K., Shii, K., Hari, J., Yaso, S., Imamura, Y., Ejiri, K., Ishihara, K., Fujii, S., Kazumi, T., Taniguchi, H., and Baba, S. (1984). Production of monoclonal antibodies to islet cell surface antigens using hybridization of spleen lymphocytes from nonobese diabetic mice. Diabetologia 26, 379–385. Young, L. H., Peterson, L. B., Wicker, L. S., Persechini, P. M., and Young, J. D. (1989). In vivo expression of perforin by CD8þ lymphocytes in autoimmune disease. Studies on spontaneous and adoptively transferred diabetes in nonobese diabetic mice. J. Immunol. 143, 3994–3999. Zhang, Z. J., Davidson, L., Eisenbarth, G., and Weiner, H. L. (1991). Suppression of diabetes in nonobese diabetic mice by oral administration of porcine insulin. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88, 10252–10256. Ziegler, A. G., Vardi, P., Ricker, A. T., Hattori, M., Soeldner, J. S., and Eisenbarth, G. S. (1989). Radioassay determination of insulin autoantibodies in NOD mice. Correlation with increased risk of progression to overt diabetes. Diabetes 38, 358–363.
INDEX
A
molecular cloning/recombinant production of, 115 protein fusions of, 102–103 recombinant, 81, 83 Allergen-specific immunotherapy (SIT), 82, 113–115 AIC use in, 87–92 allergen peptide immunotherapy v., 100–101 efficacy/safety increased for, 83 hypoallergen use in, 84–99 hypoallergens and, 84–99 novel antigen preparation to improve, 83–103 performance of, 79 SIT v., 105–106 synthetic peptides use in approaches of, 99–100 Allergies. See also Allergen-specific immunotherapy allergen extracts for, 80–81 allergen-specific induction of tolerance for, 114 birch pollen, 80, 82 CCDs caused false-positive results of diagnosis of, 81 DNA immunization for treatment of, 103–113 DNA shuffling for treatment of, 98–99 DNA vaccines’ safety for treatment of, 106–107 genetic immunization for, 79–80 goals for field of, 116 identifying molecules causing, 79 IL-4/IgE and triggering, 113–114 immunotherapy and diagnosis of, 80–83 marker allergens indicative of, 81–82 molecule-based diagnosis for, 81–83
A box arthritis and, 194 HMGB1 inhibited by, 188 Activation-induced deaminase (AID), 2 ADCC. See Antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity AIC. See Allergen-ISS Conjugates AID. See Activation-induced deaminase AIRE gene. See Autoimmune regulator gene Allergen-ISS Conjugates (AIC) asthma effected by, 90 clinical trials with, 91–92 enhanced binding by, 91 preclinical studies with, 89–91 protective capacity of, 91 recognition/signal transduction by immunostimulatory CpG DNA, 88 side effects of, 92 SIT use of, 87–92 Allergens. See also Hypoallergens AIC, 87–92 allergoids, 86–87 calcium-binding, 95 chemically modified, 86–92 CpG-ODN conjugated to, 90 cross-reactivity of, 80 databank of, 93–94 DNA multivaccines use of, 112 DNA vaccines, 102–113 DNA vaccines’ history/development, 104–105 encoded by gene families, 92 extracts for immunotherapy, 80–81, 83, 85 IgE antibody responses and, 113 maleylated, 87 marker, 81–82 265
266
INDEX
Allergies (contined) recombinant allergens use for, 81 SIT for, 79 SIT improvements for, 83–103 timothy grass pollen, 82 Allergoids, production of, 86–87 Antibodies anti-TNF, 185 bacterial infections’ role in, 29 T cells’ role with, 30 as therapeutic tool, 113–114 Antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC), 7–8, 162 viral replication/viral latency and, 29 Antigen-presenting cells (APCs) activation of, 88 allergen uptake by, 83 antigen transported by, 162 as cellular targets of CpG action, 88 MHC class I molecules of, 165 naive T cell activation and, 3 PRRs expressed by, 87 Antigens. See also T dependent antigens; T-cell-independent antigens; TI-2 antigens antitumor immune responses and, 134 B cells presented by, 3 carcinoembryonic, 133 codon usage affect on, 110 cross-presentation of, 137–138 cytosolic, 135 DCs capturing tumor-derived, 137–138 DNA immunization and, 106 in DNA vaccines, 109–110 IgG-complexed, 161 intrathymic promiscuous/ectopic expression of organ-specific, 222–223 MHC class I, 28–29 MHC-restricted recognition of, 202–204 nonmutated shared/differention/prostate specific, 133 SIT and, 83–103 TLR for, 4 Antitumor immune response cross-presentation feature of, 137–138 DCs in, 137–139 effector cells of, 140 HSP enhanced, 137 minimal elements of, 133–140 specific tumor antigens in, 133–134 APCs. See Antigen-presenting cells
Apoptosis, 141 biochemical definition of, 142–146 caspases in, 142–144 as incomplete without caspase activation, 146–147 insufficient clearance of, 157–158 MMP role in, 144–145 necrosis v., 150, 152–153, 156 as nonimmunogenic from of cell death, 152 process of, 142 therapeutic regimens induce abnormal/ incomplete, 160–161 as tolerogenic type of tumor cell death, 156–159 of trophoblast cells, 157 Apoptotic cells, 59–60 cancer/death of, 134 directed to FcgR on DCs, 161 as immunogenic, 158 macrophages and, 156–157 negative selection resulting in death of, 220 phagocytosis of, 138–139 purifying, 153 Arthritis A box and, 194 HMGB1 in, 194–195 Autoantibodies anti-DNA, 158 as immune responses, 134 Autoimmune diseases anti-TNF therapies for, 195 NK-B-cell interactions role in, 26–28 NOD mouse associated with, 244–245 pathogenic antibody production/symptoms of, 26–27 Autoimmune regulator (AIRE) gene defective negative selection in mice deficient in, 223–224 mutation in humans of, 223 Autophagic cell death characteristics of, 141 MMP in, 148 morphological definition of, 147–148
B B cells. See also B lymphocytes; Marginal Zone B cells; Memory B cells; Pre-B-cell receptors ageing/development of, 57
267
INDEX
antibody production of, 20–22 antigen-specific, 2 autoantigen presentation by, 242–243 autoimmune disease/B cell interaction with, 26–28 autoimmunity and, 31 CSR/SHM of, 57–58 E proteins’ interaction with EBF/Pax5 for development of, 56–57 E proteins’ role in development of, 48, 59, 66 E2A gene/development of, 54–55, 58–59 early development of, 54–57 epitope derived peptides, 100 epitopes, 102 HEB on development of, 58–59 high density v. low density, 11 HLH proteins/development of, 54–58 Id3-deficient, 58 IFN-g enhancing switching to IgG2a of, 19–20 IFN-g receptor expression by, 29 immunoglobulin secretion by, 15 infections and NK cell interactions with, 28–31 late stages of, 57–58 LPS activation of, 4, 16–17 measuring NK cell activation of in vivo activity of, 19 molecular mechanisms of deficiency of, 55–56 NK cells’ activation by, 15–19 NK cells’ cytokine production increased by, 17–18 NK cells effect on human, 13 NK cells effecting differentiation of, 18–19 NK cells in vitro interaction with, 10–19 NK cells’ involvement in function of, 24–26 NK cells’ suppression of PWM activated, 15 polyclonal activation of, 30–31 resting, 11–12 T cell cognate interaction with, 2 TACI on, 5 TI antigen stimulation of, 3–4 TI-2 antigen response of, 5 T-independent pathways of activation of, 3–6 in vivo NK cell interactions with, 19–26
B lymphocytes activation by NK cells in absence of specific B cell activators, 10–14 activation by NK cells in B cell activators’ presence, 14–15 BCR on, 1–2 CD86 expression on, 11–12 diabetes’ progression role of, 242 NK cell interaction with, 1 NK cells’ cytokine secretion induced by, 9 T-cell-dependent pathways of B-cell activation, 2–3 T-independent pathways of B-cell activation, 3–6 Basic helix-loop-helix (bHLH) proteins. See also HES proteins; HLH proteins; Tal proteins cell cycle/growth controlled by, 53–54 in lymphocytes, 43–46 in Notch signaling, 63–64 B-cell receptors (BCR) functions of, 1–2 somatic hypermutation caused genetic alteration of, 2 BCR. See B-cell receptors bHLH proteins. See Basic helix-loop-helix proteins
C Cancer. See also Antitumor immune response; Leukemia breast, 65, 134, 162 clinical management of, 131 immunosurveillance in development of, 132–133 non-virus-associated epithelial, 132 ovarian, 134 Cancer cells. See also Tumor cells non-immunosuppressive chemotherapeutic agents inducing death of, 159–161 Cancer immunotherapy, 133 Caspases apical, 144 in apoptosis, 142–144, 146–147 inflammation’s role of, 143–144 mammalian, 142–143 CCPs. See Cross-reactive carbohydrate determinants
268
INDEX
CD4 T cells in pathogenesis of diabetes, 243 as responsible for islet b cells’ destruction, 245–246 CD4þ T cells IFN-g-producing, 79 peptides recognized by, 3 CD8þ T cells, in antitumor immune response, 140 CD8 T cells, T1D function of, 243–244 cDNA. See Complimentary DNA Cell death. See also Apoptosis; Autophagic cell death; Mitotic catastrophe; Necrosis; Premature senescence anti-inflammatory effect during, 156–157 biochemical definition of, 142–146 MMP role in, 144–145 subroutines of, 140–150 types of, 141 Chemotherapy, 150, 164 drugs for, 159–160 immungenicity of, 159, 160 Chimeras, 97–98 Class-switch recombination (CSR), 57–58 Codons, DNA vaccines’ use of, 110 Complimentary DNA (cDNA), cloning of allergens, 92 CpG cellular targets of, 88–89 DNA vaccines and, 111 CpG-ODN conjugated to, 90 murine-allergic conjunctivitis and, 90 preclinical studies of application of, 89–90 prevaccination with, 91 Cross-reactive carbohydrate determinants (CCPs), allergy false-positive results due to, 81 CSR. See Class-switch recombination Cytokine(s), 1, 5. See also Tumor necrosis factor activities of HMGB1, 192–194 circuit amplification, 28 IgM secretion induced by, 14 islets as effected by, 253–254 NF-kB and, 62 NK cell production of IFN-g, 10 NK cells secretion of, 9–10
proinflammatory, 191–192 T cell production of, 83, 85, 86, 89 Cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTLs), tumor-specific, 132
D DC tumor cell hybrids, 156 DCs. See Dendritic cells Death-inducing signaling complex (DISC), 140 Dendritic cells (DCs) as CpG action target, 89 cross-presentation ability of, 138 differentiation of, 160 exosomes derived from, 135–136 exosomes transferred to, 135 HMGB1 as maturation stimulus to, 193–194 immature v. mature, 158 immune response and, 137–139, 138 injection poly activating, 20 interactions of, 139 lysates and, 150 manipulation of, 161 maturation of, 137, 161 in MZ, 4 NK cells’ syngeneic induction by, 17 opsonized apoptotic cells and, 161–162 as presenting antigens from dying tumor cells, 139 pulsed with apoptotic tumor cells, 153–155 tumor-derived antigen captured by, 137–138 Diabetes. See also Type 1 diabetes autoantigens and, 250–251 b-cell compensatory mechanisms and, 254 breakthrough moments in NOD mouse studies of, 245–254 CD4 T cells in pathogenesis of, 243 costimulatory signals’ role in autoimmune, 252–253 diabetogenic factors and, 255 environment’s role in NOD mouse’s, 248–250 leukocytes involved in pathogenesis of NOD mouse’s, 241–244 lymphocytes role in, 242–243 macrophages’ role in pathogenesis of autoimmune, 241–242 maturation of, 251–252 NOD mouse model of, 239–241 regulation of, 253
269
INDEX
regulatory cells suppressing autoimmune, 247–248 sex hormone’s role in, 249–250 DISC. See Death-inducing signaling complex DN cells. See Double-negative cells DNA. See also Complimentary DNA allergen customized vaccines, 103–113 cellular targets of CpG, 88–89 immunostimulatory property of bacterial, 87–88 plasmid, 108 replicons, 109 DNA shuffling, 98–99 DNA vaccines antiallergic effect of, 116 antigens encoded on, 110 codon usage harmonization for, 110 CpG motifs and, 111 customized allergen, 103–113 DNA multivaccines and, 112–113 DNA replicons as, 109 dose problems with, 108 history/development of allergen, 104–105 immunogenicity/tailor made immune responses of, 109–112 introduction into, 103–104 protective antiallergic effect of, 104 replicase-based, 113 RNA stability and, 108–109 SIT v., 105–106 strategies for safety of allergy, 105–109 Th1/Th2 modulation of allergy, 111–112 translating hypoallergenic allergen derivatives, 106–107 ubiquitination for hypoallergenic, 107–108 Double-negative (DN) cells, 58 Double-positive (DP) cells, 58 DP cells. See Double-positive cells Dual recognition hypothesis, 202–203
EHDs contribution to function of, 43, 45 HES1 and, 64 as homologous in bHLH DNA binding/ dimerization domain, 43, 44 Id genes’ expression and regulation of, 49 Id proteins as inhibitors of, 45 NF-kB activation and, 62–63 pre-BCR involvement of, 56 pre-TCR/TCR signaling and, 60–62, 65 Tal proteins as inhibitors of, 46 targets of, 46–48 transcriptional activation by, 46–49 transcriptional activation domains in E2A, 48 as tumor suppressors, 64 E2A affect on T cells, 58–59 B cells’ development and, 54–55, 58–59 Ig genes and, 57 leukemia and, 64–65 pre-TCR signaling and, 60–61 transcriptional activation domains in, 48 EBF genes, 56 E-boxes. See E proteins EHDs. See E-protein homology domains (EHDs) Epithelial cells, 218 E-protein homology domains (EHDs), E-protein functions contribution of, 43, 45 Ethyle pyruvate, as inhibiting HMGB1, 187–188 Exosomes antigen transferred by, 135 DC derived, 135–136 HSP levels of, 136–137 production, 136 as source of multiple tumor antigens, 135–137 T cell derived, 135 Extracellular signal regulated kinase (ERIK), 214
E E proteins B cell deficiency from function loss of, 55–56 B cell development and, 54–55, 66 class switching role of, 57 developmental defects in mice deficient in, 58–59 EBF/Pax5 interaction with, 56–57
G GAD. See Glutamic acid decarboxylase Genetic engineering of chimeras, 97–98 of deletion mutants, 96 of fragments, 96–97 of hypoallergens, 93–99
270
INDEX
Genetic engineering (contined) of oligomers, 97 of site-directed mutants, 95–96 Genetic vaccines. See DNA vaccines Glutamic acid decarboxylase (GAD), 250–251
H HAT. See Histone acetyltransferase HCC. See Hepatocellular carcinoma Heat shock proteins (HSPs), 251 antitumor immune response enhanced by, 137 exesome levels of, 136 immunogencity of tumor cells increased by, 162–164 increasing expression of, 163 as source of multiple tumor antigens, 135–137 Helix-hoop-helix (HLH) proteins. See also bHLH proteins B cell development and, 54–58 Helper T cells, 162 Hemolytic anemia, 244–245 Hemopoietic stem cells (HSCs) in surface markers, 208 to T lineage-committed precursors, 207–209 Hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC), 134 HES proteins, 46 High-mobility group box 1 (HMGB1) administration of, 182–183 in arthritis, 194–195 biochemistry/molecular biology of, 189–191 cytokine activities of, 192–196 DNA-binding domains within, 188, 193 functions of, 189 as immunological mediator of severe sepsis, 182, 186–187 inflammatory role of, 194 inhibiting release/activity of, 187–188 innate/adaptive immunity and, 193–194 mediator role of, 190 release of, 185–186, 187, 189–190, 192–193 in severe sepsis and not septic shock, 185–188 signal transduction, 195 signaling via RAGE/TLR2, 191–192 TNF death v. death of, 186
Histone acetyltransferase (HAT), 48 HLH proteins leukemia and, 64–66 Notch signaling and, 63–64 T cell development and, 58–63 HMGB1. See High-mobility group box 1 HSCs. See Hemopoietic stem cells HSPs. See Heat shock proteins Hypoallergens. See also Allergens; Genetic Engineering engineered, 93–99 as modified allergens, 84, 85 naturally occurring, 92–93 peanut, 96 use in SIT, 84–99
I ICAM. See LFA-1-intercellular adhesion molecule Id genes E proteins’ function regulated by controlling expression of, 49 E2A and, 48 expression patterns of, 49, 50–51, 52 mechanisms involved in transcriptional regulation of, 52–53 overexpression of, 54 Rb and, 53 transcriptional regulation of expression of, 49–53 Id proteins as E proteins’ negative inhibitors, 45 structural characteristics of, 45 Id1, cancer and, 64 Id2 genes, 52–53 Ig genes. See Immunoglobulin genes IgE antibodies, 81 allergen cross-reactivity and, 80 allergens/binding of, 82 anti-CCD, 81 APCs’ uptake of allergens mediated by, 83 binding activity of isoallergens, 93 cross-linking, 102 inhibition experiments of, 102 quantifying allergen-bound, 82–83 reactivity patterns as clustering, 81–83 recognition, 95 responses of, 113 suppression of, 107–108
271
INDEX
IgG2a, 21–22 B cells and, 19–20 synthesis of, 29 Ikaros, 210 Immune system adaptation of, 222 manipulation of, 132 NK cells’ role in, 1 Immunization DNA, 103–113 genetic, 79–80 peptides use for, 99–100 Immunoglobulin (Ig) genes, 48 E2A/EBF influence on, 57 IgE, 79–80 Immunoregulatory genes, 88 Immunosuppression, apoptotic leukocytes contribute to, 157 Immunotherapy. See also Allergen-specific immunotherapy allergen extracts used for, 80–81, 102–103 allergen peptide, 100–101 allergens for allergic diseases’, 83, 85 allergy diagnoses and, 80–83 cancer, 131, 133 Insulin, 251 Islets, cytokines’ effect on, 253–254 Isoallergens, 92–93
K Killer immunoglobin-like receptor (KIR) genes, 6
L Leukemia, HLH proteins and, 64–66 Leukocytes, in pathogenesis of NOD mouse’s diabetes, 241–244 LFA-1-intercellular adhesion molecule (ICAM), 17 Lipopolysaccharide (LPS), activation of B cells, 4 Long synthetic overlapping peptides (LSPs), 101 Lymphocytes bHLH types in, 43–46 diabetes progression role of, 242–243 E proteins’ role in development of, 67 E proteins’ target genes in, 46–48
Id proteins’ effect on development of, 45 Notch signaling pathway’s role in development of, 63 precursors to, 207 in thymus, 204–205 TILs, 132 type of selection of, 201–202 Lymphoid commitment, 207–208
M Macrophages apoptotic cells and, 156–157 as CpG action target, 88–89 HMGB1 binds to, 191 HMGB1 released by, 185–186 in pathogenesis of autoimmune diabetes, 241–242 Maleylated allergens, 87 Marginal Zone (MZ) B cells, 11 TACI/CAML importance for, 5 TI-2 immune responses mediated by, 4 MD-2, in LPS receptor, 4 Memory B cells, activation of, 15 Memory cells, 2 Messenger RNA (mRNA), IFN-g, 9–10 MHC class 1 molecules, nonclassical, 8 MHC molecules selection process of, 218 T-cell repertoire influence of environmental, 203–204 Mimotopes, 101–102 Mitochondrial membrane permeabilization (MMP), 164 apoptosis role of, 144–146 Mitogen-activated protein (MAP), 214 Mitotic catastrophe, 141, 148 MMP. See Mitochondrial membrane permeabilization Multivesicular late endosomes (MVBs), 135 MZ B cells. See Marginal Zone (MZ) B cells
N Naive T cells, activation of, 3 Natural Killer (NK) cells, 55. See also NK cell receptors; NK T cells activation of B lymphocytes in B-cell activators’ presence, 14–15 ADCC mediated by, 7–8
272
INDEX
Natural Killer (NK) cells (contined) antitumor immune response and, 140 APCs on, 8 autoimmune disease/B cell interaction with, 26–28 autoimmunity regulation’s role of, 27–28 B cell antibody production effected by, 20–22 B cells’ activation of, 15–19 B cells as increasing cytokine production of, 17–18 B cell’s differentiation effected by, 18–19 B cell’s function involvement of, 24–26 B lymphocyte activation without specific B cell activators by, 10–14 B lymphocytes’/DCs’ as triggering target molecule of, 18 bacterial infection and, 20–30 as cellular targets of CpG action, 88 cytotoxicity of, 10 DCs interactions with, 139 depletion of, 22–24 function of, 1 human B cells effected by, 13 IFN-g production by, 12–13, 28 IFN-g secretion by, 9, 15–17 Il-2-propogated, 12–13 immunoglobulin isotype skewing directed by, 26 infections and B cell interactions with, 28–31 innate immunity’s element of, 31 Ly49D on, 17 measuring B cell activity in vivo activated by, 19 MHC class I antigen expression/cytoxicity of, 28–29 mice deficient in, 21–22 missing-self hypothesis of, 7 NKG2D on, 18 parasite disease involvement of, 30–31 participation in cytokine circuit amplification, 28 plasma cells and, 22, 24 regulation of cytokine secretion of, 9–10 resting B cells response to, 11, 12 spontaneous autoimmunity’s role of, 27 suppression of antibody response to SRBC in vitro, 14–15 suppression of PWM activated, 15
syngeneic induction by DCs of, 17 TD immune responses effected by, 20 in vivo B cell interactions with, 19–26 Necrosis apoptosis v., 150, 152–153, 156 characteristics of, 141 inducing, 149–150 process of, 149 Necrotic cells, 150, 152 proinflammatory effect of, 191 Negative selection, 201 cells involved in mediating, 218 defective, 223–224 ligands in, 217–218 peptides contributions to, 218 resulting in apoptotic cell death, 220 signals involved in, 218–220 thymocytes and, 205–206 NF-kB E proteins and activation of, 62 superaction ramifications, 62–63 NK cell receptors MHC class I-specific, 6–7 non-MHC class 1 specific, 8 types of, 6–9 NK cells. See Natural Killer cells NK T cells, 9 in autoimmune models, 28 CD1d molecules and, 221 NKG2D, 18 NOD mouse. See Nonobese diabetic mouse Nonobese diabetic (NOD) mouse autoimmune diseases associated with, 244–245 breakthrough moments in diabetes study of, 245–254 costimulatory signals’ role in diabetes of, 252–253 diabetes’ onset in, 247 diabetes study and, 254–255 environment’s role in pathogenesis of diabetes in, 248–250 leukocytes involved in pathogenesis of diabetes in, 241–244 macrophages’ in activation of, 241 origin of, 239–240 pathogenesis of diabetes in, 240–241 regulatory T cells in, 248 T1D knowledge gained from, 239
273
INDEX
Notch signaling HLH protein and, 63–64 in lymphocyte development, 63 lymphoma and, 65 Notch1 receptor, role in committing cells to T lineage, 209
O Oligomers, 97 Oncosis. See Necrosis
P Pattern-recognition receptors (PRRs), 88 role of, 87 triggering of, 113 Pax5, 56–57 PBE. See Pro-B enhancer PCR. See Polymerase chain reaction Peptides B-cell epitope derived, 100 CD4þ T cell recognized, 3 immunization use of, 99–100 mimotopes, 101–102 positive/negative selection contributions of, 218 self-, 206 synthetic, 99–102 T-cell epitope-containing, 100–101 Pestilence, 181 Plasma cells, 22, 24 Polymerase chain reaction (PCR), 93 Positive selection, 201–204 cells involved in mediating, 218 ligands in, 217–218 purpose of, 206–207 signals involved in, 218–220 for T cells, 203–207 of unconventional T cell lineages, 221–222 weaker signaling required for, 219 Pre-B-cell receptors (pre-BCRs), 56 proteins involved in formation of, 57 Premature senescence characteristics of, 148 function of, 148–149 Pre-TCR checkpoint development of thymocytes, 214 target genes and, 214
Pre-TCR signaling, 212–213 artificial activation of, 61 E proteins’ connection with, 60–62, 65 EK-dependent production of HLH Id proteins and, 214 mechanism for E proteins’ influence, 62 TCRb and, 215–216 Pro-B enhancer (PBE), 52, 208 Programmed cell death, 140–141 rescuing cells from, 212 PRRs. See Pattern-recognition receptors
R RAGE. See Receptor for advanced glycation endoproducts Rb. See Retinoblastoma protein Receptor for advanced glycation endoproducts (RAGE) HMGB1 signaling via, 191–192 interaction with, 191 Regulatory T cells, in NOD mouse, 248 Retinoblastoma protein (Rb), 53 RNA, self-replicating, 108 RP105, in LPS receptor, 4
S Scavenger receptors (SR), specific targeting of allergens to, 87 Self-tolerance, recessive/dominant mechanisms of, 222–227 Septic shock syndrome HMGB1/anti-HMGB1 in severe sepsis and not, 185–188 modern clinical syndromes of, 183–184 severe sepsis v., 182–188 TNF as mediator of, 184–185, 195 Severe sepsis, 190 activated protein c for, 182 as defined/diagnosed, 182 HMGB1 as immunologic mediator of, 182, 186–187, 195 HMGB1/anti-HMGB1 in, 185–188 modern clinical syndromes of, 183–184 septic shock v., 182–188 TNF as septic shock mediator and not, 184–185 TNF levels of people with, 185 treatment of, 182, 188
274
INDEX
SHM. See Somatic hypermutation Sialadenitis, 244 SIT. See Allergen-specific immunotherapy Somatic hypermutation (SHM), 2 of B cells, 57–58 SR. See Scavenger receptors Staphylococcus aureus Cowan (SAC), 14 Suppressor cells autoimmunity and CD4þ /CD25þ, 224–225 intrathymic/extrathymic generation of CD4þ /CD25þ, 225–226 Suppressor T cells antigen-specific, 226 in vivo analysis of intrathymic/extrathymic generated CD4þ /CD25þ, 226–227
T T cells. See also NK T cells; Suppressor T cells allergen specific hyporesponsiveness of, 83, 85 antibodies’ role to, 30 antitumor immune response and, 140 apoptotic/necrotic, 150 B cell cognate interaction with, 2 CD4/CD8 expression regulation and development of, 220–221 as CpG action target, 89 cytokine production by, 83, 84, 86, 89 cytotoxic responses of, 107, 159 DCs interactions with, 139 development of, 227–228 E proteins’ role in development of, 59, 66 E2A degradation in, 63 E2A/HEB affect on, 58–59 early development of, 207–216 epitope-containing peptides, 100–101 exosomes secreted by, 135 experimental support for receptor-controlled check points in development of, 205–206 help, 162 helper, 162 HLH proteins and development of, 58–63 immune response of, 222 immunity, 137, 202–203 late development of, 216–222 maturation of, 208 MHC-restricted activation of allergenspecific, 101
MHC-restricted antigen recognition by, 202 negative selection on, 205 NF-kB and, 62 NK-kB’s nonredundant function in early development of, 214 positive selection for, 203–207 positive selection of unconventional lineages of, 221–222 preactivation of, 206 progression to DP stages, 60–61 repertoire selection of, 206 Tal expression and, 64 TCRs and, 60 TD antigens presented to, 25 transcription factors for development of, 210–211 tumor antigens’ recognition by, 133–134 T dependent (TD) antigens APCs’ ability to present T cells with, 25 primary response to, 2 T lymphocytes cd4þ, 140 DCs interactions with, 139 Tal proteins as E protein inhibitors, 46 functions of, 46 Leukemia and, 64 TCCs. See T-cell clones T-cell clones (TCCs), 95 T-cell receptor (TCR) CD4/CD8 lineage decision and, 220 cloning of, 204 first controlled checkpoint of, 211 gene rearrangement, 211 ligands, 218–219 naive T cell activation’s role of, 3 positive/negative selection of, 217–218 T-cell-independent (TI) antigens, 2 classes of, 3–4 TCR. See T-cell receptor TCR a chain binding to intrathymic ligands of, 217 interchangeability of pre-TCR and, 212–213 misconception of surrogate, 211–213 TCR signaling. See also Pre-TCR signaling E proteins and, 60–62, 65 mechanism for E proteins’ influence, 62 TCRb, allelic exclusion/selection of, 215–216
275
INDEX
TD antigens. See T dependent antigens Th1 cells, 106 Thymic selection historical perspective of, 201–207 recessive/dominant mechanisms of self-tolerance role of, 222–227 Thymocytes apoptosis of Id1 transgenic mice’s, 59–60 CD4þ /CD8þ, 216, 223 cytokines harmful to, 62–63 Id1 transgenic CD4þ, 61–62 negative selection of, 205–206 pre-TCR checkpoint development of, 214 proliferation independent of TCR-initiated signals, 210–211 Thyroiditis, 244 TI antigens. See T-cell-independent antigens TI-2 antigens B cells’ response to, 5 cells responding to, 4–5 characteristics/function of, 4 DCs capturing, 24 NK cell removal affect on, 14 TILS. See Tumor-infiltrating lymphocytes T-lineage commitment B v., 209–210 Notch1 receptor’s role in, 209 precursors, 207–209 transcription factors’ role in, 209–211 TLR. See Toll-like receptor (TLR) TLR2, HMGB1 signaling via, 191–192 TLR3, RNA viruses’ engagement with, 28 TLR4, in LPS receptor, 4 TNF. See Tumor necrosis factor Toll-like receptor (TLR) infection response of innate immune system and, 28 in LPS receptor, 4 TRAIL. See Tumor necrosis factor-related apoptosis-inducing ligand Transmembrane activator interactor (TACI), 5 Tumor antigens apoptotic cell death as unmasking specific, 134
benefits/risks of targeting, 133–134 categorization of, 133 exosomes/HSPs as sources of multiple, 135–137 Tumor cells. See also Cancer cells chemotherapy-resistant, 131 cytochrome c in, 156 cytolysis of, 157 immunoresistant, 132 induction of immunogenic chaperones in, 163–164 programmed cell death of, 140–141 senescent, 149 strategies to enhance immunogenicity of dying, 159–164 subroutines of death of, 140–150, 143–145 targeting to FcgR of apoptotic, 161–162 in vivo immunogenicity of apoptotic v. neurotic, 150–156 Tumor necrosis factor (TNF), septic shock syndrome mediated by, 182, 184–185, 195 Tumor necrosis factor-related apoptosisinducing ligand (TRAIL), 131 Tumor-infiltrating lymphocytes (TILs), 132 Tumors growth of, 132 immunodeficiencies increasing frequency of spontaneously arising, 131–132 immunosurveillance system for suppressing development of, 132–133 Type 1 diabetes (T1D) CD8 T cell function in, 243–244 MHC class II role in, 246–247 NOD mouse and pathogenesis of, 239
V Vaccines, 97. See also DNA vaccines construction of gene, 105 customized allergen DNA, 103–113 intramuscular DNA, 150 mimotope-based, 102 vaccine dose reduction with self-replicating, 108–109
CONTENTS OF RECENT VOLUMES
Volume 74
Ju¨rgen Hess, Ulrich Schaible, Ba¨rbel Raupach, and Stefan H. E. Kaufmann
Biochemical Basis of Antigen-Specific Suppressor T Cell Factors: Controversies and Possible Answers Kimishice Isihzaka, Yasuyuki Ishii, Tatsumi Nakano, and Katsuji Sugik
The Cytoskeleton in Lymphocyte Signaling A. Bauch, F. W. Alt, G. R. Crabtree, and S. B. Snapper
The Role of Complement in B Cell Activation and Tolerance Michael C. Carroll
TGF- Signaling by Smad Proteins Kohei Miyazono, Peter ten Dijke, and Carl-Henrik Heldin
Receptor Editing in B Cells David Nemazee
MHC Class II-Restricted Antigen Processing and Presentation Jean Pieters
Chemokines and Their Receptors in Lymphocyte Traffic and HIV Infection Pius Loetscher, Bernhard Moser, and Marco Bacciolini
T-Cell Receptor Crossreactivity and Autoimmune Disease Harvey Cantor
Escape of Human Solid Tumors from T-Cell Recognition: Molecular Mechanisms and Functional Significance Francesco M. Marincola, Elizabeth M. Jaffee, Daniel J. Hicklin, and Soldano Ferrone The Host Response to Leishmania Infection Werner Solbacii and Tamas Laskay
Strategies for Immunotherapy of Cancer Cornelis J. M. Meliey, Rene E. M. Toes, Jan Paul Medema, Sjoerd H. van der Burg, Ferry Ossendorp, and Rienk Offringa Tyrosine Kinase Activation in the Decision between Growth, Differentiation, and Death Responses Initiated from the B Cell Antigen Receptor Robert C. Hsueh and Richard H. Scheuermann
Index
Volume 75
The 30 IgH Regulatory Region: A Complex Structure in a Search for a Function
Exploiting the Immune System: Toward New Vaccines against Intracellular Bacteria 277
278
CONTENTS OF RECENT VOLUMES
Ahmed Amine Khamlichi, Eric Pinaud, Catherine Decourt, Christine Chauveau, and Michel Cogne´
Human Basophils: Mediator Release and Cytokine Production John T. Schroeder, Donald W. MacGlashan, Jr., and Lawrence M. Lichtenstein
Index
Volume 76 MIC Genes: From Genetics tok Biology Seiamak Bahram CD40-Mediated Regulation of Immune Responses by TRAF-Dependent and TRAF-Independent Signaling Mechanisms Amrif C. Grammer and Peter E. Lipsky Cell Death Control in Lymphocytes Kim Newton and Andreas Strassen Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Complement Deficiency, and Apoptosis M. C. Pickering, M. Botto, P. R. Taylor, P. J. Lachmann, and M. J. Walport Signal Transduction by the High-Affinity Immunoglobulin E Receptor FceRI: Coupling Form to Function Monica J. S. Nadler, Sharon A. Matthews, Helen Tuhner, and Jean-Pierre Kinet Index
Volume 77 The Actin Cytoskeleton, Membrane Lipid Microdomains, and T Cell Signal Transduction S. Celeste Posey Morley and Barbara E. Bierer Raft Membrane Domains and Immunoreceptor Functions Thomas Harder
Btk and BLNK in B Cell Development Satoshi Tsukada, Yoshihiro Baba, and Dai Watanabe Diversity and Regulatory Functions of Mammalian Secretory Phospholipase A2s Makoto Murakami and Ichiro Kudo The Antiviral Activity of Antibodies in Vitro and in Vivo Paul W. H. I. Parren and Dennis R. Burton Mouse Models of Allergic Airway Disease Clare M. Lloyd, Jose-Angel Gonzalo, Anthony J. Coyle, and Jose-Carlos Gutierrez-Ramos Selected Comparison of Immune and Nervous System Development Jerold Chun Index
Volume 78 Toll-like Receptors and Innate Immunity Shizuo Akira Chemokines in Immunity Osamu Yoshie, Toshio Imai, and Hisayuki Nomiyama Attractions and Migrations of Lymphoid Cells in the Organization of Humoral Immune Responses Christoph Schaniel, Antonius G. Rolink, and Fritz Melchers Factors and Forces Controlling V(D)J Recombination
CONTENTS OF RECENT VOLUMES
David G. T. Hesslein and David G. Schatz T Cell Effector Subsets: Extending the Th1/Th2 Paradigm Tatyana Chtanova and Charles R. Mackay MHC-Restricted T Cell Responses against Posttranslationally Modified Peptide Antigens Ingelise Bjerring Kastrup, Mads Hald Andersen, Tim Elliot, and John S. Haurum Gastrointestinal Eosinophils in Health and Disease Marc E. Rothenberg, Anil Mishra, Eric B. Brandt, and Simon P. Hogan Index
Volume 79 Neutralizing Antiviral Antibody Responses Rolf M. Zinkernagel, Alain Lamarre, Adrian Ciurea, Lukas Hunziker, Adrian F. Ochsenbein, Kathy D. McCoy, Thomas Fehr, Martin F. Bachmann, Ulrich Kalinke, and Hans Hengartner Regulation of Interleukin-12 Production in Antigen-Presenting Cells Xiaojing Ma and Giorgio Trinchieri Mechanisms of Signaling by the Hematopoietic-Specific Adaptor Proteins, SLP-76 and LAT and Their B Cell Counterpart, BLNK/SLP-65 Deborah Yablonski and Arthur Weiss Xenotransplantation David H. Sachs, Megan Sykes, Simon C. Robson, and David K. C. Cooper Regulation of Antibacterial and Antifungal Innate Immunity in Fruitflies and Humans Michael J. Williams
279
Functional Heavy-Chain Antibodies in Camelidae Viet Khong Nguyen, Aline Desmyter, and Serge Muyldermans Uterine Natural Killer Cells in the Pregnant Uterus Chau-Ching Liu and John Ding-E Young Index
Volume 80 Protein Degradation and the Generation of MHC Class I-Presented Peptides Kenneth L. Rock, Ian A. York, Tomo Saric, and Alfred L. Goldberg Proteoanalysis and Antigen Presentation by MHC Class II Molecules Paula Wolf Bryant, Ana-Maria Lennon-Dume´ nil, Edda Fiebiger, Ce´ cile Lagaudrie´ re-Gesbert, and Hidde L. Ploegh Cytokine Memore of T Helper Lymphocytes Max Lo¨ hning, Anne Richter, and Andreas Radbruch Ig Gene Hypermutation: A Mechanism is Due Jean-Claude Weill, Barbara Bertocci, Ahmad Faili, Said Aoufouchi, Ste´ phane Frey, Annie De Smet, Se´ bastian Storck, Auriel Dahan, Fre´ de´ ric Delbos, Sandra Weller, Eric Flatter, and Claude-Agne´ s Reynaud Generalization of Single Immunological Experiences by Idiotypically Mediated Clonal Connections Hilmar Lemke and Hans Lange The Aging of the Immune System B. Grubeck-Loebenstein and G. Wick Index
280
CONTENTS OF RECENT VOLUMES
Volume 81 Regulation of the Immune Response by the Interaction of Chemokines and Proteases Jo Van Damme and Sofie Struyf Molecular Mechanisms of Host-Pathogen Interaction: Entry and Survival of Mycobacteria in Macrophages Jean Pieters and John Gatfield B Lymphoid Neoplasms of Mice: Characteristics of Naturally Occurring and Engineered Diseasse and Relationships to Human disorders Herbert Morse et al. Prions and the Immune System: A Journey Through Gut Spleen, and Nerves Adriano Aguzzi Roles of the Semaphorin Family in Immune Regulation H. Kikutani and A. Kumanogoh HLA-G Molecules: from Maternal-Fetal Tolerance to Tissue Acceptance Edgardo Carosella et al. The Zebrafish as a Model Organism to Study Development of the Immune System Nick Trede et al. Control of Autoimmunity by Naturally Arising Regulatory CD4þ T Cells S. Sakaguchi
Tumor Vaccines Freda K. Stevenson, Jason Rice, and Delin Zhu Immunotherapy of Allergic Disease R. Valenta, T. Ball, M. Focke, B. Linhart, N. Mothes, V. Niederberger, S. Spitzauer, I. Swoboda, S.Vrtala, K. Westritschnic, and D. Kraft Interactions of Immunoglobulins Outside the Antigen-Combining Site Roald Nezlin and Victor Ghetie The Roles of Antibodies in Mouse Models of Rheumatoid Arthritis, and Relevance to Human Disease Paul A. Monach, Christophe Benoist, and Diane Mathis MUC1 Immunology: From Discovery to Clinical Applications Anda M. Vlad, Jessica C. Kettel, Nehad M. Alajez, Casey A. Carlos, and Olivera J. Finn Human Models of Inherited Immunoglobulin Class Switch Recombination and Somatic Hypermutation Defects (Hyper-IgM Syndromes) Anne Durandy, Patrick Revy, and Alain Fischer The Biological Role of the C1 Inhibitor in Regulation of Vascular Permeability and Modulation of Inflammation Alvin E. Davis, III, Shenghe Cai, and Dongxu Liu Index
Index
Volume 82 Transcriptional Regulation in Neutrophils: Teaching Old Cells New Tricks Patrick P. McDonald
Volume 83 Lineage Commitment and Developmental Plasticity in Early Lymphoid Progenitor Subsets David Traver and Koichi Akashi
CONTENTS OF RECENT VOLUMES
The CD4/CD8 Lineage Choice: New Insights into Epigenetic Regulation during T Cell Development Ichiro Taniuchi, Wilfried Ellmeier, and Dan R. Littman CD4/CD8 Coreceptors in Thymocyte Development, Selection, and Lineage Commitment: Analysis of the CD4/CD8 Lineage Decision Alfred Singer and Remy Bosselut Development and Function of T Helper 1 Cells Anne O’Garra and Douglas Robinson Th2 Cells: Orchestrating Barrier Immunity Daniel B. Stetson, David Voehringer, Jane L. Grogan,
281
Min Xu, R. Lee Reinhardt, Stefanie Scheu, Ben L. Kelly, and Richard M. Locksley Generation, Maintenance, and Function of Memory T Cells Patrick R. Burkett, Rima Koka, Marcia Chien, David L. Boone, and Averil Ma CD8þ Effector Cells Pierre A. Henkart and Marta Catalfamo An Integrated Model of Immunoregulation Mediated by Regulatory T Cell Subsets Hong Jiang and Leonard Chess Index